ason
BV2045
l6 7
S67t
CHARLES WILLIAM WASON
COLLECTION
CHINA AND THE CHINESE
THE GIFT OF
CHARLES WILLIAM WASON
CLASS OF 1876
1918
BV 2045^867" """"""' "■""""
The churchrnan's missionary atlas.
3 1924 023 021 Oil
The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924023021011
THE
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
WITH FORTY -ONE MAPS.
THIRD EDITION.
(With Index).
}t giorwtg iax \\t propagation of i\^t 6os|£l m J'oreigu fads.
WESTMINSTER.
I9I2
A wall map of the world showing
the positions of all the dioceses of
the Anglican Communion is pub'
lished by the S.P.G., price 6d.,
post free, 8d.
INTRODUCTION.
This atlas was first issued in 1907 in order to meet the demand for a
cheap atlas which would enable the student of Anglican Missions to find at
a glance the positions of all the chief centres of work connected with these
Missions. The present issue will, we trust, be found to be much more
serviceable than either of the two former editions, as almost all the maps
have been re-drawn and we have had the benefit of the criticisms which
have reached us from all parts of the world from those who have used the
former editions. The difficulty which map makers have experienced in spelling
the names of places in China and India, owing to the many different systems
which had been adopted in the past, has at last been removed. The Chinese
postal authorities have been compelled by the exigencies of modern telegraphy
to issue in English characters an authorised spelling of all places to which
letters or telegrams can be sent, and the Indian Government has published a
series of maps of India in which a uniform authorised spelling has been adopted.
In the sectional maps of India and China contained in this volume all places
are spelt in accordance with the systems which have been authorised in these
two countries.
In the preparation of the maps and the statistical information contained
in the atlas we have been indebted for help to the secretaries of all the
Anglican missionary societies and to the representatives of the American
Episcopal Church. The statistics have for the most part been supplied by the
Bishops of the several dioceses. We regret that the limits of our space have
only made it possible to include a few general statistics in regard to the
Missions of the Roman and Greek Churches and the numerous and extensive
English Missions other than those connected with the Anglican Church.
A delay of many months in the issue of the atlas was caused by the
accidental destruction by fire of a large part of the maps which had already
been drawn for it.
The maps have been reproduced by Messrs. G. F- Hundley & Co.,
Harp Alley, Farringdon Street, E.C.
C. H. R.
January, 19 12.
p,S. — The atlas is issued in two forms, bound in cloth with coloured maps,
at 5s. net, and with linen cover and black and white maps at is. 6d. net.
iii
LIST OF MAPS.
I. The Bishoprics of the American Church, U.S.A.
II. The Canadian Dominion in Dioceses
III. The Diocese of Nova Scotia
IV. North West Canada
V. Rupert's Land, Keewatin, Moosonee, and Algoma ...
VI. British Columbia - ... . .
VII. Newfoundland
VIII. West Indies in Dioceses ..
IX, British Guiana . .
X. South America -
XI. Anglican Bishoprics in Africa ...
XII. Dioceses of Capetown and George .......
XIII. Diocese of Grahamstown ... . ....
XIV. Diocese of Natal - -
XV. Diocese of Bloemfontein ---...
XVI, Diocese of Zululand ---... .....
XVII. Diocese of St. John's, Kaffraria ...
XVIII. Diocese of Pretoria -.. .. ...
XIX. Diocese of Mashonaland -- - ..... ..
XX. West Africa .... ..
XXI. East Central Africa - - .....
XXII. Madagascar and Mauritius - - ....
XXIII. India in Dioceses .... . ---....
XXIV. North East India - - ...
XXV. Bombay Presidency - ..... ....
XXVI. South East India - .. ----60
XXVII. Diocese of Tinnevelly and Madura - ... .. --62
XXVIII. North West India .... --63
XXIX. Chota Naopur -- - ... -64
XXX. Diocese of Colombo -- - 66
XXXI, Burma (Diocese of Rangoon) ... - 68
XXXII. Dioceses of Singapore, and Labuan and Sarawak - - ... yo
XXXIII. Anglican Bishoprics in China - 71
XXXIV, North East China ... .... ... 72
XXXV. Japan in Dioceses .... .. .. ...yg
XXXVI. Corea 82
XXXVII. Australian Dioceses 84
XXXVIII. Queensland go
XXXIX. New Guinea 92
XL. New Zealand in Dioceses, and Tasmania - - 96
XLI. Melanesia .... --g8
OPPOSITE PAGE
3
4
7
II
12
18
20
23
25
28
30
32
- -34
- - 36
37
38
40
42
44
■ - 48
50
54
55
57
58
LIST OF DIOCESES.
Accra
Adelaide -
Africa, W.E. -
Algoma
Antiqua ....
Argentina and E.S. America
Athabasca
Auckland ....
Australia (North West)
Dunedin -
PAGE
49
93
49
lo
24
28
12
96
94
Ballarat ..-...- .88
Barbados - ........ 24
Bathurst . 87
Bendiqo 88
Bermuda ... .....21
Bloemfontein - - . . - 37
Bombay 58
Brisbane go
BUNBURY -94
Calcutta - 57
Caledonia ig
Calgary - 15
Capetown. - 32
Carpentaria . - . . gi
Chekiano -- 72
China (North) ...... ^3
China (Western) - 73
Chota Nagpur - - 64
Christchurch -97
Colombo .... ... 66
Columbia, British ... . - 18
COREA ..... ---82
98
Falkland Islands . . - . - 28
Fredericton .- 8
Fuh.Kien ---...-..74
George 46
Gibraltar loi
GiPPSLAND - 8g
GOULBURN 86
Grafton and Armidale
Grahamstown . . .
Guiana . . . .
Hankow ...
Hokkaido
HONAN ...
Honduras, British .
Honolulu
Huron
Jamaica
Jerusalem
87
34
25
76
80
76
27
lOI
9
23
100
Keewatin .... ... 17
Khartoum ... ... 100
kimberley and kurumau . . 46
KlUSHIU . ... . . yg
KOOTENAY - - . - ... 20
KWANGSI AND HUNAN . 75
Kyoto 8i
Labuan AND Sarawak - . . . 70
Lahore . . .....63
Lebombo 45
LUCKNOW 65
Mackenzie River - - . - 15
Madagascar ... ... g^
Madras . ..... 60
Mashonaland . ... 44
Mauritius . . - " ■ - 53
Melanesia ... . - gg
Melbourne - . . . - - 88
Mombasa . -52
Montreal. ..-..- - 9
moosonee ... - - 12
Nagpur .........66
Nassau -.-...-..26
Natal .........36
Nelson ......... gy
Newcastle (N.S.W.) 86
Newfoundland 20
New Guinea ga
LIST OF DIOCESES
New Westminster -
Niagara - . . .
Northern Rhodesia
North West Australia
Nova Scotia . - -
Nyasaland
Rangoon
Rhodesia (Northern)
Riverina
Rockhampton -
Rupert's Land
St. Helena
St. John's, Kaffraria
Saskatchewan -
Shanghai
PAGE
i8
lO
53
94
7
50
Ontario - - . . g
Osaka 80
Ottawa 10
Perth - ■ - 93
Polynesia gg
Pretoria 42
Qu'aPPELLE ... .... 14
Quebec ... 7
Queensland, North ...... go
67
52
87
91
47
40
13
76
Shantung -
Sierra Leone
Singapore
Sydney
Tasmania ...
Tinnevelly and Madura
Tokyo, South
Tokyo, North -
Toronto - . .
Travancore and Cochin
Trinidad
Uganda - .
Victoria, Hong Kong
Waiapu
Wangaratta
Wellington
Western Equatorial Africa
Windward Islands .
Wuhu
Yukon
Zanzibar -
zululand
FAOE
74
48
70
86
94
62
79
81
8
61
26
52
71
97
89
97
49
24
76
16
50
38
ABBREVIATIONS.
American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions.
Dublin University Mission.
Colonial and Continental Church Society.
Church of England.
Church Missionary Society.
Missionary Society of the Church of England in Canada
Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.
Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts.
Universities' Mission to Central Africa.
A. B. C. F. M.
D. U. M.
C. C. C. S.
C. of E.
C. M. S.
M. S. C. C.
S. P. C. K.
S. P. G.
U. M. C. A.
C. E. Z . M. S. Church of England Zenana Missionary Society.
ENGLISH COLONIAL AND MISSIONARY BISHOPRICS,
Founded.
+Nova Scotia»t 1787
tQuebect i793
tCalcutta 1814
+JamaicatTr 1824
+Barbados 1824
tMadras 1835
1836
1837
1839
1839
1841
fSydney (formerly " Australia ") IT .
fBombay
+Toronto*1'
tNewfoundland*J
+Auckland (formerly " New Zealand")X^
Jerusalem and the East 1841
fTasmaniaJl 1842
fAntiguaJ 1842
fGuianaJ 1842
tGibraltaiJ 1842
tFrederictonir 1845
tColomboJ 1845
tCapetownJ 1847
tNewcastleJir 1847
+Melbourneir 1847
tAdelaideT 1847
fVictoria (ChinajJIT 1849
fRupert's Land 1849
fMontrealJ 1850
fSierra LeoneJ 1852
fGrahamstownt 1853
+NatalJ ... . . . 1853
tMauritiusJ .... ... 1854
fLabuan and Sarawak*{ 1855
tChristchurch (N.Z.)tir 1856
fPerthJ 1857
fHuronir 1857
fWellingtonJir 1858
tNelsonJir 1858
fWaiapuir 1858
tBrisbaneflT 1859
+St. Helena 1859
fBritish ColumbiaTT 1859
tNassau*J 1861
fZanzibar and East Africa (originally
and then " Central Africa ")ir .
fMelanesialT
tOntarioJIT .
+Bloemfontein (formerly " Orange River ")*% .
fGoulburnfir
tWestern Equatorial Africa (formerly " Niger ")
tDunedinJIT
fGrafton and Armidale .....
fBathurstlT i86g
Falkland Islands ... . . . li
tZululand . . 1870
Moosonee 1872
' Zambesi '
1861
1861
1862
1863
1863
1864
1866
1867
tTrinidadJ
Chekiang (formerly " Mid-China ")
•(■Algoma*J .... ...
+St. John's (formerly " Independent Kaffraria ")*
Athabasca
Founded.
tSaskatchewan*t 1874
+ Madagascar * 1874
tBallaratf 1875
+Niagarair 1875
fLahoreJ 1877
+RangoonJ 1877
+Pretoria*t 1878
+North Queensland* 1878
tWindward IslandsJ 1878
f Caledonia i . . ■ . 1879
fNew WestminsterJ 1879
Travancore and Cochin 1879
fNorth China 1880
fSouth Tokyo {formerly " Japan ")* .... 1883
fHonduras* 1883
tQu'Appelle (formerly " Assiniboia ")*J . . . 1883
Mackenzie RiverJ 1883
fRiverina 1884
VgsnAa. (formerly " Eastern Equatorial Africa") . 1884
tCalgaryJ 1887
tCorea** i88g
fChota NagpurJ 1890
\^\ikon (formerly " Selkirk") 1890
tMashonaland*J ... .... 1891
fLebomboJ 1891
fRockhamptonJ 1892
Nyasaland (/oj'mc)'/)' "Likoma") .... 1892
fLucknowJ 1893
Kiushiu (South Japan) 1894
Western China 1895
+Osaka (Japan)* 1896
tOttawalT 1896
Hokkaido (Japan) 1896
fTinnevelly and Madura*! 1896
tNewGuineaJir 1898
Mombasa 1898
fCarpentaria J 1899
fKeewatinJ 1899
+Kootenay igoo
fBendigolT 1901
fWangaratta TT igoi
fGippslandlT ........ igoi
tNagpurJ igo2
tShantungt igo3
fBunbury . . . ... 1904
Fuh-Kien . igo6
fPolynesia* .... ... igo8
fNorth West Australia* 1909
Northern Rhodesia 1909
fAccra (Gold Coast) * igog
86g fSingapore ^
1909
Kwangsi and Hunan 1909
Honan igog
1872 Argentina and Eastern South America . . . igio
1872 tGeorge* ign
1873 +Kimberley and Kuruman " ign
1873 [Note. — A new diocese was constituted in igii in Japan,
^874 to be supported by the Canadian Church, see pp. 6, 81.]
* This mark shows that the Society has contributed to the support of work in this diocese by annual grants,
f This signifies that the Society has planted or supported missions which now form a part of the diocese.
+ This shows that the Society has contributed to the permanent endowment of the see.
IT This signifies that the diocese is now independent of aid from the Society.
viii
BISHOPRICS OF THE AMERICAN CHURCH.
(Th« figui« in bracket, represent the number of clergy working in the several diocese, in 1910.)
tConnecticut (2ii) .
Maryland (127)
fPennsylvania (ago)
+Massachusetts (226)
tNew York (396) .
Virginia (96) .
+South Carolina (62)
+New Jersey J (120)
tVermont (49)
fRhode Island (73) .
fDelaware (36)
+New Hampshire (52)
fNorth Carolina (57)
Ohio (93)
tMaine (34)
tGeorgia (30) .
Mississippi (33)
Tennessee (58)
Kentucky (33)
Alabama (40)
Michigan (80)
Chicago (120)
Cape Palmas (28) .
tWestern New York (122
Louisiana (37)
Indianapolis (27)
Florida (27) .
Missouri (55) .
Shanghai (22)
Milwaukee (92)
Texas (33) .
California (100)
Iowa (52)
Minnesota (98)
Kansas (45) .
fHonolulu * X (20)
Haiti (14)
Pittsburgh (gi)
Tokyo {originally " Yedo," then " Tokyo,'
then "North Tokyo") {38)
Nebraska (36)
Easton (38)
fLong Island (161) .
fAlbany (146)
fCentral New York (in)
Arkansas (22)
Bethlehem (73)
South Dakota (46)
f Newark (147)
Western Michigan (39) .
New Mexico (16)
Firat
Organ- Bishop
ised, cons.
1783
1783
1784
1784
1785
1785
1785
1785
1790
1790
1791
1 802
1817
1818
1820
1823
1826
1828
1829
1830
1832
1835
1836
1838
1838
1838
1838
1839
1844
1847
1849
.850
1853
1857
1859
1863
1865
1866
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868
1871
1871
1873
1874
1874
1875
1784
1792
1787
1797
1787
1790
1795
1815
1832
1843
1841
1844
1823
1819
1847
1841
1850
1834
1832
1844
1836
1835
1851
1839
1841
1849
185 1
1844
1844
1854
1859
1853
1854
1859
1864
1861
1874
1866
1866
1865
1869
i86g
1869
1869
1838
1871
1873
1874
1875
1875
Arizona (10) .
Southern Ohio (82)
Fond-du-Lac (46) .
Quincy (2g) .
West Virginia (36)
Springfield (35) .
Montana (29)
North Dakota (24) .
fEast Carolina (34) .
Colorado (48)
West Texas (26) .
Oregon (25)
Kansas City (27) .
Olympia (33) .
Southern Florida (39)
Oklahoma (17)
Spokane (20) .
Southern Virginia (81)
Alaska {13) .
Dallas (30)
Marquette (22)
Lexington (21)
Los Angeles (79) .
Washington (D.C.) (10:
Asheville (33)
Duluth (44) .
Sacramento (33)
Utah (14) .
Idaho (21)
Kearney (13) .
Michigan City (22)
Brazil (21)
Kyoto (Japan) (22)
fWestern Massachusetts
Salina (19)
Philippine Islands (12)
Hankow (41) .
Porto Rico and Vieques
Cuba .
Harrisburg (73)
Mexico .
Wyoming (19)
Nevada (8) .
Eastern Oregon (5)
Western Colorado (15)
Atlanta (35) .
San Joaquin .
North Texas .
Eastern Oklahoma
Erie
Wuhu .
(56)
(3)
diocese.
i8g8 i8gg
1898 1900
igoi igo2
1901 1903
igoi rgoi
igoi igo4
1901 igo2
igoi igo4
1904 1905
1904 1904
igo7 igog
1907 1908
1907 1907
1907 igog
igo7 i8g2
igio igii
igio igio
1910 igii
igio 1911
igio
ignifies that the S.P.G.
The S.P.G. contributed towards the purchase of a See House at Burlington, New
First
Organ- Bishop
ised. cons.
1875
1875
1875
1877
1877
1877
, 1880
. 1883
. 1883
. 1887
. 1888
. i88g
. i8go
. 1892
. 1892
. 1892
. 1892
. 1892
. 1892
• i8g5
• i8g5
• iSgs
• i8g5
• 1895
• 1895
■ 1895
. i8g8
. i8g8
. 1898
. 1898
1875
1875
187s
1878
1878
1878
1880
1883
1884
1865
1888
1854
i8go
1880
i8g2
i8g2
i8g2
i8g2
i8g5
1874
1892
i8g6
i8g6
i8g6
i8g6
1897
1899
1867
1887
1890
1898 §1897
Honolulu, founded as an English Bishopric, was transferred to the American Church in igo2. + This mark si.
planted Missions which now form a part of the t
Jersey, in 1713. § As Bishop of Indiana.
The number of 'clergy working in connection with the American Church is 5543. The Ameri-
can Church has now in the United States 91 bishops of dioceses and missionary districts (which
need not be distinguished) with 12 coadjutors, assistants or suffragan, besides 10 foreign missionary
bishops. England has 37 diocesans, with 31 suffragan bishops; Scotland 7, Ireland 13. Including
coadjutor and assistant bishops, India 11, the rest of Asia 17, Africa 26, Australasia 30, Canada 24,
the West Indies and South America 9.
(i)
NORYh AMERICA.
For the greater part of the eighteenth cen-
tury the colonies of Great Britain, extending
along the east coast of North America, from
South Carolina to Maine, together with the
negroes and with the Indian tribes who dwelt
further inland, constituted the principal mission
field of the Society, the order of occupation being :
South Carolina, New York, New England (which
included Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode
Island, New Hampshire, Maine, Vermont, and
Narragansett), New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and
Delaware in 1702, North Carolina in 1708, and
Georgia in 1733-
Until 1785 the Society endeavoured to plant
the Church in those regions, and for nearly the
whole of the century it "furnished the only
point of contact, the only bond of sympathy be-
tween the Church of England and her children
scattered over the waste places of the New
World ". Its first two missionaries, the Rev.
George Keith and the Rev. Patrick Gordon,
landed at Boston on nth June, 1702, and were
followed by many others, including John Wesley,
who laboured for nearly two years (1736-37) in
Georgia,
The work among the natives (begun in 1703)
resulted in the conversion of "great multi-
tudes" of negroes and Indians in less than forty
years.
(3)
When the war of Independence broke out in
1775 the Society was supporting seventy-seven
missionaries in the " States," and these suffered
severely for their loyalty to their Church and
King, many of them barely escaping with their
lives to England, or to Nova Scotia and Canada.
The severance of the American colonies from
the mother country, while it almost destroyed
the Church in the United States, set her free to
obtain that gift of the episcopate so long denied,
and the Rev. Samuel Seabury, one of the Society's
missionaries, was consecrated Bishop of Con-
necticut by the bishops of the Scottish Church
at Aberdeen, on 14th November, 1784. Other
bishops were consecrated in Lambeth Palace
Chapel — for Pennsylvania and New York (in
1787) and Virginia (in 1790).
During its connection with this field — i.e.,
the U.S.A. (1702-85) — the Society expended
£■227,454, and employed 309 ordained mission-
aries there.
The American Churcli, which now has in
bishops and 5,543 clergy, raised through its
own Domestic and Foreign Missionary Society
in 1908-9 $731,744 for Domestic and $725,499
for Foreign Missions, and it is " constantly striv-
ing to stimulate " its own people " to do more for
others by the recollection of what was done for
them through the S.P.G.".
(2500/0. 14083.)
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
THE S.P.G. IN CANADA.
On the cessation of its labours in the United
States in 1785, the Society's efforts were for
many years concentrated on the remaining Bri-
tish North America. Its operations in this field
had begun with Newfoundland in 1703, and were
extended to Nova Scotia in 1728, Quebec Pro-
vince in 1759, New Brunswick in 1783, Ontario
Province in 1784, and Cape Breton in 1785,
Prince Edward Island in 1819, The Bermudas
in 1822, Rupert's Land (now Manitoba) in 1850,
British Columbia in 1859, and North-West Terri-
tories in 1875. Bishops were placed in Nova
Scotia in 1787, and in Quebec in 1793. Through-
out the long wars which followed the French
Revolution, the Society devoted its scanty in-
come chiefly to support missionaries in this
field.
After the peace of 1814, emigrants flocked to
America, the Society's income was increased by
the establishment of parochial associations in
England, even Parliamentary grants were allowed
for a time, and the Church grew rapidly. In the
education of the masses the Society led the way
by introducing in 1815 the national system of
education, which rapidly spread throughout the
colonies. It also established colleges for the
training of an indigenous ministry. The labours
of the Society's missionaries proved "not un-
worthy of the primitive ages," and the fruit of
its work generally is to be seen in a Church now
extending from the Atlantic to the Pacific, with
a record of noble work done among both white
and dark races. Many of the former, " once sunk
in heathen darkness " — " hardly one remove from
the native Indian " — have become Christian com-
munities, while the change wrought among the
Indians is shown by " men whose histories were
written in blood and sorceries " becoming dis-
ciples of Christ.
During the period 1703-1910 the Society ex-
pended £2,014,035, and employed about 1740
ordained missionaries in this field (British North
America). At the present time its work there
is being carried on in eleven dioceses, its total
annual expenditure being £'14,000 and the num-
ber of its missionaries 158.
The Canadian Church in 1890 entered on
direct Foreign Mission work in Japan. A
General Synod for the whole of Canada was
formed in 1893.
Canada was discovered by Sebastian Cabot in
1497. In 1534 the French took possession of
the parts which had so far been explored, and
founded Quebec in 1608. In 1759 Quebec sur-
rendered to the English, and in 1763 the whole
territory of Canada became a possession of Great
Britain. In 1867 the Provinces of Canada (On-
tario and Quebec), Nova Scotia and New Bruns-
wick, were united under the title of the Dominion
of Canada. In 1870 the Province of Manitoba
was formed, and, with the rest of the Hudson
Bay territory, was admitted into the Dominion.
In 1905 the Provinces of Saskatchewan and
Alberta were created. Newfoundland alone now
remains a separate colony.
The population of the Dominion, which is
very rapidly increasing, is 7,489,781 (1910).
The descendants of the French colonists reside
chiefly in the Province of Quebec. Its population
in 1911 was over 2,000,000; of these, 1,429,260
are Roman Catholics, the majority of whom
speak French. Montreal, the largest city in the
Dominion, has a population of nearly 600,000.
Toronto, the capital of Ontario, has over 380,000.
Canada
The Red Indians.— The number of Red
Indians in Canada is about 108,000. Of these,
one-quarter are in the Eastern Provinces, half
are in Manitoba and the north-west, and the
rest are in British Columbia. About 75,000 of
the whole number are settled on lands reserved
for them by the Government. The principal
tribes are the Crees, Ojibbeways or Sotos, Chipe-
wyans and Tukudh. Work was begun amongst
them by the Rev. John West, the first chaplain
of the Hudson Bay Company, in 1820, in what
was then called the Red River Colony.
A good account of the work carried on by the
C.M.S. amongst the Red Indians during the first
half of the nineteenth century is given by Mr.
Eugene Stock in The East and The West for
April, 1907.
The Hskimos are supposed to number about
40,000. They seldom go more than 20 miles
inland from the sea. They are scattered over a
territory 3,200 miles in length, but, despite their
wide dispersion, are remarkably homogeneous.
Their language differs so little that a Green-
lander can easily understand an Eskimo from
the remote West. The Western Eskimos in-
habiting Alaska and the Asiatic side of Behring
Straits number about 13,000, the Mackenzie Es-
kimos from Barter Island to Cape Bathurst 2,000,
the inhabitants of the central districts (including
the Arctic Archipelago) about 4,000, the Eskimos
of Labrador 2,000, and those in Greenland up-
wards of 11,000; those in the Aleutian Islands,
many of whom have intermarried with Russians,
about 2,400. The Eskimo settlements contain,
as a rule, from 40 to 200.
Organisation of the Church in Canada.
— In 1787, three years after the first bishop
had been consecrated for the United States,
Dr. Charles Inglis, an S.P.G. missionary, was
consecrated for Canada, being the first English
colonial bishop. He was born in the west of
Ireland, and had gone out to New York when
quite young. There he became rector of Trinity
Church, but was driven out during the War of
Independence. His original diocese comprised
Nova Scotia, Newfoundland and Bermuda, to-
gether with the whole of Canada.
Up to 1854 the clergy were to a large extent
supported by the original clergy reserves created
by the Constitutional Act of 1791. These re-
serves were resumed by the Government in 1854.
Societies were then formed to deal with the sums
which were handed over by the Government in
lieu of pensioning the individual clergy. In 1861
the first ecclesiastical province was formed when
Montreal was by letters patent created the met-
ropolitical see of Canada. On the resignation of
Bishop Oxenden (in accordance with the previous
decision of the Provincial Synod the primacy was
no longer of necessity attached to Montreal, but on
each avoidance a Metropolitan is named by vote
of the House of Bishops), Bishop Medley of
Fredericton was elected Metropolitan on 27th
January, 1879, ^"^^^ ^^Id the office until his death
in 1892. The successive Metropolitans have
been Archbishop Lewis, of Ontario (1893- 1901),
Archbishop Bond, of Montreal, 1901-1906, Arch-
bishop Sweatman, of Toronto (1906-1909) and
Archbishop Hamilton, of Ottawa, 1909.
There are ten bishoprics included in the pro-
vince.
In 1875 was formed the ecclesiastical Province
of Rupert's Land, and in 1893 was constituted the
Canadian General Synod. It was the Canadian
Provincial Synod which in 1865 suggested to the
Archbishop of Canterbury the holding of what is
now called the Lambeth Conference. The first
conference met in 1867,
Missionary Work of the Canadian Church.
— -In 1883, at the Provincial Synod of Canada,
the " Domestic and Foreign Missionary Society
of the C. of E. in Canada" was formed. It was
then decided to divide its contributions towards
the support of Foreign Missions in the proportion
of two-thirds to the S.P.G. and one-third to the
C.M.S. In 1888, after taking counsel with the
S.P.G. in London, the Canadian bishops re-
solved to start direct missionary work for them-
selves, and in 1890 they sent their first missionary
to Japan.
PROVINCE OF CANADA (formed in 1861).
Nova Scotia, 1787,
the colonial sees. It comprises two distinct
civil provinces : Nova Scotia (including the Island
of Cape Breton) and Prince Edward Island.
The former has an area of 200,900 square miles,
with an English-speaking population of 459,574,
and 10,000 other than English-speaking people.
The chief town is Halifax, which has a popu-
lation of 46,081 (191 1). Prince Edward Island
is 2,133 miles in extent, and has a population of
93,722 (191 1). Cape Breton Island, which was for-
merly a distinct colony, contains an area of 3,120
square miles with a population of 49,166 (1901).
Its chief town is Sydney, population 17,617 (191 1).
There are 72,083 members of the Church of
England in Nova Scotia and Prince Edward
Island of whom 14,560 are communicants. The
parishes number 96 and are served by 119 clergy.
There are 10 parishes, with 11 clergy in Prince
Edward Island.
The S.P.G. supported work in Nova Scotia
from 1749 to 1902.
There are 250 churches in Nova Scotia and
Prince Edward Island, many of which have been
Ten Bishoprics,
This is the earliest of erected entirely by the contributions of the people.
About 150 have received aid from the S.P.G. and
the S.P.C.K.
Eastern Canada has lost much of its old popu-
lation by the movement Westward and a new
population in large numbers has been coming
into the mining districts. To these the Church
in Nova Scotia has been ministering and at the
same time has been sending a large sum to the
Western dioceses.
On the occasion of the 200th anniversary of
the founding of the Anglican Church in Canada
a Congress was held in Halifax in September,
1 910, which was attended by the Bishop of Lon-
don and other representatives from England.
The Bishop took part in the consecration of the
new cathedral at Halifax.
Bishops : —
Charles Inglis, 1787.
Robert Stanser, 1816.
John Inglis, 1825.
Hibbert Binney, 185 1.
Frederick Courtney, 1888.
Clarendon Lamb Worrell, 1904.
Quebec, 1793. — This diocese comprises the
districts of Quebec, Three Rivers, St. Francis,
and Gaspd, and has a population of 788,738,
of whom 729,270 are of French origin. Those
living on the coast are fishermen ; those in
the district between the St. Lawrence and the
United States are engaged in agriculture. Timber
is exported from Quebec; Sherbrooke is the
capital of the agricultural district, and has also
some beginnings of manufacture. There is little
immigration, but the Church population of the
diocese is fully maintained. The cathedral Church
of the Holy Trinity is at Quebec, and the number
of Church members is 22,161 (1910) ; there are
83 clergy; 132 consecrated churches, 41 mission
stations and 2,180 parish helpers.
There are 102 Sunday schools in the diocese.
The University of Bishop's College at Lennox-
(7)
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
ville belongs equally to this diocese and that of
Montreal. It has upwards of 70 resident students
in Arts and Divinity.
The diocese having given up the S.P.G. grant
for the stipend of one of the missionaries on the
Canadian Labrador, the Society still makes a
grant towards the stipend of one clergyman in
the diocese, i.e., to Archdeacon Balfour, on ac-
count of his connection with the marine hospital,
and also assists the diocese by a considerable
grant of exhibitions for students, who are being
trained at Bishop's College, Lennoxville, for work
in the diocese.
The Society opened a mission in Quebec in
1800, and has contributed to the permanent en-
dowment of the see. It has also greatly aided
Bishop's College, Lennoxville.
As Nova Scotia did not form part of Canada
when Bishop Inglis was appointed, the diocese
of Quebec may claim to be the first Bishopric
actually constituted in Canada.
Bishops : —
Jacob Mountain, 1793.
Charles James Stewart, 1826.
George Jehoshaphat Mountain, 1836.
James William Williams, 1863.
Andrew Hunter Dunn, 1892.
Toronto, 1839. — This diocese comprises an
area of 9,261 square miles, with a population ac-
cording to the census of 1901 of 564,141 (the city of
Toronto having a population of 376,240 (1911)).
The cathedral church of St. Alban the Martyr
is at Toronto and the number of Church members
is 100,782 ; there are 29,319 communicants, 206
clergy, and 259 permanent churches. Number of
parishes loi and 176 mission stations.
There are 208 Sunday schools ; 2 training col-
leges — Trinity University (with a divinity faculty
and a royal charter), and Wycliffe College. St.
Hilda's College, Toronto, for women, is affiliated
with Trinity University.
The S.P.G. began work in Toronto in 1792,
and gave much assistance at the time when it
was formed into a diocese. The Society ceased
to make grants to this diocese in 1858.
Bishops : —
John Strachan, 1839.
Alexander Neil Bethune, 1867.
Arthur Sweatman, 1879 ; Archbishop, 1906;
Primate of all Canada, 1907.
James Fielding Sweeny, 1909.
Assistant Bishop : —
William Day Reeve, 1907 (cons. 1891).
Fredericton, 1845. — This diocese was founded
in 1845, before which time it formed part of the
diocese of Nova Scotia. It comprises the whole
of the Civil Province of New Brunswick, and is
bounded on the north by the Province of Quebec,
on the east by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the
south by the Bay of Fundy, and on the west by
the State of Maine (U.S.). A narrow isthmus,
about 15 miles across at its narrowest part,
joins it on the south-east to Nova Scotia. The
area is 27,985 square miles, and the population
according to the census of 191 1 was 351,815.
Out of this 41,767 were mem'bers of the Church of
England. There are about 9,000 communicants.
The cathedral is at Fredericton the capital of
the Province, the population of which was (in
191 1), 7,208. There are 152 consecrated churches,
80 mission stations, 116 Sunday schools, 600
teachers, and 6,000 scholars.
The S.P.G. supported missions in this district
for many years prior to the formation of the
diocese. The number of clergy in the diocese is
73. The Society ceased to make grants to this
diocese in 1910.
Bishops : —
John Medley, 1845.
Hollingworth TuUy Kingdon, Coadjutor-
Bishop, 1881 ; Bishop, 1892.
John Andrew Richardson, Coadjutor-Bishop,
1906 ; Bishop, 1907.
PROVINCE OF CANADA
Montreal, 1850.— This diocese was divided
from that of Quebec. It comprises the territory
of Montreal, an area of 44,000 square miles.
Population, 739,248.
The cathedral is at Montreal (population
466,197). The proportion of the Church of Eng-
land to the whole population is less than 7 per
cent., French Roman Catholics largely predomi-
nating. The number of Church members is
about 50,387, of communicants about 16,759.
There are 104 parishes and 45 missions, with 170
churches and 73 other stations where services
are occasionally held. The clergy number 126,
the lay readers 45, and the students of the
Diocesan Theological College, of whom there
were 25 in 1910, work in the vacant parishes
and missions during the summer months.
The Sunday schools number 139, with 10,232
scholars.
There is an increasing demand for services in
French.
The S.P.G. assisted the endowment fund of
this see by a grant of £3,000.
Bishops : —
Francis Fulford, 1850.
Ashton Oxenden, 1869.
William Bennett Bond, 1879 ; Archbishop,
1901 ; Primate of all Canada,. 1904.
James Carmichael, Coadjutor-Bishop, 1902 ;
Bishop, 1906.
John Craig Farthing, 1909.
Huron, 1857. — This diocese contains 13 coun-
ties, including an area of 12,000 square miles.
The population is estimated at over 800,000.
There are 149 clergy in active service. Num-
ber of Church edifices, 290. The Church popu-
lation is 61,522 ; the communicants number
20,375; Sunday schools, 230; pupils, 13,309.
The Huron Theological College, incorporated
1863, and the Western University, incorporated
1878, are under Church auspices; they are sit-
uated in the city of London. London, in which
is the cathedral and the bishop's residence, has a
population of 49,507. Other towns are Brantford,
20,711; St. Thomas, 14,578; Windsor, 16,142.
The S.P.G. gave temporary assistance to the
see of Huron, but was able to withdraw its help
in 1882.
Bishops : —
Benjamin Cronyn, 1857.
Isaac Hellmuth, 1871.
Maurice Scollard Baldwin, 1883.
David Williams, 1905.
Ontario, 1862. — The diocese was formed from
that of Toronto. The first bishop was con-
secrated on 25th March, 1S62. The diocese
was divided in 1896, when the diocese of Ottawa
was formed, and now consists of the counties of
Grenville, Leeds, Frontenac, Lennox, Addington,
Hastings and Prince Edward, comprising 78
townships in an area of 6,692 square miles, and
contains a population of 208,599.
The number of Church people as reported by
the census was 38,871. There are 79 clergy
and 9,313 communicants, 107 Sunday schools and
4,999 scholars.
The S.P.G. began work in this district in
1784. The Society contributed to the endow-
ment of the see, which is now independent of
its aid.
The .bishop's seat is at Kingston which has a
population of 19,193 and where is the cathedral
of St. George.
Bishops : —
John Travers Lewis, 1862 ; Archbishop,
1893.
William Lennox Mills, Coadjutor-Bishop,
1900; Bishop, 1901.
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Algoma, 1873. — This diocese is a missionary
one dependent for nearly one half of its mainten-
ance on the voluntary offerings of the members
of the Church in the older parts of Canada and
in England. The S.P.G., S.P.C.K., and C.C.C.S.
subsidise it with varying amounts.
The clergy in 1910 numbered 50, lay readers,
26. Their ministrations extend over an area of
nearly 70,000 square miles. The diocese com-
prises the civil districts of Muskoka, Parry Sound,
part of Nipissing, the Manitoulin Island and
East and West Algoma.
Algoma has an English-speaking population
of 132,000 and of other than English-speaking
people 8000.
There are 103 churches, 12 self-supporting
parishes and 125 congregations.
The S.P.G. has contributed to the support of
this diocese by giving annual grants ; it has also
contributed to the permanent endowment of the
see. The future of the diocese depends largely
on the completing of this endowment. Clergy
working in connection with S.P.G., 6.
The diocese has made great progress in the
past few years ; much new work, especially in
the rapidly developing mining region, has been
undertaken. There is need for further expansion
and such need is very pressing. For this reason
men and money are needed and are greatly de-
sired at this time of advancement and growth,
A diocesan synod has been established and held
its second meeting in June, 1909.
At the following stations the work is assisted
by the S.P.G. : Baysville, Blind River, Burk's
Falls, Byng Inlet, Emsdale, Fort William West,
Rosseau, Sturgeon Falls.
The residence of the Bishop is Bishophurst,
Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario.
At Sault Ste. Marie there are homes for Indian
boys and girls.
Bishops : —
Frederic Dawson Fauquier, 1873.
Edward Sullivan, 1882.
George Thorneloe, 1897.
Niagara, 1875. — This see, which comprises
part of the Province of Ontario, was founded
in 1875, and is the smallest of the Canadian
dioceses in point of area, although in the num-
ber of clergy it exceeds several. The six counties
which form the diocese contain a population of
240,000. The members of the Church of Eng-
land number 35,980, of whom 13,309 are com-
municants. There are 81 clergy and 35 lay
readers in the diocese. The parishes, including
missions and stations, number 109.
The cathedral is at Hamilton, which has a
population of 81,879 (iQii)-
The S.P.G. has not aided Niagara as a
separate diocese ; but the Missions contained
in it were either planted by the Society or are
the direct outcome of its work
Bishops : —
Thomas Brock Fuller, 1875.
Charles Hamilton, 1885 (tr. to Ottawa, 1896).
John Philip Du Moulin, 1896.
William Reid Clark, 1911.
Ottawa, 1896. — This see was founded in 1896
by a division of the large diocese of Ontario.
The new diocese consists of the counties of
Dundas, Stormont, Glengarry, Prescott, Russell,
Carleton, Lanark, Renfrew, and part of the dis-
trict of Nipissing, making in all a distance of
300 miles. Area 11,000 square miles. The Eng-
lish-speaking population of the diocese of Ottawa
is 217,034 and the non-English-speaking 69,689.
The cathedral is at Ottawa, the Federal capital,
which has a population of 86,340 (191 1). The
Church population is 31,455, with 11,835 com-
municants. There are 73 clergy in the diocese
and 126 churches ; Sunday schools 102 ; scholars,
7.205-
Charles Hamilton, 1896; Archbishop and
Metropolitan, 1909.
o-
PROVINCE OF RUPERT'S LAND.
Nine Bishoprics.
Rupert's Land, 1849. — This diocese extends
from the boundary of the United States 264
miles north and is 222 miles in breadth. It con-
sists of nearly the whole of the Province of
Manitoba, except a small portion towards the east.
It is difficult to give accurately the population
of the diocese. It is approximately 360,000.
There has been considerable development in the
diocese during the last few years, owing to the
extension of the various railway systems, and a
number of new towns have grown up, whilst
others have increased very largely in population,
especially those of Winnipeg 135,430 (191 1) and
Brandon 13,837 (191 1). The cathedral is at
Winnipeg and the Church population has greatly
increased ; it is now about 50,000. There is a
large foreign element, consisting of Mennonite
Germans, Russians, Galicians, Doukhobors,
Scandinavians, etc. There are (1910) 112 licensed
clergy and about 57 licensed lay readers.
In the diocese are St. John's College, St. John's
College School for boys, and Havergal College
for girls. In the University of Manitoba there
are four colleges in Arts, belonging respectively
to the Church of England, the Roman Catholics,
the Presbyterians and the Wesleyans. The
Church College of St. John's has about 90
students in Arts and Theology, and there are
about 100 boys in the College School.
The S.P.G. has given much help to this dio-
cese, dating from 1850, and has also given a
large sum of money towards the endowment
of St. John's College, Winnipeg, which is the
Theological College for the Ecclesiastical Pro-
vince of Rupert's Land. Clergy working in
connection with the S.P.G., 17. There are also
a large number of catechists supported by the
S.P.G.
Indian Missions. — The diocese contains an
Indian population of 5,800, of whom 3,000 are
members of the Church.
At the following stations work is assisted by
the S.P.G. :—
Belmont, Carroll, Clanwilliam, Deloraine, Durban, Elk-
horn, Elm Creek, McGregor, Minioto, Pilot Mound, Posen,
Rathwell, Russell, Snowflake, Somerset, St. Cuthbert's,
St. George, Brandon ; St. Jude's, Winnipeg ; St. Paul's,
Wakefield, Woodlands, Winnipeg Cathedral & College
Mission Staff.
The C.M.S. supports work at Shoal River.
Bishops : —
David Anderson, 1849.
Robert Machray, 1865 ; Archbishop and
Primate of all Canada, 1893.
Samuel Pritchard Matheson, Assistant Bis-
hop, 1903 ; Archbishop and Metropoli-
tan, 1905. Primate of all Canada, 1909.
I)
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Moosonee, 1872. — Moosonee formed part of
the original diocese of Rupert's Land, out of which
it was taken in 1872 when the first bishop was
consecrated; and which until 1903 included the
diocese of Keewatin. The diocese includes the
south-eastern portion of the basin of Hudson
Bay. It extends inland from 300 to 500 miles
on its eastern and southern sides, and northwards
as far as human beings exist : area about 600,000
square miles. The population may be estimated
at 14,000, Indians 5,000, 2,500 Eskimos, and, as
far as discovered, 6,500 white people.
The Church members are white 1,000, Indians
4,000, Eskimo 300, communicants 1,200, and
there are 9 clergy, 4 lay workers and 16 native
catechists. There are five ladies connected with
school work. There is a pro-cathedral with about
100 communicants, also Indian boarding schools
at Moose and Chaplean and there are good
churches at twelve other places. A new station,
Martin's Falls, has been lately occupied and this
last summer another at Agamaskee. The whole
of the Crees in the diocese, as well as at least
three-fourths of the Ojibbeways, have been bap-
tised. The diocese is divided into large districts,
over which a clergyman is placed : his work is
arduous, as he has to travel throughout his dis-
trict at least once a year; this is done in summer
by means of canoe, and in the winter in snow
shoes or with dogs and sledges.
The southern portion of the diocese is rapidly
opening up for settlement. The Grand Trunk
Pacific-Railway is being constructed through the
diocese from east to west, a distance of 500 miles,
and a second, the Temiscaming and Northern
Ontario, from south to north, a distance of 100
miles, making the junction with the G.T.P. at a
place called Cochrane, which will soon be a large
and important town. Small towns at Matheson,
Dane, AbitibI Crossing, Bisco, and other places
are rapidly springing up. Chaplean, the chief
town of the diocese, has a population of 1,200.
With the exception of Moose Island, it is very
diiificult to grow even vegetables at any of the
missions on the Bay. The summer is very short,
about three months, and subject to heavy frosts
every month in the year. The staple food is
tinned meats, bacon and flour. Fish and game,
such as cod, geese and ducks, etc., are plentiful
in the spring and late autumn.
The work among the Indians has made such
progress that the C.M.S. has withdrawn much
of its support, preferring to give most support to
Eskimo work. They have established an Arctic
Mission at Ashe Inlet on Hudson's Straits.
The Arctic Mission comprises all the country
inhabited by the Eskimo. The base of com-
munication is now transferred from England or
Scotland, as hitherto, to St. John, Newfound-
land, thus saving a distance of 2,000 miles, and
providing a more reliable means of transporta-
tion. From the headquarters station at Ashe
Inlet, the missionaries have planned to itinerate
in different directions.
The C.M.S. supports missionaries at Fort
George, Blacklead Island and Ashe Inlet.
At Rupert's House there are i,ooo Indians scat-
tered over 90,000 square miles. At Mistussinee,
and Biscotasing new churches have lately been
built. At Fort George there are 850 Indians and
Eskimos. At Albany there are 800 Indians, 515
of whom are members of the Church.
Bishops :-
John Horden, 1872.
Jervois Arthur Newnham, 1893.
George Holmes, 1905.
John George Anderson, 1909.
Athabasca, 1874- — This diocese comprises the
southern portion of the original diocese of that
name (N.W. Territory, Dominion of Canada),
which included what is now called the diocese of
Mackenzie River. It has now an area of over
200,000 square miles. The division was effected
at the Provincial Synod of the Church of England
in Rupert's Land in 1883. The population of Eng-
0-
PROVINCE OF RUPERT'S LAND
13
lish-speaking people is about 2,000, and rapidly
increasing, Indians and half-breeds. Church
population — White 700 ; Indian, 400.
The mission work in this diocese is supported
by the C.M.S., C.C.C.S. and M.S.C.C, Staff: the
bishop and 9 clergy, 5 lay workers, 10 ladies.
The Beavers are the aborigines of the central
and western portions of the diocese : the Chipe-
wyans of the eastern and the Slave Indians of
the northern and north-easterly portions. The
Beavers are diminishing through too close inter-
marriage, want of cleanliness and scarcity of
food.
There are 9 mission stations : St. Paul's,
Chipewyan (this is the headquarters of the Hud-
son Bay Company's northern fur trade, and
the main channel of communication with the
still further north) ; St. Luke's, Vermilion, con-
nected with which is the Irene Training School ;
the Christ Church Mission, near Smoky River ;
St. Peter's Mission, Lesser Slave Lake, where
there is a boarding school for Indian children ;
St. Andrew's Mission, White Fish Lake, working
chiefly among the Crees where there is also a
boarding school, St. John's, Wopuskow, Spirit
River ; All Saints Mission at Athabasca Land-
ing. All Saints Church has been built here.
While the mission work amongst the Indians is
maintained, extensive Evangelislic efforts in be-
half of the increasing white population are being
made.
Bishops : —
William Carpenter Bompas, 1874.
Richard Young, 1884; resigned 1904.
William Day Reeve (Bishop of Mackenzie
River), resigned 1907.
George Holmes, 1909.
Saskatchewan, 1874.— The diocese of Sas-
katchewan was formed out of Rupert's Land.
It embraces the former territory of Saskatchewan,
together with a large extent of territory lying
to the north. Its area is over 200,000 square
miles. The English-speaking and foreign popu-
lation increases so fast that no statistics are
of any use. The majority of the Indian popu-
lation are members of the Church. A large
number of towns and villages have sprung up
along the C.N,Ry., C.P.Ry. and G.T.P.Ry.,
besides many settlements as yet some distance
from these railways. The immigration for some
years past has been large, and there is a prospect
of rapid development through the building of
the Canadian Northern Railway and Grand Trunk
Pacific, which pass right through the diocese
from east to west.
The diocese of Saskatchewan has received
much help from the S.P.G. from the time of
its formation.
The principal stations assisted by the S.P.G.
are : —
Asquith, Bresaylor, Birch Hills, Borden, Battleford,
North Battleford, Campbell Lake, Colleston, Clair, Crooked
River, Duck Lake, Humboldt, Halcro, Islay, Kinistino,
Lashburn, Melfort, Mancroft, Mannville, Maidstone, Mar-
vin, Meota, Naseby, New Osgood, Pascal district, Prongua,
Prince Albert East, Prince Albert district, Radisson, Shell-
brook, Saskatoon, Scott, Vonda, Wilkie, Warman.
During the last few years over sixty laymen
have gone out from England to serve as cate-
chists in the diocese, a number of whom after a
course of study extending over three years have
now been ordained.
A church hostel is in course of building at
Saskatoon in connection with the large Govern-
ment university which is also in course of build-
ing. It is hoped that many of the future clergy
for Saskatchewan may be trained at this hostel.
The Colonial and Continental Church Society
have given a large amount of assistance to this
diocese during the last few years.
Work amongst Indians. — Emmanuel College
at Prince Albert was established for training
candidates for Holy Orders, school teachers and
Indian students for employment in mission
14
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
work generally. It is now a Divinity College,
for catechists and students, and is affiliated with
the Saskatchewan University.
The Industrial School at Battleford is for the
training of Indian boys and girls and is wholly
maintained by the Indian Department, Ottawa.
The St. Barnabas Boarding School, Onion
Lake, is for the training of Indian youths and
girls. There is also an Indian boarding school
at Lac la Rouge, maintained mainly by the
Indian Department.
The work amongst the Indians does not make
much progress. There are eleven clergy engaged
in this work, of whom three are principals of
schools. It is very difficult to get competent
teachers for the salary oflfered by the Canadian
Government. The Indians are advancing a little
in farming in some places, but they do not pro-
gress in the matter of the support of their clergy.
The bishop resides at Prince Albert.
Bishops : —
John McLean, 1874.
Cyprian Pinkham, 1887.
Jervois Arthur Newnham, 1903 (cons. 1892).
Qu'appelle, 1883 (Originally Assiniboia). —
This diocese comprises the southern half of the
Province of Saskatchewan and contains an area
of 90,000 square miles. It was formed out of
the dioceses of Rupert's Land and Saskatchewan,
and is bounded on the east by the diocese of
Rupert's Land, on the north by the diocese
of Saskatchewan, on the west by the diocese
of Calgary, and on the south by the United
States.
It is almost entirely agricultural and pastoral.
Immigration into this district began about
1883.
The diocese which is rapidly growing in num-
bers owing to the development of railways and
the consequent inrush of settlers, is divided at
present into 70 districts or missions all of which
contain a large number of out stations. At
present there are at work in the diocese 69 clergy
and 58 lay readers.
The Railway Mission, modelled upon a similar
organisation in South Africa, and financially sup-
ported by the Archbishops' Fund and M.S.C.C,
is an agency supplementary to the more normal
diocesan activities. Its modus operandi is a free
movement of clergy and lay workers from a com-
mon central home at Regina along the many
new and for the most part unclaimed lines of
railway, with the railways themselves as their
proper means of locomotion, in order to secure a
rapid and effective lengthening of the Church's
cords.
The first workers started out late in November,
1910 ; their number in 191 1 was 12, half of them
priests and half laymen. These are providing
fortnightly ministrations at forty different centres
widely scattered throughout the diocese, and hope
to promote the building of a number of churches
during the present year.
The existing staff suffices only for 500 miles
out of the 2,800 miles of track within the diocesan
borders to-day ; and it is practically certain that
this latter figure will be well nigh doubled during
the next three years.
A prairie brotherhood organised by the Rev.
W. J. H. McClean was started in the south of
the diocese in 1908. It has at present 3 mem-
bers who hold services over a very wide district
the centre of which is at Willow Bunch. A
railway line is being built through the district
which will shortly result in a very large increase
in its population.
The S.P.G. supports missions at the following
stations : Abernethy (now Balcarres), Areola
Line, Baring, Broadview, Cannington, Carlyle,
Craik, Cupar, Estevan, Fort Qu'Appelle, Halbrite,
Kamsack, Kelliher, Kutawa, Milestone, Nokomis,
Oxbow, Outlook, Pense, St. Chad's Hostel, Re-
PROVINCE OF RUPERT'S LAND
IS
gina, Sintaluta, Strasburg, Swift Current, Togo,
Watrous, Weyburn, Willow Bunch, Zealandia,
and has contributed to the endowment fund of
the Bishopric and to the clergy sustentation fund.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G., 35.
Bishops : —
Adelbert John Robert Anson, 1884.
William John Burn, 1893.
John Grisdale, i8g6.
Malcolm Taylor McAdam Harding,
(Coadjutor, 1909).
1911
Mackenzie River, 1883 (Originally Atha-
basca). — This diocese was separated from the
diocese of Rupert's Land in 1874, and from Atha-
basca in 1883, and the diocese of Selkirk was
separated from it in 1890; but it still remains
one of the largest of the colonial dioceses, and
contains upwards of 500,000 square miles. The
population of English-speaking people is 200 ;
Indian, 4,000 ; Eskimo, 400. Church popula-
tion — White, 100 ; Indian, 700 ; Eskimo, 50.
There are 4 churches.
The chief burden of the support of the mission
work was borne by the C.M.S. from its incep-
tion in 1858 until recently; but as the C.M.S.
is now gradually withdrawing, the M.S.C.C. is
trying to take up the work. The C.M.S. still,
however, supports one clergyman, and makes a
grant which diminishes year by year. There are
four mission stations and several outposts. At
Hay River is the diocesan school, where there
are about thirty boarders gathered from all parts
of the diocese. Work is also being done among
the Eskimos. Day and Sunday schools are held
at the stations.
The principal centres of work are at Herschel
Island, where there is a mission which was
started by Bishop Stringer in 1892. It reaches
the Eskimos, the American whaling station, and
a contingent of the N.W. Mounted Police.
Fort MacPherson, Tukudh Mission. Here
Archdeacon McDonald laboured for fifty years,
and translated the whole of the Bible into the
vernacular. The Indians number about 400.
Fort Norman, Hare Indian Mission.
Fort Simpson, Tess Cho Tone Mission. The
attendance at Church reaches 140.
Hay River, Slavi Mission. There are 30
children in the school.
Tribes : Eskimos, Tukudh, Hare, Slavi, Moun-
tain, Sikani, Dog Rib, Yellow Knives, Chipewyan,
besides white people and half-breeds.
Number of clergy in the diocese, 4 ; lay
workers 5, and 3 ladies.
Bishops : —
William Carpenter Bompas, 1874 (tr. to Sel-
kirk, 1890).
William Day Reeve, 1891 ; resigned, 1907.
The Bishop of Athabasca, residing at Athabasca
Landing, acts as Bishop for Mackenzie River.
Calgary, 1888.— The diocese of Calgary was
established in 1888, having been taken from the
diocese of Saskatchewan. Its greatest length is
378 miles, and its greatest breadth 342 miles.
Its area is more than 100,000 square miles. Its
population is probably about 250,000, Its chief
cities and towns are Calgary 43>736, Edmonton
24,882, Lethbridge 8,048, Strathcona 5,580, Wit-
askiwin 3,500, High River 2,000. For some
years after it was called into being the diocese
was worked along with that of Saskatchewan,
by one bishop who worked each separately; but
upon the completion of the Calgary Bishopric
Endowment Fund, October i, 1903, the bishop
resigned the care of Saskatchewan and here con-
fined himself to Calgary. When the diocese of
Calgary was organised in 1889, there were 11
clergy ; now there are nearly 90, with a number
of paid lay readers whose whole time is given
to their work.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G., 27.
There are now nearly 30 clergy who are entirely
i6
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
supported by the free-will offerings of the people,
and nearly all the self-supporting parishes were
originally either S.P.G. Missions or part of such
Missions.
St. Hilda's College, a girls' church school, has
been for some years in successful operation in
Calgary. A college, to be called the Bishop
Pinkham College, in which a Church high
school for boys is at present being held, has
been recently opened.
At Edmonton in the north of the diocese a
brotherhood has been established which consists
of 9 clergy and 6 laymen who are endeavouring
to minister to the spiritual wants of a large district
in and near Edmonton and radiating westerly
and north-westerly to the western boundary of
the diocese. The brotherhood is at present sup-
ported by the Archbishops' Western Canada
Fund.
A similar brotherhood has been started in
the southern part of the diocese and is worked
on similar lines.
Indian Missions. — The Church has missions
to the Indians on the four Reserves in the
Southern part of the diocese, i.e., among the
Blackfoot, Bloods, Peigans and Sarcee. The
total Indian population on the four Reserves is
said to be 2,692. Of these the number of church
members is about 563 including about 170 com-
municants. The Roman Catholics, the only other
religious body working on three of the Reserves
(on the Sarcee we are alone), claim according to
government returns about 573 leaving 1,556 still
to be evangelised.
The church began its work among the Peigans
in 1879 among the Bloods in 1880, among the
Blackfoot in 1883, and among the Sarcee in
1886.
There are church boarding schools for the
Bloods, Peigans and Sarcee. The boarding
school in the Blackfoot Reserve has been closed
till the new building now in course of erection
is ready, and the school has (for the present)
by the express wish of the government become a
day school. All four schools have pupils of both
sexes.
Among the Blackfoot there is a valuable medi-
cal mission and an Indian hospital of great value
to children and adults.
First Bishop : —
William Cyprian Pinkham, 1888 (see under
Saskatchewan).
Yukon (formerly Selkirk), 1890.— This
diocese comprises the Yukon Territory, Canada,
and was formed out of the diocese of Mac-
kenzie River. It lies in the extreme north-
western corner of the Dominion of Canada,
extending from British Columbia on the south
to the Arctic Ocean on the north, and from
the Rocky Mountains on the east to the
United States Territory of Alaska on the
west.
Population : English speaking people, about
15,000; native Indians, 1,000.
There are 8 clergy and 4 lay readers, who,
together with the bishop and several teachers
in the schools, comprise the working staff of
the whole diocese.
The three native Missions at Fort Selkirk,
Carcross and Moosehide are assisted by the
C.M.S. A new church, towards the cost of which
the Indians contributed more than £400, has
been erected at Moosehide as a memorial to
Bishop Bompas. The native schools receive aid
from the Canadian Government and also a grant
from the S.P.C.K.
The C.C.C.S. assist two of the English Mis-
sions.
When the Klondyke gold fields were opened
the S.P.G. received an offer from the, Rev. W. G.
Lyon to devote himself to the work of minister-
ing to the miners. Regarding this as a work for
the Canadian Church to undertake the S.P.G,
voted £200 " to assist and stimulate it in send-
PROVINCE OF RUPERT'S LA^fD
17
ing a mission to Klondyke and supporting the
same without further aid from the Society ".
Mr. Lyon started from Dawson City in 1898,
but was drowned in Lake Barge on his way to
Klondyke.
Church work. — In this matter endeavour has
been made to keep pace to some extent with the
growth of the country. Previous to the opening
of the Klondyke mines, the Church work in the
diocese was confined to 2 or 3 missions to
the native Indians exclusively. There are now
4 missions to the Indians, and in addition to
these there are organised parishes and English
congregations. There are altogether in the
diocese 8 clergy. There are 5 permanent churches
and 3 school-chapels, or mission-rooms. There
are 7 mission houses or parsonages. The Indians
are nearly all christianised. The 4 Indian Mis-
sions are supported by the C.M.S., and 3 of the
4 English Missions are assisted by the C.C.C.S.
Bishops : —
William Carpenter Bompas, 1891 ; Bishop
of Athabasca, 1874 ; of Mackenzie River,
1884.
Isaac O. Stringer, 1905.
Keewatin, 1899. — The diocese of Keewatin
was organ;|ed in 1899, but the first bishop was
not appointed until 1902. It was formed so as
to relieve the diocese of Moosonee of the Indian
and Eskimo work on the west shores of Hudson
Bay. It took in also most of the Indian work
in the diocese of Rupert's Land.
It is bounded on the east by the dioceses of
Moosonee and Algoma, on the south by the
boundary line dividing the United States from
Canada, and on the west by the dioceses of
Rupert's Land, Saskatchewan and Mackenzie
River. To the north it goes farther than any
other diocese in Canada, taking in all the
Eskimos as far as Fox's Channel and even
beyond.
The diocese stretches from Savanne on the
east to Molson in the west, and comes into
three provinces — Ontario, Manitoba and Kee-
watin. In extent it is about 350,000 square
miles. The present population is about 27,000,
being 17,000 whites and 10,000 Indians and
Eskimos.
Work in Keewatin is almost equally divided
between whites, Indians and Eskimos. All the
Indian and Eskimo work was begun, and has
been carried on up to the present, by the C.M.S.,
but they are now gradually withdrawing their
aid. There are 10 central Indian missions with
populations varying from 150 to 600. There
are now 14 parishes amongst the white settlers ;
in 1902 there were only 4. In 1902 there were
7 clergy; now there are 16, and 10 paid lay
workers.
The S.P.G. contributed £1,000 to the endow-
ment of the diocese, and partly supports two clergy
for white work at Keewatin and Dryden. Not
many settlers are coming into the diocese at pre-
sent, as there is very little farm land ; but there is
a large and growing work amongst lumberm'en,
miners and railwaymen, both the Canadian
Pacific and the Grank Trunk Trans-Continental
and Canadian Northern lines running for 300
miles through the heart of the diocese.
St. Albans Kenora (Rat Portage), appointed
as the pro-cathedral in 1906, is the only self-
supporting parish in the diocese.
Bishop : —
Joseph Lofthouse, 1902.
INDEPENDENT DIOCESES.
British Columbia, 1859. — This diocese was
founded in 1859 ; the diocese of Caledonia was
separated from it in 1879, and in the same year
the diocese of New Westminster was also formed
out of it. The four dioceses west of the Rockies
are soon to be formed into an Ecclesiastical
Province, but until this is accomplished, with the
consent of the Archbishop of Canterbury the
jurisdiction of these dioceses has been trans-
ferred to the Primate of All Canada. It com-
prises Vancouver Island and the adjacent islands,
and has an area of 17,000 square miles. Agri-
culture, coal-mining, lumber mills, ship-building,
and salmon and seal fisheries employ most of the
people. Population — English-speaking people,
7 5, 000; other than English-speaking people,
14,500. Victoria, population 31,620 (1911), the
capital of the Civil Province of British Columbia,
is the seat of the bishop. The number of clergy
is 30. The S.P.G. began work in 1859 and for
many years continued its support. But the diocese
has received no grant since 1909. The work of
the Columbia Coast Mission which was started
in 1905 for the Logging Camps has developed,
and there are now three hospitals with resident
doctors and nurses, and a steamer built at a cost
of £5,000 which regularly visits the camps, and
is provided with everything necessary for the Ser-
vices of the Church, and also carries a surgeon.
The work is under the charge of Rev. T, Antle as
superintendent, and a joint committee of this
diocese and the diocese of New Westminster.
At Alert Bay there is an Indian Industrial
School in connection with the C.M.S.
Bishops : —
George Hills, 1859.
William Willcox Perrin, 1893 (resigned
1911).
John Charles Roper, 191 2.
New Westminster, 1879.— This diocese was
founded in 1879, when the original diocese ot
British Columbia was divided into three dio-
ceses. It comprised a district on the mainland
between the 49th and S4th parallels of N. lati-
tude, and bounded on the west by the Gulf ot
Georgia, and on the east by the Rocky Moun-
tains. It was further divided in 1900, when that
portion of the diocese east of the 120th meridian
of W. longitude was separated and formed into
the diocese of Kootenay. The area is about
90,000 square miles, with a rapidly-growing
population of at least 200,000 people. In-
cluded among these are over 8,000 Indians (ot
whom 1,679 ^re returned as belonging to the
Church), besides a considerable number of
Chinese and Japanese and several hundred
Sikhs from India.
Number of clergy, 58; churches, 51; com-
municants, 5,000 ; Sunday school scholars,
3,000; local contributions of parishes (1909),
£11,500. Self-supporting parishes, 15; aided
missions, 26.
Vancouver (population, 100,000) has fourteen
parishes and missions, eight of which are self-
supporting. New Westminster (pop. (191 1)
13,394), has three parishes two of them self-
supporting. Five other parishes receive no aid,
and these may become self-supporting in 191 1.
But owing to the mountainous character of the
(18)
o
COLUMBIA '^
Scale of Miles
so
P Ik
!^
130'
12S'
/20°
/I5°
The prmctpa/ staNons assistec/ bi/ S.PG. are underlined
INDEPENDENT DIOCESES
19
diocese, and thinly settled districts a number of
missions will require help for some time. The
development of the city of Vancouver, and of the
Lower Fraser Valley is remarkable and taxes all
the resources of the Church to provide services
for incoming church people. The railway de-
velopments in the next five years will open up
many new districts in the diocese. Missionary
work is carried on among the Indians by three
clergy and two catechists in thirteen churches,
most of which were built by the Indians them-
selves. There is an excellent school for Indian
girls at Yale, an industrial school for boys at
Lytton, supported by the New England Company,
and an Indian hospital, enlarged in 1909, and
equipped with operating room and modern surgi-
cal appliances. A Chinese mission is established
in Vancouver, with a native Chinaman in charge.
Work is carried on among the Japanese men
and women. For the year ending June, 1909,
fourteen were baptized and seven confirmed.
The Columbia Coast mission to loggers and
settlers along the coast of the mainland within
the diocese and the islands belonging to the
diocese of Columbia is operated jointly by the
two dioceses. The mission steamer Columbia,
having proved too small, a larger boat, 100 feet
long, with powerful gasolene engine and auxiliary
sails is now (Jan., 191 1) completed at a cost of
£4,000.
Hospitals are operated at Rock Bay, Alert
Bay and on Texada Island. A resident doctor
and two nurses are stationed at each hospital.
On the boat, which is fitted up for emergency
cases are the superintendent, doctor and neces-
sary helpers.
The supplementary endowment for the bishop-
ric has been completed. The endowment is now
about £1 1,000, and a See house situated in the
city of New Westminster.
The " Missions to Seamen Society" assist in
the support of work among the sailors in the
Port of Vancouver.
Apart from missionary work, which continues
to expand with the rapid growth in population,
the special need is the organisation and estab-
lishment of a theological college in the city of
Vancouver, now under consideration. The estab-
lishment of this diocese was due in great measure
to the S.P.G., which has contributed £1,532 to
the episcopal endowment.
The archdeaconry of the diocese was founded
in i860 by Miss Burdett-Coutts with a gift of
£5,000. The present archdeacon is a diocesan
and missionary officer, and holds no parish.
The trust deed of the archdeaconry was drawn
up by the Society, and the property which is
in British Columbia is administered by local
trustees appointed by the Society. By careful
management the endowment now amounts to
54,300 dollars (over £11,000), and a residence
has been built for the Archdeacon in Vancouver,
which, owing to increase in values of real estate,
is with the lot valued at £2,500.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. —
7 European clergy, Chinese catechist at Van-
couver, Indian catechists at Lytton and Yale.
Bishops : —
Acton Windeyer Sillitoe, 1879.
John Dart, 1895.
Adam Urias de Pencier, 1910.
Caledonia, 1879,— The diocese of Caledonia
comprises the northern half of British Columbia,
and embraces the many outlying islands, the
coast district and the interior. The three large
rivers— the Skeena, the Naas and the Stickine—
form the natural way into the interior, which is
very mountainous. At present there are only a
few settlements on the coast or up the rivers;
but as the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway will
shortly be constructed across northern British
Columbia, the country, which is rich in natural
resources, such as timber, fish, minerals, etc.,
with many fertile valleys, is destined to develop
rapidly. Already settlers are pouring into some
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
of these valleys, such as Bulkley, Kitsum Kalum,
Nechaco, etc., and a new terminal city, Prince
Rupert, has arisen which has a population of
4,771 (191 1). Population — White, 10,000; Indian,
8,000 ; Chinese, 1,000 ; Japanese, 750. 2,308 of
the Indians are members of the Church of Eng-
land. The diocese of Caledonia now forms part
of the Canadian Church as organised in the
General Synod of Canada. It has a diocesan
synod in which White and Indian congrega-
tions are represented without distinction. Bishop
Ridley, who was consecrated in 1879, when the
diocese was formed, resigned in 1904, and was
succeeded bv Bishop Du Vernet.
The S.P.G. assists 5 of the clergy, the CM.S.
8, and the Missionary Society of the Canadian
Church is furnishing funds for another clergyman
for the new work.
The CM.S. began work among the Indians
in 1857, the S.P.G. among the miners in 1884.
The work supported by the CM.S. is carried
on at Metlakatla (1862) and Kitkatla (1887) on
the coast, Hazelton (1880) and Giatwangak (1882)
on the Skeena River, Kincolith (1866) and Aiy-
ansh (1883) on the Naas River, and at Massett
(1876) in the Queen Charlotte Islands. The
figures in brackets denote the dates at which
the several missions were started.
The following stations are assisted by S.P.G. :
Atlin, Bulkley Valley, Kitsum Kalum, Massett,
and Port Essington.
Bishops .
William Ridley, 1879.
Frederick Herbert Du Vernet, 1904.
Kootenay, 1900. — This diocese was created
out of the diocese of New Westminster. The
first Synod of Kootenay as a separate diocese
was held in Nelson May 29th and 30th, 1900.
Kootenay is still in charge of the Bishop of New
Westminster and will remain so until an endow-
ment fund of ten thousand pounds has been
raised, or the stipend of the Bishop otherwise
satisfactorily provided for.
The diocese comprises all that part of British
Columbia that lies east of the 120th meridian
of West Longitude. The population is chiefly
English speaking but a few thousands of
Japanese, Chinese and Hindoos with a few
thousand Indians are also part of the inhabi-
tants. A guess at the population would be
about 100,000 all told.
The country has been described as " A sea of
mountains " and that well describes it.
The industries are first mining, gold, silver,
lead, coal. Next we might place lumbering.
There is little or no fishing, that is for the
market. The lakes and streams abound with
trout.
Agriculture is coming to the front and fruit
raising will shortly be an important industry ; as
yet the trees are too young. Apples, peaches,
pears, plums and all the smaller fruits are grown
and they are all of excellent quality.
The diocese now has 28 clergy. There are 70
stations at which services are held. There are
27 church buildings and ten self-supporting
parishes.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G., 7.
The stations assisted by S.P.G. are: Arm-
strong, Enderby, Golden, New Denver, Penticton,
Summerland.
Newfoundland (and Bermuda), 1839,— This,
the oldest English colony, has an area of 42,734
square miles, with a coast line of about 2,000
miles ; and according to the census of 1901 a
population of 217,037, exclusive of those resident
on the Labrador coast (4,106) within the juris-
diction of Newfoundland. The inhabitants are
situated almost exclusively on the sea coast, the
N*? VII.
The principal Motions assisted by ttie S.P.G are underlined.
INDEPENDENT DIOCESES
chief industries being the cod, seal, herring,
salmon and lobster fisheries.
In the interior, which is practically uninhabited,
are large tracts of agricultural, timber and
mineral lands. There are 638 miles of railway
open. The island is rich in mineral resources ;
there are large and valuable deposits of copper
and iron ; oil wells and coal have recently been
discovered. Shoe, biscuit, cordage and nail fac-
tories, iron foundries, lumber mills, the recent
introduction of whale fishing, and the erection of
pulp mills give employment to part of the popu-
lation. There are 73,008 members of the Church
of England. There are 69 licensed clergy, 156
licensed lay readers, and 160 churches. There
are 300 schools, 439 teachers, 14,611 scholars
of the Church of England, 21 of which are sup-
ported by the C.C.C.S., and 240 Sunday schools,
1,150 teachers, and 12,350 scholars. In 1903 the
Rev. J. J. Curling gave a sum of ;f5,ooo to be
held in trust by the S.P.G. "for the purpose
of making some provision for the needs of the
Church of England in the diocese of New-
foundland and its dependency of North-Eastern
Labrador ".
The S.P.G. first assisted mission work in New-
foundland in 1703. The diocese was founded
in 1839, the Society contributing to the support
of the bishop and to the endowment fund.
Clergy working in connection with the S.P.G.,
22.
Queen's College, Newfoundland, was founded
in 1842 with the aid of the Society, by Bishop
Feild.
The following stations are assisted by S.P.G. : —
Belleoram.
Brooklyn.
Burgeo.
Carbonear.
Catalina.
Exploits.
Foxtrap and Hopewell.
Harbour Briton.
Harbour Buffett.
King's Cove.
Lamaline.
New Harbour.
Petty Harbour.
Portugal Cove.
Pouch Cove.
St. George's Bay.
St. John's.
Salmon Cove.
Salvage.
Tilt Cove.
Topsail.
Trinity, West.
White Bay.
Bishops : —
Aubrey George Spencer, 1839.
Edward Feild, 1844.
James Butler Knill Kelly, Coadjutor-Bishop,
1867 ; Bishop 1876.
Llewellyn Jones, 1878.
Bermuda, — The Bermudas or Somers Islands
are a cluster of about 100 small islands, 15
or 16 of which are inhabited, comprising an
area of about 19 square miles and contain-
ing (1901) a population of 17,535, of whom 6,383
are white, exclusive of those in the army and
navy. There were in 1901, 10,627 rnembers
of the Church of England. The islands derive
their name from Bermudezj a Spaniard who
sighted them in 1527, but they were first colonised
by Sir George Somers who was shipwrecked
here in 1609. The chief town is Hamilton ;
population (1901) 2,246.
Bermuda was formerly an archdeaconry in the
diocese of Nova Scotia. In 1839 the diocese of
Newfoundland was founded and Bermuda was
attached to it, the bishop having by letters patent
episcopal jurisdiction in Bermuda. The Church
in Bermuda is established. In 1878 an Act of
the Colonial Legislature was passed authorising
the formation of a synod, chiefly with a view to
providing for the episcopal supervision in these
islands. This had become necessary through
the death of Bishop Feild. As the result of the
action taken by the synod, immediately after its
constitution, the Church in Bermuda still re-
mains in connection with the diocese of New-
foundland. The colony is divided into 9
parishes* The bishop spends every alternate
winter in Bermuda the diocese of which is en-
tirely distinct from that of Newfoundland.
Number of clergy in Bermuda, 12. There are
14 Church Sunday schools.
The S.P.G. first gave aid to Bermuda in 1705,
it ceased to contribute to the support of work in
the islands in 1870.
THE WEST INDIES, CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA.
The S. P. G. began by aiding clergymen with
books and passage money in 1703, and in 1710
became permanently connected with the West
Indies by accepting the trusteeship of the Cod-
rington estates in Barbados. Its operations
were extended to the Bahamas in 1 731, to the
Mosquito Shore (among the Mosquito Indians)
in 1748, to Tobago, the Leeward Islands, Jamaica
and British Guiana in 1835, Trinidad in 1836,
British Honduras in 1844, Panama in 1883, and
Costa Rica in 1896. As early as 17 15 the
Society also sought to establish two bishoprics
in the West Indies, but did not succeed until
1824, when the sees of Jamaica and Barbados
were founded. The Society's exercise of the
Codrington Trust proved " a noble exception "
at a time (extending over a century) " when the
African race " (in the West Indies) " were, even
by members of the Church, almost entirely ne-
glected," and it prepared the way to freedom. On
the abolition of slavery the Society became also
an instrument for the evangelisation of the freed
slaves, and between 1835-50 it expended a fund
of £164,495 on the work in this field. Few
missionary efforts have produced such great
results in so short a time as were effected in
this instance.
The assistance rendered from " the Negro
Education Fund " drew out a large amount of
local support, it being a condition that at least
one-half of the salaries of the missionaries and
lay teachers should from the first be provided
from other sources, and that eventually the en-
tire charge should be undertaken by the colonies.
From some of the colonies it was possible for
the Society to withdraw all assistance at an early
date, without injury to the work; in others it has
been necessary to continue and renew aid from
time to time, both in order to sustain churches
which otherwise must have sunk under disen-
dowment (or rather the withdrawal of State aid),
and to extend missions among native races, in-
cluding the coolie immigrants from China and
India in Guiana and Trinidad. In Guiana the
evangelisation of the aboriginal Indians and the
Chinese immigrants has been practically accom-
plished in one generation ; only 2,000 or 3,000 of
the Indians are now heathen. In Trinidad the
work among the East Indian coolies has been
more fruitful than in Guiana.
Three-fifths of the clergy who have laboured
in the West Indies have been educated at Cod-
rington College, Barbados, and coloured mis-
sionaries have been sent thence to the heathen
in West Africa, the special foreign mission field
adopted by the West Indian Church in com-
memoration of the Society's third jubilee in 1851.
During the period 1712-1910 the Society ex-
pended £723,860, and employed about 484
ordained missionaries in the West Indian field.
At the present time its work there is being car-
ried on in 7 dioceses ; its total annual expendi-
ture in 1910 was £6,440, and the number of its
missionaries 77.
(22)
Jamaica, 1824.
Nassau, 1861.
I
Honduras, 1883.
PROVINCE OF THE WEST INDIES
THE WEST INDIAN EPISCOPATE.
Barbados, 1824, and Windward Islands, 1878.
I
Antigua, 1842.
Guiana, 1842.
Trinidad, 1872.
Jamaica, 1824. — In the year 1824 Jamaica,
the Bahamas, and the settlements in the Bay
of Honduras were created a bishop's see, but the
Bahamas and Honduras have now been made
separate dioceses, and the original diocese is
limited to the island of Jamaica, which is 144
miles long by 49 broad, and contains 4,207
square miles. Population (1909) 848,656. The
number of consecrated churches is no, in
addition to which there are about 214 school
chapels and mission rooms. Of these, 122 are
mission stations in connection with the Jamaica
Church Home and Foreign Missionary Society.
There are 90 clergy, and 324 catechists and
voluntary lay readers. The number annually
confirmed averages about 2,000. There are 1,658
Sunday schools and 26,892 scholars in average
attendance.
The S.P.G. has given grants to Jamaica from
time to time, the first help given being in 1703.
In 1897 the Society gave £1,000 towards the
enlargement of the Jamaica Theological College,
founded by Archbishop Nuttall in 1883. It also
recently voted £100 for two years to supplement
the income of poor clergy in the diocese. It gave
a grant of £1,000 towards the restoration of
church buildings destroyed by the hurricane of
August, 1903.
(23)
In 1903 the total amount of voluntary offerings
was £27,446 : in 1905, owing to the general de-
pression caused by the failure of the sugar in-
dustry and the hurricane of 1903, the amount
contributed was only £20,395. On 14th January,
1907, an earthquake occurred which destroyed a
great part of Kingston. The S.P.G. voted £100
and raised a special fund of £330 towards
relieving the suffering caused by the earth-
quake. A pan-Anglican grant of £15,000 was
devoted to the same purpose.
An article entitled "The Church in Jamaica,
Past and Present," by the late Dr. Collins, Bishop
of Gibraltar, which appeared in The East and The
West for January, 1903, gives a clear account of
the religious life of Jamaica.
Bishops : —
Christopher Lipscombe, 1824.
Aubrey George Spencer, 1843.
Reginald Courtenay, 1856.
William George Tozer, 1879.
Enos Nuttall, 1880 ; Archbishop, 1897.
Charles Frederick Douet, Assist. Bishop,
1888 ; resigned, 1904.
Albert Edward Joscelyne, Coadjutor-Bishop,
1905.
24
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Barbados and the Windward Islands,
1824. — This diocese included originally what are
now the dioceses of Guiana, Antigua, Trinidad.
The population of Barbados is 196,498 of whom
about 160,000 are members of the Church of
England.
There are 11 parishes, 46 churches and chapels,
and 51 clergy, 43 licensed lay readers, and
22,160 registered communicants.
There are 166 elementary schools, of which
131 belong to the Church of England. The
average attendance at the elementary schools is
about 14,000.
Codrington College was founded by Sir Chris-
topher Codrington in 17 11, who bequeathed to
the S.P.G. certain estates for its support. It is
affiliated to Durham University, and was at one
time the great educational institution of the West
Indies. The S.P.G. has recently voted a large sum
towards the endowment of Codrington College
out of its Bicentenary Fund. It has also handed
over the local management of the Codrington
College to the General Synod of the West
Indies.
The salaries of the bishop and clergy are paid
by the Colonial Legislature. The total amount
raised (independent of clerical stipends) for the
upkeep of the Church is about £8,500.
The Windward Islands, — This diocese in-
cludes St. Vincent, St. Lucia, Grenada, and the
Grenadines. Population 180,675. In St. Vin-
cent and in the Grenadines the majority belong
to the Church of England ; in St. Lucia
and Grenada, where the population is largely
French in descent and language, the dominant
religion is Roman Catholic. There are at pre-
sent 18 clergy in the islands, and the diocese
remains under the jurisdiction of the Bishop of
Barbados until a sufficient endowment for the
stipend of a separate bishop can be obtained.
The church is disestablished and disendowed.
The S.P.G. has done mission work in these
islands since 1712. The Society contributed
£■750 for the rebuilding of churches and schools
destroyed by the hurricane in 1898 in St. Lucia
and Grenada, and made a special grant of ;f 300
a year for five years to the bishop to assist the
clergy suffering from the results of the volcanic
eruption in 1902.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G., 6.
Bishops ; —
William Hart Coleridge, 1824.
Thomas Parry, 1842.
John Mitchinson, 1873.
Herbert Bree, 1882.
William Proctor Swaby, 1899 (cons., 1893).
Antigua (Leeward Islands), 1842. — This
diocese embraces the English islands of An-
tigua, Dominica, Barbuda, Montserrat, St. Kitts,
Nevis, Anguilla, Tortola, Virgin Gorda and
Anegada, as well as churches in the foreign
islands of St. Bartholomew (French), Saba
Eustatius (Dutch), St. Martin (half Dutch,
half French), St. Croix and St. Thomas
(Danish). English is the language of the
common people in all these islands, except
in St. Bartholomew and in Dominica, which was
formerly a French possession. Population
(1910), 160,000.
There are 43 churches, with separate parishes
or districts, besides schoolrooms licensed for
public worship ; there are 30 clergy and 25
licensed lay readers, and 12,287 registered com-
municants.
A large majorit}' of the labouring population
can read, and of the younger people nearly all,
and many can write also. There is in Antigua
one grammar school conducted by a clergyman,
one in Dominica and one in St. Kitts.
The S.P.G. first began to work in the Leeward
Islands in 1834, the year of the passing of the
Emancipation Act. The Society has contributed to
N9 IX.
S.P. G. Mission Stations are underlined.
PROVINCE OF THE WEST INDIES
25
the endowment fund of the diocese. The Church
was disestablished and disendowed in 1873.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. : 16.
Bishops : —
Daniel Gateward Davis, 1842.
Stephen Jordan Rigaud, 1858.
William Walrond Jackson, i860.
Charles James Branch, Coadjutor-Bishop,
1882 ; Bishop, 1895.
Herbert Mather, 1897.
Walter Farrar, 1905 (resigned 1910).
Edward Hutson, 191 1.
The following stations are assisted by
S.P.G. :—
Anguilla, St. Mary's
,, St. Bartholomew's
„ St. Earth's
Antigua, St. Mary's
„ St. Philip's
,, All Saints'
St. Paul's
,, St. George's
,, St. John's
Barbuda, Holy Trinity
Montserrat, St. Anthony's
,, St. George's
Nevis, St. Paul's
,, St. Thomas'
,, St. George's
Nevis, St. John's
Saba
St. Croix, D.W.I.
St. Paul's
St. Kitts, Holy Trinity
,, St. Thomas'
St. Paul's
,, St. John's
,, Cayon, St. Mary's
SandyPt. St.Anne
St. Thomas', All Saints'
Tortola, St. George's
Virgin Gorda, St. Mary's
St. Philip's
Guiana, 1842. — The diocese of Guiana was
separated from Barbados and is co-extensive
with the colony of British Guiana, extending
from Venezuela on the west to Surinam on
the east, having a seaboard of nearly 300
miles. The country may be divided into
three distinct belts: (i) The flat alluvial land
runnmg inland 40 or 50 miles, which is under
the cultivation of sugar, rice, cocoa, etc., and
which is thickly populated by people of various
nationalities. (2) Forest land running south for
300 miles, sparsely inhabited by Indians and the
workers on the gold and diamond fields. (3)
Savannah lands inhabited almost entirely by
Indians. The population is approximately esti-
mated at 320,000, consisting of aboriginal In-
dians, including a dozen distinct tribes and
languages, 8,000; Portuguese, 12,000; Hin-
doos, etc., 106,000; Chinese, 4,000; negroes,
120,000 ; Europeans, 5,000 ; mixed races, 29,000.
There are about 97 centres of work, and some 40
clergy, including the bishop, with about 100
catechists and schoolmasters. The day schools
are about 87 in number, with 11,811 children
on the books. There are 5,700 children in the
Sunday schools.
The S.P.G. began work in Guiana in 1835,
and has given much help. The Society con-
tributed towards the endowment fund of the
diocese.
Queenstown
The Holy Trinity
Pomeroon Missions
North West District
St. Peter, Leguan
Wakenaam (East Indians)
Essequibo Missions
Potaro River Missions
Rupununi Mission
Berbice —
All Saints'
St. Patrick
Port Mourant
Skeldon
Corentyne River
St. Michael's
Berbice River (East In-
dians).
Dutch Guiana —
Surinam
The S.P.G. contributes to the support of work
at the following places : —
Georgetown —
Christ Church
St. Philip (East Indian
Mission)
Demerara —
St. Paul, Plaisance
Beterverwagting.
Buxton
Enmore
Cane Grove \
cum \
Mahaica Creek J
St. Swithin, West Bank
West Coast District
St. Matthew, East Bank
Demerara River Missions
Camounie and Santa
(aboriginal Indians)
Essequibo —
St. John Suddie (abori-
ginal Indians)
The S.P.G. helps to support a chaplain at
Paramaribo, Surinam (Dutch Guiana).
In a recent report the Bishop refers to the
" boom " in rubber which is now being felt in
his diocese. He says : " The opening up of
the great Hinterland for gold and rubber brings
thousands of coast people into the (aboriginal)
Indian country . . . and it is necessary to teach
men to remember their duty as Christians when
away from home in the bush, and further to go
to these aboriginal Indians and evangelise them.
This is being done by the help of the Society's
grant." ^
1 For accounts of work amongst the aboriginal Indians,
see Mission Field, June and October, igii.
26
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
For many years the women's department of
S.P.G. has been asked to supply teachers for the
schools of this diocese in Georgetown, but the
lack of workers has prevented any assistance.
During the year 1910 they were able to send
out a lady who has been stationed at Rupununi.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G.,
23 ; also a large staff of lay agents.
Bishops : —
William Piercy Austin, 1842.
William Proctor Swaby, 1893 (trans., 1899).
Edward Archibald Parry, 1900.
Nassau, 1861. — • The diocese consists of
the Bahama Islands, together with the Turk's
and Caicos group, and has a land area of
about 4,420 square miles. The population
according to the census of 1901 was 60,000.
The number of mission buildings including
churches is 95, of clergy 22, of professing
Church people about 15,000, and of com-
municants 5,503. There are 32 Church day
schools, with 1,510 day scholars, besides the
Government schools ; also 74 Sunday schools,
with 240 teachers and 3,880 Sunday scholars.
Three middle-grade schools, 80 scholars. Sisters
of St. Peter's, Horbury, who are associated mis-
sionaries of the S.P.G., conduct a high school
for girls at Nassau, and visit amongst the
coloured people.
The S.P.G. contributes £500 to the fund for
the maintenance of the clergy. The clergy are
assisted by about 100 catechists who receive no
remuneration.
In 1735 the S.P.G. provided funds for the
opening of a school in Nassau, having previously
given a grant towards the support of a mission-
ary there.
The five islands assisted by the S.P.G., i.e.,
Harbour Island, Long Cay, Andros, Watling-
cum-Rum Cay and the Turk's Islands, are spread
over a length of 700 miles of sea.
There are 6 clergy working in connection with
S.P.G. Stations assisted by the S.P.G. :—
St. Philip's, Inagua 1884
St. David's, Long Cay .... 1903
St. John's, Harbour Island .... 1903
St. Christopher's, Watling .... 1905
All SS. Andros 1869
St. Thomas ),„,,,, ,
„ „ t Turk s Islands ... —
St. George )
Bishops : — ■
Charles Caulfield, 1861.
Addington Robert Peel Venables, 1863.
Francis Alexander Randal Cramer-Roberts,
1878.
Edward Townson Churton, 1886.
Henry Norris Churton, 1902.
Wilfrid Bird Hornby, 1904 (consecrated,
1892).
Trinidad, 1872. — The diocese comprises the
islands of Trinidad and Tobago, and jurisdic-
tion over British subjects in Venezuela. It
contains (including Venezuela) 1,868 square
miles, and a population of 330,000, of whom
1 10,000 are East Indians and Chinese. The East
Indians are for the most part Hindoos or Moham-
medans. Members of the Church of England
number 80,000 ; communicants, 14,000. There
are 39 clergy and 34 lay readers.
The S.P.G., which began work here in 1836,
gives about £'950 per annum to the diocese.
The work done under the auspices of the
S.P.G. in this diocese comprises the missions
to Tobago, north coast of Trinidad, and a
mission to East Indians in Trinidad, and help
to the work in Venezuela.
Canon Trotter is the resident priest at Caracas
in Venezuela, who itinerates amongst the Angli-
cans elsewhere also, and has, in 1910, explored
the interior. See Mission Field for October,
1910.
A forward movement has lately been made in
East Indian work, about 1,200 East Indians
are Anglicans.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
PROVINCE OF THE WEST INDIES
27
St. Andrew's, Tobago ....
St. Mary's and St. Paul's, Tobago
St. Patrick's, St. David's and St. John's
Grande Riviere "j
Toco I N. Coast
Sans Souci j
Caracas, Venezuela .....
i»SO
1886
1899
igo6
Working in connection with S.P.G. : 5 clergy,
a staff of catechists and teachers engaged in the
Coolie Mission.
Bishops : —
Richard Rawle, 1872.
James Thomas Hayes, 1889.
John Francis Welsh, 1904.
British Honduras and Central America,
1883, — ^This diocese embraces the colony of
British Honduras and Central America. The
area of the colony is 7,560 square miles, and the
coast line of the diocese is 1,700 miles. The
population of the colony is 40,000, and that of
Central America over 4,400,000. There are about
2,000,000 Indians scattered throughout the in-
terior. The diocese was formed from that of
Jamaica in 1883.
In 1894 the Synods of British Honduras and
the Provincial Synod of Jamaica, w^ith the con-
currence of the Archbishop of Canterbury, the
Bishop of London and the Bishop of the Falk-
lands, agreed to the extension of the diocese, so
as to be practically the bishopric of Central
America.
In March, 1906, the Canal Zone and that part
of the Republic of Columbia which extends from
the Isthmus of Panama to the Maddalena River,
was ceded to the American Church, the parties
to the agreement being the Archbishop of the
West Indies, the Presiding Bishop of the Protes-
tant Episcopal Church of America and Bishop
Ormsby.
The present (1910) staff of Church workers are
the bishop, 2 archdeacons, 13 clergymen and
57 licensed lay readers. The colony is divided
into 8 mission parishes, and in the extra-colonial
sphere there are missions at Puerto Cortez,
and Rio Blanquito in Spanish Honduras Blue-
fields; Rama, Corn Island and Grey Town in
Nicaragua ; Bocas del Toro and Bocas del Toro
Lagoon in the Republic of Panama ; Port Limon
and its many stations and San Jose and Ger-
mania in Costa Rica. Guatemala city with two
stations at Virginia and Port Barrios all in the
Republic of Guatemala.
Each of the eight large parishes has been
provided with a clergyman and a staff of
helpers, mainly through the assistance of the
S.P.G.
There is a diocesan high school for girls in
British Honduras.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
Belize, St. John's 1844
Corozal 1894
Stann Creek 1897
Belize, St. Mary's 1844
Orange Walk 1894
Monkey River ...... —
St. Mark's, Port Limon .... 1900
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. :
the bishop, 8 clergy.
Bishops : —
Henry Redmayne Holme, 1891.
George Albert Ormsby, 1893 (resigned,
1907).
Herbert Bury, 1908 (resigned, 191 1).
BISHOPRICS HOLDING MISSION FROM THE SEE OF
CANTERBURY.
Falkland Islands, 1869. — The Falkland
Islands are a Crown colony with a population in
igo8 of 2,289 of whom nearly 1000 live in Stanley
the capital, where the cathedral church is also
situated. The bishop's jurisdiction extends over
the Anglican congregations and missions through-
out the south and west coasts of South America,
in the republics of Chile and Peru, with some
possible additions. The number of English-
speaking people in these regions is probably at
least 10,000. Valparaiso, where some 3,000
British reside, is the natural centre of the work.
The steamers of the Pacific Steam Navigation
Company link the whole coast with the Falkland
Islands and home. The number of clergy at
present is thirteen, of whom five are working in
connection with the South American Missionary
Society. This Society has two missions to the
Indians, i.e. the Yaghans in Tierra del Fuego
and the Mapuches or Arancanians in Southern
Chile, and several important chaplaincies. The
Missions to Seamen Society has, in recent years,
established a flourishing work at Valparaiso and
Callao, and maintains a chaplain and two readers.
Some progress has been made in ministering to
small scattered British communities in the coast
towns north of Valparaiso and in the desert
pampa which is the seat of the nitrate industry.
With the formation of the new see out of his old
jurisdiction the bishop will be able to attend to
this work far more effectively than has been
possible in the past.
Bishops : —
Waite Hocken Stirling, 1869.
Edward Francis Every, 1902.
Laurence Frederick Devaynes Blair, 1910.
Argentina and Eastern South America,
191O. — This new diocese was created out of the
former jurisdiction of the Bishop of the Falkland
Islands and includes the Anglican Churches and
missions in the republics of Argentina, Uruguay,
Paraguay and parts of Brazil. Its working centre
is Buenos Aires, whither all lines of railway and
steamships converge, as upon the metropolis of
a continent. St. John's Church serves as a pro-
cathedral. The number of English - speaking
people is probably not less than 50,000. There
are about thirty clergy, the majority of whom are
engaged in chaplaincy work in towns, more than a
third being in or near Buenos Aires, but four act
as " camp chaplains " and are constantly travel-
(28)
ling over vast areas in the republics of the Place
bringing the ministrations of the Church to our
scattered fellow countrymen. The South Ameri-
can Missionary Society has two centres of special
interest in this diocese (i) a remarkable educa-
tional and evangelistic work among the poor of
Buenos Aires, some 5,000 children attending the
Argentine Evangelical Schools, as they are called
(2) the Mission in the Chaco of Paraguay, a
remote and desolate region, where the Zengua
Indians have mostly become a Christian people.
The Society maintains seven clergy and many lay
workers and ladies many of whom are engaged
in educational work. Among its agencies is an
orphanage for the children of English-speaking
N? X.
Stvtions where work, supported by the S A. Missionary Society is being carried on are underlined:
There is a Bishop of the American Church in Brazil.
BISHOPRICS HOLDING MISSION FROM THE SEE OF CANTERBURY
29
parents which has met a great need. The
Missions to Seamen Society maintain three
chaplains. They have a large and important
work at Buenos Aires, and another at Bahia
Blanca where the chaplain also ministers to the
resident British. In only two instances is help
received from the British Government, i.e. in the
Consular chaplaincies of Pernambuco and Monte-
video, and upon the retirement of the present
chaplains these grants cease. The greatest diffi-
culties are to bring religion and education within
the reach of our people in the vast country
districts and smaller towns. A few Church
schools have been established at various points
and St. George's College, Guilmes, corresponds
in all ways to a first-class English school under
Church management.
Bishop : —
Edward Francis Every, 1910 (Cons. 1902).
AFRICA.
THE GROWTH OF THE COLONIAL EPISCOPATE.
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA.
Capetown,
1847.
Grahamstown,
1853-
I
George,
1911.
Natal,
1853-
St. Helena,
1859.
Bloemfontein,
1863.
Zululand,
1870.
St. John's,
1873-
Pretoria, Mashonaland, Lebombo, Kimberley and Kuruman,
1878. 1891. 1892. 1911.
Sierra Leone,
1852.
Mauritius,
1854.
INDEPENDENT BISHOPRICS.
Zanzibar and East Africa,
1861.
I
Nyasaland,
1892.
W. Equatorial Africa (formerly Niger), |
1864. Northern Rhodesia, Uganda (formerly E. Equatorial Africa),
Madagascar, | 1910. 1884.
1874. Accra (Gold Coast), |
1909. Mombasa,
1898.
The Society's entrance into the African field
was due to the zeal of one of its early mission-
aries in America — the Rev. Thomas Thompson.
Having resigned a Fellowship at Christ's College,
Cambridge, in order to become a missionary in
the cause of Christ, and having done great ser-
vice for over five years (1745-50) by his labours
in New Jersey, Mr. Thompson devoted himself
to work at Cape Coast Castle on the Gold Coast
from 1752 till 1756 when, broken in health, he
returned to England.
In the meantime (1754) he had sent to
England three negro boys to be trained at the
Society's expense as missionaries to their coun-
trymen. Two died, but the survivor, Philip
Quaque, became the first of any non-European
race (at least since the Reformation) to receive
ordination in the Anglican Communion, return-
ing to the Gold Coast in 1765, and labouring
there until his death in 1816. The mission was
discontinued in 1824. In commemoration of the
Society's third jubilee (185 1) the West Indian
(30)
N9XI.
The territory coloured pink is not included in any Anglican Diocese.
AFRICA
31
Church founded in 1855 a mission on the Rio
Pongo, West Africa, which is still doing ex-
cellent work, the Society aiding both in its
foundation and its subsequent maintenance.
Since 1890 the Society has helped to support an
English chaplain at St. Vincent, Cape de Verde
Islands. It has now restarted its long-discon-
tinued work in the Gold Coast Colony, which
was made a separate diocese in 1909 under the
title of Accra (see p. 49).
In South Africa the Society began its labours
at the Cape in iSzi, the western division being
occupied in that year and the eastern division
in 1830. Little progress was made until the
arrival of Robert Gray (consecrated Bishop of
Capetown in 1847), under whom, from 1847 to
1872, and subsequently, the work spread with un-
exampled rapidity.
Natal was occupied in 1849, the Orange River
district in 1850, Kaffraria in 1855, Zululand in
1859, the Transvaal in 1864, Griqualand West
in 1870, Swaziland in 187 1, Bechuanaland in
1873, Basutoland in 1875, Mashonaland in 1890,
Matabeleland in 1893, Portuguese South-East
Africa (Delagoa Bay and district) in 1894, and
Tongaland in 1895.
The other divisions of the Society's African
field are Northern Africa, where a few English
chaplains have been occasionally assisted since
1861 ; and the islands of The Seychelles (occu-
pied in 1832), Mauritius (1836), St. Helena
(1847), Tristan d'Acunha (1851), and Mada-
gascar (1864).
During the period 1752-1910 the Society ex-
pended £'1,216,640 and employed 700 ordained
missionaries in Africa. At the present time its
work there is being carried on in 14 dioceses, its
total annual expenditure being £38,158 and the
number of its missionaries 328 (including 96
natives').
Population (census 1911) — The Union of
South Africa, viz., the Cape of Good Hope,
Natal, Transvaal and the Orange Free State,
has a total population of 5,958,499, made up as
follows: native, 4,061,082; all other coloured
races, 619,392; white, 1,278,025.
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA.
Capetown. 1847. — This diocese embraces
the western portion of the colony of the Cape ot
Good Hope, and covers an area of 100,000 square
miles. It is the Metrop>olitical See of the Pro-
vince of South Africa, and was founded in 1847,
being then the only diocese in South Africa, and
embracing the whole of the present province.
The population of this part of Cape Colony con-
sisted in 1904 of 310,361 Europeans and 296,522
others. The number of Church people in the
diocese of Capetown alone is over 100,000. The
work may be classed under two heads : that among
European residents and sojourners, and that
among the natives of the country, Hottentots,
Kaffirs, Damaras, Basutos, Mantatees, and,
the mixed races, who are scattered over every
part of the diocese. There were at the 1901
census 24,548 heathen in this diocese, as well
as 15,119 Jews, and 18,595 Mohammedans,
mostly Malays, descendants of slaves brought
from Batavia more than a century ago, who
form an important and influential element in
the population. The white population in the
country districts is in the main Dutch, and the
land is almost entirely owned by members of
the Dutch Reformed Church.
A special Mission to natives was started in
Capetown by the Cowley Fathers in 1884. The
work included the chaplaincy in connection with
the houses and work of the All Saints' Sisters
of the Poor in Capetown, a special work directed
to the evangelisation of the native men of the
Bantu races sojourning as labourers in Capetown
and its neighbourhood, and a mission work by
which to reach the Mohammedans (about 11,000
in number) of Capetown known as Malays, the
race name of the people who first brought that
religion to South Africa. St. Columba's Home
for native labourers affords accommodation for
70 natives who make it their home during their
stay in Capetown. In March, 1901, 7,000 natives
working in Capetown were hastily removed to
the location at Maitland on the breaking out of
the plague. The S.P.G. contributed ;f 1,000 for
work amongst these. In 1896 a medical mission
to women with a dispensary was opened under
a lady doctor for the poorer Malays.
There are 74 churches, 128 school chapels
and mission rooms, and 102 Church schools.
The clergy number 98, and there is a large staff
of catechists. The communicants of the diocese
number 26,451. The average attendance at Sun-
day school is 7,274.
In 1911 the Archdeaconry of George, together
with certain parishes taken from the diocese of
Grahamstown, were formed into a new diocese
under the title of George.
The Diocesan College at Rondebosch was founded
by Bishop Gray in 1849 for the purpose of pro-
viding higher education on Church principles.
In 1891 the College was incorporated by Act of
Parliament. In accordance with the terms of
the Act it is intended " to afford facilities to
youths of all classes for the prosecution of higher
or professional studies, and for qualifying them-
selves for the examinations prescribed or to be
prescribed, by the University of the Cape of Good
Hope ". In 1886 the St. Saviour's Grammar
School, Claremont, was affiliated to the College
under the name of the Diocesan College School.
(32)
o-
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA
33
In 1901 the school was transferred to the new
buildings adjacent to the College at Rondebosch.
The number of students in the college depart-
ment is 135, of whom many attend the higher
classes beyond matriculation. In the school de-
partment there are 150 boys. The school is
designed to provide a liberal education on Eng-
lish public school lines in accordance with the
principles of the English Church. Residential
accommodation exists for 120 boarders in the
college and school combined. A Rhodes'
scholarship of ;f 300 is awarded annually, tenable
at Oxford University.
The native College at Zonnebloem was the outcome
of Bishop Gray's visit to the native districts in
1857. The first pupils, sons of the Basuto chief
Moshesh, were received at Bishopscourt in 1858.
Zonnebloem Estate was purchased in i860.
The trust deed of the estate provides for the
education of the sons of native chiefs and other
members of the Basuto race as well as children
of mixed race and poorer white children who
are to receive " religious instruction and in-
dustrial training". All Students irrespective of
race or position are required to spend two hours
daily in industrial work, chiefly printing, car-
pentry and gardening. There are at present in
the Collegfe over 250 students, 50 of whom are
boarders. The S.P.G. has made grants out of
its Bicentenary Fund towards the building and
equipment of the Kaffir Mission at Uitvlugt, and
has given £1,000 towards the enlargement and
remodelling of the Zonnebloem College.
The S.P.G. has been connected with Capetown
since 1820, and has worked in the diocese since
the foundation of the see.
The Cowley Fathers have a mission in Cape-
town, and the All Saints' Sisters have charge of
St. Cyprian's High School for Girls, St. Michael's
Home for Orphan and Destitute Children, and
St. Hilda's School for European Children of the
Middle Class, and of a House of Mercy at Lelie-
bloem.
Clergy working in connection with vS.P.G. :
European clergy, 27; there is also a staff
of catechists and native workers. Women
Workers 2.
The S.P.G. helps to support work at the
following stations : —
Abbotsdale
Bredasdorp
Caledon
Ceres
Constantia
D urban vi lie
George, St. Paul's
Maitland
Newlands
O'okiep
Paarl, Upper
,, Lower
Port NoUoth
Robertson
Springbokfontein
Stellenbosch
Wellington
Woodstock
Zonnebloem College
Bishops : —
Robert Gray, 1847.
William West Jones, Bishop, 1874; Arch-
bishop, 1897.
Alan George Sumner Gibson,
Coadjutor, 1894; resigned, 1906.
William Mouat Cameron, Coad-
jutor, 1906.
William Marlborough Carter, 1909.
34
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
GRAHAMSTOWN.
Grahamstown, 1853. — This diocese con-
sists of the eastern part of Cape Colony, and
contains an area of 75,000 square miles, with an
English-speaking population of 50,000, other than
English-speaking 500,000 (1891 census). There
are go European and 8 native clergy. The
work of the diocese is of a two-fold character.
In the native reserves the clergy devote them-
selves almost exclusively to the conversion
of the heathen and the building up of a native
church. In the towns and villages, and among
the outlying farmers in the country districts,
the usual work of the Church is carried on.
Owing to the large area of the diocese, and
its sparsely populated parishes, the clergy labour
under great difficulties in bringing the influence
of the Church to bear upon many of the people.
Much of the work is of an itinerant character.
The Church population is 42,135; communi-
cants, 11,633. The S.P.G. contributes towards
the native mission work of the diocese. Grants
have been made by the trustees of the Marriott
Bequest Fund to the amount of over ;£'6,5oo ;
£5,000 of this amount was assigned to the training
institutions at Grahamstown and St. Matthew's,
Keiskama Hoek. There are a large number of
out-stations in the native districts, where services
are held by catechists and lay readers. These
are periodically visited by missionaries.
Educational work both for natives and Euro-
peans is a prominent feature of the diocese. In
Grahamstown itself there are three institutions,
which are doing a great work not only for the
diocese, but for the province at large. (i) St.
Andrew's College, founded by Bishop Armstrong,
is worked on English public school lines. (2)
The diocesan school for girls gives an education
on the lines of an English High School. (3)
The training school for mistresses at St. Peter's,
under the charge of the Sisters of the Community
of the Resurrection, is the only Church institu-
tion of the kind in the colony. The training
school for natives at St. Matthew's, Keiskama
Hoek has much increased in numbers during the
past few years. There are 324 pupils, of whom
about 190 are boarders.
In August, 1900, the bishops of the province,
at a synod held in Grahamstown, made arrange-
ments to receive into communion with the
Church the members of the Ethiopian body,
who, through their leader, Mr. Dwan^, had ap-
proached the archbishop on the subject. At
Advent, 1900, Mr. Dwan^ was ordained deacon
by the Bishop of Grahamstown. There are now
four native deacons and seven catechists belong-
ing to the Order. Dr. Cameron, the Coadjutor-
Bishop of Capetown, is now the acting Provincial
of the Ethiopian Order. The Ethiopian Order
is entirely distinct from the Ethiopian Movement,
which is a political rather than a religious or-
ganisation.
The S.P.G. began work in this diocese in 1853.
In 191 1, the new diocese of George was formed,
consisting of the Archdeaconry of George, taken
out of the diocese of Capetown, and the parishes
of Graaff Reinet (including Aberdeen), Jansenville
(including Steytlerville) and that part of the
parish of Richmond which lies within the Civil
District of Murraysburg, out of the diocese of
Grahamstown.
The following stations are assisted by
S.P.G. :—
N9 XllI .
25
ze
30
3/
Houtkraah
BehkiHalt
Kolberg
Honeynestk/ooi
ff<Blabas y •Enslin
.JhkrnHHI EnJn'^^f^"
Jacobs lal
_EaamiBad
^Belmont ^^^^^ , \^\^^^^JMm^
JlTdBarteliu
fdybi
mUerea " Machacha
ommisste)
^i
Witteputs I , <_ r, I
Hraanhli
, Do^mfllaats
£3 [L E
Hoksfontem
Blaauwh
KalkButt
' Poffimtein ^
ilipstown . -J- / /yj \
Jietfatrtein
laaibosG
HoyxsPorri&aii
f^tJ^f^mfefia/!}
'pfontein
ding
Hanover ( Wildfir
Naauw ^oortJunc!{
Spiankop
Hictjmond
' Dassiefyrrtein B^ng ai
Meffbofeinl ^iddelburg
Murray.
^arlton
^Oliveb^r^
ifeynsbvrg
aleki
burq^-^-.^^^ ^
luiirponrf ,,,
I
cW,, i, '\darod^
IZltzik
'hi
GFaafe^einet . ^
Rouvjervjlle\ Pefersbu/iK
jAdendo/p^l
'Charlwopd
^ ibe. \deen ^Vj^ '^^°"'~'n
tLajidsf
axony
Hjjpplaat Jun^
mStewarf
Hanke
^-C^^,f/umB
xrwsA
<Zaurfonfein
> Mortimeri
\ ywageB^liek W[epna^
lornaroiv.
•ston
^ddersDorq^
laseru ^ Thaba Bosigo
"""'" >StMicfi3e/s
■onstanii^StJosepk^ 'T%
'atriena /^
burg
Helvetia^
Smitbfield
^ouxifille
ilandOr.
Surgh
mPatriotsK w
[mhop^
'Cyphergatx^jden
Jushmansmm
Wildscb^Sa
hrkastai
Jame;
'Rom
fu'r,f.^"-S^^Dof3fe
'terkstroom
rena f ^
' Mohatfesmk
Befbesda I
mthati
\eBih^ Falls
'f/iokuana j*
PackOM
^eha's
^ferksp.
, rBensonvm
•nerschel
^W-.!
Gkn/^lmoh
IFIetchemh
T
town
Clifford
:bt
GafbsD
bene
"^ogeikruisNin^flfle^
Sprin^/ei 6f/im<
PostRelief i 5ii/
Hertzpi
oc iwualeton\
Lonq
Fiih
I^JrmsVilla
2^ •
KareJgb
Zuarben
/fl/ceha:
tnon Ssw"^
rath
mdtiaask,xjf / ,
bsthdsdQrd^T"'P^J.^
^ort Elizabeth
$TFRACIS
BAY
--^■pr-^CHecTFe
•> ('/ax..
"^Ss,
e/ffif
Ifh
,f*Seyt^ur Sfi^er/t^r^yVVin
ieaale •PeriK^'^NIadean
^pran^emve 'Jihf(jW/l/idi
•Riebeck FfBrom
^j^^^:;i_ 'Bothasi
' Granamstown
Sidbury '
, AleKdndrk , „ - ,.
ssfer • ^tPTbeopoli^
T.Padrone
COA B.
eng,
hthur g C^a \^ ^
^'w;? -ville ^<-JkatT^'a ^
\teri Wodehoust
Ugie
'^
fiubenxa'(a^
30
31
3oloi^a
Vlam
'mbemliP^
lommba ,
Hplaf ^^"^^
Ba^ersora' IS] '
So,
Berlin
Breidbach' Jl^tZ
't'reakM""' '
CT/i
il *Pedi
Newca&
fndale
Hamburg
WbiK
Wfred
'mlafa
Idutvwa ^ ^
'Blythes^d
lainton^j/lor, gp
ridge
dsrLondon
32
33
D/OGESE OF GRAHAMSTOWN.
10 20 30 40 SO
JS'
too
Scale of Miles.
34
24
28
Places at which work assisted by the 6. P. G. is being carried on are under Jin ed.
rROVlNfl'; 0\- SOUTH AFRICA
35
East London \\c>i
St. Matthew's College, Kcislv.ima Hoek
Hun.ansdorp ...
St. Stephen's, Port Elizabeth
St. James', Peddie ....
St. Andrew's, Queenstown .
St. Mich.iers, Herschel
Itinerary Ch.\pl.vin, Order of Ethiopia .
Cradock ......
Holy Trinity, Fort Beaufort
St. Luke's, with St. John's Gwaba and St
Philip's, East London
Macubeni, Lady Frere
St. PhiHp's, Grahamstown .
St. Peter's and St. John Baptist, Lady Frere
St. Matthew's, Keiskama Hoek .
1859
igoi
iS.Sy
1878
1870
1862
1876
1904
1856
1865
1854
1879
i860
1856
1855
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G
European 14, native clergy, 9. There is also
stall of catechists and school teachers. One
Woman Worker.
All the native clergy are supported entirely by
the " Diocesan Native Ministry Fund ".
European Missionaries . . . . .14
Native Missionaries ..... 9
European Clergy who have Parochial Native \
/ 21
Missions
44
Bishops : —
John Armstrong, 1853.
Henry Cotterill, 1856.
Nathaniel James Merriman, 1871.
Allan Becher Webb, 1883; consecrated,
, : 1870.
a Charles Edward Cornish, 1899.
36
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
NATAL.
Natal, 1854. — This diocese comprises the
greater part of the colony of Natal. It is
bounded on the north by Zululand and the
Transvaal, on the south by Pondoland and East
Griqualand, on the east by the Indian Ocean,
and on the west by Basutoland and the Orange
Free State. The diocese has an area of 20,851
square miles, with a population estimated at
797,093, of which 86,264 ^rs English-speaking,
100,356 Indians, 607,473 natives, and 6,000 of
mixed race.
The members of the Church number about
22,000, of whom 6,552 are communicants.
There are 27 parishes, 201 churches and mission
rooms, and 49 English clergy, 6 native 3 Indian
and 45 licensed lay readers. In 19 10 there were
2,840 children in Sunday schools.
Education. — Michaelhouse diocesan school for
boys, Balgoivan. Founded in 1896 as a private
school in Maritzburg, it was moved to Bal-
gowan and reorganised as a diocesan school on
the lines of an English public school in 1898.
The new buildings were opened in 1901. There
are at present over 60 scholars.
5/. Anne's diocesan College for girls, Maritzburg,
was opened after being rebuilt a few miles outside
Maritzburg in 1 904. It has at present 80 scholars.
St. Alban's native Training College, Estcourt, is
intended for training native clergy, catechists
and teachers.
The Sisterhood of St. John the Divine at Maritz-
burg have charge of St. John's High School for
Girls at Maritzburg and a high school for girls at
Durban. There is a boarding school for native
boys at Riverdale, and one for native girls at
Enhlonhlweni.
There is a training College for Indian catechists
and teachers at Sydenham, and a training College
for native women teachers at Enhlonhlweni.
In the Indian Mission in 1910 there were 1,204
children being educated in the day schools, 189
in the Sunday schools; 20 teachers and 12 cate-
chists being trained.
The S.P.G. has worked in this diocese since
1853. A school which has been opened at
Weenen will, it is hoped, supply the great want
of native Christian teachers in the diocese.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G.
Dundee
Durban, St. Faith's Native
Mission
Durban, St. Aidan's Indian
Mission
Estcourt
High Flats
Kar kloof
Ladysmith
Lower Umgeni
Maritzburg, St. Mark's Na-
tive Mission
Maritzburg, St. Paul's Indian
Mission
Newcastle
Pinetown
Polela
Springvale
Umzimkulwana
Verulam
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. :
17 European and 7 native clergy.
There are 9 Women Workers, one of whom is
a doctor in connection with the S.P.G. — at the
Indian Mission, Sydenham, Durban, 3 ; Maritz-
burg, 3 ; and Enhlonhlweni, 3.
Bishops : —
John William Colenso, 1853.
William Kenneth Macrorie, 1869.
Arthur Hamilton Baynes, 1893.
Frederick Samuel Baines, 1901.
.N9:?av.
The places underlined are those where missionary or colonial church work is being carried on.
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA
37
BLOEMFONTEIN.
Bloemfontein, 1863. — This diocese con-
sists of the Orange Free State, and Basutoland.
Population (in 1904) : Orange Free State,
387,315; Basutoland, 348,000. In 1911, Bechu-
analand and Griqualand West which were
included in the diocese of Bloemfontein formed
the new diocese of Kimberley and Kuruman.
There are 72 clergy and about 12,500 com-
municants.
The following are the diocesan institutions :
Mission Brotherhood of Society of the Sacred
Mission at St. Augustine's, Modderpoort ;
Sisterhood of St. Michael and All Angels,
Bloemfontein. There is also at Kimberley a
Church high school for girls founded by the
St. Michael's Sisterhood. At Maseru is St.
Catherine's industrial native girls' school.
The town of Bloemfontein contains (191 1) a
population of 26,241 Europeans and 30,431
natives.
The sub-division of the diocese, by which two
new dioceses will be formed viz., Kirriberley and
Basutoland, which was decided upon in 1908, has
not yet been carried out owing to the funds
needed for endowments, etc., not having been
fully raised. A step, however, in this direction
has been taken by the appointment of an Assist-
ant Bishop in the person of the Venerable Arch-
deacon Balfour, who was consecrated in Cape
Town Cathedral on i January, 1911.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
Jeyateyareng
Orange Free State
St. Patrick's, Bloemfontein
Jagersfontein
Brandfort
Thaba Nchu
Basutoland
Sekubu
Tsikoane
Masite
Mohales Hoek
Mafeteng
St. Saviour's (Leribe)
The S.P.G. work in this diocese began in
1850. In 1906 its grant for native missions
was £i,TS°j ^"'^ ^°^ itinerating work amongst
Europeans £300.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. :
European, 21, Native, 3.
There are 8 Women Workers in connection
with the S.P.G. — 6 at Maseru, i at Bloem-
fontein, and I at Mafeteng.
The population of the Orange Free State in
191 1 was 526,906, consisting of 175,435 Euro-
peans and339,8ii natives; all other coloured races
11,660.
The following tables show the number of
native Christians connected with the principal
missionary societies which are at work in the
Orange Free State : —
Wesleyan ....
Dutch Reformed
51.570
21,272
Anglican
Lutheran .....
American methodist episcopal
Paris Mission ....
14,782
5.030
3.747
3.197
Roman Catholic
1.093
Presbyterian ....
704
101,395
Natives with no religion . 123,258.
Christians of mixed blood.
Dutch Reformed
2,572
Anglican
Lutheran
1,887
1,103
American methodist episcopal
Paris Mission ....
361
275
Wesleyan ....
Roman Catholic . ...
4.163
"5
Presbyterian ....
89
10,565
Mixed races with no religion . 4,258.
. Bishops : —
Edward Twells, 1863.
Allan Becher Webb, consecrated 1870 (tr.
1883).
George Wyndham Hamilton Knight-Bruce,
1886 (tr. 1891).
John Wale Hicks, 1892.
Arthur Chandler, 1902.
Assistant Bishop : —
Francis Richard Townley Balfour, 191 1.
38
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
ZULULAND.
Zululand, 1870. — This is largely a missionary
diocese and was founded in 1870 in memory of
the late Bishop Mackenzie. It embraces Zulu-
land, Tongaland, Swaziland, The Vryheid,
Utrecht, Piet Retief, districts of Natal and so
much of the districts of Wakkerstroom and
Ermelo as lie to the east of the watershed of
the Drakensberg mountains. The population
of the first three countries consists chiefly of
natives. The other parts of the diocese were in
the Transvaal, but have been annexed to the
colony of Natal, and are inhabited mainly by
Dutch Boers. Population about 360,000 natives
and about 3,000 Europeans.
The Zulus came into prominence about the
year 1829, under Chaka, who conquered various
other tribes, incorporating them into the Zulu
nation ; his successors, Dingaan, Panda and
Cetshwayo, welded them still more into one
nation, but many fled to Natal. Cetshwayo was
conquered by the British in 1879. At the present
time in Zululand itself and parts adjacent, Vry-
heid, etc., there are calculated to be about 200,000.
They live in kraals, all over the country, and
most of the work of looking after the gardens,
cattle and goats is done by the women and boys.
The men plough and weed and manage the
kraals, or go for periods to the towns to work.
Some are employed as native police. Their re-
ligion is mere superstition, but it enters into
nearly every action of their lives ; a fear of the
Amadhlozi, or spirits of their ancestors, a belief
in charms and witchcraft. Polygamy is uni-
versal ; no man or woman remains single, with
very rare exceptions. Excessive beer drinking,
hemp smoking and immorality of certain kinds
are their chief vices. They have many virtues :
courage, patience, endurance, honesty and polite-
ness.
The Tongas are much the same as the Zulus,
although they mutually despise one another.
Living on the coast has brought them to some
extent in longer contact with civilisation, and
they have more enterprise. Their language is
a different one from that of the Zulus, which
however they understand and speak equally well.
The country lies very low and is unhealthy. The
Swazis are also much the same as the Zulus,
though perhaps not so brave a people. They
have a Queen of their own. Their country has
since 1870 been under the suzerainty of Great
Britain, but governed by the Boers. Now it is a
Crown Colony. There are about 85,000 Swazis.
Their language is slightly different from the Zulu.
The customs and religion of Tongas and Swazis
are much the same as those of the Zulus.
In the diocese there are eighteen principal
centres of work, and in connection with most of
these there are several out-stations. Included
are several townships, chiefly small. In Eshowe,
Melmoth, Vryheid, Utrecht and Mbabane, there
are resident priests, who minister to Europeans
and natives. There are 32 clergy, of whom 13
are native, and about 225 lay workers, of whom
197 are native.
At Isandhlwana there is a training college for
native teachers founded by Bishop McKenzie.
There are about 30 young men and boys. The
buildings consist of the Church of St. Vincent,
erected in memory of those who fell at Isandhl-
wana in 1879 ; the mission-house, a large build-
ing with dining-room for scholars ; a large school
built chiefly out of the S.P.G. Marriott Bequest
Fund in 1902 ; a House of rest for European
N? XYl.
25
26
27
30
OUT STATIONS
1 Enkande
2 Umdunyaie
3 KnamPinke
4- KivaOukuya
SEncome
6 Blood River
1 KnaHlom'isa
S Emhkngvifane
dMafi'fleng
10 Kyva. Mayina
orSfAqathct
y
11 Nondntni *"<?*'
12 HIcizakazi
15 emayoyo Lidenbury
3/
t N
32
MTAfK. trson
14 Ibabanan^
e AmaliHensika^i
16 Inkandla
nindulindl
ISMelmoth
MauchBeni
873.0 ^
\Spih.
cJl — ^^ ^^
19 Emakayanen'i ^"^ '
tlamishoak Sfa.^^ .-
D /
\?-^
>"
V
^arohna
j^msigrdofv ^fm
S^^i<iiE^apel
. SKO
' '^rJ..C/,rissie
R M^ E" L O
^ . /rrn /ii lit
. Ma/iusan-
Mt/nUanyeti
LotlQsKop
• sooo ^ '
hamo'^onqa
\es^^}^Sft^lalseneSl
Avoca ^-ry!'
--•->? ( ^akassaj iJ
4/
ma-h Palrt
^
JanJoub^
/ Amsterdam
Komafi
tS/e)
Adcock -'Erasers
'iyi\n* /!<ma\ • Bremkrsdari
\ n
Osutu
nbelosi
»>
l^ol Fonfein
— fer
^
^ .DrieFonfeinfyi^
^iuA £nkmS\^ \Lbenezef
Wakherstroom ^i^bai
ifeSteSw S4,:.
ngsNek
ifrespecf
^ Si Kooiiqsberq
HIauk
A
In^a^ane.
OF
, An-tiolta
)tokolo
^
V
^o/
tiningma Maddmo]
jShikow'tifye
4n
^oamba
■ V
25
MahllcK. _ ICp
LourerJcn Marq iiaK^ 5* *^
j9?
^•ia/^/o
flamingo/
Clnhcika
hnaka i.
26
i:.St''nana
dhla
'LeeumNek , ^-, -
Inhlasalyt / SStli el
NO,
'bo/nbo
'Not\ga
OvndeejiA^
27
wana B.
■3bor
JandiLga'ijte „., j„
a
^dy\rnj+h;^^"^i^-\
luderii
,<f
(
,'£kamt3.
Is
5" V^g —gff'/t'griw'' ^
• ■ ,71 'Cfaianeiii • ' S^a
»K' , '■^Z "''l''°(e/l»tsie\ kambe. l/n^njamhi'l! . , S* "
Mlinholm\ / j) >. \ -Km,
' JJmkalumba flhmbtini'
^OOSMvdenf
fEmlala
Rietriti
".Wesioa /
\Ft£ytly„
^M^LOS
Eshowe
\^/sflc/c/a B ay
%i-} C.St Lucia
28
/Richards Bay
^imjhlovu
DIOCESE OF ZULU LAND
23
Scale oF Miles.
33
Mission Stations are underlined.
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA
39
workers, and other buildings. There is a garden
cultivated by the scholars, who work in it and
their own gardens every day after school hours.
The college is in receipt of a small Government
grant, and the work is carried up to the sixth
standard. Catechists as well as teachers are
trained here.
Sf. Augustine's (near Rorke's Drift). There
is a great work here. Archdeacon Johnson has
32 out-stations, which he has gradually spread in
a network over the surrounding country. At
each of these stations is a catechist, and, at
some, teachers as well, with Sunday and daily
services and schools; and also 72 additional
centres for preaching on Sundays. Altogether
there are employed, paid and unpaid, 105 cate-
chists, teachers and evangelists. The out-stations
are periodically visited for the administration of
the Sacraments and general examination and
supervision ; and every quarter a meeting takes
place at the archdeacon's house of all the cate-
chists for consultation on work. He has built,
almost entirely by native labour, a very large
church, conspicuous over the veldt for many
miles, capable of holding 2,000 people.
The first missionary of the Church to begin
work in Zululand was the Rev. R. Robertson,
who, under the inspiration of Bishop Colenso
and aided by the S.P.G., penetrated the country in
i860, and established himself with other helpers
at Kwa Magwaza, in the days of King Panda.
Later on a station was also opened in Swaziland,
near the river Usutu. After the death of Bishop
Charles Mackenzie, of Central Africa, in 1862, Mr.
Robertson's work was reinforced by the founding
of a Mackenzie Memorial Mission to Zululand.
In 1870 Bishop Wilkinson was consecrated first
Bishop of Zululand. He resigned in 1875. The
second bishop, Douglas McKenzie, established
the work and extended it in various directions.
He began his work at Isandhlwana in 1880,
where Mr. C. Johnson (now archdeacon) had
already set up a station after the memorable
battle there on 22nd January, 1879. Bishop
McKenzie died at his post in 1890 at Isandhlwana.
Bishop Carter succeeded him and in every direc-
tion the work grew under his rule. During his
episcopate the country of Zululand and Tonga-
land passed from under the British Government
to that of Natal. He resigned his post in 1903
after the conclusion of the Boer war, being elected
to the diocese of Pretoria. The clergy and laity
of the diocese chose one of their number, the
present Bishop Vyvyan, whose headquarters are
at Vryheid, to succeed him.
The S.P.G. gives a grant of £1,850 a year to
this diocese.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. :
European clergy 19, native clergy 7, woman
worker i, with a staff of native workers.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
Annesdale
Emkindini
Endhlozana
Enkonjene
Eshowe
Etalaneni
Ingwavuma
Country)
Inhlwati
Isandhlwana
(Samba na's
Kambula
Kwa Magwaza
Mbabane
Nondweni, etc.
Nongoma
St. Augustine's
Usutu, Swaziland
Utrecht
Vryheid
Bishops : —
Thomas Edward Wilkinson, 1870 (resigned
1876).
Douglas McKenzie, 1880.
William Marlborough Carter, 1891 (tr. 1902).
Wilmot Lushington Vyvyan, 1903.
40
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
ST. JOHN'S, KAFFRARIA.
St. John's, KafTraria, 1873. — Missions had
been begun before this time from the dioceses
of Grahamstown and Maritzburg. The dio-
cese comprises the territories of the Transkei ;
Fingoland, Tembuland, Griqualand East and
Pondoland. Population (191 1) : Natives (Bantu),
888,460; Europeans, 19,666; Hottentots and
Griquas, about 5,000. There is but little immigra-
tion from England. The natives are all peasants,
engaged in agriculture and stock-breeding ; they
are acute reasoners, law-abiding and thrifty. The
Christian natives are distinctly more progressive
than the heathen, are on the side of law and
order and are desirous of education. The Pondos
have distinctive customs and dialect. They
occupy the eastern district lying between the
Umzimkulu and the Umtata Rivers and are
quite distinct from the Pondomisi tribe. The
Griquas are a mixed race descended from
the Boers and their Hottentot slaves. In Gri-
qualand East a number of Basutos are found.
The Fingoes are a wandering race who are con-
stantly removing from one district to another.
Pondoland was annexed by the British Govern-
ment in 1894, with the consent both of the people
and of the chiefs. Its annexation was hastened
by the increasing hold which witchcraft had
gained in the country and the consequent inse-
curity of life and property. Missionary work was
started in Western Pondoland in 1892, and soon
afterwards was definitely established there.
The diocese is divided into 2 archdeaconries
and 19 parishes, the latter containing over 400
mission stations, many of these having each
its own chapel, day school and staff of native
workers.
There are {1910) 38,242 Church members
and 13,648 communicants; 1,372 confirmations.
New mission work is being begun in Pondoland,
Eastern and Western, and on the borders of the
Drakensberg among the Basuto. There are 57
clergy, of whom 23 are natives ; 360 native
catechists and teachers and 3 women workers.
There is a mission school and college for
natives at Umtata. The college (St. John's)
originally begun by Bishop Callaway has
been enlarged as a " Callaway Memorial ".
There are about 172 boys in attendance, 100 of
whom are boarders. The theological college has
now become a separate institution, known as
St. Bede's, and has 11 students supported by
S.P.C.K. There is also an industrial mission at
Umtata. At Engcobo is All Saints' native girls
training school.
There are European girls' schools (Church) at
Umtata and Cala. The education of the natives
is greatly assisted by generous grants given by
the Union Government annually.
At St. Cuthbert's Mission, Tsolo, the work is
carried on under the supervision of the clergy of
the S.S.J.E. Here there is an industrial mission,
the boys are taught carpentry, and the girls
weaving ; the weaving school has been highly
successful in its results.
The work carried on at St. Cuthbert's Hospital
continues to be most beneficial, not only to the
bodies of the people but also on account of the
influence which it indirectly gives to the Church.
There is a resident medical missionary, and the
nursing staff is supplied and supported by the
Wantage Sisters. The Society for Promoting
Christian Knowledge gives an annual grant.
N9XVn.
<o
ytlliotda/f
m-s.
J ^«*S><H
Cgaot/ 'Ngxol-l/ana
^S /^t/tt/¥Vf ^ -"^ -^
Mazeppa
^MQuqif
DIOCESE . OF
ST JOHNS
KAFFRARIA
IS 10 iS id
l.rni, J'H,icS^^_
^;>^
[lis f -^"S •tM^i^;^y*^^#»jir_ »-/-
-'Kf;
Church MissionStoHons are underlined,tL denotes places where European serifices ore held. P- Free Ch. of Scotland Mission, W-Wtslei/anMission,lf-Uornmn Mission
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA
41
The diocese is assisted by the S.P.G. and by
the Scottish Episcopal Church. The work of
S.P.G. in Kaffraria dates from 1855. Its annual
grant to the diocese is about £5,000.
The principal Mission stations are : —
Umtata Cathedral
„ Mission Church
„ Missions (Tembu-
land)
All Saints'
Butterworth
Cala
Idutywa
Pondoland West
Port St. John's
St. Alban's
St. Mark's
Tsomo
Clydesdale
Indawana
Kokstad
Maclear
Matatiele
Mount AylifF
Mount Frere
Pondoland East
Qumbu
St. Cuthbert's
Umzimkulu
St. Bede's College
Emjanyana
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G.
European 27, 3 women workers, native 22.
The United Free Church of Scotland has many
mission stations in Kaffraria, including large in-
dustrial training colleges at Blythswood and
Lovedale. At the latter during 1906 there were
715 scholars on the roll, of which number 380
boys and 150 girls were boarders. Scottish
missionaries started the work in 1822. Work is
also being carried on by the Wesleyans and the
Moravians.
Bishops : —
Henry Callaway, 1873,
Bransby Lewis Key, 1886.
Joseph Watkin Williams, 1901.
42
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
PRETORIA.
Pretoria, l877' — This diocese consists of
so much of the Transvaal as Hes west of the
Drakensberg mountains, the area of which is
io6,3S7 square miles. The population before
the war was about 750,000, of whom only
150,000 were whites. These included 63,000
Transvaal Boers and 87,000 Uitlanders, 80 per
cent, of whom were probably British sub-
jects. In 1896 451,801 natives paid hut-tax.
The chequered history of the land has affected
the course of the Church. The number of Church
members was estimated before the war at 18,000 ;
the communicants at about 4,000. Since the
war the population has become much more
British than it was and has increased very con-
siderably. According to the last census (1904)
the native population numbers 969,379 and the
European population 299,327. The population
of Johannesburg in May, 1911, was 240,581
made up as follows: Europeans 122,071, natives
103,922, other coloured races 14,588. The popu-
lation of Pretoria in 1911 was 157,420, of whom
551363 were Europeans.
The total number of clergy working in the
diocese is just 100 ; it will be by the end of 19 11
about 105. In January, 1906, it was 26. There
are 9 native deacons and 2 native priests, and 4
Army chaplains.
The total amount raised in the diocese for
Church purposes during the last complete year
before the war was just under £13,000: since
1903 an average sum of over £41,000 per annum
has been raised from local sources. In 1910
nearly £44,000 was raised. £8,000 was spent on
native work. Of this sum £2,050 was provided
by the S.P.G., £2,000 was provided locally by
European Churchmen in the diocese, and nearly
£4,000 was provided by the natives themselves.
The Church has a great opportunity of planting
itself firmly in the country districts of the diocese
(which is over three times the size of England) if
only it is adequately manned and supported now.
Schools. — The diocesan school for boys at
Pretoria was taken over by the Government in
1907. The diocesan girls' school, under the
Wantage Sisters, has over 120 pupils and is
increasing. St. John's College, Johannesburg,
is under the charge of the Community of the
Resurrection. It has now permanent buildings
(and 13-^ acres of excellent land), there are 140
pupils of which 40 are boarders. St. Margaret's
school for girls, Johannesburg continues under
the East Grinstead Sisters. The Government
makes no grants whatever to any but Government
schools.
No grants from the S.P.G. have been used for
white work. All that comes from the Society
is spent on native or coloured work. There are
now 250 native congregations in the diocese.
The S.P.G. supports work at the following
stations: Johannesburg, Potchefstroom, Krugers-
dorp, Lydenburg, Pietersburg, Pretoria and
Rustenburg.
Missionary work. — For the purposes of native
work the diocese is divided up into districts,
with a white priest in charge, viz. : The Rand,
Krugersdorp, Pretoria, Potchefstroom, Rusten-
burg, Waterberg, Northern Transvaal (or Pie-
tersburg). The Rev. C. B. Shaw is in charge of
the native church in Johannesburg, and a native
priest is in charge of the District of Lydenburg ;
while work is also carried on in the Eastern
J-- CO
^ I
a to
to
s
to ^
o ^
to
5 -^
JO
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA
43
Transvaal at Ermelo and Wakkerstroom under
the supervision of Archdeacon Fuller, Arch-
deacon of native Missions.
The Chamber of Mines, Johannesburg, is a
great missionary society ; it brings the Rand
natives from all over South and Central Africa.
When they return to their homes they carry back
with them what they have learnt of European
manners and customs and of the Christian Faith.
The Community of the Resurrection brethren
responsible for the native mission work on the
mines are therefore in charge of a strategic point
in the evangelisation of Africa.
In 1902 the S.P.G. voted £7,000 from the
Marriott Bequest Fund towards the development
of missionary work in the coal and gold fields.
It has since granted further sums towards the
support of this work.
Three ladies connected with the S.P.G. are
beginning work amongst native women on the
Rand.
Missionary work in different parts of the dio-
cese is also being carried on by the Wesleyan
Mission Society, the Berlin and Hermannsburg
Societies, the American Board of Missions
(A.B.C.F.M.) and the Mission of the Free
Churches of French Switzerland.
Bishops : —
Henry Brougham Bousfield, 1878.
William Marlborough Carter, 1902 (con.
1891 : tr. 1909).
Michael Bolton Furse, 1909.
44
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
MASHONALAND.
Mashonaland, 1891. — This Mission was
founded definitely in 1891, work having been
commenced from the diocese of Bloemfontein
three years previously. It comprises the country
south of the Zambesi east of the Victoria Falls,
and a line which may be drawn on the south,
taking in Khama's Town, Serowe, and extending
along the Limpopo River till its junction with
the Nuanetze, thence running to the nearest
point on the Sabi River, and thence along this
river to the sea. Mission work has been begun
in what is known as Mashonaland, though the
terms Mashona and Makalaka, or Makaranga,
are only names of contempt given to the people
by the Matabele ; and there is no name that
denotes the whole population or country. It
would be almost impossible to compute the
population as a whole ; the Europeans may
perhaps number about 24,000, others 750,000.
Salisbury is the headquarters of the Mission.
Here there is the Pro-Cathedral and Church
house, also the Bishop's house which has been
recently purchased. Very shortly the Choir of a
new Cathedral is to be commenced, together with
a Memorial Chapel to the late Mr. Rhodes.
There are 58 mission workers now attached to
the diocese — the bishop, 21 priests, i deacon,
1 evangelist, 3 candidates, 12 women workers,
20 catechists.
Bishop Gaul, who resigned owing to ill-health
in 1907, was bishop for twelve years. At the
close of his episcopate Church buildings had
been erected at Salisbury, Buluwayo, Gwelo,
Umtali, Francistown, Victoria, Rusape and '
Penhalonga Valley. There were 12 farms in
possession of the Church, besides 56 town
plots. Four European schools were receiving
Government grants, and each native centre had
its day and night school. There were 8 head
mission centres with buildings and resident
mission clergy and cathechists at Salisbury,
Buluwayo, Bembeze, Francistown, Wrening-
ham, Victoria, Rusape, and at the central in-
dustrial institution of St. Augustine and St.
Monica at Penhalonga. Each of these head
stations has its sub -station in charge of
teachers. Five mission stations are worked
by catechists from St. Augustine's as well as
those at the college itself. In the industrial
school at Penhalonga there are about 240 boys
and 80 girls in training.
The question of the wives of native Christians
is being met by the training of native girls at St.
Monica's Home, where there are at present about
80 boarders.
There are 13 clergy working in connection with
the S.P.G.
The following stations are assisted by the
S.P.G : Bembezi, Bonda, Bulawayo, Francis-
town, Hunyani, Macheke, Marandellas, Nyawiros,
Penhalonga, Salisbury, Sekis, Umguza, Umtali,
Wreningham, and Zimunga.
Bishops : —
George Wyndham Hamilton Knight-Bruce,
1891 (cons. 1886).
William Thomas Gaul, 1895 ; resigned,
1907.
Edmund Nathanael Powell, 1908 ; resigned,
1910.
Frederic Hicks Beaven, 191 1.
o-
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA
45
Lebombo, 1891. — This Missionary diocese
was constituted by Act of the Provincial Synod
held at Capetown in 1891, but there was some
delay in the choice and consecration of the first
bishop. It was taken out of the district allotted
to the Mackenzie Memorial Mission, which was
founded by friends of the first bishop of Central
Africa, and subsequently became the diocese of
Zululand and the tribes towards the Zambesi
River. No work, however, had been done in
this part of the district, and when the new bishop
visited his diocese in 1893 he only found two
communicants of the Church of the Province
of South Africa in the whole diocese ; there were
no clergy, no churches, no schools, no organisa-
tion, and no property whatever belonging to the
Church.
Politically the diocese is entirely in Portu-
guese territory, and embraces the civil districts
of Lourengo Marques and Inhambane, and a
portion of the territory of the Mozambique
Company. It was defined as consisting of the
country between the Lebombo Mountains and
the Indian Ocean, extending from the northern
border of Zululand on the south to the Sabi
River on the north.
The population consists mainly of various
Bantu tribes, but is not coterminous with the
territory occupied by any of them. Zulu is
spoken on both sides of the southern frontier,
Ndao on both sides of the northern boundary,
and various Thonga dialects, called by the
Portuguese " Landine," extend also into the
Transvaal ; there are two distinct tribes, with
quite distinct languages, which occupy territory
entirely within the diocese, the Chopi, and the
Nyembanes (whose language is called Gi
Tonga).
Besides the Bantu, there is a mixed popula-
tion of Portuguese, Indians, English, Germans,
French, Syrians, Greeks and others.
The official estimate of the population at the
last census was : — ■
District of Louren90 Marques —
In the town - 9,849
In the country 101,154
1 District of Gaza 180,000
District of Inhambane 360,000
To these figures must be added the number of
those temporarily working in the Transvaal and
other places, between 50,000 and 80,000 ; and
also the population of the portion of the Mo-
zambique territory, for which no figures are
available.
The area of the diocese is about 50,000 square
miles. The greater part of it consists of un-
dulating, sandy country ; the highest mountain
is said to be 2,150 feet above the sea-level.
The diocese is not yet divided into parishes,
but is worked in districts from centres : —
(i) Louren90 Marques, with European congre-
gation and native work among servants in the town.
(2) Hlamankulu with 16 out-stations.
(3) Namahacha, with small European con-
gregation, diocesan training college and three
out-stations.
The languages used at the above are English,
Ronga, Shiputhsu and Zulu.
(4) Inhambane Town (Sewe), with boarding
and night schools for young men, and two out-
stations.
(5) Inhambane East, worked from Chamboni,
with diocesan printing press, and 12 out-stations.
(6) Inhambane West, worked from Magyaneni,
with a home for young women and a boarding
school for little girls, and several country stations.
The languages used at the above are Gi Tonga
and Shitswa.
(7) Chopiland East, worked at present from
Chamboni, and several country stations, for work
among the Chopi, Adonge and Tshangana
peoples.
(8) Chopiland West, with 20 country stations
near Chaichai. There is at present no central
station, but a priest goes occasionally from
' This district has since been abolished, and the territory
divided between the Civil Districts of Lourenfo Marques
and Inhambane.
46
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Lourenyo Marques to administer the sacraments.
The work is amongst the Bulandeela, Chopi and
Tshangana peoples.
The services at the above are held mostly in
Chopi.
The present staff of the diocese consists of
bishop, archdeacon, 5 other priests, 4 deacons,
3 sub-deacons, 7 catechists, 3 European laymen
and 6 women ; and a large number of voluntary
native lay workers.
Si. Christopher's training College at Nama-
hasha was founded in 1901. It is situated in
Portuguese territory on the Lebombo Moun-
tains, about a mile from the border-line of
Swaziland and Portuguese East Africa, and
45 miles south of Komati Poort. It has students
from the coast tribes near Lourenjo Marques
and Inhambane, who are preparing for work as
catechists and sub-deacons. Manual labour
forms part of the curriculum.
At present the complete Bible is not published
in any of the native languages ; the Old and
New Testaments are to be had in Zulu, the
New Testament and Psalms in Ronga, the New
Testament and the Book of Ruth in Gi Tonga,
the New Testament in Shitswa, and portions
of the New Testament in Shiputru and Chopi.
Other bodies doing mission work in the dio-
cese are the Roman Catholics, the Swiss Pres-
byterian Free Church, the English Wesleyan
Methodists, the American Methodist Episcopal
Church, the American Free Methodists and the
American Congregationalists ; there are also a
few congregations of the Zulu Congregationalists.
Most of the Bible translations have been made
by members of these bodies. The Church has
produced translations of portions of the Prayer-
book and of the two diocesan catechisms in
Ronga, Shiputhsu, Gi Tonga and Chopi ; also
hymn books in Ronga and Gi Tonga.
The " Missions to Seamen " have a " Seamen's
Institute " at Louren^o Marques which is doing
very good work amongst seamen of all nation-
alities who visit the port.
Bishop : —
William Edmund Smyth, 1893.
George, 1911. — In 1870 the Provincial Synod
passed a resolution in favour of the creation of a
diocese of George to be taken out of the diocese
of Capetown. Part of the funds collected for
the establishment of this diocese were, however,
diverted to the support of the Bishop of Maritz-
burg and afterwards to the support of the Bishop
of Natal. The Bishopric of Natal recovered
its former endowments by the Natal Church
properties act of 1910 and the funds collected for
the diocese of George were released for this
purpose.
For the formation of the diocese of George
the diocese of Capetown parts with the parishes
of Beaufort Westj Knysna, Mossel Bay, Oudt-
shoorn. Prince Albert, Riversdale, Swellendam,
and Victoria West, and with the parochial
Districts of Fraserburg, Heidelberg, Union-
dale, and Willowmore : all in the old Arch-
deaconry of George. The diocese of Grahams-
town parts with the parishes of Graaff-Reinet
(including Aberdeen), Jansenville (including
Steytlerville), and that part of the parish of
Richmond which lies within the Civil District of
Murraysburg.
Bishop : —
Henry Brindley Sidwell, 191 1.
Kimberley and Kuruman, 1911. — This
diocese was constituted at the Bishops' Synod
held in Maritzburg in October, igii. It includes
the whole of Bechuanaland and Griqualand
West with Kimberley as its centre. It is largely
a missionary diocese. With the exception of
PROVINCE OF SOUTH AFRICA
47
Canon Bevan's work in South Bechuanaland,
the AngUcan Church has not hitherto had much
opportunity of doing missionary work there.
Nearly the whole area is taken out of the
Bloemfontein diocese, but one parish, Prieska,
is taken out of the new diocese of George, and
two districts, De Aar and Richmond out of the
Grahamstown diocese.
Bishop : —
St. Helena, 1859, — This diocese, which is in the
Province of South Africa, was founded in 1859,
having before been part of the diocese of Cape-
town : it includes the islands of St. Helena,
Ascension, and Tristan d'Acunha, in the South
Atlantic Ocean.
The work is pastoral rather than missionary.
In St. Helena the population of 3,500 consists
for the most part of coloured people who are
poor, though not wanting the necessaries of life.
They give what they can for the Church, but the
maintenance of the clergy is largely assisted by
the S.P.G. The Hussey Charity provides three
Church schools for the poor, and there are two
other Church schools in the island ; the Church
Benevolent Society supports two more ; and the
Government has three schools. The island is
divided into four parishes, each with its church ;
but the two in Jamestown are under the care of
one priest.
At Ascension there is a garrison of officers and
men of the Royal Navy and Marines with their
families. At present there is no naval chaplain
on the island ; but Sunday services are taken in
St. Mary's Church by the officers in command,
and the bishop visits the island twice in the year.
Tristan d'Acunha, far to the south, is inhabited
by about 100 persons. The Rev. J. G. Barrow
went in 1906 to minister to them. He came
back to England in 1909, but is hoping to return.
Three (European) clergy receive grants from
S.P.G.
Without the Society's aid it would be impos-
sible to maintain the clergy, as the people are so
poor their weekly offerings are usually in pence.
Bishops : —
Piers Calvely Claughton, 1859 (tr.
Thomas Earle Welby, 1862.
John Garraway Holmes, 1899.
William Arthur Holbech, 1905.
1862).
COLONIAL DIOCESES AND MISSIONARY BISHOPRICS HOLDING
MISSION FROM THE SEE OF CANTERBURY.
Sierra Leone, 1852. — This diocese includes
the Church of England chaplaincies in the
islands of Madeira, Teneriffe, Grand Canary,
and the Azores. It also embraces the west
coast of Morocco, the Gambia colony, the Rio
Pongo Mission in French Guinea, including the
Isles de Los, the native congregations of Sierra
Leone, and the mission stations of the interior.
The C.M.S. Missions in Sierra Leone date from
the beginning of the nineteenth century. An
S.P.G. missionary was for a short time working
in the diocese of Sierra Leone in the middle of
the eighteenth century. The bishopric dates
from 1852. There are 53 clergy and 70 churches
within the diocese. There is also a successful
technical school and industrial mission school,
and a flourishing medical mission. The popula-
tion of the colony of Sierra Leone, as distinct
from that of the Hinterland, is 76,655 ; that of
the Hinterland about 1,000,000. The native
Christians of the Anglican Church raise about
£■10,006 a year for the support of the clergy,
catechists, schoolmasters, the upkeep of the
churches and parsonages, and for mission work.
There is a native archdeacon in Sierra Leone.
There are permanent chaplaincies at Madeira
and Orotava (Teneriffe), with consecrated
churches. Las Palmas, in Grand Canary and
Santa Cruz (Teneriffe) also have churches,
which are served for six months in the winter.
St. Michael's, in the Azores, has a church,
and a chaplain is occasionally sent by the S.PG.
The church of St. Mary, Bathurst, Gambia, is
served by a European who is the bishop's chaplain.
There is a flourishing Church membership and
a school, assisted by the Colonial Government,
The old church of St. George in Freetown
is the Cathedral and the Bishop is the Dean.
There are at present two archdeacons and five
canons.
On the west coast of Morocco there is a
church at Casablanca in the British cemetery,
the ground of which was consecrated in 1902,
and it is proposed to have a chaplain to minister
to the English communities in the coast towns.
There is also a licensed church at Mogador,
served by a layman who holds a reader's licence.
The work of the West Indian Mission to West
Africa, commonly called the Rio Pongo Mission,
which was started in 1855, is assisted by the
S.P.G. It is now the official Mission of the
Province of the West Indies. The archdeacon of
the mission is the Venerable C. W. Farquhar.
The Society gave a grant of £1,000 to this
work in 1902, in addition to its annual grant.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. : 4
native clergy.
The C.M.S. supports 2 European and 4 native
clergy ; also a Men's College affiliated with Dur-
ham University, a large boys' Grammar school
and a girl's secondary school.
The stations assisted by the S.P.G. are :
Konakry, Dubrika and Quiah, Isles de Los,
Domingia, etc., Kambia.
Bishops : —
Owen Emeric Vidal, 1852.
John Wills Weeks, 1855.
John Bowen, 1857.
Edward Hyndman Heckles, i860.
Henry Cheetham, 1870.
Ernest Graham Ingham, 1883 (resigned
1897).
John Taylor Smith, 1897 (resigned 1901).
Edmund Henry Elwin, 1901.
John Walmsley, 1910.
(48)
1^ ..
INDEPENDENT AFRICAN BISHOPRICS
49
Western Equatorial Africa (formerly
Niger), 1864. — The diocese includes the Colony
and Protectorate of Southern Nigeria which now
includes Lagos and its hinterland, and the Pro-
tectorate of Northern Nigeria, including the Nupe
country and the Hausa states.
The first English clergyman, perhaps the first
Englishman, to undertake missionary work in
Africa was the Rev. Thomas Thompson, a
Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge, who was
appointed on 15th February, 1751, by the S.P.G.
as " missionary to the Gold Coast ". He re-
turned to England in 1756, but the work which
he started was continued under native super-
vision until 1824. In 1904 the S.P.G. re-
sumed its interrupted work. The Gold Coast now
extends for nearly 500 miles into the interior.
The Niger Mission was undertaken in 1857
by the C.M.S. In 1864, a native bishop was
consecrated for it, the Right Rev. S. A. Crow-
ther, with the title of " Bishop of the Niger
Territories ". The Yoruba country (excepting
Lagos, which was within the jurisdiction of the
Bishop of Sierra Leone) was a part of his titular
diocese, though administered by the Bishop of
Sierra Leone up to 1893.
Bishop Crowther died in 1891, and the Rev. J.
S. Hill succeeded him in 1893 with the title of
" Bishop in Western Equatorial Africa ". At
the same time with Bishop Hill, two African
clergymen, the Rev. C. Phillips and the Rev.
I. Oluwole, were consecrated assistant bishops
for the Yoruba country.
Bishop Hill died in January, 1894, and Bishop
Tugwell succeeded him in March of that year.
In 1898, Lagos and the Gold Coast with its
hinterland were added to the diocese. In 1900,
the Rev. James Johnson, another African clergy-
man, was consecrated Assistant-Bishop for the
Niger Delta. In 1904, an English clergyman, the
Ven. N. T. Hamlyn, Archdeacon of Lagos, was
consecrated Assistant-Bishop for the Gold Coast.
On 4th January, 1909, the Gold Coast Colony
with its hinterland were separated from the dio-
cese and constituted as the diocese of Accra.
The staff of the diocese consists of the bishop,
2 assistant bishops, a native archdeacon of the
Niger Delta, an English archdeacon of the
Niger, an English archdeacon of the Yoruba
country, 24 English and 52 native clergy, 10
English laymen, 36 English ladies and 254
native lay readers.
There are 40,708 adherents and 15,089 school-
children. Native contributions for the year 1910
amounted to £'11,676.
The number of European residents in the
diocese is estimated at about 2,000, and the
population of the diocese at 20,000,000.
Bishops : —
Samuel Adjai Crowther, 1864.
Joseph Sidney Hill, 1893.
Herbert Tugwell, 1894.
Assistant Bishops : —
Charles Phillips, 1893; died, 1906.
Isaac Oluwole, 1893.
James Johnson, 1900.
Nathanael Temple Hamlyn, 1904 (Bishop
of Accra, 1909).
Accra (Gold Coast), 1909.— The diocese in-
cludes the Gold Coast Colony, Ashanti, and the
Northern Territories. It has a coast-line of about
250 miles, and the distance from the coast to the
northern frontier is about 450 miles ; it is bounded
on the west by the French Ivory Coast, and on
the east by the German Colony of Togoland. It
has an area of about 80,000 square miles, and a
population of about 2,000,000 natives and 2,000
Europeans, The principal languages spoken in
the colony are Ga at Accra, Fanti at Cape Coast,
Twi in the Ashanti country.
The Gold Coast was originally in the dio-
cese of Sierra Leone, but in 1893 i^ was made
a part of the diocese of Western Equatorial
Africa,
In 1909, the Gold Coast and Northern terri-
tories were by arrangement between Bishop
Tugwell and the S.P.G. made a separate diocese
under the jurisdiction of Bishop Hamlyn.
so
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
In igio, the bishop was compelled to resign,
after fourteen years' service in West Africa, owing
to ill health.
There are 3,000 Church members, 5 clergy,
10 lay readers, 400 communicants. In Govern-
ment schools at Accra and Cape Coast there are
about 1,900 scholars.
Bishop : —
Nathanael Temple Hamlyn, 1909 (resigned,
1 9 10) cons. 1904.
Zanzibar, 1861. — This Mission to Central
Africa was proposed by David Livingstone in
1857, and undertaken in 1859. Charles Frederick
Mackenzie, Archdeacon of Natal, was appointed
head of the mission, and with 2 clergymen and
3 laymen sailed for Capetown, where he was
consecrated first bishop of the mission on ist
January, 1861. Bishop Mackenzie settled at
Magomero, near the River Shire, in Nyasaland.
In 1862 he died. He was succeeded by Bishop
Tozer, who removed the mission to Zanzibar,
the capital of East Central Africa, intending that
Zanzibar should be the key with which to open
the door of Central Africa. He was succeeded
in 1874 by Bishop Steere, under whose guidance
the mission re-established itself on the main-
land. Bishop Steere died in 1882, and Bishop
Smythies was consecrated in 1883. The diocese
at that time included Zanzibar with three stations,
the Usambara country with five stations, the Ro-
vuma country with three stations, and the Nyasa-
land district with eight stations. The diocese
comprises Zanzibar and the countries within
lat. s"-!!", long. 38°-4o°.
Bishop Smythies assumed the title of Bishop
of Zanzibar and Missionary Bishop of East
Africa. When the diocese of Likoma was
founded, in 1892, the diocese of Zanzibar re-
tained Zanzibar, the Usambara country, and the
Rovuma country.
It is impossible to correctly estimate the popu-
lation. In Zanzibar alone there are 250,000
people. In the diocese there are 13 stations and
a number of sub-stations, 9 stone churches, and
70 temporary buildings used for service. There
are two hospitals on the mainland, and one in
Zanzibar, with beds for 35 natives and 9 Euro-
peans, built at a cost of £2,000, with a staff of
13 nurses. There are 189 schools, with a total
of 6,744 scholars and 150 native teachers ; St.
Andrew's Theological College at Kiungani, for
the training of boys — both released slaves and
boys from up-country schools — was founded in
the hope that some may eventually be found to
have a vocation for Holy Orders ; St. Mark's
College, Zanzibar, is for the training of natives
for Holy Orders. Clergy: 40 (including natives);
13 laymen ; 44 women.
The total number of adherents is 11,380 (6,563
males and 4,817 females).
The whole of the mission work in this diocese
and that of Likoma is supported by the Uni-
versities' Mission to Central Africa.
Bishops : —
Charles Frederick Mackenzie, 1861.
William George Tozer, 1863.
Edward Steere, 1874.
Charles Alan Smythies, 1883.
William Moore Richardson, 1895 (resigned
1901).
John Edward Hine, 1901 (cons., 1896), (tr.
Northern Rhodesia, 1909).
Frank Weston, 1908.
Nyasaland (formerly Likoma), 1892. — The
dioceseof Nyasaland was founded in 1892, though
work had been begun on the shores of Lake
Nyasa as early as 1881. The first bishop con-
secrated to this diocese was Bishop Hornby, who
was obliged to resign the following year through
ill health. In 1895 ''^^ Venerable Chauncy
Maples, who had been archdeacon of Nyasa, was
consecrated as bishop, but was drowned in the
lake the same year. In 1896 the Rev. Dr. Hine,
who had long been a member of the Mission, was
consecrated bishop, and appointed the Rev. W.
N9XXI.
Places under/inedindioceseso/'Z3n3i6ar.Ny6sal3nc/& Northern Rhodesia are U.M.C.A. stations, those in diocese of
Uaanda Ss Mombasa areC.M.S. stations. Diocesan Boundaries International Boundaries
mDEPENDENT AFRlCANplSHOPRICS
SI
P. Johnson archdeacon. On his translation to
the bishopric of Zanzibar in igoi, the Rev.
Gerard Trower was consecrated for Likoma
(1902).
The diocese embraces a portion of Central
Africa generally known as Nyasaland, and lying
chiefly on the eastern shores of the lake. It
includes territories under three governments —
the British, German and Portuguese — and ex-
tends along a coast of more than 300 miles.
The central station is on the island of Likoma
in the centre of the lake, and has a beautiful
stone cathedral consecrated in 1905. The popu-
lation of this island is estimated at 4,000 ; about
half of its inhabitants are now Christian, and
the work in many respects resembles that of a
large parish at home. Three large schools at
the head station and twelve out-schools can
scarcely provide accommodation for the younger
Christian and catechumen adherents. There is
a European hospital for members of the staff
and a native hospital and dispensary, where
patients from all parts of the lake district are
treated as well as the inhabitants of the islands.
In 1905 a theological college was started for
the training of native clergy, and stands close to
a small stone church at the farther end of the
island.
On the mainland opposite, in Portuguese
territory, is a training college for male teachers,
with accommodation for about 60 students.
This forms one in a chain of mission stations
extending from Amelia Bay in German terri-
tory to the south end of the lake. Most of
these stations, numbering over 40, are under
the charge of the clergy on the mission steamer,
Chauncy Maples, which runs regularly up and
down the lake.
On the west side of the lake is the important
European station of Kota-Kota, with its out-
stations extending along a coast line of 20 miles
to the north and to the south. It has a fine
stone church and European and native hos-
pitals.
Owing to the large increase of work in the Yao
hill country, the new archdeaconry of Mtonya
has been formed, which includes in its area a
chain of inland stations from Unangu to the
south end of the lake. Similar work among
the Yao and Nyasa tribes is rapidly developing
along the banks of the Upper Shir6, and pro-
vides ample work for an itinerant priest, who
also ministers to the members of the Church of
England in Blantyre and Zomba.
The completion of the Mackenzie Memorial
Church at Chiromo makes it probable that the
work of the U.M.C.A. will soon have to include
in its sphere a large part of the Lower Shire.
There are 7 European stations and about 167
schools with 6,475 scholars. The total number
of adherents is 16,143. Of these 7,683 are males
and 8,460 are females.
The staft consists of the bishop and 25 clergy
(2 archdeacons, 14 European and 9 native clergy),
9 laymen, 16 women, and about 180 native
teachers and readers.
Other missionary agencies at work in British
Central Africa are the Roman Catholics (who
have 10 missionary priests and 2 schools) ; the
United Free Church of Scotland works on the
west shore of the lake ; the South Africa Dutch
Reformed Ministers' Union in the Angoni hills
west of the lake ; the Church of Scotland has a
large and flourishing mission at Blantyre in the
Shire region south of the lake, and the Zambesi
Industrial Mission works west and north-west
of Blantyre. All these societies (omitting the
U.M.C.A. and the R.C. Missions) report 376
stations and out-stations, 160 missionaries, 977
native workers, 670 schools with 48,000 scholars,
17 hospitals and dispensaries, and 14,000 pro-
fessed Christians.
Bishops : —
Wilfrid Bird Hornby, 1892 (resigned 1894).
Chauncy Maples, 1895.
John Edward Hine, 1899; tr. 1901.
Gerard Trower, 1902 ; (tr. N. W. Australia,
1909).
Thomas Carthew Fisher (1910).
52
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Northern Rhodesia, 1909. — The diocese of
Northern Rhodesia was founded in 1910 by the
Universities' Mission. The Right Rev. J. E.
Hine D.D. (Bishop of Zanzibar, 1901-1909, Bis-
hop of Nyasaland 1899-1901) was appointed first
bishop, and he selected the township of Living-
stone, Victoria Falls, as his temporary head-
quarters. In 1 91 1 missionaries were at work
at these centres ; Livingstone (N.W. Rhodesia),
Mapanzas (N.W. Rhodesia) and Fort Jameson
(N.E. Rhodesia).
The population of Northern Rhodesia is esti-
mated at half a million, including a considerable
and increasing number of Europeans who are
settled in the country in connection with the
Government and mining and farming operations.
In the high lands the climate is reported to be
healthy. Bishop Hine's staff at present (191 1)
consists of three priests, and four laymen. Other
missionaries, Roman Catholics, Dutch Reformed
Church, London Missionary Society, Free Church
of Scotland, and French Protestants are at work
in the country. The languages have been studied
by Mr. A. C. Madan (formerly of the Universities'
Mission) and handbooks compiled by him are ob-
tainable at the Clarendon Press, Oxford.
Bishop : — ■
John Edward Hine, 1909 (cons. 1899).
Uganda, 1884. — This diocese was originally
included in the one called Eastern Equatorial
Africa. In 1899 it was divided into two portions.
The interior portion, comprising Uganda, Bun-
yoro, Toro, Kavirondo, and all the countries then
within the boundaries of the Uganda Protector-
ate, was formed into the diocese of Uganda.
The Uganda Mission was commenced in 1877
by missionaries of the C.M.S. It was not, how-
ever, until 1882 that the first baptism took place.
European missionaries (1911) ordained, 39; lay-
men, 12 ; married women, 35 ; single women, 28.
Four of these are doctors and ten are trained
nurses. African agents ordained, 38 ; laymen,
2,111; women, 253. The baptised Christians now
(1911) number 71,038, the communicants 19,527.
The work of the native Church is entirely self-
supporting. All the clergy and lay workers are
maintained by native grants. All churches and
schools are built, repaired and maintained by
the natives themselves. There are about 1,077
churches and other buildings used for Church
services in the diocese. There are training in-
stitutions and 147 schools, with 47,424 names on
their books. Nearly 120,000 visits of out-patients
were recorded at the hospitals and dispensaries
in 1910, and 2,536 in-patients were received.
The number of baptisms during 1910 was
4,621 (including 2,916 adults).
Bishops : —
James Hannington, 1884.
Henry Perrot Parker, i886.
Alfred Robert Tucker, 1890 (resigned, 191 1).
John Jamieson Willis, 1912.
Mombasa, 1898. — The diocese of Mombasa
includes almost all the British East African
Protectorate, and all German East Africa except
the area covered by the Universities' Mission
of Zanzibar. East of 38° Long. East and South
of 8° Lat. South.
The population of the British East African Pro-
tectorate is estimated at 4,000,000. There may
be more than this number in German East Africa.
The British Protectorate was proclaimed on
19th November, i8go. Mombasa, has a popula-
tion of about 29,000, of whom nearly 200 are
Europeans. Nairobi, the headquarters of British
East African Government and central station of
the Uganda railway, has a population of about
13,000, of whom about 600 are Europeans.
There are also hundreds of European farmers in
the neighbourhood of Nairobi.
Missionary Agencies. — The missionary agencies
other than the C.M.S. at work in the British East
African Protectorate, are the Roman Catholics,
the Church of Scotland, the United Methodist
INDEPENDENT AFRICAN BISHOPRICS
53
Free Churches, the Africa Inland Mission
(American), the German Lutheran and Swedish
Mission.
Anglican missionary work is carried on by the
C.M.S. There is an English chaplain at Nairobi,
part of whose stipend is paid by the Colonial
and Continental Church Society.
The Church adherents, African, number over
3,000. There are 117 schools and about 5,000
scholars receiving Church teaching. There are
21 clergy (including 3 natives), 8 laymen (in-
cluding two doctors), 19 single women, and 20
married women (including one doctor), 12 per-
manent churches, 15 mission rooms, 108 native
lay workers, and there are more than 1,000
native communicants.
There is a large European and Eurasian popu-
lation which is ever increasing.
Bishop ; —
William George Peel, 1899.
Mauritius, 1854. — This see is coextensive
with the colonies of Mauritius with its de-
pendencies and the Seychelles, which com-
prise 149 islands, many of these being barren
rocks, whilst others are inhabited only by
one or two families. These islands are widely
scattered over the Southern Indian Ocean,
the two centres of the diocese, namely,
Mauritius and Seychelles, being about 1,000
miles distant from one another. The whole
are included within the Southern tropic, and
communication between the different islands is
slow, costly and infrequent. The actual area
of land is only about 1,400 square miles, of
which Mauritius itself contains 714. The popu-
lation amounts to about 390,000, of whom 373,000
are in the island of Mauritius. These are made
up of English, French, Creoles, Malagasy, Afri-
cans, Arabs, Chinese and British Indians ; the
last are by far the most numerous, numbering
260,000. The population of the Seychelles Archi-
pelago is over 17,000, and of the other scattered
islets about 3,500. The death-rate of Mauritius
is considerably higher than the birth-rate, and the
density of its inhabitants is only maintained by
the constant arrival of fresh batches of coolies
from India.
The estimated number of Church members is
8,274, of whom more than 2,000 are Indians,
and more than 3,000 belong to the Seychelles.
The communicants are estimated at 1,954.
There are 34 churches and chapels, besides
schools in which services are held. For the
regular Sunday services (upwards of 60 in
number and conducted in 6 different languages)
the Church has, besides the bishop, 19 clergy
in Mauritius and the Seychelles. Nine are on
the Government establishment. There are 14 lay
readers and catechists.
There are 22 day and 16 Sunday schools, con-
taining 3,200 scholars ; among these are many
heathen. A theological training college has
been organised to replace the one which was
blown down by the cyclone of 1892, into which
five students have been admitted. The course
will be for three years.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : Bambous,
Des Anguilles, Mahebourg Failles, Port Louis,
Rose Hill, Souillac, S. Pierre, Seychelles, Vacoas,
Verdun.
The work of the S.P.G. in this diocese began
in 1843. P°rt Louis is the headquarters of mis-
sion work.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. :
European 2, native 5.
The C.M.S. has withdrawn from work in the
diocese but assists the bishop with a yearly
grant of money which will not entirely cease
until 1919.
Bishops : —
Vincent William Ryan, 1854.
Thomas Goodwin Hatchard, 1869.
Henry Constantine Huxtable, 1870.
Peter Sorenson Royston, 1872 (resigned
i8gi).
William Walsh, 1891 (resigned 1897).
Walter Ruthven Pym, 1898 (tr. 1903).
Francis Ambrose Gregory, 1904.
54
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Madagfascar, 1874, — The staff of this diocese
consists of the bishop, 2 archdeacons, 6 other
English priests, i French layman, 6 English
ladies, 17 native priests, 10 native deacons, and
120 lay teachers. The work falls into two dis-
tinct branches: (i) the work in Imerina, the
central province, among the Hova ; (2) the east
coast work among the Betsimisaraka, Antaimora
and Vorimo. This latter includes a promising
mission at Beforona, between Imerina and the
coast, which is under the charge of a young
Betsimisaraka deacon. At Antananarivo there
is the cathedral church, dedicated to St. Law-
rence, and three suburban and 17 district
churches. There are also a high school, a girls'
higher grade school, and a girls' boarding-house.
At Ambatoharanana the Mission possesses a
college and mission station with 30 district
churches. There is also a thriving mission
station with an excellent school and workshops
at Ramainandro with 22 district churches. The
coast work is more difficult than that among the
Hova, as the Antaimora, Betsimisaraka, and
Vorimo are much less intelligent and harder to
convert. The four existing stations are : Ando-
voranto with Tamatave, Ambinanindrano College
and mission station, Mahanoro, Mananjary.
Each station has a school ; the last-named
station has over 200 scholars, a very large number
when compared with the other coast stations.
There is at Mahanoro a girls' boarding-school.
In 1910 there were 127 permanent churches and
mission districts, 1,521 baptisms, 4,628 com-
municants, and 2,342 children receiving Church
teaching. The total number of baptised persons
is 12,450.
The mission work has had to be readjusted to
meet the requirements of the French Govern-
ment. The Government, though it would prob-
ably welcome the withdrawal of English missions,
does not actually interfere with the work of the
Church of England and unduly restricts the
development of the evangelistic work, by refus-
ing in most cases, to authorise new churches,
has not otherwise withheld reasonable liberty of
action. Many schools have, however, been sup-
pressed, and there is much vexatious interference
in educational matters. The apparent progress
of the work is much slower, and the cost of it
much greater, than in former years.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
Antananarivo (Cathedral)
Ambanidia
Antsararay
Anjainaminavola
Ambatoharanana
Amboatany
Ambohimanga
Anjazafohy
Malaza
Morarano
Andrianjoky
Ramainandro
Ambatofotsy
Tapiafady
Andovoranto
Tamatave
Manarintsoa
Beforona
Mahanoro
Vatomandry
Ambinanindrano
Befotaka
Marolambo
Mananjary
Vohimasina
Sahavato
The population of English-speaking people is
100 ; that of other than English-speaking people,
2,800,000.
The headquarters of the Mission in this diocese
is Antananarivo, where the S.P.G. has been
working since 1866.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. :
the bishop, European clergy, 8, native clergy,
29. Women Workers connected with S.P.G. :
European 7, native 9.
There are 4 other societies, not connected with
the Anglican Church, working at Antananarivo.
The greater part of the missionary work in the
central province is carried on by the London
Missionary Society.
Work is also carried on by native mission-
aries supported by the S.P.G. at Beforona and
the Forest, Befotaka, Anjazafohy, Vatomandry,
Amboatany, Malaza, Tamatave, Vohimasina,
Ambohimanga, Morarano, Ankadiefajoro, An-
janaminavola, Mananjary, Vohimasina and other
stations.
Bishops : —
Robert Kestell Kestell-Cornish, 1874.
George Lanchester King, 1899.
N9XKII.
-^—-TmmI^
50°
10
Sambava
Isaha
Cape Bast
15
^# 4<^ ^ * —Tils' Ivohiba
vbayo^ i^-^r^onyilBr
■10
zoo
300
Scale of Miles
15
MADAGASCAR
55
The principal s/a/-/ons assisted by fhe SPG. are under/ined
N9 XXIII.
X5"°
%
nnagor
./^ Umrlhi
'^t>-
S5
INDIA
IN DIOCESES
50 100
I , , , , l
ZOO
300
Scale of Miles.
Un^alla, ? Smt
\^
Khaii^fSoor
'Rajcok
tBlkaner
J P
O O T
»Jodhpooi
-f^m
\mssctrj>
i '/
~i^-
J~ »Ahmectab
J/*
7/>4rr
'Indon
CENT ft ^^^
20
BOMBAY
_ Ahnia^naga,
O I 1
/J
Kolhapur }
o -C /
•Hubi
tSecunderabad ^
HYDERABAD
^Mangalore\
Bel/a ry
Cali'o
<^
10
tA
^Ifll
C.Camor'm
Z5
20
15
'/iA0ftAS3'
■ <5
§
I
Cuddalore ^
re Cr
Tranquebar
\Necfopcriam
85'
30°
ASIA.
ANGLICAN BISHOPRICS IN ASIA.
Calcutta,
1814.
Madras, Bombay, Colombo, Lahore, Rangoon, Chota Nagpur, Lucknow, Nagpur,
1835. 1837. 1845. 1877. 1877. 1890. 1893. 1902.
I
Travancore and Tinnevelly,
Cochin, 1879. 1896.
Victoria (Hong-Kong),
1849.
Chekiang (formerly Mid-China),
1872.
1 Canadian Mission,
North China, Honan,
1880. 1909.
1
Shantung, Kwangsi and Hunan,
1903. 1909.
Western China, Fuh-Kien,
1895. 1906.
South Tokyo (formerly Japan),
1883.
American Mission (Yedo),
1866
1
shyu (South Japan), Osaka,
1894. 1896.
Hokkaido,
1896.
N. Tokyo, Kyoto,
1898 1898.
Labuan
and Sarawak,
i8SS-
Corea,
1889.
(formerly Singapore, Labuan and Sarawak.)
Singapore,
1909.
(55)
56
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
There is good reason to believe that Syrian
missionaries visited India before the end of the
second century. The Syrian Church, v^fhich num-
bers about 600,000, is now confined to the Malabar
district of Southern India. In the sixteenth cen-
tury St. Francis Xavier started work in Southern
India which has been carried on ever since.
The first non-Roman Mission to India (after
the Reformation) — viz., that begun by the Danish
Lutherans, Ziegenbalgh and Plutscho, at Tran-
quebar in 1706 — originated from the example of
the S.P.G. in America. Its object at the outset
was promoted by the Society, and it was largely
assisted by the S.P.C.K., to whose care many of
its stations were afterwards transferred. Inde-
pendently of this the S.P.C.K. began a mission
of its own in Madras in 1728. This, with the
adopted missions and others subsequently opened
by the S.P.C.K. in Southern India, were carried
on for nearly 100 years by German Lutheran
missionaries.
Soon after the foundation of the bishopric of
Calcutta in 1814, the S.P.G. extended its opera-
tions to that country by undertaking, in 181 8,
the establishment of Bishop's College, near
Calcutta. Its first two missionaries (the Rev.
Dr. W. H. Mill and Mr. J. H. Alt) arrived in
February, 1821, and the college, opened in 1824,
became the centre of active missionary opera-
ions in Bengal.
The fields since occupied by the S.P.G. in
Asia have been : Bombay Presidency in 1830,
the North- Western Provinces 1833, the Central
Provinces 1846, Assam 1851, the Punjab 1854,
Burma 1859, Cashmere 1866, Ajmere 1881,
Ceylon 1840, Borneo 1848, the Straits Settle-
ments 1856, China 1863, Japan 1873, Corea
i88g, Manchuria 1892, Siam 1903.
During the period 1820-1910 the Society ex-
pended £'3,197,079, and employed 871 ordained
missionaries in Asia. At the present time its
work there is being carried on in 17 dioceses, its
expenditure in 1910 being £')?>fi2>T, and the
number of its ordained missionaries 318, includ-
ing 157 natives, 61 laymen (35 natives), 215
women.
The total population of India, including Burma,
according to the census of 191 1, is 315,132,537,
which includes 217,586,920 Hindus, 3,014,466
Sikhs, 1,248,182 Jains, 10,721,449 Buddhists,
100,100 Parsis, 66,623,412 Mohammedans,
10,295,168 Animists, 20,980 Jews, 3,876,196
Christians.
For a further statement in regard to the
Christian population of India, see page 102,
0>
I
3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1)
I
INDIA.
PROVINCE OF CALCUTTA.
Calcutta, — -This diocese was founded in 1814.
It then included all India and Australia, and out
of its original area all the dioceses of the pro-
vince have been successively separated. It now
comprises the Province of Bengal (Bengal, Bihar
and Orissa), and the Province of Assam. The
languages spoken, besides English and Urdu,
are Bengali, Hindi, Uriya, Nepali, and Assamese,
with their dialects ; Santali, Khasi, and many
other non-Aryan languages. With the exception
of Darjiling in the Himalayas, and of Shillong
in the Khasi Hills, nearly the whole diocese con-
sists of great river valleys or plains, and a large
proportion of it is subject to annual floods. The
population of the diocese in 1891 was 110,376,000
of whom 58,821 are English-speaking.
In the city of Calcutta, with its eight recog-
nised districts or parishes, the work is very much
like parish work in England, and is worked on
parochial lines, with parish schools, boarding
schools, etc., Fort William only being a purely
military charge. Here are also established the
headquarters of the mission work, with Bishop's
College and the Oxford brotherhood, and the
C.M.S. Divinity School. But the immense
majority of the population — both of Bengal and
of Assam — live in villages, and there are few large
towns. Only Patna, which includes the canton-
ment of Dinapur and the important civil station
of Bankipur, has more than 160,000 inhabitants
Dacca and Gaya are the only other places which
reach half that nilmber. The work of the Church,
therefore, both among Europeans and among
Indians, is much scattered. There are 21 chap-
lains (belonging to the Ecclesiastical Establish-
ment of Bengal), whose primary duty is to
minister to troops and to servants of Govern-
ment, but of whom several have charge of city
parishes and of the institutions in them. Be-
sides the places in which they reside, the chap-
lains visit about 30 smaller towns and settlements
(out-stations). They minister altogether to about
5,000 soldiers and soldiers' families (the chief
military stations being Calcutta, with Barrackpur
and Dum Dum, Darjiling and Dinapur), and to
about 10,000 civilians. They are entirely main-
tained by Government. Government makes
further grants (Rs. 100 or Rs. 150 a month) in
aid of the ministrations of 14 other clergy, who
minister in 16 principal stations and about 60
out-stations. These, with 8 others who are un-
aided by Government, minister to about 5,000
persons. Among the most important groups are
the indigo-planters of Bihar, the tea-planters of
Darjiling and of Assam, and the ever-increasing
railway population. These furnish large con-
gregations in at least six or seven places besides
Calcutta. The principal mission districts are
(57)
58
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
those of the Sunderbuns, in S. Calcutta (S.P.G.) ;
Nadiya (CM.S.) and Burrisal (O.M.), in Bengal;
in Santalia (C.M.S.), and in the tea districts of
Assam (S.P.G.).
There are 14, clergy working in connection
with the S.P.G. , 9 of whom are Indians, 48 in con-
nection with the C.M.S., 23 of whom are natives
and 13 supported by the Oxford Mission to Cal-
cutta. There is one woman worker supported by
the S.P.G. at the Milman School, Calcutta.
The S.P.G. has worked in the diocese since
1821.
The Oxford Mission to Calcutta was founded
in 1880 with a view more particularly to work
among the educated natives of Calcutta, es-
pecially those attending Calcutta University.
It maintains hostels for students at Calcutta and
Dacca and undertakes mission work of various
kinds in and round Burrisal east of Calcutta.
In addition to the 13 clergy belonging to the
mission there are 2 laymen and 6 sisters belong-
ing to it.
Institutions : Bishop's College, Calcutta was
founded in 18 19 by Dr. Middleton, first Bishop
of Calcutta. It is under the control of the S.P.G.
It was designed by its founder to be a mis-
sionary institution and to promote the spread of
the Christian religion in India, especially by in-
structing native and other Christian youths in
the doctrine and discipline of the Church in
order to their becoming preachers, catechists or
schoolmasters, or for their preparations for Holy
Orders. It is affiliated to the Calcutta University.
The Bishop's College School, which is under the
control of the Principal of Bishop's College, is in-
tended to provide for native Christian boys an
education up to the standard of the Calcutta
University entrance examination.
CM.S. work. — Two English missionaries
were sent to Calcutta in 181 6, Buedwan was
occupied in 1817, Krishnagar (Nadiya) in 1831,
and Bhagalpur in 1850. Great interest was
aroused by a movement in the Nadiya district
in 1838, when 3,000 persons forsook heathenism
and 900 were baptised in the presence of Bishop
Daniel Wilson. Work among the Santals, an
aboriginal tribe, was begun at Hiranpur in i860.
The CM.S. is now working at the following
stations : Calcutta and out-stations, Burdwan,
Krishnagar, Chupra, Bohirgachi, Ranabanda,
Kapasdanga, Ratnapur, Bollobhpur, Bhobarpara,
Joginda, Santirajpur, Kushtia, Meliapota, Solo,
Balinrah, Santalia — Taljhari, Barharwa, Bar-
heit, Hiranpur, Santalpur and Talpahari, Bha-
gaya, Godda, Behar — Bhagalpur, Jamalpur.
It supports 48 clergy in the diocese.
The CM.S. Divinity School was first estab-
lished at Krishnagar in 1878 and removed to
Calcutta in 1880. It trains students as cate-
chists and evangelists, and for Holy Orders.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
Calcutta : St. Saviour's (Bengali, Tamil, and
Hindustani). Thakurpukur, Diamond Harbour,
Geonkhalli and Burrisal.
Sunderbuns : Barripore, Canning, Mogra Hat,
Kharri, Tollygunge and Ghangra.
Assam : Tezpur, Dibrugarh, Titabar, Silchar,
Solabari.
Bishops : —
Thomas Fanshaw Middleton, 1814.
Reginald Heber, 1823.
John Thomas James, 1827.
John Matthias Turner, 1829.
Daniel Wilson, 1832.
George Edward Lynch Cotton, 1858.
Robert Milman, 1867.
Edward Ralph Johnson, 1876 (resigned 1898).
James Edward Cowell Welldon, 1898 (re-
signed 1 901).
Reginald Stephen Copleston, 1902 (cons.
1875)-
Bombay, 1833. — This diocese was separated Bind. Outside this area, which measures 200,000
from that of Calcutta. It comprises the whole square miles, the bishop's charge extends to
Presidency of Bombay except the Province of the Aurungabad district of the Hyderabad
N9XXV.
Chitaldrooq
\ Ounderi
S.P. G. Mission Stations are underlined thus .
Other C.ofE. Mission Stations thus .
PROVINCE OF CALCUTTA
59
State, a small portion of Rajputana, and Aden
in Arabia.
The total population in 1901 was about
25,500,000 (including feudatory states, Aden,
etc.). English-speaking, about 40,000. About
20,000,000 are Hindus, about 4,500,000 Mussul-
mans, 78,000 Parsis, 11,000 Jews, and 216,000
Christians, who show an advance of 29 per cent,
on the number registered in 1891.
About 106,000 are Roman Catholics, a large
portion of these being immigrants from Portu-
guese territory, and many others tracing their
Christianity back to the labours of St. Francis
Xavier and his companions. The total popula-
tion belonging to the Anglican communion was
returned in the census of 1901 as 35,614; but it
is not possible to treat this return as more than
approximately complete, a considerable number
of persons having returned themselves as " Pro-
testants," and there being nothing to show to
what denomination they belong.
Work of the Anglican Communion. — There are
84 clergy in the diocese, of whom 25 are Govern-
ment chaplains, 3 belong to the Additional
Clergy Society, i harbour chaplain, and the re-
mainder are working in connection with C.M.S.,
S.P.G. and the Cowley Fathers. There are 23
Indian clergy.
The work of the clergy is strengthened by
the assistance of 386 Women Workers and of
the Wantage and All Saints' Sisterhoods, and
of women who are working in connection with
the C.M.S.
The Cowley Brotherhood has houses in Bom-
bay and Poona. In Bombay the community hold
the incumbency of St. Peter's Mazagaon, a poor
European district ; this is the centre of the
Society's work, while the work carried on at
Umarkhadi, close by, is entirely missionary.
Their work at Poona is of a purely mis-
sionary character. The Wantage Sisterhood
opened a branch at Poona in 1877, and are
settled near the Cowley Mission at Panch
Howd. They have charge of several large
schools, both for European and Indian girls,
and are also responsible for the nursing at the
Sassoon General Hospital at Poona.
The All Saints' Sisterhood (1878) helps the
Society in its work in Bombay, both amongst
Europeans and Indians, and has charge of the
nursing at the largest native hospital.
The C.M.S. has stations at Bombay, Nasik,
Poona, Malegaon, Manmad and Aurungabad.
Their most flourishing mission is at Nasik,
where medical and industrial work are well to
the fore.
The S.P.G. began work in this diocese in
1830, and now has centres at Bombay, Ahmad-
nagar, Kolhapur, Hubli, Gadag and Dapoli.
At the present moment 21 clergy are scattered
over the diocese carrying on the Society's work
at the six different stations. Eleven of the 29
clergy are Indians. Women Workers, 21.
The Ahmadnagar Mission is the largest of the
Anglican missions in the diocese, and 9 clergy,
I layman, 16 women, 14 catechists, 13 readers
and 85 schoolmasters are engaged in the work.
At Ahmadnagar and its out-stations — Miri, Kare-
gao, Rahuri and Sonai — there are 16 Euro-
pean Women Workers and 18 Indian teachers
connected with the S.P.G., many of these being
attached to St. Monica's Mission, Ahmadnagar.
These are engaged in educational, evangelistic
and parochial work. There are 14 boarding
schools, 64 day schools, and about 2,217 children
are under Christian instruction. There is an
important industrial school at Ahmadnagar. In
this school Christian lads and men are trained
to become carpenters, smiths, cane workers and
tailors, but, owing to the recent difficulties about
obtaining a superintendent, the numbers have
fallen and its efficiency decreased.
A large number of the Society's schools are
inspected and aided by Government.
The S.P.G. work at Bombay is carried on
in three distinct languages. At Holy Trinity
Church and the Indo-British Institution the
work is carried on entirely in English, while at
St. Paul's Church the services are conducted in
Urdu, and the efforts of the workers are centred
6o
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
amongst the Mohammedans, of whom there are
175,000 in Bombay.
Besides these two branches of the work in
Bombay, an Indian priest is working amongst
Tamil Christians, and has an out-station with
church and school at Dharavi, about 10 miles
from Bombay.
At Kolhapur the Mission Press does good
work and its Christian apprentices get good
places from it. The Anson School for girls
flourishes. Evangelistic work is attempted in
the neighbourhood.
At Dapoli the work is chiefly educational, and it
has one of the best high schools in the Presidency.
At Hubli and Betgeri (Gadag) the work has
made a good start amongst the Canarese popula-
tion. There are churches and schools in both
places. At Betgeri is St. Augustine's College
for ordinands and candidates for the position of
catechist through which more than half the
Indian clergy and catechists pass.
The C.M.S. started work in Bombay in 1820.
In 1832 the work was extended to Nasik ; Junnar
was occupied in 1843, Malegaon 1848, Aurunga-
bad i860, Poona 1882, and Manmad 1901.
At the following stations the work is assisted
by the S.P.G. :—
Bombay —
Ahmadnagar —{cont
Holy Trinity
Sonai
Hindustani Mission
Miri
Kamatipura (Tamil)
Rahuri
Dharavi (Tamil)
Karegao
Kolhapur —
Dapoli —
Kagal
Betgeri-Gadag—
Ahmadnagar —
Hubli
Headquarters and Ghats
Dharwar
Bishops : —
Thomas Carr, 1835.
John Harding, 1851.
Henry Alexander Douglas, 1869.
Louis George Mylne, 1876 (resigned 1897).
James Macarthur, 1898 (resigned 1903).
Walter Ruthven Pym, 1903 (cons. 1898).
Edwin James Palmer, 1908.
Madras, 1835. — This diocese was founded by
letters patent from King William IV. on June
i3i 1835. It is coterminous with the Presi-
dency of Madras. The bishopric of Tinnevelly
and Madura is legally part of the diocese of
Madras, but for all practical purposes is an inde-
pendent see. The population of the Presidency
is 44,503,159. The Bishop of Madras has juris-
diction also in the native States of Hyderabad
and Mysore and the Province of Coorg. Tamil,
Telugu, Malayan, Tulu, Canarese, Hindustani,
Mahratti and some aboriginal dialects are spoken
within the diocese and jurisdiction. There are
in the diocese and Coorg (excluding Tinnevelly
and Madura) and in the native States of Hydera-
bad and Mysore, about 83,233 adherents of the
Church of England ; of these 28,943 are Euro-
peans and Eurasians, and 44,507 are baptised
Indians and 9,053 are catechumens. There are
about 4,000 European and Eurasian, and 15,997
native communicants. There are in all under
the Bishop of Madras 148 clergy — viz., 38
Europeans and no Indians.
1 Cf. Hibbert- Ware's " Christian Missions
In the S.P.G. mission schools there are about
11,278 native scholars, of whom about 2,368 boys
and 1,210 girls are Christians.
The S.P.G. began work in the Madras diocese
in 1825. The society has a theological college
in Madras, a college and high school at Trich-
inopoly and a high school at Tanjore. The
Nandyal Training College trains the mission
agents for the Telugu Missions.^ Work amongst
women was begun at Nandyal in 1909. The
Bishop Cotton School, Bangalore, is for European
and Eurasian boys.
Clergy : European clergy 23 (wholly supported
by S.P.G.), native clergy 33 (partly supported
by S.P.G., partly by native Church). Women
Workers connected with S.P.G. : European 10,
native 25. In Madras City there are many
women workers connected with the Eurasian
Settlement Mission, also i English and 7
teachers at St. Ebba's Boarding School for Girls.
There are i European and several native teachers
at Tanjore and 3 Europeans and other native
teachers at Trichinopoly.
in the Telugu Country." S.P.G. 2S. net.
N?XXVI.
76"
73°
60°
62"
\tSolarurn, —
\Qornakal
16
14
12
W
^'* ^^ ^^\ Ch/taldrooff Ij^ Qhanhavarai
'Sorab *'^^^ ^. * p --A
»Shikarpur \ ik \
•Sagar \ L^('\ /A f
S^olapur
uGherdi
Jathtf—^
@ \
Jamkhandim '
Mudhol
(l\di I
I
I
\^u/barga
\Bijaour .
I
I
Yadgii
\Wadi
A D
4f y^ V,
\JUsMa
i/?^^
//t//i^
Yallapur^
Sai'anu
%Nagar
A/
Maonda
^ Jedcherla ~r\ \>=-:i-
<Pangal jt^
^__,j^^jj^^'''^ Vinukon da^
* • Nandikotkur x^/ ^N
-^t— ffanAanaaallg^Mutualapad \Sj)
^1 \
~~< ' T"
tOuncfen
^Hdsdruga ! J t\
^ 7 V ,— 7 ~-l_' ' N
\Penuko. h
Bantwal L../''"\
»Merc3ra
1
-^-^ e?-»-
Call cur
Bet/pore\
r
iffussan
Madd(}rj
F%.
;;m — y Vanjanjud \
IvjnnanJaiJg'T ( \ /
r\ \ Dindigu/j
Rl . r \ ^"^
—,1 I \ \
!5J I Bodma^akkanu\ \ \
~^ IrnakuU
>
"31
i TDKIKI
Mmbum
Gun fur I
TBapal-lad
Ffhe
*,Mssuli£atani
,l^i5
.(oa
Van
fOagole
,a^alan,ada^ 'Jdagag.n J>^ys„
'u/Zamper^ ^^
• Gurramkond3\
-Jl
^irupaH
Ponne~u
Pakala^
\ \Chitfooi\ . Moi
L Pulicat
\ \/ellore
>
'<t!;WZS/ja/arpef Ip^l^^ ^Wand, vaj
Dharmapu',*\j-"'^^f;;sa''\ /T/ncjf^anam
'/ irukkogiluT*-^^
«IJi!£
to/'
Erunaalore ^ - '
rP-cndhf)6rty
«Q
^
-^
\Cua ia/ore
,c mam
. Tri nauebar
\Ka'/ka/
\Ne japatam
QQ
^•^CJ— \ '^&/>Ji /-^ J I o lo zo 30 'K so eo TO eo
(fagera
''■ Com -srin
78
£■ I^Jm^PaMajri^ >xT "'JSal kasi
Tinjwe/faf ^^:n^ \ ^- — / X > ^
/ t;3i/^/Ur/3rJ* ^-rir-^ ^"^ \ / tEfnauaT^jfam
\ t_, ilnne »ellu7 \ m Ranneivilie
Trivandro'^jr \ '^L 'a . jarefh
• »^ iaii/angudi
iManmelgud/'
h Jaffna
o 10 20 30 10 so 60 TO eo
^elligammo
'allai
/?
oaram
wmm
^•^.^ Bam nad
Ka/pitiyam
Trincomalee
f<allo>ye/Jy L,/^^^
Tg- 73 SO^ ^
S.P.G. Mission Stations are under /i nee/ thus Other CoFE. Mission Stations thus
PROVINCE OF CALCUTTA
6i
The C.M.S. supports i6 European clergy and
32 native clergy in this diocese.
There are 14 other societies, unconnected
with the Anglican Church, working in Madras.
Stations assisted by S.P.G. : —
First Division
Trichinopoly
Irungalur
Mettupatti
Annamangalam
Pudukotai
Tanjore
Vediarpuram
Kumbakonatn
Canendagudi and Aneiccadu
Negapatam
Nangur — Tranquebar
Second Division
Secunderabad
Bolarum
Yellandu
Chudderghaut
Bellary
Bangalore
Kolar
Cuddalore
Villupuram — Pondicherry
Madras — Church of Good
Shepherd
Second Division (cont.)
Madras St. Thome
,, Egmore
,, Vepery, St. Paul's
,, Sembium
Coimbatore
Salem
Madras Theological College
St. Ebba's School
Third Division
Proddatur
Mutyalapad
Kalasapad
Giddalur
Nandyal
Kurnool
Nandyal Training College
and Parish
Bishops : —
Daniel Corrie, 1835.
George Trevor Spencer, 1837.
Thomas Dealtry, 1849.
Frederick Gell, 1861.
Henry Whitehead, 1899.
Travancore and Cochin, 1879. — This diocese
is coterminous with the two native States from
which it takes its name. The population of
Travancore, the larger State of the two, is
2,952,157, and that of Cochin 812,025, making
a total of 3,764,182. The combined area is 8,452
square miles, showing an average density of 506
persons to the square mile.
The number of Christians in this area, accord-
ing to the census of 1901, is 895,626, or nearly
one-fourth of the whole population. Details are
given below. The jurisdiction of the bishop
is the Church of England in Travancore and
Cochin.
The Europeans and Eurasians number 3,572,
of whom many belong to the Roman Church,
most of the remainder being members of the
Church of England.
The native members of the Anglican Church
number 48,412; catechumens 4,884; clergy,
Europeans 12 and 36 Indian. During the year
1908 there were 2,148 infant and 1,400 adult
baptisms; 13,921 communicants and 5,965
Sunday scholars.
Church work. — -There are two chaplaincies
among Europeans and Eurasians. The chap-
laincy of Trevandrum, the capital of Travancore,
including the out-station ofQuilon,is supported
by a grant from the Government of India, sup-
plemented by subscriptions from the European
residents. The chaplaincy of Cochin is included
in this episcopal jurisdiction by arrangements
with the Bishop of Madras ; it includes the out-
station of Munnar on the High Range, a plant-
ing district, and is supported by a grant from
the Colonial and Continental Church Society,
supplemented by subscriptions from the resi-
dents. Missionaries minister to the smaller
European communities.
The missionary operations of the diocese are
conducted by the Church Missionary Society
and the Church of England Zenana Missionary
Society. The former maintains 11 ordained mis-
sionaries and the latter 8 women missionaries.
The native Church is gradually becoming self-
supporting, though it still receives financial help
from the C.M.S. ; it maintains 31 Indian clergy
for pastoral duties and 25 evangelists and a
diocesan missioner. It has also 7 Anglo-
vernacular and 207 vernacular schools. By its
missionary association the native Church sup-
ports a clergyman and a few evangelists and
teachers for work among the heathen.
Some of the institutions in the diocese are :
the Cambridge Nicholson Institution for training
candidates for Holy Orders and evangelists and
teachers ; the C.M.S. College of Kottayam, affil-
iated to the University of Madras ; the Buchanan
Institution, for training female teachers ; the
Baker Memorial High School for Girls;, the
C.M.S. Press at Kottayam ; the Christian Litera-
ture Society and Malayalam Religious Tract
62
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Society ; the Mission to the Jews on the Mala-
bar Coast ; the Diocesan Education Fund ; high
schools at Trichur and Mavelikara ; boys' and
girls' boarding schools at Tiruvella, Trichur
and Kunnankulam ; an industrial school for
boys at Kottayam ; leper asylums at Alleppey ;
and the Diocesan Sunday School Union.
The S.P.C.K. gives assistance by way of
scholarships for students and grants for ver-
nacular Prayer Book revision and various pub-
lications. The Madras Auxiliary of the British
and Foreign Bible Society undertakes the pub-
lication and revision of Bibles in the vernacu-
lar. A diocesan conference is held annually in
August. The Pro-Cathedral Church of the Holy
Trinity is at Kottayam, where the bishop resides.
The native members of the ancient Syrian
Church, under the Jacobite Patriarch of Antioch,
number about 204,000, and those of the Reformed,
or St. Thomas, Syrian Church under its own
Metropolitan, about 50,000. Those owing alle-
giance to the Church of Rome number, according
to the Syrian rite, about 290,000, and according
to the Latin rite, about 233,000. Those under
the East Syrian Patriarch (or the Catholicos of
the East) number from 10,000 to 30,000; their
exact number is not known. Their chief station
is Trichur. All these Churches are administered
by II native, i Chaldean, and 3 European
bishops.
Missionary work was begun by the C.M.S. in
1816. For 20 years it was carried on mainly
with a view to the reform of the ancient Malabar
Syrian Church. Since 1837 the missionaries
have laboured independently. Alleppey was oc-
cupied in 1816, Cottayam and Cochin 181 7,
Mavelikara in 1839.
There are about 70,000 Christians in connection
with the London Missionary Society in South
Travancore.
Bishops : —
John Martindale Speechly, 1879.
Edward Noel Hodges, 1889 (resigned 1905).
Charles Hope Gill, 1905.
Tinnevelly and Madura, 1896.— This bis-
hopric is legally part of the diocese of Madras,
but the bishop, who holds a commission from
the Bishop of Madras, has a free hand, and
appeals from him can only be made to the
Metropolitan. The bishopric includes the two
collectorates of Tinnevelly and Madura, in the
extreme south of India. Population, about
4,000,000. Europeans are very few in num-
ber, chiefly Government officials. Native Chris-
tians of the Church of England, 92,000. Both
the S.P.G. and C.M.S. support Missions in the
diocese. The former occupies the eastern, the
latter the western, side of the district. There
are S.P.G. schools at Tuticorin and at Ramnad
for boys and girls, a high school for girls, two
training institutions for teachers, an art in-
dustrial .school, and orphanages at Nazareth.
The work of the S.P.G. in Tinnevelly dates
from 1825. The bishopric was in part endowed
by the S.P.G.
The S.P.G. support 7 dispensaries or hos-
pitals ; the C.M.S. i dispensary.
There is a theological training class at
Nazareth.
The S.P.G. and C.M.S. have itinerating
evangelistic bands which carry on mission
work in the different villages.
There is an institution for the deaf and dumb
at Palamcottah.
There are lace schools at Nazareth, Idaiyangudi,
Kudenkulam and Ramnad belonging to the S.P.G.
The C.M.S. has. a college at Tinnevelly, the
Sarah Tucker College for girls at Palamcottah,
and high schools at Palamcottah, Mengnana-
puram and Srivilliputhur. There is also a theo-
logical school (C.M.S.) at Palamcottah.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G.:
European clergy, 4; Indian clergy (partly sup-
ported by S.P.G.), 39. Women Workers, 7.
The C.M.S. supports 9 European clergy and
40 Indian clergy in this diocese.
NV:XXVIE.
'WEEL
2i
— [ fj ajosinQawsngalam
madukuluttur \f. Utitnn^i/^ — ~~:C^'^*t-^ ^amesmnin\
Shekul,
Sfiqyfi
^i^^r^M/"^
Bridge
7a°SA^
50
\Utt3mapaiaiyam
'olBvandan
Sitfampiafth
Mapkulam
Melur
li'ruvadur
.^■.^mapali
KHampam
/ tGudalur ^
shanw
'araikhen'fj,^
Piwandi
^irumangalarrT^^s^
~^J)rvpvvi
s Maurnaud
'/Muaf I ^
Corriaputfy \
Vurrasooif
Vasudevanallu*
• tehmalai
•Sevaipai,
' Rajakari ^M^> 'fXtMmMifiW'
•Sippiparai
lemmeni
Jembars
npni - . K
'Pudur"
Vasudevai^llii'r 'n y —rri i^-jr ^n^*^=^ (JB galapurarn
. , - ,/ Chokkampatti S/ <i W/./r.J^-£^mmmi ^ ^'Mf"
^-^Wakurajfl^-fBlei \janaiva.dali»-^m^ahibijr "^^^^^^p^^^^l
miqarei i „S. ^, , ,
Jlafikul^y&''"''"
. Tenl^^i^'Suramrr")
tPak.
ivant/bna/ '
4Afe//£/r ^^'''^'■'^-
1^ \Ko\(i/uffu
■^ -* --* ^ XSilualsamutbram >f r
PavanasatTim ^^^
(S) VthMan^ttur,
falapaurae 17
mia
Hulaseqaranallu,
KallamMnbru
• Melaseithddi
'Offappidaran
Talaiyuftu
_ iampMur
'"^^dafhupf^^;^ ' ^Tufjcor/'n
>arkadu^
•by r, , ' JVIuaimnm
f*M?J0)<iOt!?0. 3awvelrpj
jydrh/rm
h'dai'v'aha
8
Bundaiapauraey QSyaJ. -Z-T^ongara^
-2-> Idaivankujam , Serghkulam, ., Tiruvagin Hajumahdy
@ "~,"-]^ llfvafhapoj^i mtk' 'P rakaS^rW
.tai
^MadagiriR.
mtucal/^ Tirukurui
talliel Y}-
Arr^mariay Ponmunna ^mugaranga^ufam'
^ V •Panahdi
^etoray
^erraneeU Tittuviley "5^ .
oanthapuram nora/\ i f**
fc ,Nangun"eri\ .^P.H^mr^47firochendur
!j^Dji.knmr.Pai^p0[^^^ SSmrsrn ^
Jn^mSrh ^'i-'i^ ii t'^'^'"W k
Peifdnkld\Wcm^P.^J^
Menkulam
MlidKJ
Satankulkm if^dafur
sfiagurai
Mm
Ovary
/!5ii§f''
lyapafi
^aindankarai
'^03/
\peComom
I Scale of Miles.
DIOCESE OF
IIMEVELLY & MADURA.^
10
30
Z/W
78°
S. p. G. Mission Stations are underlined thus.
Other C. of E. Mission Stations thus .
PROVINCE OF CALCUTTA
63
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
TiNNEVELLY
Tuticorin
Idaiyangudi
Radhapuram
Nagalapuram
Puthiamputhur
Nazareth
Mudalur
Christianagratn
Sawyerpuram
Pudukotai
Tinnevelly evangelistic
work
Tinnevelly — (cont.)
Sawyerpuram Secondary
School
Victoria Girls' School
Ramnad —
Ratnnad District
Ramnad Town
Mudukulathur
Paramagudi
Kilanjani
Rajasingamangalam
Keelakarai
Pamban
Bishops : —
Robert Caldwell, 1877-91. \
Edward Sargent, 1877-90. /
Samuel Morley, 1896 (resigned 1903).
Arthur Acheson Williams, 1905.
Lahore, 1877- — This diocese was founded in
1877 as a memorial to Bishop Milman, who died
when on a visitation in the Punjab. It consists
of the Punjab (and its dependencies), taken from
the diocese of Calcutta, and Sindh taken from
Bombay, together with Beluchistan and Kash-
mir. The population is not less than 34,000,000,
of whom rather more than half are Mohamme-
dans. There are about 37,000 English-speaking
people. The first bishop was Dr. Valpy French.
The Cathedral Church of the Resurrection was
consecrated on 25th January, 1887. The num-
ber of clergy is 115, of whom 33 are Govern-
ment chaplains, and 8 are engaged in pastoral
or educational work among Europeans. There
are 58 clergy (17 are Indians) in connection
with the C.M.S., and 15 (2 are Indians) in
connection with the S.P.G. There are also 36
European Women Workers in connection with
the S.P.G.
T'/fe Cambridge Mission to Delhi is also in
connection with the S.P.G.^
This mission to North India was originated in
1877, with the object of carrying on educational
and evangelistic work. St. Stephen's College pre-
pares students (now about 150) for the degree
examinations of the Punjab University. New
college buildings were opened in 1891 and again
in 1908, and there are hostels for both Christian
and non-Christian students. St. Stephen's High
School and the branch schools (with about 850
pupils) are also under the charge of the mission,
and a boarding house for Christian boys (about
40) adjoins the S.P.G. Mission House which is
> C/. " The Story of the Delhi
the headquarters of the Brotherhood of the Cam-
bridge Mission. There is also an hostel for non-
Christian boys whose parents live in the country.
The mission is responsible for services in Urdu
in St. Stephen's Church, and for the pastoral
charge of the native Christians. A second church
has been consecrated, called " Holy Trinity,'' for
the use of native Christians, in another part of
Delhi ; also one in the town of Karnal, and a
small one in the village of Fatehpur. Classes
are held for the instruction of catechists, school-
masters, etc. Evangelistic work among Hindus
and Mohammedans is carried on in Delhi and in
other parts of the South Punjab. There is an
industrial boarding school at Gurgaon, where
about 50 pupils are taught shoemaking, tailoring,
or carpentry.
Nine missionaries are stationed at Delhi and
two at Rohtak. Two hospitals for women and
children (St. Stephen's at Delhi and St. Eliza-
beth's at Karndl), and a dispensary at Rewari, are
carried on by 5 women doctors ; also girls' schools
and Zenana teaching in various parts of the mis-
sion district, by other ladies who are in part sup-
ported by S.P.G. The S.P.G. annual grant to
the diocese is about ;^3,ooo.
Society of St. Hilda, Lahore. — ^^This Society
consists of deaconesses, licensed workers and
probationers. The Society is affiliated to the
S.P.G. It has charge of the Cathedral High
School for girls and of several other schools in
the diocese.
St Johns Divinity School, Lahore, was estab-
lished in 1870 by the late Bishop French in
Mission." S.P.G. 2s. net.
64
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
connection with the C.M.S. Its object is to
prepare candidates for ordination.
The S.P.G. began missionary work at Delhi
in 1852. This was temporarily interrupted by
the Mutiny, but was resumed immediately after-
wards. Work was started at Karndl in 1862, at
Riwari in 1883.
The C.M.S. began work in the Punjab in
1851 soon after its annexation. Amritsar was
occupied in 1851, Peshawar in 1855, Multan
1856, Srinagar 1864, Lahore 1867. Work was
commenced at Kotgurh prior to the annexation
of the Punjab. In the valley of Kashmir a
medical mission was started in 1865. Mission
work in Sindh (which is also in the diocese of
Lahore) was begun in 1850. Karachi was oc-
cupied in 1850, Hyderabad in 1856, and Sukkur
in 1887.
Bishops : —
Thomas Valpy French, 1877.
Henry James Mathew, 1888.
George Alfred Lefroy, 1899.
Chota Nagpur, 1890. — The diocese of Chota
Nagpur is situated in the Province of Bengal,
and comprises the whole of the old political
Division ^ known by that name. Its nearest point
is 200 miles west of Calcutta. The population
of 5,500,000 is made up of Hindus, Mussulmans
and aboriginal tribes.
Missionary work in this diocese was started
in 1845 by Lutheran missionaries from Berlin.
The S.P.G. commenced work in 1869.
Ranchi is the cathedral town and is the centre
of the Society's work in the surrounding district,
in which there are over 16,000 Christians scattered
over 16 parishes. There are also boarding
schools for boys and girls, and 2 hospitals.
There are 34 clergy in the diocese, of whom 22
are Indians.
The Dublin University Mission to Chota
Nagpur was founded in 1891. It was to con-
sist of graduates of the University of Dublin
who should live in community and work under
the S.P.G., with the Bishop of Chota Nagpux
as their Visitor. The Mission also includes lady
associates, who work with the sanction of the
bishop under the direction of the Head of the
Mission. The centre of its work is at Hazari-
bagh which lies in the north of the diocese. A
branch house was opened at Chitarpur in 1901,
and another at Ranchi in 1902, but the latter was
1 Division is the technical name, a District is a sub-section
of a Division. The boundaries of the Division have been
altered, but the Diocese remains the same.
closed in 1910, owing to lack of men, and the work
was taken over by S.P.G. At Hazaribagh the
Mission supports a college (with 125 students)
which is affiliated to Calcutta University ; and a
high school with a Christian boys' hostel (118
boys) in connection with it. There are connected
with the Mission 3 hospitals and 5 dispensaries.
Chaibasa is the most important mission
station in the southern part of the diocese.
It is the centre of educational, evangelistic, and
pastoral work, which exerts an influence over a
wide tract of the surrounding country.
The principal languages spoken in the diocese
are Hindi, Bengali, Mundari, Santali, Ho, and
Uraon.
The native Christians, almost wholly from the
aboriginal tribes, number over 161,000, being an
increase of more than 60 per cent, in ten years.
The members of the Church of England num-
ber 18,463, Lutherans about 63,000, and Roman
Catholics about 80,000.
Of the 18,463 Christians in communion with
the Church of England 16,135 are in the Ranchi
District, 1,608 in Singhbhum (Chaibasa), 682 in
Hazaribagh, and 38 in Manbhum. Of the 16,135
in the Ranchi district about 11,000 are Mundas,
and the remainder Uraons and ex-Hindus.
In the last thirty years while the number of
Christians has more than doubled (8,334 and
18,463), the native contributions have increased
threefold.
Clergy working in connection with S.P.G. :
PROVINCE OF CALCUTTA
65
European, 15 (including 6 in the Dublin Uni-
versity Mission). Indian clergy not receiving
any salary from S.P.G., 19. There are 11 women
workers in the Dublin University Mission con-
nected with the S.P.G., and 12 other European
women workers at Ranchi, Chaibasa, and
Murhu, including 4 wives of missionaires.
The S.P.G. provided ^^2,000 towards the
episcopal endowment of this diocese.
Stations assisted by the S.P.G. : —
Ranchi
Phatyatoli
Duru
Kachabari
Bargari
Murhu
Itki
Takra
Dorma
Soparom
Maranghada
Tapkara
Jaipur
Jargo
Ramtolya
Chaibasa
Sitagarra
Chitarpur
Hazaribagh
Purulia
Bishops : — -
Jabez Cornelius Whitley, 1890.
Foss Westcott, 1905.
Lucknow, 1893. — This diocese consists of
the Province of Oudh and the Jhansi Division.
To this, by commission from the Bishop of
Calcutta, the remaining portion of the United
Provinces has been added, the whole compris-
ing an area of 112,612 square miles. The total
population is about 50,000,000, of whom 102,471
are Christians (1891). The cathedral church of
the diocese is at Allahabad. It was consecrated
in 1887.
The S.P.G. supports 14 clergy, of whom 3
are Indians; the C.M.S. supports 47, of whom
15 are Indians. Women Workers in connection
with S.P.G., 21.
The number of clergy is 92 ; of these 24 are
Government chaplains. The diocese has a
council of clergy and laity, in connection with
which are Boards of Finance, of Church Ex-
tension, of Education and of Missions. The dio-
cese has over 80 permanent churches. There
are 12 unpaid diocesan lay readers, and a large
number of European and Indian lay agents paid
by the missionary societies.
The work of the S.P.G. in what is now the
diocese of Lucknow began in 1833, when the
Rev. J. Carshore was sent to undertake mis-
sionary work in Cawnpore. Work was begun
in Roorki in 1861, in Banda 1873, and in
Hardwar 1877. Henry Martyn's first convert
was baptised by him at Cawnpore in 1810. At
Rurki there is an Orphanage and two girls'
schools, with branch schools at Hardwar.
' In 1896 the Cawnpore S.P.G. Brotherhood was
^ Cf. The Story of the Cawnpore
5
formed. Its formation has resulted in a large
development of the work in and around Cawn-
pore. The mission work at Cawnpore includes
Christ Church College, which is affiliated to the
Allahabad University, and prepares students up
to the M.A. standard (number on rolls, about
105); a high school with 230 pupils; St. Mar-
tin's Industrial School, where the boys are
taught printing, carpentry, and brass foundry
work; St. Martin's Home for Boys (number of
boarders, about 60) ; also a class for the training
of Indian catechists and clergy.
A Hospital for Women is in charge of women
doctors, a Girls' Orphanage (no boarders) and
Day School and a Zenana Mission. At the
hospital the staff consists of 3 European doctors
and 3 nurses, and 12 Indian nurses and dispensers.
There are 16 European and 30 Indian teachers
connected with the Orphanage and Zenana
work.
At Banda where the work is evangelistic and
educational there are two schools, one for
Mohammedan and one for Hindu girls, in charge
of 2 Women Workers. At Karwi, an out-station
of Banda, where the work is entirely evangelistic,
there are 2 women workers, both of whom are
native Indian deaconesses.
The S.P.G. also helps to support work at
Moradabad and work amongst women at Alla-
habad.
The C.M.S. began work in what is now the
diocese of Lucknow in 181 5. Agra was occupied
in 1813, Meerut in 1815, Benares 1817, Gorakpur
Mission. S.P.G. 2S. 6d. net.
66
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
1823, Jaunpur 1831, Lucknow 1858, Allahabad
and Dehra Dun 1859, Aligarh 1863.
St. John's College, Agra, was established in
1853, and was affiliated to the University of
Calcutta in 1862, and to the University of
Allahabad in 1888. It prepares students up to
the M.A. standard. The daily attendance, in-
clusive of the five branch schools in the city,
is about 1200. Scriptural instruction is given
daily to all the students.
The Queen Victoria Girls' High School at
Agra, opened in 1904 has 220 pupils on the rolls.
The C.M.S. maintains St. Paul's Divinity
College at Allahabad, also a hostel at Allahabad
for Christian and non-Christian students attend-
ing the University.
Bishops : —
Alfred Clifford, 1893 (resigned 1910).
George Herbert Westcott, 1910.
Nagpur, 1902. — The territories out of
which the diocese was formed had up till
then been, with the exception of the Berars which
was in the Madras diocese, part of the Calcutta
diocese. These territories comprise the Central
Provinces, with the Berars, Central India and
Rajputana. The Central Provinces are part
of British India, and are administered by
a Chief Commissioner. Central India and
Rajputana are composed of a large number of
native states under their native rulers. In these
native states the interests of the Indian Govern-
ment are cared for by political officers, who are
appointed by them.
The first Bishop of Nagpur was consecrated
in St. Paul's Cathedral, Calcutta, on 25th March,
1903. The new diocese takes its title from Nag-
pur, which is the capital city of the Central
Provinces. The bishop of the diocese now resides
at Nagpur, a large Mahratta city with 130,000
people.
The number of clergy in the diocese is 35, of
whom 17 are chaplains, and the remainder are
missionaries mostly connected with the Church
Missionary Society. The Church Missionary
Society has important missions at Jubbulpore,
and the Gond country in the Central Provinces ;
and at Bharatpur and the Bhil country in Raj-
putana. The Scotch Episcopal Church has a
mission to the Gonds at Chanda in the Central
Provinces. Jubbulpore, the oldest of the C.M.S.
stations in the diocese, was occupied in 1854,
Mandla 1879, Marpha 1892, Patpara 1897, Katni
Murwara 1899. In Rajputana, Kherwara was
occupied 1880, Biladia, Lusadia and Sukulpura
1901, and Bharatpur 1902. The number of bap-
tised Christians in connection with the C.M.S.
in the Central Provinces (1906) is 1,128, and in
Rajputana 858.
The S.P.G. has a small mission at Ajmeer
worked by an Indian clergyman. The Society
helps to support a chaplain at Bandikui, who
ministers to Europeans and Eurasians.
The C.M.S. and C.E.Z.M.S. support about 20
ladies in connection with missionary work, and
the C.M.S. have about 6 laymen working chiefly
in the Gond and Bhil Missions.
The Episcopal Church of Scotland started
work at Chanda in what is now the diocese of
Nagpur in 1870. The mission staff at Chanda
consists of 2 European clergy, i Indian deacon,
3 European lady workers, 5 Indian Christian lay
workers, i Mohammedan and i Hindu assistant.
Bishop : —
Eyre Chatterton, 1903.
Colombo, 1845. — This diocese comprises
the island of Ceylon, with a population
of 3,576,990. This population is thus divided :
Singhalese, 2,334,570 ; Tamils, 95o>844 ;
Moormen, 224,066. The Moormen are,
as their name implies, almost without ex-
ception Mohammedans ; the Singhalese, if
not Christians, are Buddhists ; and the
N9XXX.
10
8
C EYLON
DIOCESE OF
COLOMBO
Scale of Mil es
Mulafivu
81
I ! I I
IPO
'ValcHfenclfJ'^^'''^'"'''^
Eraooj.
'Bafficaloa .
\jfarativo
^Arugam
Bay
79
80
81
8Z
S.P. G. Mission(present or Former) stations are underlined thus C.M.3. stations thus.
PROVINCE OF CALCUTTA
67
Tamils, if not Christians, are Hindus. The
Buddhists number 2,142,000; Hindus, 828,000;
Mohammedans, 248,000. The Christian popu-
lation is 358,000, of whom 283,000 are Roman
Catholics, and about 32,000 Church of England.
The clergy number 88, of whom 32 are from
England. Sisters of the Community of St.
Margaret's, East Grinstead, carry on educa-
tional, orphanage, nursing and parish work in
Colombo. A clergy pension fund has been
started.
The work of the S.P.G. in Ceylon began
at Colombo in 1840. St. Thomas's College,
Colombo, is the centre of its work in this
diocese.
The S.P.G. helps to support 3 European and
4 native clergy. The following stations are as-
sisted by the S.P.G. : Batticaloa, Dandugama,
Kurana, Galkisse, Matara, Weligama, Tangalle,
Buona Vista and Galle.
St. Thomas's College, Colombo, was founded
in 1851 by the first Bishop of Colombo. It was
affiliated to Calcutta University in 1864. The
foundation comprises divinity studentships for
candidates for Holy Orders and a collegiate
school.
The C.M.S. supports 17 European clergy, and
16 native clergy are connected with the C.M.S.,
but are supported almost entirely by their flocks.
This Society began work amongst the Singhalese
population at Kandy in 1818, Baddegama 1819,
Cotta 1822, and Kegalle 1880. For work amongst
the Tamils, Jaffna was occupied in 1818, Colombo
1850, Galle 1903, and the Tamil Coolie Mission
was begun in 1855.
The Bishop of Calcutta, formerly Bishop of
Colombo, writing in regard to the work of the
S.P.G. in Ceylon, says: "The S.P.G.. has been
a promoter and helper of missionary work rather
than a proprietor of distinct missions. In one
or two districts, as in the villages between
Colombo and Negombo, or in the Matara dis-
trict, south of Galle, it has independent and
valuable work; but more often, even where its
work has been most distinctly evangelistic — as
around BaduUa, in the Kandian province of
Uva, or around Batticaloa and among the
Veddas — the S.P.G. has worked in close con-
junction with Government chaplains or dio-
cesan clergy, rather than by a staff and missions
of its own. In so doing it has deserved very
well of the Church, and has efficiently served
the missionary cause. The Society is also as-
sociated with the bishop in the tenure of the
cathedral, and of St. Thomas's College, the
leading educational institution of the diocese,
and, we may almost venture to add, of the
colony. This college, which boards over 100
boys, from all the races of the island, and
teaches about 400, has received continuous aid
from the S.P.G. About two-thirds of the whole
number of pupils are Christians, and the Chris-
tian atmosphere and excellent tone of the col-
lege — in which the esprit de corps is very strong,
both among present and past students— naturally
have a good effect on the non-Christian pupils,
though actual conversions are not frequent."
The chief missionary societies other than those
belonging to the Anglican Church are the Wes-
leyan Missionary Society, the American Board
of Commissioners, and the Baptist Missionary
Society.
Bishops : —
James Chapman, 1845.
Piers Calvely Claughton, 1862 (cons. 1859).
Hugh Willougby Jermyn, 1871 (tr. 1875).
Reginald Stephen Copleston, 1875, trans.
1902.
Ernest Arthur Copleston, 1903.
Rangoon, 1877. — The diocese of Rangoon great extent to the liberality of the diocese of
includes the whole of Burma and the Andaman Winchester. In 1887, after the annexation,
and Nicobar Islands. It owes its existence to a Upper Burma was added by letters patent to
68
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
the diocese. The estimated area is over
200,000 square miles, with a population of about
12,115,217, consisting of Europeans, Eurasians,
Burmese, Karens, Chins and other hill tribes and
numerous Chinese and natives of India. The
total Christian population (191 1) is 210,081.
There are in all 52 clergy and about roo Church
lay workers.
The S.P.G. began work in Burma in 1864, and
is the only C. of E. mission in that country.
Clergy working in connection with S.P. G. :
European clergy, 17 ; native clergy, 15 (Burmese
2, Karen 11, Indian 2) European laymen, 5.
Women Workers connected with the S.P.G. :
European, 12; native, 30. These are engaged
in educational and evangelistic work in Rangoon,
Shwebo, Toungoo and Moulmein.
Other societies 1 working in Burma, not con-
nected with the Anglican Church, are : Ameri-
can, 3, adherents, 80,000 (total of missionaries
from America about 180); British, 6 (adherents,
11,093); Continental, i (adherents, about 861).
The Roman Catholic Church has 3 bishops,
70 European and 13 native priests and about
100 lay European missionaries in Burma, and
claims 56,600 adherents.
Work at the following stations is assisted by
the S.P.G.:—
Rangoon, St. Gabriel's
,, St. Barnabas'
,, St. Mary's and St.
John's
Kemendine, St. Michael's
Prome
Moulmein, St. Augustine's
Toungoo, St. Luke's (North)
St. Peter's (South)
Mandalay, Christ Church
Shwebo, All Saints'
Maymyo
Port Blair
Bishops : — ■
Jonathan Holt Titcomb, 1877.
John Miller Strachan, 1882.
Arthur Mesac Knight, 1903 (resigned 1909).
Rollestone Sterritt Fyffe, 1910.
' Cf. Purser's Christian Missions in Burma, S.P.G., 2S. net.
Church of England Zenana Missionary
Society. — This Society has now completed its
thirty-first year of work. It was established
upon its present basis in April, 1880. The
Society works in Kashmir, the North-West
Frontier Province, Sindh, the Punjab, Behar,
Bengal, the Central Provinces, Bangalore, Ma-
dras, Mysore, Tinnevelly, Travancore and Cochin,
Ceylon, Singapore, and the Fuh Kien Province
of China.
Its staff consists of about 211 women mis-
sionaries in home and local connection, and
75 assistants in local connection, and 255 Bible-
women, 828 native teachers, nurses and dis-
pensers, making a total staff of 1,369. The
evangelistic work of the Society is being carried
on amongst purdah women in 50 stations in
India and 2 in Ceylon. The returns available
from most of the missions show that about
6,890 Zenana pupils receive instruction in the
course of a year. The Society works in 12
stations in China and at i in Singapore. This
Society has 308 elementary and a few middle day
schools, with upwards of 13,926 children on the
rolls, and an average attendance of perhaps two-
thirds of that total. A large number of these
schools are under Government inspection and
receive Government grants. Many of the native
teachers are trained, and the greater number
are Christians. It also has boarding schools,
orphanages and training homes for girls. Chris-
tian Eurasian and native women are being trained
as assistant missionaries, Bible-women, dis-
pensers, nurses and teachers. The Society has
17 women doctors with British qualifications —
14 working in India and 3 in China — besides 14
trained nurses and a number of partially trained
workers, English and Indian. It has also 21
hospitals and about 40 dispensaries. The Society
has 6 homes for converts in India and in China,
in which women who are not suitable for train-
ing as Bible-women or teachers, are taught to
support themselves by means of some industry.
The incorne of the Society for 1910 was £52,168.
Other Missionary Societies Working in
India. — Some statistics in regard to the number
of Christians in India connected with Roman
Catholic and with various Protestant denomina-
N9 XXXI.
92"
96°
100°
/kachins*'^"'P"''
24°
20'
Tropic of \ Cancer /
•ffdn^amah'
Kindat
Wuntho i
(Kanbalu
i<^JJVam/ca^'*'\
'Yuenhfancfo
c H ri N A
tS/ti
m
re^or.
RtA K A N
iapain,
'ehg Ji
nsipa\
•Madav^
-l Kunlonq
*mahati
.Arah
^ Ml ^SUklhtik
41i
'^'fMinb^
yfamethin^
S H
'Taungyr
N S ^ AHengTung ***
.-'^
qV^ Pyinman a
KyaukPyuf^ ^]
RAMEE^\flayetmyo\i^^^
Sandoway^^ , J.V7.v,«„
I [ yLefpafJan
inzaddS^harra w,
J,
*chii
S I A
fMa/
M
B
C.Negrais
\Kyaikto*-^^
.j.M\\Tha\on \
'Moulmel
'Rahengf
tPffsapu/oke
4f&
°^ Irrawadda
%
Mk
a Coco I.
} Andaman
I?
ME.
*Amherst /
^ {
^ y Rajaluree
Javqy \
- /
-\
utih
C.Liant
Tavoyl^
B.QlP!Ma_ir
U
Scale oF Miles.
W 80 120
ARCH?
^f
ISO
zoo
f.p'
tTenasshrim
I
I
\Little Andaman
I
iPacksf^i
m
S I A M
BURMA.
32°
96'
100'
Mission S fa/ions supported by the S. P. G. are underlined , other Anglican Stations.
PROVINCE OF CALCUTTA
69
tions, extracted from the Indian census returns,
will be found below.
The Roman Catholic establishments in India
divide the country into 7 (or, including Ceylon,
into 8) Archbishoprics. These are : (i) Agra,
including the North West Provinces, Rajpu-
tana, Punjab and Kashmir (baptised adherents,
35,204); (2) Calcutta, including Bengal, Assam
and Arakan (baptised adherents, 105,960); (3)
Bombay, including Sindh and Baluchistan, the
western coast and Mahratti country together
with Trichinopoly in Madras Presidency (baptised
adherents, 373,749) ; (4) Madras, with part of
Madras Presidency, Hyderabad and Central Pro-
vinces (baptised adherents, 91,031); (5) Pondi-
cherry, including part of Madras Presidency,
Mysore, Coimbatore, Kumbakonam (baptised
adherents, 316,618) ; (6) Verapoli containing Tra-
vancore and Cochin (R.C. and Syrian Christians,
512,513) ; (7) Goa under the Patriarch of the
East Indies, containing the Bishoprics of
Damao, Cochin and Mylapur (baptised adher-
ents, 578,957); (8) Ceylon or Colombo (baptised
adherents, 297,872); (9) Burma, under three
Vicars Apostolic (baptised adherents, 62,242).
In the diocese of Goa 299,628 belong to
Portuguese territory and 35,403 to British terri-
tory. In the diocese of Damao 2,213 belong to
Portuguese territory and 69,789 to British terri-
tory, the sees of Cochin and Mylapur are entirely
in British territory. In Pondicherry 25,859 be-
long to French territory and 117,266 to British
territory. In the Province of Verapoli 325,281
follow the Syrian Rite but are subject to Rome.
By subtracting the figures for French and
Portuguese India and Ceylon the total results
are as follows, 1,439,066 of the Latin Rite and
325,281 of the Syrian Rite. From the adherents
of the Latin rite deduct Europeans and Eurasians
of the Roman Catholic persuasion and the net
result is the native Christians in obedience to
Rome. (See Catholic Encyclopa;dia, etc)
The native members of the ancient Syrian
Church, under the Jacobite or West Syrian
Patriarch of Antioch, number about 204,000 ;
and those of the reformed, or St. Thomas Syrian
Church, under its own Metropolitan, about 50,000.
Those owning allegiance to the Church of Rome
number, according to the Syrian rite, about
290,000, and according to the Latin rite, about
233,000. Those under the East Syrian Patri-
arch, or the Catholics of the East, number from
10,000 to 30,000 ; their exact number is not
known. Their chief station is Trichur. All
these Churches are administered by 11 native,
I Chaldean, and 3 European bishops.
The principal English and American mission-
ary societies working in India, arranged in order
of the number of their baptised Christians, are :
The Methodist Episcopal Church in the U.S.A.,
the Church Missionary Society, the American
Baptist Missionary Union, the Society for the
Propagation of the Gospel, and the American
Lutheran Church.
There are more than 60 separate societies
in all at work. The figures published by the
Methodist Episcopal Society of the U.S.A.
cannot be compared with those published by
other societies, as the Methodist Episcopal
Society's missionaries enrol and baptise ad-
herents in many instances after a much shorter
preparation than that which is thought necessary
by other missionaries.
The total number of European missionaries
other than those connected with the Roman
Missions in India is 4,614. These include 115
men doctors and 163 women doctors. The total
number of Indian Mission workers who include
teachers and catechists is 35,000. Work is being
carried on at 10,247 centres. Total number of
Indian Christian adherents connected with the
Anglican and Protestant Missions in India (re-
turned in 1909) 1,472,000.
INDEPENDENT DIOCESES.
Labuan and Sarawak, 1855. — The diocese
of Labuan was founded in 1855, largely through
the efforts of Bishop McDougall — the first bishop
— and Sir J. Brooke the Rajah of Sarawak who
permitted the bishop to add " Sarawak " to his
title. The Straits Settlements up to then, in the
diocese of Calcutta, were added to the diocese in
1869, and the title was changed to " Singapore,
Labuan and Sarawak" in 1881.
In 1909 the diocese was divided and a new
see — Singapore — was created, the bishop of
which exercises jurisdiction over the Straits
Settlements. The see of Labuan and Sarawak
now includes Sarawak, Brunei, British North
Borneo and the island of Labuan. The Bishop
jesides at Kuching in Sarawak.
The number of Christians in communion with
the Anglican Church is about 5,000 including Sea
Dyaks, Land Dyaks, Chinese, Indians, Eurasians
and Europeans.
The S.P.G. took over the work in Borneo in
1848 from the Borneo Church Mission Associa-
tion.
Working in connection with S.P.G. are the
bishop, 8 priests (including 2 Chinese), 3 laymen,
8 women workers, besides 35 native workers.
There are superior schools — boys and girls —
at Kuching, and Sandakan, as well as schools of a
more elementary type at Labuan, Jesselton, and
Kudat, British North Borneo ; Merdang, and
Sabu, Sarawak.
There are Missions of the Roman Catholic
Church, the Basel Mission and the American
Episcopal Methodists in both parts of the diocese.
Bishops : —
Francis Thomas McDougall, 1855.
Walter Chambers, 1869.
George Frederick Hose, 1881 (resigned 1901).
William Robert Mounsey, 1909.
Sing^apore, 1909. — The diocese of Singapore
was founded in 1909. The Strait Settlements
which include Singapore were formerly in the
diocese of Calcutta but in 1867 were attached
to the diocese of Labuan and Sarawak. The
diocese includes the Straits Settlements and the
Federated Malay States. The Bishop of Singa-
pore also supervises the Anglican clergy working
in Siam and Java. The population of the diocese
includes about 45,000,000 non-Christians and
7,000 Europeans. There are also about 1,200
Tamils and Chinese. The chief centres of work
in the Straits Settlements are Singapore, Malacca
(70)
and Penang and in the Federated Malay States
Negri Sembilan, Perak and Selangor. There are
2 clergy stationed at Bangkok in Siam. There
are 13 European and 3 Asiatic clergy in the dio-
cese. In addition to these there are a number of
honorary lay-readers English, Malay and Tamil,
and 6 Chinese catechists.
An article on the wild tribes of British Malaya,
written by R.J. Wilkinson, Esq., British Resident
at Negri Sembilan, appeared in The East and The
West for October, 1911.
Bishop : —
Charles James Ferguson -Davie, 1909.
1SI9XXXUI.
* -^^^^^,S^^v^'^'^''-feS^
MeihsienY
30'
jLitanj
■iSam
Suih
'ymilmFiiKji
rp-czi^—iMinao'
Chi(f^king\ \^^
'ngchowm ,'^
Ningwu
Paotln^
§Fencliow ^^
Pingliang '"m^^oy^XPingyang Chan.
Honan
^chang
Hanko\
KJ muLqp
25'
Tengyuj\.
''Shummn
Kutsing
J/unnanfu
^nshun
SzechenJS
Tajch ow (;3
Ingchow^ ^S^u- , ■
^ / <^ Hinghwa'i
20°
V ^uenkiahg
luangPhrahang
,f^anqm/>^amchqwl \Koch5w — ^Li ^^Ana-kona
mku
pRMOSA
Hoihow
nfuEcfcfisn
105°
^HAI-NJUN
South C.
ANGLICAN BISHOPRICS
OF CHINA.
so mo
200
Scale of Miles.
II S°
IZO°
S. P. G. Mission Stations are underlined thus
Other Anglican Stations thus.
/ing//can M/ss/onarc/ tvor/< /n Centra/ CMna between /he <//bceses ofC/ie/fianff a/?// Western China
IS under thejur/sa/icfion o/'/'Ae /Imer/csn Bishops of Shanc/hai, Hankow anaf 'A/uhu.
CHINA.
Christianity was introduced into China by
Nestorian missionaries in the seventh century.
According to the Syro-Chinese monument at
Hsi-an, teachers of the Luminous Doctrine
were welcomed by imperial decree in 635 a.d.
These were East Syrian clergy, followers of
Nestorius. East Syrian annals state that in
720 a metropolitan see was founded in China.
The monument was erected in 781 by Yezbuzid,
Chorepiscopos, a native of Balkh ; and about
eighty names in Syriac of his colleagues of
various ecclesiastical rank are given. Chris-
tianity seems to have been then a vigorous
institution in China. Sixty years later, Bud-
hist and Christian monasteries were suppressed,
and the spread of the Christian faith ceased.
In the tenth century a Christian monk in Bag-
dad is said to have excused the abandonment
of his post in China on the plea that only one
Christian remained in the land. In the latter
half of the thirteenth century Marco Polo found
Nestorian Christians and churches in several
places throughout China. A stone found at
Si-ngan Fu in 1625 records the introduction
of Christianity into the city of Chang-ngan in
the seventh century. Missionary work was re-
started by John of Montecorvino in 1293, ^"'^
carried on by the Franciscans during the first
half of the following century, when it apparently
died out. Francis Xavier died in the island of
San Chan, near Canton, in 1552, and missionary
work was started by the Jesuits soon afterwards.
The London Missionary Society started its work
in China in 1807, the American Episcopal Church
in 1834, the C.M.S. in 1844, and the S.P.G. in
1863. The American Church sent their first
bishop to Shanghai in 1844. They have now
bishops at Hankow and Wuhu as well.
The inhabitants of Mongolia and Tibet are
chiefly Buddhists. There are about 8,000,000
Mohammedans in China, chiefly in Yun-nan,
and Chihli provinces. The Christian population,
is about 1,500,000.
The total number of missionaries connected
with Anglican and Protestant Missions in China is
about 1,500. These include 251 doctors. Total
number of women missionaries about 2,000 in-
cluding 114 doctors. Attached to the various
Missions there are 12,000 Chinese workers in-
cluding teachers and catechists. Work is being
carried on at 5,000 centres and the number of
Christian adherents is about 470,000. The
Roman Missions report a total of 1200 European
priests and rather less than a million Christian
adherents.
Victoria, Hong-Kong, 1849.— This diocese
includes the colony of Hong-Kong, with congre-
gations and missions in the Provinces of China
south of the 28° of latitude, with the exception of
Fuh-kien, which forms a separate diocese and
Northern and Southern Hunan which form
another new diocese. In the colony itself there
is a mixed population of 10,000 English and
other Europeans, about 280,000 Chinese, and a
considerable number of Eurasians. The Church
(71)
72
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
mission work in the Colony prospers, the native
church, which is self-supporting, being under the
pastoral care of two ordained clergy, who have
charge of congregations of 800 baptised Chris-
tians, of whom about half are communicants.
On the mainland, in the Province of Kwang-tung,
the C.M.S. has three central stations, in which,
together with their out-stations, there are about
1,000 baptised converts. The needs of the Eng-
lish civilians in the colony are supplied by three
churches, whilst the military and naval establish-
ments have their own chaplains. The residents
of the Treaty Ports are visited and at Canton
and Pakhoi there are churches in which regular
services are held. There is a theological college
in the diocese — St. Paul's College, Hong-Kong —
which is used for the training of Chinese Chris-
tians for work in the diocese and in other parts
of the world in which the Chinese are resident.
Hong-Kong was occupied by the C.M.S. in
1862, Pakhoi in 1886, Canton in 1898, Kuei-lin
and Shiu-hing in 1899, Liem-chow in 1902, and
Yung-chow in 1903. Bishop Hoare was drowned
in a typhoon in September, 1906.
Bishops : —
George Smith, 1849.
Charles Richard Alford, 1867.
John Shaw Burdon, 1874.
Joseph Charles Hoare, 1898.
Gerard Heath Lander, 1907.
Chekiang (formerly Mid-China), 1872. —
The missionary diocese of Chekiang consists of
the province bearing this name. In 1872 Dr.
Russell was consecrated as Bishop of Mid-China
which was then cut off from Victoria. In 1880
the new diocese was divided into North and Mid-
China, the latter diocese including the provinces
of the Yangtze Valley. In 1895 the most westerly
province in this area became the diocese of
Western China. In 1909 the missionary juris-
diction in the whole of the Mid-China area except
in Chekiang was resigned to the American
Bishops.
In Chekiang the missionary work which is
supported by the C.M.S. centres round Ningpo,
Hangchow, Taichow, Chuki and Shaoshing.
There is a theological college and normal school
at Ningpo and there are mission hospitals at
Ningpo, Hangchow and Taichow. The Bishop
lives at Ningpo which has been occupied as a
mission station since 1848.
There are 22 European and 20 Chinese clergy
in the diocese. There are about 4,200 English-
speaking people and about 22,000,000 Chinese
in the diocese. Chinese baptised Christians
about 4,000.
Bishops : —
William Armstrong Russell, 1872.
George Evans Moule, 1880 (resigned 1907).
Herbert James Molony, 1908.
North China, 1880. — This diocese originally
consisted of the six Provinces of Chihli, Shan-
tung, Shansi, Honan, Shensi and Kansu. The
Province of Shantung has now been constituted
a separate diocese, while the eastern Province
of Sheng-king, part of Manchuria, has been
transferred from Corea to North China. The
Anglican mission work in this diocese is sup-
ported by the S.P.G
Work among the English residents is carried on
in Peking, Tientsin and Shanhaikwan in Chihli,
and at Newchwang, Qalny, Moukden, etc., in
Manchuria ; while visits are paid elsewhere as
opportunity offers. In these places there are
churches, two of them consecrated, one being
the fine Church of All Saints', Tientsin, con-
secrated in 1903. The clergy at Newchwang
and Tientsin undertake no Chinese work. The
work in Tientsin bids fair to become entirely self-
supporting very soon. In Peking the Chapel of
the British Legation is served by the bishop or one
of his clergy. A new church, built in memory
of Deaconess Ransome and those who fell in the
BpKer insurrection, was consecrated in 1907.
N9xxxrv.
/ •7/Mfao ^-•-
TssoAsfi^ 'Shinhsien
%■ \ \ SUchowfuf ^ I 14 Al WV m/
' ' _ -ft
//ff'
S.PG. Mission Stations are under/inec/ thus
CHINA
73
JTor^ amongst the Chinese is carried on in
Peking and three up-country stations, of which
Yung-ch'ing, 50 miles to the south, is the largest,
the other two being Lung-hua-tien, 120 miles
south, and Ch'i-chou, 140 miles south-west of
Peking.
There are 14 English missionaries and 4
Chinese clergy. There is one good boys' school
at Yung-ch'ing, and 3 others more or less
efficient. The women's work in the diocese is
under the direction of Deaconess Edith Ransome,
the Head of St. Faith's Home in Peking. There
are 8 other women missionaries engaged in medi-
cal, educational and other missionary work.
Hospital and dispensary work is carried on in
Peking, Yung-ch'ing and the other stations by
3 native doctors, who received a certain amount
of foreign training in Peking.
With the help of the Pan-Anglican grant a new
college has been built in Peking which was
opened in 19 ir.
In 1862 the C.M.S. began work in Peking, but
withdrew in 1880.
The S.P.G. started work in Peking in 1863,
but its work was interrupted in the following
year, and was not restarted till 1880. Work
was begun at Yung-ch'ing in 1880, Lung-Hua-
Tien in 1880, Chefoo (the first station occupied
by the S.P.G. in China) in 1874, Taianfu in
1879, Ping Yin in 1879, ^^nd Tientsin in 1890.
The Society supports native schools at Peking
(city), Hsin-min-chuang, Tai-wang-chuang, Han
Ke Chuang and Lung-hua-tien.
The following are the departments of the work
in the diocese of North China : —
1. The pastoral care of the English congre-
gations at Peking, Tientsin, Shanhaikwan, New-
chwang, Dalny and Moukden.
2. The pastoral care of the Chinese congre-
gations in four groups : (i) Peking ; (2) Yung-
ch'ing, Hsin-min-chuang, Tai-wang-chuang,
Han-ko-chuang, San-sheng-k'ou ; (3) Lung-hua-
tien, Nan-chang-ho ; (4) Ch'i-chou, I-li-tsun.
3. The charge of 7 Chinese schools.
4. The Peking hospital and dispensary, under
Dr. Aspland (partly supported by S.P.C.K.)
and Dr. Rivington ; the dispensaries at Yung-
ch'ing, Lung-hua-tien and Ch'i-chou, under Drs.
Yang and Chang.
5. The preaching to heathen in various stations.
Bishop : —
Charles Perry Scott, 1880.
Western China, 1895.— The diocese of West-
ern China, embraces those parts of the Provinces
of Szechuan and Kweicheo which lie to the north
of the 28th parallel of latitude. It is almost
co-extensive with the Province of Szechuan.
The meaning of the word Szechuan is the Four
Streams.
The diocese extends from the frontiers of Tibet
and Kokonor on the west, to the great mountain
barrier on the east through which the Yangtze
cuts its way into central China, forming the
world-renowned gorges of that river, and covers
in all an area of over 166,000 square miles. The
actual work is confined to the eastern part of the
Province.
The population is variously estimated at from
45 to 70,000,000 ; and the energy of its inhabi-
tants is accounted for partly by the fact that the
people are largely emigrants from other provinces,
and partly by their isolation from other sources
of supply, which compel them to depend upon
their own resources for all the necessaries of life.
The present bishop, who came out to China in
the year 1885, first visited this region in 1886, as
a missionary clergyman in connection with the
China Inland Mission. In October, 1887, he
received an episcopal licence for work here, from
Dr. George Moule, then Bishop of Mid-China
(who though exercising nominal episcopal control
was never able to visit this distant part of his
vast diocese).
In 1892 the Church Missionary Society sent a
band of workers into this region, under the leader-
ship of Rev. J. Heywood Horsburgh, and in 1895
74
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
on the formation of the new diocese, Mr. Cassels
was nominated as the first bishop. At that time
there were about 40 missionaries on the field
(only 5 of whom were in Holy Orders), and
10 stations had been opened.
There were many difficulties to contend with
in the early days ; it was difficult even to rent
houses from which to begin work. But since the
formation of the diocese the development has
been rapid, and there are now 24 stations in
which missionaries reside, as well as over 90 out-
stations in which regular services are conducted.
There are also over 2,000 communicants; 1,300
other persons have been admitted as catechumens,
and over 3,000 persons are receiving elementary
instruction as " Hearers".
The present missionary staff consists of 22
English clergy, 22 laymen, and 51 single ladies.
Of the above 3 are fully qualified medical men,
and many have had training as teachers or nurses.
There is also one Chinese clergyman and a large
band of Chinese catechists, preachers, teachers,
and others who give valuable help in the work.
A diocesan training college for catechists and
others, recently started, is now in working order.
More attention is now being given to school
work, and plans have been made for starting a
hostel for work amongst students in Chentu, the
capital of the province, where as yet work in
connection with the diocese has not yet been
begun.
The bishop and missionaries in the diocese
have striven to adapt themselves to their sur-
roundings by wearing the Chinese dress.
Bishop : — •
William Wharton Cassels, 1895.
Shantung, 1903. — This diocese was origin-
ally part of the North China diocese. All the
Anglican mission work in the diocese is supported
by the S.P.G. It consists of the Province of
Shantung with the exception of the portion —
Tsing Tao or Kiao Chow — leased to the Emperor
bf Germany. The population is estimated at
about 40,000,000. The people are chiefly agricul-
tural, though industries, such as straw-plaiting
and lace-making, have obtained some foothold.
Besides the German colony of Kiao Chow, the
province has two chief places where Europeans
reside — Wei Hai Wei, a British possession, and
Chefoo, a Treaty Port. At both of these places
there are churches for British residents, and a
clergyman in charge of English Church work.
At Chefoo there is also a theological college for
native students, and at Wei Hai Wei a school
for teaching English and supplying a European
training for those who wish to obtain Govern-
ment employment. Besides the 3 ports where
Services are held for English residents there are
3 Chinese mission stations and 22 out-stations.
Most of the mission work centres round Tai An
and Ping Yin.
In addition to three Roman Catholic missions
in Shantung (with about 50 European mission-
aries), there are besides the Anglican mission,
13 other missionary bodies working in the dio-
cese, represented by over 140 missionaries. Of
these the strongest are the American Presby-
terian, the American Methodist, and the Eng-
lish Baptist Missions, all of which are well
equipped both for medical and evangelistic work,
and in numbers of converts far outstrip the Church
Mission. The number of Church workers both
European and native has greatly increased dur-
ing the past three years. There are 8 European
and 5 Chinese clergy, and 22 licensed Chinese
workers. There are 7 European Women
Workers. At Ping Yin there is a hospital for
women. And in 1912 a hospital will be opened
at Yenchowfu.
Bishop :-
Geoffrey Durnford Iliff, 1903.
Fuh-Kien, 1906. — ■ This diocese consists
nominally of the whole Province of Fuh-Kien,
and was formerly under the Bishop of Victoria.
The population of the Province is estimated at
over 22,000,000. The people are chiefly agri-
cultural. There are small European commun-
CHINA
75
ities at Foochow and Amoy. The Church work
in this diocese is supported by the C.M.S. and
the C.E.Z.M.S. Missionary work was begun in
Foochow in 1850, the first conversion being in
1861. By an arrangement agreed upon with
other missions the C. of E. Missions have taken
the prefectures of Foochow, Hinghua, Fuh-ning,
and Kienning as their special sphere. In the
Foochow and Hinghua Prefectures, American
Methodist and Congregational Missions are also
working.
Chinese Church members number about 13,000 ;
mission stations, 19; out-stations, 214; English
clergy including bishop, 22 ; Chinese clergy, 18.
There are 24 places occupied by resident Euro-
pean missionaries. Besides a theological college
and a training institution for Bible-women, there
are 2 theological classes, 10 boys' boarding
schools, II for girls, and about 150 elementary
day schools. There are 6 hospitals for men and
9 for women, besides numerous dispensaries, leper
and blind asylums, and a foundling home. The
diocese is at present divided into 12 Church
Council Districts and 67 pastorates. There is a
Representative Diocesan Synod consisting of the
Bishop, the clergy and lay-delegates elected by
the Pastorate Committees.
Bishop : —
Horace McCartie Eyre Price, 1906.
Kwangfsi and Hunan. — This diocese was
founded in 1909 and consists of the Province of
Hunan south of the 28th parallel and the Province
of Kwangsi north of the West River. It was
taken out of the diocese of Victoria. It contains
approximately about 80,000 square miles, with
about 13,000,000 people.
Church work. — The work is entirely mis-
sionary, and has been carried on since 1899.
There are at present two stations where mis-
sionaries reside and work, Kweilin, the capital of
Kwangsi, and Heng Chow, a city in the south of
Hunan. The Bishop's house will be at Siangtan,
the commercial capital of the Hunan Province.
It is also proposed to locate a clergyman at the
city of Hung Chow in Hunan. There is a staff
of 7 clergy.
Bishop : —
William Banister, 1909.
Honan 1909. — The Church of England in
Canada decided to be responsible for a missionary
diocese in China. The new diocese consists of
the province of Honan which was formerly in the
diocese of North China. The Bishop lives at
Kaifeng the capital of the Province, and mission-
ary work has also been commenced at Chengchow
and Kweiteh Fu.
Statistics of Honan Mission, 15th March, 1911 :
Clerical missionaries, 2 ; women missionaries, 3 ;
wives, 2 ; total, 7. Chinese male workers :
Catechists, 6 ; schoolmasters, 3 ; colporteur, i ;
total, 10. Communicants (Chinese, including
workers and wives), total, 16. Baptised during
the year: men, 4; women, 2; total, 6. Total
baptised now attending (including communi-
cants), 23. Catechumens, 32 ; hearers (ad-
herents) about 120. Stations, 3; school, i;
male scholars, 11.
Bishop ; —
William Charles White, 1909.
BISHOPRICS IN CHINA SUPPORTED BY THE AMERICAN
EPISCOPAL CHURCH.
Shanghai, 1844. — The missionary district of
Shanghai consists of the Province of Kiangsu.
The chief stations at which missionary work is
carried on are Shanghai, Soochow, Wusih,
Kiading, Kiangwan and Tsingpoo each of which
is a centre for work carried on in the surrounding
districts. In Shanghai there are four large
churches. There are 14 foreign and 17 Chinese
clergy who are assisted by a staff of catechists and
teachers. St. John's College, Shanghai, includes
a medical and theological department and is now
incorporated as a university. It has 300 students.
Bishops : —
William Jones Boone, 1844.
Channing Moore Williams, 1866.
Samuel Isaac Joseph Schereschewsky, 1877.
William J. Boone, 1884.
Frederick Rogers Graves, 1893.
Hankow, 1901. — The missionary district of
Hankow includes that part of China lying within
the Provinces of Hupeh, and Hunan. It has a
population of over 50,000,000. There are 14
foreign and 13 Chinese priests and i foreign and
8 Chinese deacons, 54 day schools and 18 board-
ing schools : Chinese catechists and assistants
52, Bible-women 26, Chinese teachers 149. The
principal centres of work are Wuchang and
Hankow. At Wuchang are situated the Boone
University College and the Boone Medical and
Divinity Schools. A university is about to be
established at Hankow in connection with the
United Universities Scheme which will supple-
ment and aim to unite the educational work con-
nected with the various missionary societies in
the districts near Hankow. The £'5000 allocated
from the pan-Anglican grant will be spent on the
erection of a hostel in connection with the Han-
kow University.
Bishops .' —
James Addison Ingle, 1902.
Logan Herbert Roots, 1904.
Wuhu, 1911. — The missionary district of
Wuhu comprises the Province of Nganhwei and
that part of Kiangsi which lies north of Latitude
28. The principal centres of work are at Wuhu,
and Anking in the Nganhwei Province and Kiu-
kiang and Nanchang in the Province of Kiangsi.
There is a medical Mission at Anking.
Bishop : —
Daniel Trumbull Huntington (elect 191 1).
(76)
BISHOPRICS IN CHINA SUPPORTED BY THE AMERICAN EPISCOPAL CHURCH 77
Some General Statistics.
The Roman Catholic Missions in China and
Formosa report 1213 foreign and 550 native
priests. The total number of adherents is
951,477. Of these nearly half are in the Pro-
vinces of Chihli and Kiang-su. In these
provinces the missions are under the charge of
the Jesuits.
The societies other than those connected with
the Roman Church, which report the largest
number of adherents, are as follows (the num-
bers in brackets denote the year in which they
commenced worlc in China) : China Inland
Mission (1865), 76,000. Presbyterian Church
in the United States of America (1846) 67,000.
Methodist Episcopal Church (U.S.A.) (1847),
53,000. American Board of Missions (1847),
26,800. Presbyterian Church of England (1847),
25,000. London Missionary Society (1807),
23,000. American Southern Baptist Missionary
Union (1845), 22,000. United Methodist Church
Missionary Society (1859), 21,000. Church
Missionary Society (1862), 20,100.
The London Missionary Society, which began
work in China in 1807, supports European
missionaries at 20 head stations attached to which
are many hundreds of out-stations. It supports
26 mission hospitals. In Peking the Society has
a fine medical college in which teaching is given
in connection by members of the other missions
in Peking. It has also a large Anglo-Chinese
College at Tientsin.
The total population of China according to the Government census of 1911 is 312,420,025,
JAPAN.
The present population of Japan is about
47,000,000. The name Nippon or Japan means
" source of the sun ". Japan was first visited by
Europeans in the sixteenth century. A Portu-
guese explorer brought back with him to India
the young Japanese Han-siro or Anjiro, who
prompted the mission of St. Francis Xavier.
By. the end of the sixteenth century there were
200,000 nominal converts to Christianity. The
persecution of the Christians culminated in the
massacre of 30,000 of them at Shimabara in 1637.
With the exception of some Chinese and a few
Dutch merchants who were allowed to live in
the island of Deshima, Japan remained closed
to foreigners till 1854. The American Episcopal
Church began work in Japan in 1859, the C.M.S.
in 1869, and the S.P.G. in 1873.
Bishop Williams, an American, was conse-
crated as the first bishop in Japan in 1866.
In 1 894-6, largely through the influence of Bishop
Bickersteth, the missions of the English and the
American Church were united, and the Japan
Church, Nippon Sei Kokwai, was formed.
The Nippon Sei Kokwai comprises 7 dioceses.
The S.P.G. supports the bishops in South Tokyo
and in Osaka. The C.M.S supports the bishops
of Kiushiu and Hokkaido. The American
Episcopal Church supports the bishops of North
Tokyo and Kyoto. The Canadian Church has
undertaken to support a bishop for a diocese to
be taken out of the diocese of South Tokyo.
In 1894 the islands of Kyu-Shyu and Yezo
(Hokkaido) were formed into separate missionary
dioceses under the care of the Church of Eng-
land. At a synod held in Tokyo in May, 1894,
the main island was itself divided into 4 mis-
sionary dioceses, called respectively the dioceses
of North and South Tokyo, Kyoto and Osaka.
The dioceses of North Tokyo and Kyoto are
under the care of the American Church, and
those of South Tokyo and Osaka under the
care of the Church of England.
The baptised members of the Nippon Sei
Kokwai at the end of 1910 numbered 15,300.
The European missionaries include 62 priests,
2 deacons, 11 laymen and 105 single ladies. The
Japanese missionaries include 58 priests, 18
deacons, 138 catechists and 72 Bible-women.
There are 102 churches and 131 preaching
places. The Sunday schools contain 16,500
scholars.
The Roman Catholic Missions in Japan and
Formosa include 145 European and 33 Japanese
priests, 363 women belonging to various Orders,
and 309 catechists. They have 46 schools with
5, goo pupils, and 21 orphanages with 1,430
children. Formosa is ecclesiastically dependent
on Amoy in China. The adherents of the R.C.
Missions in Japan number about 64,000.
There is a Greek Church Mission under Arch-
bishop Nicolai, formerly chaplain of the Russian
Legation and an assistant Bishop. The Greek
Church has 265 stations. Its adherents number
rather more than 31,000. There are 33 Japanese
priests and i Russian and 5 Japanese deacons.
Of the many other missionary societies working
(78)
N9XXXV.
SPG. Miss/on Stations are underlined ttius
Other Churcti amission Stations ttius^ _ _ .
JAPAN
79
in Japan, those which report the largest number
of adherents are : American Board of Commis-
sioners (1869) ; Presbyterian Mission of the
U.S.A., North (1859); Methodist Episcopal
Church of the U.S.A. (1873) ; Presbyterian
Church of England (1865). The total number
of Christian adherents connected with Anglican
and Protestant Missions is about 100,000.
South Tokyo (formerly Japan), 1883.— The
Missions of the Church of England are in the
capital and the adjoining districts. Those of the
Canadian Church which are included in the new
diocese are in the more distant provinces of
Shinshiu, Owari, Mino, etc.
The population of Tokyo is about 2,000,000.
Yokohama, the chief seaport of Japan, has a
population of over 200,000.
The community missions of St. Andrew and
St. Hilda in Tokyo are affiliated to the S.P.G.
The St. Andrew's Community Mission was
founded by Bishop Bickersteth in 1886 on the
lines of the Cambridge Mission to Delhi, of
which the bishop had been the Head. Its work
is both educational and evangelistic, and for
some years it devoted its chief efforts to the
training of Japanese clergy and catechists.
The St. Hilda's Community Mission was also
founded by Bishop Bickersteth in 1887. The
mission is supported by the Guild of St. Paul.
The C.M.S. has also a branch of women's work
in Tokyo.
There are ig Europeans and 15 Japanese
priests, and i European and 2 Japanese deacons,
and 37 licensed catechists. Women Workers
connected with S.P.G., 17, including those who
are connected with St. Hilda's Mission.
The Divinity hostel at Tokyo is now merged
in the new central theological college. The
number of baptised Christians belonging to the
Nippon Sei Kokwai (Dec, 1910) was 2887.
Bishops : —
Arthur William Poole, 1883.
Edward Bickersteth, 1886.
William Awdry, 1898 (cons. 1895).
Cecil Henry Boutflower, 1908 (cons. 1905).
Kiushiu (South Japan), 1894.— The dio-
cese of South Japan includes the islands of Kiu-
shiu and Lu Chu, with such other islands of
the Japanese Empire as fall between the 24th
and 35th parallels N. lat. Kiushiu is the most
southerly of the four chief islands of Japan. It
was formed into a separate diocese in 1893.
The population is about 7,000,000, and the area
28,552 square miles. It is now divided into eight
prefectures, including that of which Lu Chu is
the centre, and called Okinawa. Some of the
most progressive work is at Kokura.
The C.M.S. is the only Church society en-
gaged in missionary work in this diocese ; the
first missionary began work in Nagasaki in 1869.
Nagasaki is the only city with a foreign com-
munity ; it has an EngHsh church. In Kago-
shima, Kumamoto, Fukuoka, Kokura and Sasebo
there are also resident foreign missionaries, and
three of these have extensive itinerating districts.
The Bishop resides at Fukuoka. The staff at
the close of 19 10 consisted of: 6 English and 5
Japanese priests, 15 catechists, and 8 Bible-
women. The number of baptised persons con-
nected with the Nippon Sei Kokwai (Dec, 1910)
was 1239.
Nagasaki was occupied by the C.M.S. in 1869,
Kumamoto and Fukuoka in 1888, Kagoshima in
1895, Nobeoka in 1897, Kokura in 1898, and
Sasebo by European Missionaries in 1908.
Bishops : —
Henry Evington, 1894 (resigned 1909).
Arthur Lea, 1909.
8c
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Osaka, 1896. — The diocese of Osaka, which
comprises all the mainland of Japan from Osaka
westward, and includes the islands of Awaji,
Shikoku, and Oki-no-kuni contains more than
10,500,000 souls. The largest cities are Osaka,
1,250,000; Kobe, 340,000; Hiroshima, 121,000;
Okayama, 95,000; Kure, 80,000; Shimonoseki,
46,000 ; in all of which are mission stations.
The native work is carried on by missionaries,
both men and women, from the two English
Societies, C.M.S. and S.P.G., as well as by
native clergy, catechists, and Bible-women. In
Kobe, where there is a foreign community of
over 1,000 persons, is an English chaplain,
whose salary is paid by voluntary contributions,
and English services are undertaken by the resi-
dent missionaries for the smaller communities in
Osaka. Higher grade schools for boys and for
girls are being carried on in both Osaka and Kobe
with a considerable measure of success. The
C.M.S. has a divinity college in Osaka, where
catechists and clergy are trained.
The Bishop of Osaka is also in charge of the
mission work of the Church of Japan in For-
mosa, where there are 65,000 Japanese colonists
and 3,000,000 Formosan Chinese and aborigines.
It has not yet been found possible to begin work
among the latter, but there is a native priest
resident in Taikoku, and a catechist in Tainan
working among the Japanese.
The total number of baptised persons in the
diocese in connection with the Nippon Sei Kok-
wai is 2,760.
There are 13 European and 12 Japanese priests,
and I Japanese deacon. European women
workers, 27, catechists 21, Bible- women 7.
Bishops : —
William Awdry, 1896 (tr. 1898).
Hugh James Foss, 1899.
Hokkaido, 1896. — This diocese, which in-
cludes the northern island of Japan, called
Hokkaido or Yezo, and the half of Saghalien
ceded to Japan by Russia was formed in 1896.
The Church mission work throughout the diocese
is supported by the C.M.S. There are 3 Euro-
pean and 4 Japanese clergy, 10 European women
workers, 20 catechists and 10 Bible-women.
There is an Ainu girls' home at Sapporo, and
a hospital at Hojo.
The population of the diocese is about
1,500,000, including 15,000 Ainu aborigines.
There are 12 permanent churches and 9 mis-
sion stations. The number of baptised Christians
belonging to the Nippon Sei Kokwai (Dec,
1910) was 2,866.
Hakodate was occupied by the C.M.S. in 1874,
Kushiro in 1889, Sapporo in 1892, Otaru in
1897, and Muroran in 1906. The Bishop resides
at Sapporo.
Bishops : —
Philip Kemball Fyson, 1896 (resigned 1908).
Walter Andrews, 1909,
BISHOPRICS IN JAPAN SUPPORTED BY THE AMERICAN
EPISCOPAL CHURCH.
North Tokyo. — The first Bishop sent by
the American Church in 1866 bore the title of
Bishop of " Yedo ". The title was subsequently
changed to "Tokyo," and in 1898 to "North
Tokyo ". The Japan Mission was divided
by the General Convention of 1898 into the
two missionary districts of Tokyo and Kyoto.
By the action of the General Synod of Japan
the missionary district of Tokyo was recog-
nised and constituted one of the dioceses of
the Nippon Sei Kokwai under the title of
North Tokyo.
The diocesan staff includes 14 American
priests and i deacon, 14 Japanese priests and
8 deacons, 25 Japanese catechists and 20 Bible-
women. Sunday school scholars, 3,556. The
number of baptised persons on the roll is 2,759.
Bishops : —
Channing Moore Williams, 1866 ; res. 1889.
John McKim, 1893.
Kyoto. — The missionary district of Kyoto was
constituted by the General Synod of Japan as the
diocese of Kyoto.
There are 45 mission stations, 7 American
priests, 5 Japanese priests, and 7 deacons, 12
lay readers, 16 teachers, 18 Japanese catechists
and 12 Bible-women. Sunday school scholars,
1,588. Baptised persons on the roll, 2,048.
Bishop : —
Sidney Catlin Partridge, 1900; tr. to
Kansas City, igii.
Henry St. George Tucker (elect 1911).
A new diocese. The tenth general synod of
the Nippon Sei Kokwai in 191 1. It was decided
to separate that portion of the diocese of South
Tokyo which has hitherto been largely worked by
missionaries from Canada and to form it into a
new jurisdiction under a bishop to be appointed
and supported by the Church in Canada. This
work has been carried on in the prefectures of
Aichi, Gifu, Nagano and Niigata. The most
important centres of missionary work are Fuku-
yama and Hiroshima.
Bishop :■ — ■
(81)
COREA.
Corea, 1889. — This diocese embraces the
kingdom of Corea. The area of Corea is esti-
mated at 71,000 square miles, and the population
at about 15,000,000. The worship of ancestors
is observed with as much punctiliousness as in
China, but otherwise religion holds a low place.
Buddhism which was once the national religion,
has many temples and monasteries but has ceased
to have any aggressive influence. Confucianism
is held in high esteem by the upper classes but
this is rather an ethical system than a religion.
The language is an intermediate between
Mongol-Tartar and Japanese, with a large ad-
mixture of words of Chinese derivation. There
is a native phonetic system of writing. In all
official writing, and in the correspondence of the
upper classes, the Chinese characters were used
exclusively, but in official documents a mixture
of native script is now the rule. The whole of
the Bible has been translated into Corean.
The introduction of Christianity into Corea. —
In 1784 some fragments of Christian literature,
which must have formed part of the publica-
tions of the old seventeenth - century Jesuit
Mission in China, accidentally found their way
into the " hermit kingdom " amongst some
goods imported in the train of the Corean Em-
bassy, on its return journey from the annual
tribute mission to the Court of Peking. These
fell into the hands of some Corean literati, who
proceeded to construct a sort of amateur church
for themselves, even going to the length ot
appointing some of their number bishops and
priests, and administering sacraments, without
of course having received any ordination, until
at length they succeeded in opening communica-
tions with the Roman Catholic missionaries in
Peking. These last were at that time, however,
in such great straits themselves, and the coasts
and borders of Corea were so jealously guarded
against intrusion, that it was found impossible
to send any missionary into the country for
fifty years or more. At length, in 1831, Pope
Gregory XVI. requested the Societ'e des Missions
Etrangeres de Paris to start a mission in Corea,
and appointed an "Apostolic Vicar" to take
charge thereof. It was some years, however,
before work was actually begun, but, during the
thirty years that followed, considerable progress
was made in the teeth of violent but intermittent
opposition, which culminated in the frightful per-
secution of 1866, when the Vicar Apostolic, his
coadjutor, several priests and a large number of
Christians lost their lives.
Shortly after the conclusion ot the treaty
between Corea and America in 1882, mission-
aries of the American Presbyterian and Ameri-
can Methodist bodies arrived in the country,
taking advantage of an understanding that the
Corean Government would gladly welcome
medical men and teachers of Western lan-
guages, especially English. They have suc-
ceeded in establishing flourishing missions both
in Seoul and the provinces. There are also
Australian and Canadian Presbyterian Missions,
and a Mission of the Russian Church.
The Mission of the Church of England. — On
All Saints' Day, 1889, the first bishop of Corea
was consecrated, and the following year the
S.P.G. began work in Seoul, the capital of
(82)
N9 XXXVI.
The chief Mission Stations supported by the S.P. G.are underlined.
COREA
83
Corea. The Society contributed to the endow-
ment of the see.
The chief mission stations are : —
1. Seoul. — Here are churches for Corea and
Japanese work, and a church for English services.
The Sisters of St. Peter (Kilburn) have a mission
house and an orphanage for Corean girls.
2. Chemulpo. — The church here is used for
English, Corean, and Japanese services. There
is a well-equipped hospital under the charge of
an English physician.
3. Kanghwa. — This is an island, about the
size of the Isle of Wight, situate at the mouth
of the Seoul River. Here are two well-built
churches (in native style), and numerous village
churches and schools.
4. — Paikchou. — This is a station in the main-
land, opposite Kanghwa, and is fast becoming an
important centre with church schools.
5. Souwon. — This is an important turn on the
Seoul-Fusan Railway. Here is a well-built
church and numerous village chapels and schools.
The Sisters of St. Peter have a mission house and
a girls' school.
6. Chinchun. — This town is about 25 miles
from the railway ; and is the centre of a large
and important mission district with a church,
numerous village chapels, schools and a well-
equipped newly built hospital.
7. Fusan. — For many years Japanese services
have been held in this port. There is a parson-
age and church room and it is hoped that a
permanent church will soon be built. It has a
resident Japanese priest and a European lady
worker.
At present the mission staff consists of the
bishop, 12 clergy, 3 doctors, 6 sisters, and 8 lady
workers.
Corea is one of the most promising mission
fields in the Orient. The number of Christian
adherents connected with the Anglican and
Protestant missions is estimated at 180,000, and
the number of those connected with the Roman
Mission at 72,000.
Bishops : —
Charles John Corfe, 1889 (resigned 1904).
Arthur Beresford Turner, 1905.
Mark Napier Trollope, 1911.
AUSTRALIA.
AUSTRALIA.
Sydney,
1836.
Tasmania, Adelaide,
1842. 1847.
Melbourne,
1847.
Newcastle, Goulburn, Bathurst, North Queensland.
1847. 1863. 1869. 1878.
I
Perth, Ballarat, Bendigo, Wangaratta, Gippsland, Brisbane, Grafton Riverma,
1857. 1875. 1902. 1902. 1902. 1859. and 1884.
1 Armidale,
Carpentaria,
1900.
I I
I I
Bunbury, N.W. Australia,
1904. igog.
Rockhampton,
i8g2.
1867.
New Guinea,
i8q6.
The establishment of a penal settlement in
New South Wales in 1788 led to the Society
entering the field by undertaking the support
of schoolmasters there in 1793, and in Norfolk
Island in 1796. For the latter settlement it
appointed a clergyman in 1798, but he failed
to go there. In 1826 the British Government
withdrew its provision for the spiritual needs of
the convicts, and in succeeding years thousands
were transported and cast on the shores without
any steps being taken " to prevent their instantly
becoming pagans and heathens ". Consequently,
at the end of eight years it seemed " as if the
main business of all the community " in New
South Wales "were the commission of crime
and the punishment of it," while in Norfolk
Island " evil men with men more evil . . .
helped each other to make a hell of that which
else might be a heaven ". One convict said :
" Let a man's heart be what it will, when he
comes here his man's heart is taken from him,
and there is given to him the heart of a beast ".
At this juncture the Society, in response to the
appeal of Archdeacon Broughton, who became
the first Bishop of Australia in 1836, intervened
to save the convicts from a condition more
pitiful than that of the heathen, and others from
lapsing into heathenism. The aid thus begun
in 1835 was extended to Tasmania in that year,
to South Australia in 1836, Victoria in 1838,
Queensland in 1840, Western Australia in 1841,
and New Guinea in 1890. The Churches thus
(84)
AUSTRALIA
85
planted by the Society are now, for the most
part, self-supporting.
The organisation of the Australian Church
(with its now 21 dioceses) into provincial and
diocesan synods, where each diocese preserves
its own integrity and yet takes its part in the
whole, suggested to the late Sir Henry Parkes the
lines upon which the federation of the Australian
Colonies — accomplished on ist January, 1901 — •
could best be carried out.
During the period 1793-19 10 the Society ex-
pended £283,022, and employed 427 ordained
missionaries in Australia. At the present time
its work there is being carried on in 5 dioceses,
its total annual expenditure in Australia and the
Pacific in 1910 was £8,561, and the number of
its missionaries 26.
Australia has now 20 dioceses, most of which
have been aided in their formation by the S.P.G.
There is at present in Australia, a Province of
New South Wales with 6 dioceses, a Province of
Victoria with 5 dioceses, and a Province of
Queensland with 5 dioceses, each having its own
Archbishop. The remainder of dioceses have not
yet been arranged in Provinces.
CENSUS
191 1.
New South Wales -
1,648,212
Victoria
1,315,000
Queensland
603,908
South Australia -
411,161
West Australia
280,316
Tasmania
itralia
190,898
Total for Aus
4>449.49S
PROVINCE OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
The Province of New South Wales includes
the dioceses of Sydney, Newcastle, Goulbourn,
Grafton and Armidale, Bathurst, and Riverina.
Sydney, 1836. — The diocese of Sydney is
situated on the eastern coast of New South
Wales, and measures about 200 miles from
north to south, and 100 miles from east to
west. It comprises but a small portion of the
original bishopric of Australia which was formed
in 1836, and included New Zealand and Tas-
mania. New Zealand was detached in 1841,
and Tasmania in 1843. In 1847 the diocese
of Australia was again divided, the sees of
Sydney, Newcastle, Adelaide and Melbourne
being formed, and the Bishop of Australia was
created .by letters patent Bishop of Sydney and
Metropolitan of Australia and Tasmania. There
are 103 parishes, and 20 Mission districts, 393
churches and other buildings licensed for divine
service and 225 clergy. The members of the
Church of England are estimated at about
371,489. There is Church accommodation for
about 5,000.
Bishops : —
William Grant Broughton, 1836.
Frederick Barker, 1854.
Alfred Barry, 1884.
William Saumarez Smith, 1890 ; archbishop
1897.
John Charles Wright, 1909; archbishop and
primate.
Newcastle, 1847. — This diocese comprises
part of the east coast of New South Wales,
extending from the Hawksbury River on the
south to Camden Haven on the north, and
from the east coast to the dividing range on
the west. A church was built in Newcastle so
early as 181 7, -and stood until lately, when it
gave place to the rising cathedral. The popu-
lation of Newcastle is 75,000.
The Church members are estimated at go, 000.
The total English-speaking population of the dio-
cese is about 180,000; other than these, 4,000.
There are 55 clergy, 154 churches, and 82 other
places in which Divine service is regularly held.
In the Sunday schools there are 10,000 children
and 900 teachers.
Bishops : —
William Tyrell, 1847.
Josiah Brown Pearson, 1880.
George Henry Stanton, 1891 (cons. 1878).
John Frowai Stretch, 1906 (cons. 1895).
Goulburn, 1863. — This diocese was formerly
part of that of Sydney. The original diocese
was divided in 1884 by the formation of that
of Riverina. The present diocese of Goulburn
comprises the south-eastern portion of the
colony of New South Wales, and contains an
area of 50,000 square miles, with a scattered
population of about 135,000 British and other
(86)
PROVINCE OF NEW SOUTH WALES
87
settlers, of whom upwards of 56,000 profess
to be members of the Church of England.
There are 500 other than English-speaking
people in the diocese. There are 56 clergy, 46
readers, 40 parishes and parochial districts, 170
churches and school churches. In addition to
the churches, public worship is held in 60
other public buildings and in many other
places.
Bishops : —
Mesac Thomas, 1863.
William Chalmers, 1893.
Christopher George Barlow, 1902 (cons.
1891).
Grafton and Armidale, 1865. — This diocese
embraces the north-eastern portion of the colony
of New South Wales, and covers an area of over
70,000 square miles. The population of the dio-
cese at the 1901 census was 220,813, °f whom
100,000 belonged to the Church of England. The
diocese was originally a portion of the diocese
of Newcastle, and was separated from it in 1865.
Grafton has a population of 6850 ; Armidale,
7895; Tamworth, 8057; Lismore, 11,900.
There are 70 clergy in the diocese and 21
stipendiary lay readers. The number of children
in the Sunday schools is 6673.
Bishops : —
William C. Sawyer, 1867.
James Francis Turner, 1869.
Arthur Vincent Green, 1894 (tr. 1900).
Henry Edward Cooper, 1901 (cons. 1895).
Cecil Henry Uruitt, 1911 (coadjutor Bishop).
Bathurst, 1869. — The diocese of Bathurst
had formerly an area of 147,600 square miles.
On 29th May, 1889, a large portion of this was
ceded to the diocese of Riverina, and 450 square
miles, a few years later, were ceded by Newcastle,
thus making the area of the present diocese
73,050 square miles.
The Church members are estimated at 74,340.
The total English-speaking population of the
diocese is about 164,938 ; other than these, 2,000.
There are 50 clergy. In the Sunday schools
there are 6634 children. Religious instruction
is regularly given by the clergy in 268 State
schools to a total of 9297 children. Thirty-eight
of these State schools are visited by the Brother-
hood of the Good Shepherd.
The S.P.G. made a grant towards the forma-
tion of the Brotherhood at Dubbo, the buildings
of which were dedicated in 1895.
Bishops : — •
Samuel Edward Marsden, 1869 (resigned 1886).
Charles Edward Camidge, 1887.
George Merrick Long, 1911.
Riverina, 1884. — This diocese contains about
111,000 square miles, and comprises the western
portion of New South Wales. It is bounded on
the north by the diocese of Brisbane, on the east
by the dioceses of Bathurst and Goulburn, on
the. west by South Australia, and on the south
by the colony of Victoria. There are 32,000
members of the Anglican Church. The clergy
are 17 in number; they are separated by great
distances, several being as much as 120 miles
apart. The members of the Church number
28,000. Missions to the aborigines are carried
on at Warangesda and Maloga, at the former
under Church auspices, and are frequently visited
by one of our clergy. A Chinese catechist works
among the Chinese population.
The formation of this diocese was in great
measure due to the help of the S.P.G.
Bishops : —
Sydney Linton, 1884.
Ernest Augustus Anderson, 1895.
PROVINCE OF VICTORIA.
In 1905 the Province of Victoria was consti-
tuted. It includes the dioceses of Melbourne,
Ballarat, Bendigo, Wangaratta and Gipps-
land. Out of a total population (in 1901) of
1,201,070 in the State of Victoria, 423,955 re-
turned themselves as members of the Church of
England.
Melbourne, 1847. — The area of this diocese
is 43,225 square miles, that of the state being
87,884 square miles, or a little less than that of
Great Britain.
The diocese of Melbourne contains 600,000 ;
the number of Church members is about
250,000; of communicants, 25,547. There are
226 churches in the diocese, and 139 other
buildings used for Church services. There are
170 clergy, and there are besides 19 stipendiary
readers and 220 honorary lay readers.
There are 242 Sunday schools with 26,131
scholars.
St. Paul's Cathedral, Melbourne, of which the
foundation-stone was laid in 1880, was conse-
crated on 22nd January, 1891.
Bishops : —
Charles Perry, 1847.
James Moorhouse, 1876 ; tr. to Manchester,
1886.
Field Flowers Goe, 1887.
Henry Lowther Clarke, 1902 ; archbishop,
1905.
Ballarat, 1875. — This diocese was separated
from that of Melbourne in 1875 ; it forms the
western, as the latter (with the dioceses ot
Bendigo, Wangaratta and Gippsland) now
forms the eastern, portion of the State ot
Victoria. It is half the size of England and
Wales, and contains some 282,000 souls, of
whom 86,000 are adherents of the Church of
England ; the majority are Presbyterians and
Methodists, and one-sixth are Roman Catholics.
The diocese includes the wide and sparsely
settled area known as the " Mallee," which is
specially liable to periodic droughts, and which
forms a heavy charge upon the resources of the
diocese.
The city of Ballarat contains a population of
about 48,000. In the diocese there are 81
parishes and 86 clergy, 11 lay readers and 68
honorary lay helpers; 170 Anglican Churches,
besides 172 other places used for Church of Eng-
land services.
Bishops : —
Samuel Thornton, 1875 (resigned 1900).
Henry Edward Cooper (coad.), 1895,
translated to Grafton and Armidale.
Arthur Vincent Green, 1900 (cons. 1894).
Bendigo, 1902. — This diocese was taken being about 150 miles long by 100 miles wide,
out of that of Melbourne, and consists of the Its population is 137,680, of whom about 40,000
northern portion of the colony of Victoria, are members of the Church of England. The first
(88)
PROVINCE OF VICTORIA
89
bishop was consecrated in Melbourne Cathedral
on 24th February, 1902. The bishop's seat
is at Bendigo, which has a population of
40,000.
There are 31 parishes or parochial districts
with 33 clergy and 19 stipendiary readers who
are students for Holy Orders and 59 honorary
readers, 75 churches and 65 temporary buildings
in which services are held.
There is a mission to the Chinese in the town
of Bendigo.
Bishops : —
Henry Archdall Langley, 1902.
John Douse Langley, 1907.
Wangaratta, 1902. — This diocese consists
of the north-eastern portion of Victoria. It
was taken out of the diocese of Melbourne.
The population of the diocese in 1901 was
110,280, of whom about 40,000 profess to belong
to the Church of England. The bishop's seat is
at Wangaratta.
This diocese includes 15,000 square miles of
sparsely populated country. The principal pur-
suits are farming, grazing and mining. There
are no large towns, and only two very small
Church schools. There are 34 clergy and 10
stipendiary lay readers and 38 honorary readers,
who hold services at more than 200 small centres.
There are 32 parishes and parochial districts
and 8 mission districts. Divine service is held
regularly in 81 churches, 102 schools and public
halls, and 11 private houses. There are 116
Sunday schools, with 4,500 scholars.
Bishop : —
Thomas Henry Armstrong, 1902.
Gippsland, 1902. — This diocese consists of
the south-eastern portion of Victoria.
The approximate population of the diocese is
78,210, of whom about 25,000 belong to the
Church of England. There is an aboriginal
mission station in the diocese, at Lake Tyers,
under the spiritual charge of a Church of England
clergyman. There are about 90 aborigines in
this district. The see town of the diocese is
Sale, having a population of 3,500.
There are 29 parishes or parochial districts
in charge of clergymen. Attached to these 29
centres there are a large number of smaller places
where services are held. There are 31 clergy, 13
stipendiary readers and 23 honorary readers, 71
churches and 155 other buildings used for
services, and 24 parsonage houses. The number
of individuals attending services on an ordinary
Sunday is 6,855. The estimated number of com-
municants is 2,783.
Education. — The instruction given in the State
primary schools is good and progressive, but it
is absolutely secular. Once a week a clergyman,
or his helper, is allowed to give religious instruc-
tion, of half an hour's duration, before the school
begins or after the school is dismissed. In the
77 Sunday schools in the diocese there is an
enrolment of about 3,209 scholars. There are
no Church of England primary day schools.
Bishop : —
Arthur Wellesley Pain, 1902.
PROVINCE OF QUEENSLAND.
The Province of Queensland, which was
constituted in 1905, includes the dioceses of
Brisbane, North Queensland, Rockhampton,
Carpentaria and New Guinea.
Brisbane, 1859. — The see of Brisbane was
founded when the new colony of Queensland was
separated from that of New South Wales. The
diocese then comprised Central and Southern
Queensland, with a small part of Northern
Queensland ; since, however, the formation of the
diocese of North Queensland in 1878, and the
diocese of Rockhampton in Central Queensland
in 1892, the diocese of Brisbane includes South
Queensland only. The population of Brisbane
is over 125,000. The area of the present dio-
cese of Brisbane contains 209,278 square miles.
with a population of about 385,000, of whom
37 per cent, are members of the Church of
England.
There are now 91 parishes and districts with
78 clergy, 10 catechists, and 61 honorary lay
readers holding the bishop's licence ; 161
churches, and numerous temporary buildings in
which services are held, together with 279
stations. The communicants number 8,232.
There are Missions to the Chinese in Brisbane
and its neighbourhood.
Bishops : —
Edward Wyndham Tufnell, 1859.
Matthew Blagden Hale, 1875 (cons. 1857).
William Thomas Thornhill Webber, 1885.
St. Clair George Alfred Donaldson, 1904;
archbishop, 1905.
North Queensland, 1878.— The diocese of
North Queensland, when founded in 1878, in-
cluded the whole northern political division of
the State, the southern boundary being at the
22nd parallel of latitude. In igoo the diocese
of Carpentaria was formed to include the
northern territory of South Australia and the
extreme north of Queensland. The northern
boundary of the diocese of North Queensland
therefore has been defined by a line running
from the eastern boundary of the State of
South Australia 19° 30" to 144° longitude east
of the meridian, and thence by a line running
due east to the coast. Townsville, which is
the see city, is also the centre of the civil ad-
ministration of the northern division of the State.
(90)
The present area of the diocese is 230,000
square miles, and the total population is over
100,000 of whom 50,000 are members of the
Church of England. There are a few large
towns, the chief among them being Townsville,
with a population of 15,506, and Charters Towers,
numbering about 20,976. The remainder of the
population, scattered far and wide, is composed
of miners among the mountain ranges, sugar
farmers on the coast-line, and pastoralists in
the' far West. The whole diocese is settled
sparsely outside the main towns, and the lonely
settlers in the extreme West can only be reached
by means of itinerant clergymen and bush
brotherhoods.
It is estimated that there are 16,000 aborigines
N9XXXVni.
PROVINCE OF QUEENSLAND
91
still existing in the northern division of Queens-
land. The majority are in the diocese of Car-
pentaria, but North Queensland possesses a
most successful Mission in Australia — Yarrabah.
The position of the half-castes and quadroons is
the source of great anxiety. Unless they are re-
moved to mission stations they sink almost in-
variably into the lowest depths of degradation.
The total number of coloured aliens in North
Queensland has very considerably diminished
owing to the White Australia policy of the
Commonwealth. There are about 5,000 Chinese
in the diocese, 500 Japanese, and 300 Kanakas
who are exempt from deportation. There are
also a certain number of Afghan camel drivers,
Cingalese and Malays. Very little Christian
work is possible through the small number of
clergy in the diocese through lack of funds.
There are 22 clergy in the diocese, 6 stipendiary
lay readers, 30 voluntary lay readers.
Bishops : —
George Henry Stanton, 1878.
Christopher George Barlow, 1891 (tr. 1902).
George Horsfall Frodsham, 1902.
Rockhampton, 1896. — When this diocese
was founded the S.P.G. contributed £'i,ooo
to the Endowment Fund. The diocese is prac-
tically coterminous with what is known
as Central Queensland. It contains about
223,000 square miles, and is bounded on the
north by the diocese of North Queensland, on
the south by the diocese of Brisbane, on the
east by the South Pacific Ocean, and on the
west by the northern territory of South Australia.
The country consists chiefly of vast sheep and
cattle " runs ". The population is widely scat-
tered, and the towns are few and far between.
The English-speaking people number 65,000 ;
other than these, 1,400. The members (nominal
and actual) of the Church of England are about
27,000. There are 19 parishes or parochial dis-
tricts, with 12 clergy and 6 honorary lay readers
holding the bishop's licence ; 28 churches and 50
temporary buildings in which service is held,
also 185 "head stations" visited by the clergy
for the conduct of service. The communicants
number about 2,100.
The following stations are assisted by the
S.P.G. : North Coast Mission, Blackall, Emerald,
Mount Morgan, Springsure, Winton.
The S.P.G. gave a grant towards the estab-
lishment of the Community Mission settlement
at Longreach.
Bishop : —
Nathaniel Dawes, 1892 (cons. 1889).
George Dowglass Halford, 1909.
Carpentaria, 1900. — This see was founded in
1899, and its first bishop consecrated in 1900.
It comprises Northern Queensland and the
northern territory of South Australia, an area
of not less than 620,000 square miles.
The population, which is very widely scattered
over this immense area, consists of about 15,500
whites, 5,000 Japanese, Chinese and other aliens,
and 35,000 aboriginals. The white population is
chiefly mining and pastoral, and almost entirely
of the working class, Croydon (population, 5,500)
being the largest centre. The see town is Thurs-
day Island, a pearl-shelling centre off Cape York.
The largest town is Croydon, population 5,500.
Mission work is carried on among the South
Sea Islanders at Moa and Thursday' Islands,
among the Japanese at Thursday Island, and
among the aborigines at the Mitchell River,
where the bishop has obtained from the Govern-
ment a reserve of about 600 square miles, and
where a Mission was started in 1905, and on the
Roper River where a Mission was begun in 1908.
There are 8 clergy, and 5 voluntary lay workers.
Two students are preparing for Holy Orders.
The S.P.G. helps to support mission work in the
diocese.
Bishop : —
Gilbert White, 1900.
92
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
NEW GUINEA,
New Guinea, 1898. — The Mission was com-
menced in 1891 ; the see constituted by resolu-
tion of the General Synod of Australia and
Tasmania, in 1896, and the first bishop con-
secrated in 1898. The S.P.G. contributed _;^i,ooo
towards the establishment of the Mission, and
_;^2,soo towards the endowment of the see.
British New Guinea or Papua contains 88,000
square miles, with a population of nearly 1000
English-speaking people, and about 350,000 other
than these. The area undertaken by the Church
for work amongst the heathen is situated on the
north-east coast, and extends from Cape Ducie
to the German boundary at the eighth parallel of
south latitude, in all 300 miles of coast and the
land lying behind it. The white settlers are
scattered over the mainland and adjacent islands.
The natives are agriculturists, and live a settled
life in villages. In some districts they are still
addicted to tribal raids and cannibalism. White
people are attracted mainly by the gold dis-
coveries, and are also engaged as pearl-shellers,
and in procuring beche-de-mer, planters, and
traders generally.
The mission staff, drawn almost entirely from
Australia, now numbers 66 — viz., the bishop,
7 clergy, 4 lay workers, 10 ladies, and 28 South
Sea Islanders, 10 native pupil teachers, 4 native
evangelists, and 2 native catechists. One
thousand four hundred and forty -one have been
baptised, there are 432 catechumens, 568 com-
municants, and 16 Papuan pupil teachers and'
evangelists. Twenty-three mission stations have
been established with 28 schools containing 1,451
children, and services are held regularly at 79
centres, some entirely by native evangelists.
Forty-five other places are visited at regular in-
tervals, about 13,600 natives in all being influ-
enced. The stations cover the greater part of
the 300 miles of coast line above referred to.
The Church has established a day school at
Samarai, and has thus supplied the only oppor-
tunity of education to the white children gathered
at this main centre of trade and influence in British
New Guinea. A separate station for half-caste
children has 42 boarders.
The S.P.G. by a grant of £50 a year, continued
for five years, enabled the bishop to place a
clergyman at Samarai, whose influence has been
far-reaching. The grant after 5 years was volun-
tarily suspended.
The twenty-three regular stations belonging to
the mission are Samarai, Uhuna, Taupota (with
Modaua and Awauia), Hioge, Topura, Wamira,
Wedau (with Gelaria and Magavara), Dogura,
Ganuganuana, Boianai, Menapi, Wabubu, Muk-
awa, Uiaku, Sinapa, Wanigela, Ambasi, and
River Mamba. Awaiama, Paiwa, Uarakanta,
Okein, Gona and Cure.
The first missionary work in the island was
started in Dutch New Guinea in 1855. The
Utrecht Missionary Society is still working
there. The London Missionary Society began
work in New Guinea in 187 1, and have 14
stations, with 15 English missionaries, and 150
native pastors. Their work lies on the south-east
coast at Gulf Mission, Fly River, Elema, Jokea,
Delena, Port Moresby, Vatorata, Kerepunu,
Mailu, Fife Bay, Kwato, Kalaigolo. One of
their missionaries, the Rev. James Chalmers,
was murdered by the natives in 1901, after many
years of most successful work.
The Roman Catholic Church commenced work
in 1886 and has about 60 missionaries and 5,000
adherents. The Australian Methodists who
started in 1891, have 12 European missionaries
and 3,800 adherents.
Bishops : —
Montagu John Stone-Wigg, 1898 (resigned
1908).
Gerald Sharp, 1910.
1
<»
^
INDEPENDENT DIOCESES.
Adelaide, 1847, — This diocese was founded
in 1847, and by the letters patent of the first
bishop (Dr. Short) the diocese was made co-
terminous with the colony of South Australia.
The creation of the diocese of Carpentaria, by
the consecration on St. Bartholomew's Day,
1900, of Archdeacon Gilbert White as first
bishop, has finally relieved the Bishop of
Adelaide of his supervision of the " northern
territory ". The total area comprises 380,000
square miles, of which about 136,828 are at
present occupied. The estimated population in
1910, was 414,315.
The number of licensed churches is 193,
served by 103 clergy, 5 paid catechists, and 300
unpaid licensed lay readers. Sunday scholars
number 11,249.
According to the census of 1901, the adher-
ents of the Church of England formed 29-5 per
cent, of the population. The Roman Catholics
form i4'3 of the population.
The ratio of communicants to the whole
population is improving. In 1883 it was one
in every 99 of the population; in 1908 it was
nearly one in every 28. St. Peter's collegiate
school held its jubilee in 1897. St. Barnabas'
theological college provides training for candi-
dates for Holy Orders.
Bishops : —
Augustus Short, 1847.
George Wyndham Kennion, 1882 ; tr. to
Bath and Wells, 1894.
John Reginald Harmer, 1895 ; tr. to Roches-
ter 1905.
Arthur Nutter Thomas, 1906.
Perth, 1856. — General Description. — The
diocese until 1904 comprised the entire State
of Western Australia, but two new dioceses
have now been created, namely Bunbury and
North West Australia. A fourth diocese for
the eastern goldfields (Kalgoorlie) is being
formed.
The diocese of Perth is limited by the bound-
aries of the State of Western Australia, except
on the south-west, where it is bounded by
32° 22' 30" of south latitude from the sea-coast
to the i2ist meridian of east longitude, thence
south by the said meridian to the sea.
In area the original diocese embraced 510,000
square miles. Its scattered population numbers,
exclusive of aborigines, 216,800 persons.
Church work. — -The members of the Church
of England are about 94,000. There are 57
clergy and 80 churches, besides about 70 mis-
sion halls, schools or other buildings used for
Divine service. A good deal of lay help is
given voluntarily, there being 100 readers holding
the bishop's licence. Synodical action was in-
augurated in Western Australia in 1872. The
Synod is constituted of the bishop as President,
of each licensed clergyman, and two lay com-
municants for every clergyman.
Successful efforts continue to be made to extend
the ministrations of religion to the goldfields and
other outlying centres of fresh settlement.
Education. — -The Education Act grants permis-
sion for the ministers of the various denomina-
(93)
94
tions to give religious instruction to the children
of their own denomination during school hours.
There are Sunday schools in every parish in
connection with the principal church, and, in
most instances, in the schoolrooms or other
places where Divine service is held.
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Number of scholars, 7,000 ; teachers, 500.
Bishops : — •
Matthew Blagden Hale, 1857 (tr. 1875).
Henry Hutton Parry, 1876.
Charles Owen Leaver Riley, 1894.
Bunbury, 1903. — The diocese of Bunbury
was formed out of the diocese of Perth. The first
bishop was consecrated on July 17, 1904. The
diocese contains 40,000 square miles. The popu-
lation in the diocese is almost exclusively Euro-
pean.
The estimated population of the diocese of
Bunbury proper is about 50,000 of whom about
23,000 are Church people. There are 26 clergy,
3 stipendiary lay readers and 45 honorary lay
readers. There is a steady increase of communi-
cants every year.
By Act of Parliament the clergy and other duly
authorised teachers are permitted to give religious
instruction in all Government elementary schools,
and this is regularly and almost universally
given. At Bunbury there is a Church Grammar
school for girls, which is doing good work.
The work is assisted by S.P.G. in Wagin,
Karridale, Narrbgin, Bridgetown, Greenbushes,
South Bunbury, Collie, Ravensthorpe, Bruns-
wick, and the Travelling Mission and in the
North West. A Bush Brotherhood was estab-
lished at Williams in 1911 (see " Mission Field,"
Oct., 1911).
About 700 miles of new railway have been
recently constructed and the rapid development
of agriculture and mining render the work very
difficult ; the efforts however of the Church are
meeting with a considerable measure of success,
but, owing to the great distances and the speedy
growth, they involve a proportionately great cost.
Bishop : —
Frederick Goldsmith, 1904.
North West Australia, 1910. — This diocese
was formed out of the diocese of Perth. The
southern boundary is lat. 26 and is bounded
on the east by the diocese of Carpentaria. It
contains altogether about 500,000 square miles.
There are about 7,000 Europeans including
pearlers, business men, government officials at
the small seaports along the coast, miners and
prospectors on the Pilbarra and Kimberley gold
fields, and squatters settled on sheep and cattle
stations often far inland and at remote distances
from one another. There are also several thou-
sand Japanese, Chinese, Malays, Manilla men
and other Asiatics engaged in trade or employed
in the pearling industry. There are also about
30,000 aboriginals including a number of half-
castes.
Bishop Trower was formerly Bishop of Likoma.
The staff at present consists of the Bishop and
four clergy.
Bishop : —
Gerard Trower, 1909, cons. 1902.
Tasmania, 1842. — This see is second to
Sydney in seniority. The Church began its
work in the colony in 1804, when the colony
was founded. The diocese comprises Tasmania
and its dependencies (the islands in the Bass
-trait and others). The area is 16,778,000 acres,
being about the size of Ceylon. The popula-
tion is calculated to be 190,898, of whom about
110,000 are native born. The 1901 census
gave the Church population as just under 50
per cent, of the whole. Several hundred half-
castes are located in the Bass Strait Islands.
INDEPENDENT DIOCESES
95
The bishop visits them and the lighthouses
annually.
There are 90 ordained clergy. The conse-
crated churches number 163, and there are 140
other buildings which are regularly used for
worship. There are 90 lay readers, 56 parishes,
3 mission districts. Sunday school children,
7.537-
The clergy are permitted to teach in the State
schools during school hours at fixed times.
Bishops : —
Francis Russell Nixon, 1842.
Charles Henry Bromby, 1864.
Daniel Fox Sandford, 1883.
Henry Hutchinson Montgomery, 1889 (re-
signed 1 901).
John Edward Mercer, 1902.
PROVINCE OF NEW ZEALAND AND MELANESIA.
NEW ZEALAND AND THE PACIFIC.
New Zealand
(now Auckland),
1841.
Christchurch,
1856.
I
Dunedin,
1866.
Wellington,
1858.
Nelson,
1858.
Waiapu,
1858.
The evangelisation of New Zealand was
begun by Samuel Marsden, chaplain at Para-
matta, near Sydney, who landed at Rangi-
houa, in the Bay of Islands, and on Christmas
Day, 1 8 14, held the first Christian service.
The work, which was supported by the
C.M.S., spread steadily throughout the is-
lands. The Maori population (191 1), 49,350,
most of whom live in the dioceses of Auckland
and Waiapu. The C.M.S. has now withdrawn
its financial aid from New Zealand.
The S.P.G. began work in Norfolk Island
in 1796, and in New Zealand in 1840, and its
operations were extended to Melanesia in 1849,
Pitcairn Island 1853, the Hawaiian Islands in
1842, and Fiji in 1880.
The formation of the six dioceses of New
Zealand was mainly due to its aid. Melanesia
received an annual subsidy from the Society up
to 1 88 1, besides which the Society, on the death
Melanesia,
1861.
Polynesia,
1908.
of Bishop Patteson and his co-martyrs in 1872,
raised a fund of ^7,000 for a Memorial Church,
a new vessel, and the partial endowment of the
Mission.
The total population of the Dominion of
New Zealand in igii was 1,008,468 (North
Island, 563,729; South Island, 444,120; Stewart
Island, 357 ; Chatham Islands, 258 ; Kermadec
Islands, 4). The provincial population : Auck-
land, 264,520; Taranaki, 51,569; Hawke's Bay,
48,546 ; Wellington, 199,094 ; Marlborough,
15,985; Nelson, 48,463; Westland, 15,714;
Canterbury, 173,185 ; Otago, Otago portion,
132,402 ; Southern portion, 58,728.
During the period 1796-1910 the Society ex-
pended ;^i42,6o9, and employed 116 ordained
missionaries (including 6 natives) in New Zea-
land and the Pacific. At the present time its
work in this field is being carried on in Fiji.
Auckland, 1841. — This diocese, formerly Dunedin. The diocese contains an area of
known as New Zealand, and which comprises 17,300 square miles. The number of clergy is
the north part of New Zealand, is that part of at present 90 (including 16 Maoris), and the
the colony which the late Bishop Selwyn re- number of congregations about 422 (including
tained for himself, after resigning the charge of 73 Maori). The European population is 214,000
those portions which now form the dioceses of of whom 100,000 are members of the Anglican
Christchurch, Wellington, Nelson, Waiapu and Church, about 8,000 Maoris are members of the
(96)
N9XL.
168
no
nz
5€
NEW ZEALAND
— /Af DIOCESES.
ftb'mrais
,CMu P
fyrenga-renga
176
178
igaroa
kdikon,
of Islands
[Kororurika
fha.
Scale of Miles.
BO 40 60 80 100
38
Waimamalh/ \^
TeviaraW'^
Okai
AUCKLAND
PorfWaikah
■imercur\/P!'
hmhamshmn
\Shmland , c
<,V
<^
^S'^
NORTH ISLAND
\
40-
\
I'
\
'^
Jauranga
Kawhja
N.PIymoufI
C.Ejmom
\KawaKawa
lorergi mmRangitukia
■Mllrua tPnxajki—Jj/Hbareponpa
^ I -Va^/ I xTokomaru
ipo ^ru>ai
Taupo^
, Jokafumuiljffaupo jSYufangaii^Whangara
C.Farewell^^
Collin^wQodxjASMAN
Whangan^^^\
Bull
Palmersmnei
42
Wei
'^^ffT
m
r)BAY^
Bl^m/m
rowy
Greymouthk
HOKITIHI,
SOU\TH ISLAND
Okarih
'aifhha^
'..Coin
' MtCook
Cascade P!^^ '
CHi
vNewcat
'Li
mUna.
'rapier
ilewfe
'Vaipayta_
-^y
>^
"^/^iKl
mkoura
^Cheviot
Kari
hCHRl,
ISTCHURCH
•Ifon
'OF
fNi
invers^
^STEWARTI.
Part Pegasus
\Timaru
wamaru
Wampden
nPort Chalmers
''W^
48-
38
36
168
170
172
174-
176
A-^'rA,
AUSTRALIA
Melbourne
Scale of Miles.
jfa
/-u/- ri^sss Strait
C.Wickham
TASMANIA.
C.Gr!m^%S''
WestI
'■^oi.
Reminei
'/lac(fuariesh
PtHibh.
Frmtler a<j\, Furneaux
'■\X-mvup
c^CBarren
jVankStralt
^obyalla
Sunce^ton
- ,^maryi
'M ,
Hoc/tyPfL HOBARTii
Batfiurs^.^
PtDaveyi,
ySMarial.
(Tasmans Pen
'^C.Pillar
''''<P^.
145~
PROVINCE OF NEW ZEALAND AND MELANESIA
97
Anglican Church. There are still many Maoris
who are heathen. There are 56 parishes or
districts, including 13 Maori parishes; and 166
churches, mostly built of wood, of which 46 are
Maori.
Bishops : —
George Augustus Selwyn, 1841, tr. to Lich-
field, 1869.
William Garden Cowie, 1869.
Moore Richard Neligan, 1903 (res. 1910).
Owen Thomas Lloyd Crossley, 1911.
Christchurch, 1856. — This diocese consists
of the middle portion of the south island, viz.,
Canterbury and part of Westland, and comprises
an area of 20,000 square miles. The population
is about 159,000, exclusive of 900 natives. Of
these 67,000 declared themselves members of the
Anglican Church.
There are about 870 Maoris.
There are 74 clergy, 105 lay readers, 8 deacon-
esses, 125 churches, and 75 buildings in which
services are held. On All Saints' Day, 1904,
the completed cathedral was consecrated. Christ's
College at Christchurch forms part of the Uni-
versity of New Zealand.
Bishops : —
Henry John Chitty Harper, 1856.
Julius Churchill, 1889.
Wellington, 1858. — This diocese comprises
the provincial district of Wellington and part of
the provincial district of Taranaki. The area is
10,000 square miles. English-speaking people,
about 195,000, Maoris, 5,750.
Nearly half the population profess to be mem-
bers of the Church. The Maoris are under the
charge of 8 clergy (6 of them of their own race).
A Chinese lay reader is doing good work
among his fellow-countrymen, of whom there
are about 600 in the diocese. They have them-
selves raised ;£3oo, which has been supplemented
with a gift of ;fi8o from a European friend, for
building a Chinese Mission Church. Colleges
for Maori lads has been established at Clareville
and Otaki. A college for theological students,
which serves also as a home for other students
of the University was opened in 1909. The
Missions to Seamen carries on good work at
Wellington.
Bishops :■ —
Charles John Abraham, 1858.
Octavius Hadfield, 1870.
Frederic Wallis, 1895 (resigned 191 1).
Thomas Henry Sprott, 191 1.
Nelson, 1858. — This diocese was founded in
1858, and comprises the northern portion of the
south island of New Zealand. Its southern
boundary is on the west the river Teremakau,
and on the east the river Hurunui. The popu-
lation of the diocese is now about 67,000, together
with about 300 Maoris, and about 100 Chinese.
Between 38 and 39 per cent, of the whole are
nominally members of the Church of England.
The diocese contains 6 duly constituted parishes,
with 29 parochial districts and 53 churches and
66 other buildings used for Divine worship. The
number of clergy is 23. The S.P.G. contributed
towards the endowment of this diocese.
Bishops : —
Edmund Hobhouse, 1858.
Andrew Burn Suter, 1866.
Charles Oliver Mules, 1892.
Waiapu, 1858. — This diocese occupies the
eastern portion of the north island of New
Zealand. The estimated population consists
of 65,000 Europeans and 16,600 Maoris ; 30,800
Europeans and about 9,000 Maoris belong to the
Church of the Province of New Zealand. There
are 30 clergy working among the Europeans.
Four English clergy are working among the
98
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Maoris under the Maori Mission Board, besides
one who is Principal of the Maori Theoogical
College at Gisborne, and one who is master of
the native boys' school at Waerengaahika.
Seventeen native clergy have settled congrega-
tions of their own people, 3 are working among
the people who fell away from Christianity during
the war of 45 years ago, and one is assistant
tutor at the Maori Theological College.
Bishops : —
WiUiam Williams, 1858.
Edward Craig Stuart, 1877.
William Leonard Williams, 1895 (res. 1909).
Alfred Walter Averill, 1910.
Dunedin, 1868. — This see was founded by
an Act of the General Synod, by which it
was cut off from Christchurch. It comprises
Otago and Southland, New Zealand. The popu-
lation is about 174,000, of whom 35 per cent,
have recorded themselves as members of the
Church of England. There are 300 Maoris and
some Chinese.
The clergy number 40, and there are 69
churches, 2 of which are for the natives, besides
30 unconsecrated buildings. There are 3,700
children in the Sunday schools.
Bishop : —
Samuel Tarratt Nevill, 1871 ; primate, 1904.
Melanesia, 1861. — This diocese comprises the
Western islands of the South Pacific, from the
Northern New Hebrides to the Solomon Islands
inclusive.
Work is being carried on by missionaries, and
native teachers on thirty-two islands, and others
are visited by the Mission Ship in the hope of
placing schools on them. The staff of the
Mission consists of the bishop, 34 clergy (19
white and 15 native) 6 laymen and 14 ladies.
From all the different islands boys and girls are
brought to the school at Norfolk Island for a
training lasting seven or eight years. There is
a small boys' school also in the Banks Islands.
Most of those trained natives become teachers,
759 of whom are now teaching in 327 schools,
with over 18,000 scholars.
The three islands in the Northern Hebrides
under the Mission's charge have in them 2,286
baptised persons, and more than 1,000 besides, in
the schools.
In the Banks Islands there are but few
heathen remaining. There are 3,135 baptised,
and over 600 hearers.
The last of the four Torres Islands has lately
joined the others and accepted Christianity. There
are 470 baptised in the group, and over 100 hearers.
Santa Cruz and the Reef Islands are far the
most backward part of the diocese. There are
only 106 baptised, and 160 hearers.
The Solomon Islands have made wonderful
progress. There are schools everywhere now,
and the natives ask for more. The old savage
ways have yielded to a religion which brings
life instead of death ; and teachers cannot be sup-
plied fast enough to satisfy the people. There
are 8,415 baptised and 3,000 hearers and cate-
chumens. Other Missions have lately entered
the group but none of them have any native
teachers like those which Norfolk Island has
equipped for this Mission.
The " Southern Cross " makes two voyages
annually round the diocese, fetching the boys and
girls to school, and placing them afterwards.
The Mission lost three of its most efficient
priests recently, Henry Welchman of Bagota,
and Frank BoUen of Guadalcanar and Savo, and
C. C. Godden of Lolowi, all dying at their posts.
The population of English-speaking people is
about 700. The natives number about 300,000.
Bishops : —
John Coleridge Patteson, 1861.
John Richardson Selwyn, 1877.
Cecil Wilson, 1894 (res. 191 1).
N9 XLI.
I60
170
w
Co
r ^Vanua Lavaw/naf^ J . Is lands
SoiMej-n Bovndan^ af^Mele^eaj^an MiSiions Sphere C^^/ii^Art7rw«j'"'fe"»-;,
Nerr
Britain
litrrlreland
'^.<^'>^^ ' °
Treasury I. t.^^
Choiseul I. ^
y^abell. o
iNewGuinea
T -.\ ..-•-, Rossa/J-
Louisuiae ■-, 'C^'^'
ArchipeJaga - • - S-iudasi- 1.
'Gorftrl.
<> toterfeiH-l.
wJesus I.
Q Kennedy I.
.DufPl.
^
4^
^/^ennellll. '^ vj'mkoro
killed
'ru2. Islands
^Anooda
V- •
Tucopia
=n
10
MISSIONARY WORK IN OCEANIA
99
Independent Diocese.
Polynesia, 1908.— The headquarters of the
diocese is at Suva which is the capital of the
largest of the Fiji Islands. The population of
Suva is 7,693.
In 1902 the S.P.G. undertook a mission to the
Indian coolies, of whom there are about 1,800,
in the Fijian groups. The Fijians are Wes-
leyans, but the Society has chaplains at Suva
and Levuka for the Churchmen living there. It
also has a mission to the labourers from Mela-
nesia who work in the groups. The work in
Tonga is superintended by Bishop Willis, who
was formerly Bishop of Honolulu.
Bishop : —
Thomas Clayton Twitchell, 1908.
Polynesia includes the islands of the Pacific
lying east of Australia, New Guinea, Melanesia
and Micronesia and north of New Zealand. The
principal groups of islands are : —
1. The Fiji Islands, & British colonial posses-
sion, comprise 200 islands. The population is
about 120,000, of whom there are about 2,500
Europeans, 94,400 Fijians and 17,000 Indians.
The Christian population numbers 100,864 (in-
cluding 9,338 Roman Catholics). The S.P.G.
supports work amongst the Indians in Fiji.
The rest of the missionary work, other than that
done by the Roman Catholics, is under the charge
of the Australian Methodist Missionary Society.
2. The Samoan Islands are under the protec-
torate of Germany, with the exception of three
small islands, which are dependencies of the
United States of America. Population, 38,500.
It is entirely Christian ; 4,000 are connected with
the Roman Catholic Mission. Most of the mis-
sionary work is under the charge of the L.M.S.
3. The Cook, or Hervey, Islands are a de-
pendency of New Zealand. Population, about
12,000. The missionary work is carried on by
the L.M.S.
4. The Ellice and the Tokelau Islands, which
are under British control, contain a population
of 3,450. The missionary work is under the
charge of the L.M.S.
5. The Tonga, or Friendly, Islands are a
British protectorate. Population, 22,000, of
whom 21,000 are natives and 360 are Euro-
peans or half-breeds. 2,000 are Roman Catho-
lics. Nearly all the rest are attached to the
Australian Methodist Mission.
6. The Society Islands (Tahiti being the
largest island), including the Leeward Islands,
the Tuamotu Islands, the Austral Islands, the
Gambier Islands and the Marquesas. Aggre-
gate population, about 29,000. The natives are
all Christians, 16,000 being Roman Catholics,
The islands belong to France. The Protestant
missions are maintained by the Paris Evan-
gelical Missionary Society.
Other missionary work in Oceania. — The
population of Melanesia is estimated at about
475,000. Of these 141,000 are Christians (30,000
being Roman Catholics), and the rest are heathen.
There are about 250 islands in Melanesia, of
which the largest are in \h.& Bismarck Archipelago
and the Solomon Group. The Bismarck Archi-
pelago and the Western section of the Solomon
Islands are under German control.
The New Hebrides are jointly protected by
England and France. The eastern section of
the Solomon Islands, the Banks and the Sania
Cruz islands are ruled by Great Britain. Mis-
sionary work in the New Hebrides, except in
the three northern islands in which the Mela-
nesian Mission works, is under the Presbyterian
New Hebrides Mission. They have 39 mission-
aries (including men and women), and carry on
work, with the assistance of 300 natives, in 126
places. In the Loyalty Islands the London
lOO
THE CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Missionary Society has a missionary, who is
assisted by 399 native workers.
The term Micronesia is often applied to groups
of small islands in the western part of the North
Pacific, including the Caroline islands, the Ladrone
islands, the Marshall islands and the Gilbert
islands. The first three groups are a German
possession, with the exception of Guam, which
belongs to the United States of America. The
Gilbert islands are under British control. In
Micronesia there are about 160,000 heathen
and 30,000 Christians (including 12,000 Roman
Catholics). The Protestant missions are carried
on by the American Board of Commissioners for
Foreign Missions. They report 67 stations, 28
missionaries and 197 native workers.
Jerusalem and the East, 1841. — The
charge of the bishop in Jerusalem and the East
extends over the congregations and interests of
the Anglican Church in Egypt and the regions
about the Red Sea, in Palestine and Syria, in Asia
Minor (except portions attaching to the bishopric
of Gibraltar), and in the island of Cyprus.
The clergy are 62 in number. Of these 31 are
in Palestine and Syria, 27 in Egypt, 4 in Cyprus.
There are also 8 lay readers. There are 6 mis-
sionary clergy of the London Jews' Society and
27 of the C.M.S. ; 4 are chaplains to the Forces,
and 4 are season chaplains. There are 11 conse-
crated churches and 6 licensed chapels in Egypt ;
7 churches in Palestine, of which St. George's
Collegiate Church, Jerusalem, St. Luke's, Haifa,
and Christ Church of the London Jews' Society,
Jerusalem, are consecrated. In addition there
are 8 C.M.S. churches which are not conse-
crated. The Bishop's Chapel at Beyrout and the
3 chapels of the London Jews Society in Palestine
and Syria are licensed.
In the island of Cyprus the Greek Church is
generally in charge of education, under an Eng-
lish inspector. There is considerable success
and promise both in towns and villages.
In Egypt the Bishop's Mission to Jews at
Cairo has about 200 children under instruction
in 2 schools. The C.M.S. Mission to Moham-
medans has about 200 children under education,
and a good medical mission.
The C.M.S. supports a considerable staff, who
work both amongst the Eastern Christians and
amongst Mohammedans.
The S.P.G. contributes to the support of an
itinerant chaplain to work amongst Europeans
in the Nile Delta. It has voted ^^loo towards
the erection of a church at Beyrout.
Bishops in Jerusalem : —
Michael Solomon Alexander, 1841.
Samuel Gobat, 1846.
Joseph Barclay, 1879.
George Francis Popham Blyth, 1887.
Khartoum, 1908. — In 1905 the Soudan was
created an Archdeaconry by the Bishop of Jeru-
salem. In 1908 Archdeacon Gwynne was con-
secrated suffragan Bishop to the Bishop of
Jerusalem with the title of Anglican Bishop in
Khartoum.
The work of the Church of England consists
in ministering to the spiritual needs of the British
community in Khartoum, numbering 1,200, and
to those scattered over the Soudan, and of
missionary work in Khartoum, Omdurman and
Atbara, in the shape of schools for girls and a
medical mission for Omdurman, all supported by
the C.M.S. The C.M.S. has also undertaken
missionary work in the upper regions of the Nile,
and has established a station at Malek amongst
the Dinkas, under the management of one or-
dained and one lay missionary.
There are two chaplains with head-quarters at
Khartoum who conduct services at Suakin, Port
Soudan, Atbara, and at Omnabardi gold mines ;
the services at these places, when the clergy are
unable to be present, are taken by laymen.
A transept of the cathedral now being built,
GENERAL STATISTICS
not fkr from the place where he died, is to be a
memorial to General Gordon. The cost of the
cathedral is estimated at £28,000.
Bishop : —
Llewelyn Henry Gwynne, 1908.
Gibraltar, 1842. — This diocese was founded
in 1842. It is of an exceptional nature, con-
sisting of the Rock of Gibraltar ; but the Bishop
has jurisdiction also over British congregations
and individuals in Spain, Portugal, Italy, Turkey,
Greece and the Balkan Peninsula, in South
Russia, Asia Minor, and North Africa ; i.e., on
the seaboard and islands of the Mediterranean
(excepting Egypt, Cyprus and Syria), and Adriatic
and Black Seas. The ministrations of the clergy
are confined to members of the Church of Eng-
land, except in the case of the few clergy ap-
pointed by the London Society for promoting
Christianity among the Jews.
There are 105 clergy and 54 churches, but at
45 only of the chaplaincies are services held
during the whole year. Some of the chap-
laincies — e.g., in Northern Italy — are for the
summer only ; others for the winter and spring
— e.g., along the Riviera. The Society for pro-
moting Christianity among the Jews has mission
stations at Bucharest, Smyrna, Constantinople
and Tunis.
The chaplaincies in the rest of Europe are
supervised by the Bishop of Northern and
Central Europe, who acts as a suffragan to the
Bishop of London.
On the continent of Europe the S.P.G. con-
tributes to support 33 permanent 88 summer
and 32 winter chaplaincies. The support of
the season chaplaincies at the various health
resorts does not involve any actual expenditure
of the income of the S.P.G.
Bishops : —
George Tomlinson, 1842.
Walter John Trower, 1863.
Charles Amyand Harris, 1868.
Charles Waldegrave Sandford, 1874.
William Edward Collins, 1904.
Henry Joseph Corbett Knight, 1911.
Honolulu 1861. — This bishopric was founded
in 1 86 1, and was transferred to the American
Church on ist April, 1902. The Hawaiian
Islands have a population of 170,000, of whom
35,000 are native Hawaiians. The remainder of
the population is composed of : Whites, 28,533 ;
Chinese, 32,000; Japanese, 60,000, with a con-
siderable number of Coreans and Filipinos
There are 20 ordained clergy, 7 lay readers and
25 parishes.
Bishops : — •
Thomas Nettleship Staley, 1861.
Alfred Willis, 1872 (resigned 1902).
Henry Bond Restarick, 1902.
Some General Statistics.
The population of the world is roughly
estimated at 1,760,000,000. Of these about
558,000,000 are Christians {i.e., Roman Catho-
lics, 272,000,000; Anglicans and Protestants,
166,000,000 ; members of Eastern Churches,
120,000,000). The Mohammedans number about
216,000,000; Hindus, 209,000,000; Buddhists,
137,000,000 ; Confucianists and Taoists,
291,000,000; Pagans, about 160,000,000; Jews,
11,000,000.
In a recent issue of The Missionary Review of
the World the statistics relating to Anglican and
Protestant Missions are given as follows : —
1909.
1910.
Missionaries
21,844
21,248
Ordained native helpers
5,929
6,159
Stations and out-stations
43.934
45.^4°
Baptised during year .
135.114
139,899
Adherents .
4,866,661
• 4,951,325
School
29,190
30,215
Scholars
• 1. 113.995
• 1.562,039
The increase in the Christian population of India.
The following figures are extracted from the Indian Government Census returns.
1881.
1891.
igoi.
1911.
Provinces —
Ajmer-Merwara
2,225
2,683
3.712
5,432
Andamans and Nicobars .
—
483
486
566
Assam
7>093
16,844
35.969
106,3891
Baluchistan (Districts, etc.)
—
—
4,026
5,030
Bengal ....
128,13s
190,829
275,125
319.384
Berar ....
i>335
I.3S9
2,375
included in C.P.
Bombay ....
138,317
161,770
208,930
233,246
Burma ....
84,219
120,768
147.525
210,081
Central Provinces .
11,949
12,970
24,809
34.697^
Coorg ....
3.152
3.392
3,683
3,553
Madras ....
71 1,080
865,528
1,024,071
1,191,259
North-West Frontier Province
47,664
.'58,441
5,273
6,585'
Punjab ....
33-420
53,587
65,811
198,106
United Provinces
102,469
177,949
States and Agencies^
Baluchistan (Agency Tracts)
—
—
—
55
Baroda ....
771
646
7,691
7=203
Bengal States .
—
1,655
3.241
38,530
Bombay States
6,837
8,239
II. 157
12,411
Central India .
7,065
5,999
8,114
9.358
Central Provinces States
24
338
782
38,704
Hyderabad
13.614
20,429
22,996
54,296
Kashmir .
—
218
422
975
Madras States .
634,903
714,651
910,409
1,154,209
Mysore .
29,249
38,135
50,059
59,844
Punjab States .
279
322
780
1,645
Rajputana
1,294
1,855
2,840
4,256
United Provinces States
■~
—
486
1,745
' igii figures include Eastern Bengal. ' igii figures include Berar.
5 The census returns for 1881 and i8gi include the United Provinces.
Total number of Christians.
1881.
1,862,634
1891.
2,284,380
1901.
2,923,241
1911.
3,876,196
Place.
Map No
. Lat.
Aasvogel Pt. .
• 13
34 S
Abaji
20
8N
Abdallah's .
21
gS
Abercorn
21
8S
Aberdeen
13
32 S
Aberdeen Rd.
13
32 S
Aberdorn
19
17 s
Abernethy
4
SoN
Abeshr .
II
14 N
Abetife .
20
6N
Abigiza
. 16
27 S
Abinsi .
20
7N
Abo
20
5N
Abomey
20
7N
Abonema
20
4N
Abu, Mt.
28
24 N
Abuanhe
18
23 s
Abuja .
20
gN
Accra .
20
SN
Achin .
• 32
5N
Achincovis
• 27
9N
Achterbang .
13
30 S
Ackerpur
■ 25
22 N
Acklin .
8
22 N
Acton Homes
14
28 S
Adamawa
II
8N
Adams Bridge
30
gN
Adams Peak .
■ 30
7N
Adavale
38
26 S
Adcock .
16
26 S
Adda .
20
6N
Addia .
20
13 N
Addis Abeba .
II
gN
Addna .
20
5N
Adelaide (Aus. )
37
34 S
Adelaide (S. Africa
13
32 S
Adialal .
27
gN
Adjuntah
25
20 N
Admiralty Is.
39
iS
Ado
20
7N
Ado
20
6N
Adoa
II
14 N
Adoni .
26
15 N
Adra
29
23 N
Adrar .
II
20 N
Advent .
17
30 S
Agades .
II
18 N
Agaitala
24
23 N
Aghadumo .
20
7N
Agra .
28
27 N
Aguire R.
9
8N
Agulhas C. .
12
34 S
Agusteshuer .
37
8N
Ahipara
40
35 S
Ahmadpur .
28
28 N
Ahmadabad .
25
23 N
Ahmadnagar .
25
24 N
Ahmadnagar .
25
19 N
INDEX.
Long.
Place. Map No
. Lat.
Long.
24 E
Ahoada .
20
SN
6E
7E
Aimbur .
• 37
8N
77 E
30 E
Air
II
18 N
5E
31 E
Aiwaiama
• 39
10 S
150 E
24 E
Ajanfa
■ 25
20 N
75 E
24 E
Ajmer .
. 28
26 N
74 E
31 E
Ajua
20
5N
2 W
102 W
Akalkot
• 25
17 N
76 E
20 E
Akarabisi
9
7N
eow
oW
Akassa .
20
4N
6E
31 E
Akeruf
20
gN
7E
8E
Akiri
20
8N
9E
7E
.\kita .
• 35
39 N
140 E
2E
Akka .
21
iN
29 E
7E
Akorai Mts.
9
I N
58 W
73 E
Akropon
20
5N
2 W
34 E
Akrosa
20
7N
oE
7E
Akure
20
7N
SE
oW
Akuse
20
6N
oE
97 E
Akyab .
• 31
20 N
93 E
76 E
Alajuela
8
9N
84 W
25 E
Alaska
2
SoN
iSoW
75 E
Alaska (Mash
onalandjig
17 S
30 E
73 W
Albany Austr
alia) 37
34 S
ii8E
29 E
Albany (Nov£
I Scotia) 3
45 N
64 W
15 E
Albany Ho. a
nd L. 5
52 N
94 W
79 E
Albany R.
5
51 N
89 W
81 E
Alberdi .
10
32 S
63 W
144 E
Alberni .
6
48 N
124 W
31 E
Albert Edwar
d, Mt. 39
8S
147 E
oE
AlbertEdward
Nyanza2i
oS
29 E
II E
Albert Nyanz
a . 21
2N
31 E
39 E
Alert Bay
6
SON
127 W
2 W
Alexandra
14
30 S
30 E
139 E
Alexandra, IVI
t. . 40
46 s
167 E
26 E
Alexandria (S
Africa) 13
33 S
26 E
77 E
Alexandria (B
C.) . 6
52 N
122 W
75 E
Alfred .
• 14
30 S
30 E
146 E
Algoa Bay
• 13
33 S
25 E
5E
Algonia
2
48 N
85 w
3E
All bag .
25
18 N
72 E
39 E
Ali Bandar
• 25
24 N
69 E
77 E
Alice .
• 38
23 S
146 E
86 E
Alice Dale
13
33 S
26 E
10 W
Aligarh .
. 28
27 N
78 E
30 E
Ali pore .
• 24
22 N
88 E
8E
Alipur .
. 24
26 N
89 E
91 E
Alisons .
. 16
27 S
31 E
8E
Aliwal North
13
30 s
26 E
77 E
Alix
6
32 N
113 w
60 W
Alkmaar
18
25 S
31 E
20 E
Ailada .
20
6N
2E
77 E
Allahabad
. 28
25 N
81 E
173 E
AUeppey
. 26
gN
76 E
70 E
Alligator Pt.
• 39
8S
148 E
72 E
Allora .
• 38
28 S
152 E
73 E
All Saints
• 17
31 s
27 E
74 E
All Saints
17
(103)
31 s
29 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
All Souls
17
31 s
27 E
Allur .
26
14 N
80 E
Almeida Bay .
21
13 s
40 E
Almora .
28
29 N
79 E
Alpha .
38
23 S
146 E
Alvarneri
27
8N
77 E
Alwar .
. 28
27 N
76 E
Alwaye .
. 26
10 N
76 E
Alyunnur
27
gN
78 E
Amacura R. .
9
8N
59 W
Amageddi
20
8N
7E
Amagi .
■ 35
,33 N
130 E
Amala .
28
32 N
74 E
Amandrose .
22
22 S
47 E
Amar .
20
8N
10 E
Amarapura .
31
21 N
96E
Amasanga
13
30 s
25 E
Amatikulu R.
16
2gS
31 E
Amatonga
II
25 s
34 E
Amazon B. .
39
10 S
149 E
Amazon R. .
10
3S
56 W
Amazon Station
10
gS
65 W
Ambala .
28
30 N
77 E
Ambarambe .
22
17 S
47 E
Ambaro
22
13 s
49 E
Ambasamudram ,
27
8N
77 E
Ambasi .
39
8S
148 E
Ambatoharanana
22
18 S
46 E
Ambatondrazake
22
17 S
46 E
Amber, C.
22
12 S
49 E
Ambinanindrano
22
20 S
48 E
Ambondro
22
20 S
44E
Ambositro
22
21 S
48 E
Ambriz .
II
8S
14 E
Ambrym Is. .
41
16 S
168 E
Amby .
38
26 S
148 E
Amersfoort .
18
26 S
29 E
Amewita
19
17 S
36 E
Amhara .
II
12 N
38 E
Amherst, Burma
31
16 N
97 E
Amherst, Nova Sec
)tia 3
46 N
64 W
Amoy .
33
24 N
118 E
Ampalaza
22
25 s
44 E
Amparofaravolu
22
17 S
47 E
Amri
25
26 N
68 E
Amritsar
28
31 N
75 E
Amsterdam .
16
26 S
30 E
Amuku, L.
9
SN
59 W
Analalava
22
15 s
47 E
Anand .
• 2S
22 N
73 E
Anandpur
■ 29
22 N
85 E
Ananthapuram
27
8N
77 E
Anatapur
. 26
14 N
77 E
Anchow
34
38 N
115 E
Andaman Is. .
31
13 N
93 E
Andaw .
39
IS
134 E
Anderson Bay
40
41 S
147 E
Andipati Hills
• 27
gN
77 E
I04
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Hap No.
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Andover
3
46 N
67 W
Arnhem C. .
37
12 S
Andovoranto .
22
18 S
49 E
Aro Chuka .
20
5N
Andrahambe .
22
25 s
47 E
Aroegas
12
29 s
Andrava Bay
22
12 s
49 E
Aropen .
39
3S
Andros .
8
24 N
77 W
Arrah .
M
25 N
Anduba .
21
I N
29 E
Arramanay .
27
8N
Anegada
8
19 N
64 W
Arrowhead .
6
SON
Aneiteum
41
20S
169 E
Arrow Lake .
6
SON
Anenous
12
29 S
17 E
Arrul
25 ■
23 N
Angoana
i8
25 s
32 E
Arthur R.
40
41 S
Angola .
II
13 s
ISE
Artikokan
5
48 N
Angra Pequena
II
26 s
15 E
Aru Is.
39
6S
Anguilla
8
18 N
63 W
Arugam Bay .
30
7N
AuguUle, Cape
7
48 N
59 W
Arumuganeri
27
8N
Angwa R.
19
16 S
30 E
Arundel
13
30 S
An-Hsien
33
32 N
103 W
Aruppukkottei
27
9N
Animarupu .
39
10 S
147 E
Arusha .
21
2S
Anjanwel
25
17 N
73 E
Asaba .
20
SN
Anjha .
25
24 N
72 E
Asan
36
37 N
An-Ju .
36
39 N
126 E
Asansot .
29
23 N
Anka .
20
12 N
6E
Asawad .
II
20 N
Ankarapona .
22
24 S
43 E
Asben .
II
18 N
Ankavandra .
22
19 s
45 E
Ascension
17
31 S
Ankisitra
22
20 s
47 E
Ascension
17
31 s
Anklesvar
25
21 N
73 E
Ascension Is.
II
8S
Ankober
II
10 N
39 E
Ashaku .
20
6N
Ankola .
25
14 N
74 E
Ashburton
40
44S
Annapolis Royal
3
45 N
65 W
Ashcroft
6
50 N
Annesdale
16
27 S
32 E
Asi
39
I S
Annes Villa
13
33 S
25 E
\sirvathapuram
27
8N
Annfield
. 28
30 N
77 E
Asisippi
4
53 N
Annobon Is. .
II
6S
5E
Asquith .
4
52 N
Annotto Bay .
8
18 N
76 W
Assab .
II
13 N
Anolahy R.
-2
23 s
44 E
Assaye .
25
20 N
Anouda .
41
II S
196 E
Assegai R.
i5
26 S
Anoweta
• 2S
25 N
76 E
Asseree .
25
20 N
Anshun .
• 33
26 N
106 E
Assumption Is.
22
10 S
Antalo .
II
12 N
39 E
Astrolabe Mts.
39
9S
Antananarivo
22
18 S
47 E
Asuncion
10
26 S
Antelope
4
50 N
108 W
Atabula
20
7N
Antelope Park
17
30 S
28 E
Atapame
20
7N
Antigonish .
3
45 N
61 W
Atbara R
II
10 N
Antigua
8
17 N
61 W
Athabasca L.
6
59 N
Antler .
6
53 N
121 W
Athabasca Landing
: 6
55 N
Antofagasta .
10
24 S
71 W
Athabasca R.
6
57 N
Antongil B. .
22
16 s
49 E
Atherton
• 38
17 S
Antonio R.
21
16 s
40 E
Athni
25
16 N
Anukrapuram
27
8N
77 E
Atlin
6
60N
Anupgarh
. 28
29 N
73 E
Atmakur
26
14 N
Anuradhapura
• 30
8N
80 E
Atsuta
35
43 N
Aomori .
35
41 N
141 E
Attabari.
• 24
27 N
Apaso .
20
7N
oE
Attangarei
27
9N
Api Is. .
41
17 S
168 E
Attiwapiskat R.
5
53 N
ApoUonia
20
5N
2W
Attock .
28
33 N
Aquaforte
7
46 N
53 W
Attoor .
■ 27
8N
Aracain
10
10 S
38 W
Aiur
. 26
II N
Araguara
10
22 S
49 w
Auckland
. 40
37 S
Arakaka
9
7N
60 w
Augila .
II
29 N
Arakan .
31
20 N
92 E
Aundh .
• 25
17 N
Aramac
38
23 s
145 E
Auragabad
• 29
24 N
Araria .
24
26 N
87 E
Aurangabad .
• 25
20 N
Arawan
II
19 N
3W
Aurora .
41
15 s
Archer R.
• 38
13 s
142 E
Aussa .
II
20 N
Areola .
4
49 N
102 W
Austin .
5
49 N
Ardanji .
30
10 N
79 E
Australia, N.
10
25 s
Arequipa
10
16 S
74 w
Autioquia
10
7N
Argentina
10
30 s
60 W
Ava
■ 31
21 N
Argunge
20
12 N
4E
Avalon .
7
47 N
Argy
22
20 S
57 E
Avoca ,
18
25 s
Arica
10
18 s
70 W
Awaji
■ 35
34 N
Arichat .
3
45 N
61 W
Awauia .
39
10 S
Ariwimi R.
II
oN
20 E
Awe
20
8N
Ariyalur
26
11 N
79 E
Awita
20
6N
Arkona .
18
24 S
29 E
Axim
20
4N
Arkonam
25
13 N
79 E
Ayliff, Mt, .
17
30 S
Armidale
37
30 S
153 E
Ayr
38
19 s
Armstrong .
6
50 N
119 W
Ayrshire ,
'9
17 s
Long.
136 E
8E
19 E
137 E
85 E
77 E
117 W
118 W
69 E
145 E
91 W
134 E
82 E
78 E
25 E
78 E
37 E
6E
126 E
87 E
oW
19 E
29 E
27 E
ISW
TO E
172 E
121 W
133 E
77 E
107 W
107 W
40 E
76 E
31 E
73 E
46 E
147 E
60 W
I W
I E
30 E
no W
113 W
iiiW
145 E
75 E
134 W
79 E
141 E
95 E
78 E
85 W
72 E
77 E
78 E
174 E
26 E
74 E
84 E
75 E
168 E
o W
99 W
57 W
77 W
96 E
S3W
31 E
134 E
150 E
9E
3E
2W
29 E
147 E
30 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Ayutha .
31
ISN
lOl E
Azimgarh
28
26 N
82 E
Azul .
10
36 S
60 W
Babra .
25
23 N
70 E
Badagri
20
6N
2E
Badama Is. and Po
rt 22
14 S
47 E
Badami.
25
16 N
75 E
Baddeck
3
46 N
60 W
Baddegamma
30
6N
80 E
Baden .
4
52 N
lOiW
Badin .
25
25 N
69 E
BaduUa
30
7N
8iE
Bagaha .
24
27 N
84 E
Bagain .
20
II N
2W
Bagalkot
25
16 N
75 E
Bagamoyo .
21
6S
39 E
Bagana .
20
7N
7E
Ragherhat
24
22 N
89 E
Baghmundi .
29
23 N
85 E
Bagida .
CO
6N
I E
Baha .
20
12 N
4E
Bahadurgarh .
28
28 N
77 E
Baham
13
33 S
27 E
Bahawa .
24
24 N
87 E
Bahawalpur
28
29 N
71 E
Bahia .
10
12 S
39 W
Bahia Blanca
10
38 S
62 w
Bahindi
20
II N
4E
Bahraich
28
27 N
81 E
Bahr el Arab .
II
10 N
20 E
Bahr el Gazel
II
oN
20 E
Bahso .
20
5N
2W
Bajibo .
20
gN
4E
Bajiso .
20
9N
3W
Bakel .
II
10 N
10 W
Bakhasar
25
25 N
71 E
Bakong .
32
-2N
113 E
Bakundi
20
8N
10 E
Bakura .
20
12 N
SE
Balarti .
21
oS
39 E
Balasore
24
24 N
87 E
Balfour .
18
26 S
28 E
Balgonie
4
SON
104 W
Bali
20
6N
10 E
Balinian
32
3N
112 E
Balipara
24
26 N
92 E
Ballarat
37
36 S
143 E
Balls Pyramid
41
32 s
159 E
Balmir .
28
25 N
7' E
Balmoral
18
25 S
29 E
Balsar .
25
20 N
73 E
Bal Tir .
II
oN
40 E
Baltu Rackil .
32
5N
102 E
Bambous
22
20 S
57 E
Bamenda
20
6N
10 E
Bammaho
II
10 N
oW
Bampton Reef
JI
19 S
158 E
Bamuku
20
9N
II E
Banaga .
20
II N
6E
Banana .
38
24 S
150 E
Banana .
11
oS
10 E
Band
. 29
22 N
84 E
Banda .
28
25 N
80 E
Bandaon
. 29
22 N
85 E
Bandar
• 32
2N
102 E
Bandarban .
. 24
22 N
92 E
Bandarpur .
. 24
24 N
92 E
Bandawe
21
12 S
34 E
Bandhi
■ 25
26 N
68 E
Bandi
20
6N
12 E
Bandikui
. 28
26 N
76 E
Bandon .
• 32
9N
99 E
Bands R.
• 2S
26 N
76 E
Bangala
■ 19
14 S
34 E
Bangala
II
oN
10 E
Bangalore
26
13 N
77 E
INDEX
loS
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Banganapalle .
. 26
15 N
78 E
Bashee R.
17
32 S
28 E
Benatang
• 32
2N
Bangiryama .
17
30 S
30 E
Basilisk Is. .
39
10 s
150 E
Bende .
20
5N
Bangkok
32
13 N
100 E
Bass Sirait .
37
39 S
147 E
Bendigo
• 37
35 S
Banguay Is. .
32
7N
117 E
Bassa ,
20
10 N
6E
Bengal, Bay of
. 26
14 N
Bangui .
II
oN
10 E
Bassan .
20
9N
lE
Benghazi
II
30 N
Bangweolo Lake
21
11 S
30 E
Bassein .
31
16 N
94 E
Bengu .
• 13
31 s
Bani
21
13 s
34 E
Bassila .
20
gN
I E
Benguela
II
10 S
Banikoro
20
10 N
2 E
Batala
28
31 N
75 E
Benin .
20
6N
Banjagara
II
loN
oW
Batan
32
iN
103 E
Benin R.
20
5N
Bank Strait .
40
41 S
148 E
Batang .
33
29 N
99 E
Beni Shouga .
II
10 N
Bankipore
24
25 N
85 E
Batang Luper R.
32
I N
112 E
Bennetts.
17
30 S
Bankot
• 25
18 N
73 E
Batataes
10
20 S
48 W
Benoist Mt. .
• 39
2S
Banks Is.
41
14 S
167 E
Batavia R.
38
12 s
142 E
Benoni .
. 18
26 S
Bankura
29
23 N
87 E
Bathuist
40
10 N
10 W
BensonviUe .
13
30 S
Bannu .
28
32 N
70 E
Bathurst
3
47 N
65 W
Bentotte .
• 30
6N
Bansda .
25
20 N
73 E
Bathurst
37
32 S
149 E
Benue R.
20
7N
Banswara
25
23 N
74 E
Bathurst (Grahams
Benve R.
II
oN
Banting .
32
iN
no E
town)
13
33 S
26 E
Bequia .
8
13 N
Bantry .
4
SON
112 W
Bathurst (Tasmania
i) 40
43 S
145 E
Bequie .
8
18 N
Bantva .
25
21 N
71 E
Bato
20
7N
I E
Bera
39
2S
Bantwal .
. 26
12 N
75 E
Batterson
13
32 S
27 E
Berber .
II
10 N
Banyai .
19
20 S
29 E
Batticaloa
30
7N
82 E
Berbera .
II
10 N
Banyo .
20
6N
II E
Battlefields .
19
18 S
29 E
Berbice R. .
9
6N
Banyora
21
10 S
34 E
Battleford
4
S3N
108 W
Berea .
• 13
29 S
Banzi .
17
32 S
27 E
Battle Harbour
7
52 N
55 W
Berega .
21 .
6S
Banzyoille
11
oN
20 E
Batu Gajah
32
4N
101 E
Berege
20
9N
Bao
33
22 N
103 E
Bau
32
I N
iioE
Berg R. .
12
32 s
Baouda .
20
SN
I W
Bauchi
20
10 N
9E
Bergh .
12
34 S
Bap
25
27 N
72 E
Bauphal
24
22 N
90 E
Beri
20
12 N
Bapatla
26
15 N
80 E
Baura .
21
7S
32 E
Berlin .
13
32 S
Bara Banki .
28
27 N
81 E
Baure .
zo
12 N
8E
Berlinhafen .
39
2S
Barabhum
29
23 N
86 E
Bavas .
19
18 S
31 E
Beterverwagting
9
6N
Barakur
29
23 N
86 E
Bavianus R. .
13
32 s
25 E
Bethal .
. 18
26 S
Baram Pt.
32
■SN
114 E
Bavliari .
25
22 N
72 E
Bethany
. 18
25 S
Barava .
II
oN
40 E
Bawa
17
32 S
27 E
Bethel (Zululand) . 16
27 S
Barbados
8
13 N
S9W
Bawera .
20
II N
iW
Bethel (E. Africa) . 21
4S
Barberton
. iS
25 S
31 E
Bawif
4
S3N
112W
Bethelsdorp .
13
33 S
Barbuda
8
17 N
61 W
Baxter Harbour
39
10 S
150 E
Bethesda(Kafifraria) 17
30 a
Barcaldine
■ 38
23 s
I4SE
Bay de Verd .
7
48 N
53 W
Bethesda (Transvaal) 18
23 s
Barclay Sound
6
48 N
125 W
Bay Roberts .
7
47 N
53 W
Bethlehem
• 15
28 s
Barcoorpettah
■ zS
13 N
74 E
Bazaruto I. ,
19
21 S
35 E
Bethulie
• IS
30 s
Bardai .
II
20 N
10 E
Baziva Mt. .
17
31 s
28 E
Betigeri
• 25
IS N
Bardera .
II
oN
40 E
Beaconsfield .
15
28 s
24 E
Betoota
• 38
25 S
Bareilly .
28
28 N
79 E
Beau Bassin
22
20 s
57 E
Bettiah .
• 24
26 N
Bargari .
• 29
23 N
8s E
Beaudesert .
38
28 s
153 E
Bevaan R.
16
27 s
Barhampore .
. 24
24 N
88 E
Beaufort West
12
32 s
23 E
Bey la
• 25
23 N
Barhanpur
• 25
21 N
76 E
Beaver Cove .
3
46 N
60 W
Beypore .
. 26
II N
Barhi .
29
24 N
85 E
Beawar
28
26 N
74 E
Beyt
■ 25
22 N
Barima R.
9
7N
59 W
Bed^s
9
7N
59 W
Bezwada
. 26
16 N
Barima Sands
9
8 N
59 W
Bedford
13
32 s
26 E-
Bhader R. .
• 25
21 N
Bariiuanni
9
7N
59 W
Bedourie
38
24 s
139 E
Bhagalpur
• 24
25 N
Baring .
4
SoN
102 W
Beforana
22
19 s
47 E
Bhaghaya
24
25 N
Baring Lake .
21
oN
36 E
Behr's Halt .
13
30 s
24 E
Bhakkar
. 28
31 N
Baripada
24
21 N
86 E
Beira .
19
19 s
35 E
Bhamo .
31
24 N
Barisal .
24
22 N
90 E
Bejan
18
23 s
33 E
Bhangor
• 25
22 N
Bariya .
25
23 N
74 E
Belaga .
32
2N
114 E
Bhaptiah
• 24
26 N
Barka .
II
30 N
20 E
Bel Air .
9
6 N
58 W
Bhartpur
. 28
27 N
Barkatta.
29
24 N
85 E
Belanga .
20
12 N
oW
Bhatkal .
. 25
14 N
Barkly East .
13
31 s
27 E
Bele
17
31 s
28 E
Bhilwara
. 28
25 N
Barkley, West
IS
28 s
24 E
Belfast .
18
25 s
30 E
Bhima, R.
• 25
17 N
Barmer .
25
26 N
71 E
Belgaum
. 25
15 N
73 E
Bhind .
. 28
26 N
Barnma R. .
9
7N
59 W
Belingwe
19
20 s
29 E
Bhinmal
• 25
25 N
Bare
20
8N
6E
Belize .
8
17 N
88 W
Bhir
• 59
18 N
Baroda (Grahamst'
n) 13
31^
25 E
Bell
13
33 S
27 E
Bhor .
• 25
18 N
Baroda (Bombay P
) 25
22 N
73 E
Bellair .
14
29 S
,30 E
Bhugoo
• 25
27 N
Barpeta .
24
26 N
91 E
Bellary .
26
15 N
76 E
Bhuj .
25
23 N
Barquisimeto .
10
10 N
69 W
Belle Isle
7
52 N
55 W
Bhusawal
• 25
21 N
Barracouta Pt.
21
iSS
40 E
Belle Isle Strait
7
SiN
57 W
Bhutnir .
. 28
29 N
Barranquilla .
10
II N
74 W
Bellevue.
13
33 S
26 E
Bibianiah
20
6N
Barren Is.
40
40 S
14s E
Bellona Is. .
41
II S
159 E
Bicholim
• 21;
kN
Barrington .
3
43 N
65 w
BeHoram
7
47 N
55 W
Bida
20
;>'
Barrydale
12
33 S
20 E
Belyando R. .
• 38
22 S
146 E
Rideford
3
46 N
Barsi
25
18 N
75 E
Bemaraha Hills
22
20 S
45 E
Bidi
• 32
I N
Bartica .
9
6N
58 W
Bembezi R. .
19
19 S
28 E
Big Reed I.,. .
5
54 N
Barue .
19
18 S
33 E
Bembezi
19
30 S
29 E
Biggar .
4
52 N
Baruipur
24
22 N
88 E
Bembwe
19
16 S
31 E
Bihar .
• 24
25 N
Barwaha
25
22 N
76 E
Benares .
28
25 N
82 E
Bijapur .
• 25
16 N
Long.
Ill E
7E
145 E
81 E
20 E
27 E
10 E
5E
SE
30 E
29 E
140 E
28 E
27 E
80 E
9E
oE
62 W
65 W
133 E
30 E
45 E
58 W
27 E
37 E
7E
18 E
22 E
1 W
27 E
141 E
57 W
29 E
27 E
31 E
38 E
25 E
28 E
29 E
28 E
26 E
75 E
140 E
84 E
31 E
70 E
75 E
69 E
80 E
70 E
87 E
87 E
71 E
97 E
70 E
86 E
77 E
74 E
74 E
75 E
78 E
72 E
75 E
73 E
73 E
69 E
75 E
74 E
2 W
74 E
6 E
64 W
109 E
98 W
107 W
85 E
75 E
io6
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Plact
Map No.
Lat.
Long.
Place
Map No
Lat.
Bijnaur .
. 28
29 N
78 E
Bolota R.
17
31 s
Bikaner
. 28
28 N
73 E
Bolotwa .
13
31 s
Bikini .
20
12 N
2E
Boma .
II
oS
Bilaria .
• 25
25 N
75 E
Bombatana .
41
7S
Bilay .
• 25
14 N
74 E
Bombay .
■ 25
19 N
Bihna .
n
10 N
10 E
Bompata
20
6N
Bimbla
20
8N
oW
Bona
II
30 N
Binji
20
13 N
5E
Bonai .
29
24 N
Binscarth
4
SiN
loi W
Bonaso .
20
7N
Bintenne
■ 30
7N
SI E
Bonau .
39
5S
Bmiulu .
• 32
3N
113 E
Bonavista
7
48 N
Birch Ck.
S
52 N
99 W
Bondee .
• 25
25 N
Birch Hills
4
53 N
105 W
Bonga .
II
oN
Birch I. .
S
52 N
99 W
Bongon .
32
6N
Birch Rivers
S
52 N
loi W
Bonheur
5
49 N
Birdsville
• 38
26 S
139 E
Bonne Bay
7
49 N
Birni-n-Kudu
20
II N
9E
Bonny .
20
4N
Birnin Kebbi
20
12 N
4E
Bonnytown
II
oN
Brro
■ 35
42 N
143 E
Bonsor Mine
19
19 S
Binhday
. 18
23 S
30 E
Bontuko
20
7N
Biru
■ 29
22 N
84 E
Boobyalla
. 40
40 s
Bishnath
24
26 N
93 E
Boomplaats
13
29 s
B-shop's Com
t . 12
33 S
18 E
Boorghee
• 25
17 N
Bishop's Falls
7
49 N
55 W
Booroman
38
20 s
Bishop Sounc
i 41
20 S
166 E
Borden .
4
52 N
Biskra .
II
39 N
10 E
Bori
20
9N
Bismarck Arc
lipelago 39
3''>
150 E
Borku .
II
10 N
Bismarckburg
21
3S
31 E
Bornu
II
10 N
Bissagos Is. a
nd Port II
10 N
10 W
Boromo .
20
11 N
Bivi
• 19
18 S
35 E
Borsad .
• 25
22 N
Bizerta .
II
39 N
roE
Borunia
19
16 S
Blaauwhe'ive
• 13
30 s
25 E
Bosebango
20
13 N
Black .
. 16
28 S
31 E
Bosekari
24
23 N
Black R,
8
18 N
77 w
Boshot .
15
28 S
Black ill
. . 38
24 S
14s E
Bosso
20
13 N
Black Fonteir
1 . 17
30 S
28 E
Boston .
2
43 N
Blackville
3
46 N
65 W
Boston (Natal
) ■ 14
29 S
Blanco C.
11
toN
10 E
Botha's Hill
13
33 S
Blanco C.
II
aoN
16 W
Botu
20
12 N
Blancoe Mt.
22
20 S
57 E
Bougainville I
s. . 41
6S
Blandford Po
rt . 7
48 N
54 W
Boulia .
• 38
23 S
Blantire
21
15 s
35 E
Bourke .
37
31 s
Blassbelg
• 13
30 S
27 E
Boutebok
■ 13
32 s
Blaiiberg
. 18
23 s
28 E
Bowden .
13
33 S
Blauwbank
. 18
26 S
27 E
Bo«ell .
4
50 N
Blenheim
. 40
41 s
174 E
Bowen .
• 38
20 S
Blesbok
13
31 s
26 E
Bowen, C.
■ 38
14 s
Bloemfonte n
i.S
29 s
26 E
Bowen, R.
• 38
20 s
Bloemhof
18
27 s
25 E
Bowenville
38
27 s
Biomidon C.
3
45 N
64 W
Bowesdcrp
12
30 s
Blood R,
16
28 S
30 E
Braganea
10
23 s
Bloomfield
3
44N
65 W
BrahmanbariE
I 24
24 N
Bluauwbosch
• 13
3>S
25 E
Brahmaputra
R. . 24
24 xN
Blue Bank
14
28 S
29 E
Brakriam
■ 13
29 S
Blylheswood
• 17
32 s
27 E
Branco R.
9
2N
Boa F, .
20
4N
9E
Brandfort
• 15
28 S
Bocantuncan
38
23 s
147 E
Brandon
5
49 N
Bocas del To
ro . 10
9N
82 W
Brass .
20
4N
Bodele .
II
10 N
10 E
Brazzaville
II
S
Bodeli .
25
22 N
73 E
Breakfast Vie
i 13
33 S
Bodinayakka
lur 26
10 N
79 E
Bredasdorp
12
34 S
Bodumea
. . 38
28 S
151 E
Breede R.
12
33 S
Boeloch Haw
ar . 32
3N
98 E
Breidbach
13
32 S
Bogaboga
• 39
9S
150 E
Breipaal
• 13
30 S
Bogadjim
39
5&
145 E
Bremensdorp
. 16
26 S
Bogra
. 24
24 N
89 E
Brendenbury
4
51 N
Boianai .
• 39
10 S
149 E
Bresaylor
4
52 N
Boisseva'n
5
49 N
100 W
Breton Is.
2
45 N
Bokleni's
17
31 s
29 E
Brewarrina
• 37
30 S
Bokore
21
oS
39 E
Breyten
18
26 S
Bokoveni
• 17
30 S
29 E
Bridgetown
3
45 N
Boksburg
. 18
26 S
28 E
Bridgewater
3
44 N
Bolarumi
. 26
17 N
78 E
Brighion
. 40
42 S
Boli
20
10 N
10 E
Brigos .
7
47 N
Bolivar
8
8N
77 W
Brisbane
■ 38
27 S
BoUon .
. 38
28 S
147 E
Brisea Veldib
re . 22
20 S
Bolo .
13
33 s
27 E
Biitish Hond
uras . 8
17 N
Long.
q8E
27 E
10 E
157 E
72 E
1 W
oE
84 E
o W
146 E
S3W
75 E
30 E
117 E
91 W
58 W
7E
oE
29 E
2 W
148 E
25 E
75 E
145 E
107 W
2E
10 E
10 E
2 W
73 E
29 E
I E
88 E
25 E
13 E
71 W
29 E
26 E
6E
155 E
140 E
146 E
27 E
26 E
iiiW
148 E
144 E
147 E,
151 E
17 E
46 W
91 E
89 E
24 E
60 W
26 E
100 W
6E
10 E
26 E
2qE
19 E
27 E
26 E
3'E
loiW
108 W
60 W
147 E
30 E
65 W
64 W
147 E
53 W
153 E
57 E
89 W
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Briton Hr. .
7
47 N
Brits
18
25 s
Broach .
25
21 N
Broadford
13
30 S
Broadmount .
38
23 s
Broad Sound
38
22 S
Broadview
4
50 N
Broken Hill .
19
14 S
Broken Hill .
37
31 s
Brooketon
32
5N
Brooklyn
7
48 N
Broome .
37
17 S
Broughton Bay
36
39 N
Broughton Strait .
36
34 N
Brown's Town
8
iSN
Brumer Is. .
39
10 S
Brunei .
32
5N
Brunnette
7
47 N
Bruno .
4
52 N
Bruny Is.
40
43 S
Bryer Is.
3
44 N
Buale
20
8N
Bubeni .
16
27 S
Bubesi's
17
30 S
Bubye R.
19
21 S
Buchanan L.
38
21 S
Buchunan
16
26 S
Buckhans
16
26 S
Buckley Valley
6
55 N
Budaon
28
28 N
Budon .
20
8N
Buea .
20
3N
Buenaventura
10
4N
Buenos Aires
10
34 S
Buffalo R. .
14
28 S
Buffels R.
12
34 S
Bugala Is.
21
oS
Bugiri .
21
6S
Bugoma
21
2N
Buiko .
21
4S
Bukuru .
20
9N
Bulandshahr .
28
28 N
Bularti .
21
oN
Bulawayo
19
20 S
Bulberg .
13
29 S
Buldana
25
20 N
Bulilima
19
20 S
Bulls .
40
40 S
Bulongoa
21
gS
Bulsar
25
20 N
Bulwer .
14
29 S
Bumbire Isles
21
I s
Bumum .
20
SN
Buna
39
8S
Buna
20
8 N
Bunbury
37
33 S
Bundaberg .
38
24 S
Bundalapaurae
• 27
8N
Bundi .
. 28
25 N
Bundu .
29
23 N
Buntingville .
• 17
31 s
Buona Vista .
■ 30
6N
Buopehu Mt.
. 40
39 S
Bupi
. _ 20
8N
Burdekin R. .
■ 38
20 S
Burdwan
• 24
23 N
Burge Islands
7
47 N
Burghersdorp
• 13
31 s
Burin
7
47 N
Burin Bay
7
47 N
Burketown
■ 38
17 S
Burnie .
. 40
41 S
Burra .
• 19
23 S
Burra Falsa
. 18
22 S
Buse
20
II N
Buseima
11
20 N
Bushman's Hoek
• 13
31 s
Long.
55 W
27 E
73 E
27 E
150 E
149 E
103 W
29 E
142 E
iiSE
54 W
122 E
127 E
129 E
^^yN
150 E
115E
55 w
105 w
147 E
66 V^^
2 W
32 E
28 E
30 E
145 E
31 E
31 E
126 W
79 E
6E
9E
77 W
59 W
30 E
18 E
32 E
36 E
30 E
37 E
8 E
77 E
39 E
28 E
26 E
76 E
27 E
175 E
34 E
73 E
29 E
32 E
10 E
148 E
3W
"SE
152 E
77 E
75 E
85 E
28 E
80 E
176 E
I W
147 E
87 E
57 W
26 E
55 W
55 W
139 E
146 E
35 E
35 E
aW
• 20 E
26 E
INDEX
107
Place.
Bushman's Kop
Bushman's R
Busi R .
Bussa
Bussanga
Busunyei
Butler .
Butterworth (S
rica)
Butterworth (Malay
Pen.)
Buxa
Buxton .
Byet:stown
Byrne
Map No.
13
Af-
14
19
S
17
Lat.
30 S
29 S
20 s
10 N
11 N
2S
49 N
32 S
Long.
27 E
29 E
33 E
4E
oE
34 E
91 W
28 E
22 s N 100 E
Caba
Cabacaburi
Cabazana
Cabot Str.
Caconda
Cahanda
Cairns .
Cairns .
Cairo
CajamarcA
Cala
Cala R.
Calabar
Calamo
Calcutta
Caldero
Caledon
Caledon R,
Caledonia
Calgary
Calicut .
Calimere Pt.
Calitzdorp
Callao .
Calliel .
Calvinia
Camacusa
Carabay
Cambell Town
Cambridge
Cameta
Camooweal
Campbellton
Camps Bay
Camrose
Cana
Canacona
Canada Bay,
Candane R.
Canendagud
Canning
Cannington
Canso .
Canso Cape
Canso Str.
Canterbury
Canton
Cape Barren Is.
Cape Breton Is.
Cape Coast .
Cape East
Cape of Good Hope
Cape Point .
Cape Sable Is.
Cape Town ,
Cape York Peninsula 37
Capella .
Capim Grosso
Capo Capo .
Caracas
Caravellas .
24
9
38
14
27
12
9
25
40
13
10
38
3
12
4
18
25
7
9
26
24
4
3
3
3
3
33
40
3
20
22
12
12
3
38
19
8
26 N
6 N
16 S
29 S
32 S
7N
30 S
47 N
10 S
oS
16 S
52 N
30 N
7S
31 s
31 s
4N
22 s
22 N
25 N
34 S
27 S
57 N
50 N
11 N
10 N
33 S
12 S
8 N
31 S
5N
22 N
42 S
32 S
2S
19 s
48 N
33 S
53 N
25 s
15 N
50 N
4N
10 N
22 N
49 N
45 N
45 N
46 N
46 N
22 N
40 S
46 N
SN
15 s
34 S
34 S
43 S
33 S
10 S
23 s
9S
20 s
10 N
17 S
89 E
57 W
144 E
30 E
27 E
58 W
29 E
60 W
10 E
10 E
14s E
iioW
30 E
78 W
27 E
27 E
8E
69 W
88 E
71 W
19 E
27 E
130 W
112 W
75 E
80 E
21 E
77 W
77 E
19 E
59 W
72 E
147 E
27 E
49 W
138 E
66 W
18 E
112 W
27 E
74 E
56 W
57 W
79 E
88 E
loi W
61 W
61 W
61 W
67 W
112 E
148 E
60 W
I W
SoE
18 E
18 E
65 W
18 E
142 E
148 E
40 W
33 E
67 W
39 W
G. of
Place.
Carbonear
Carcross
Cardwell
Carhue .
Caribbean Sea
Carlton (Grah.ims
town)
Carman
Carman gay
Carna .
Carnarvon
Carnduff
Carnet Mt.
Carnotville
Carolina
Carpentaria,
Carrot R.
Cartagena
Cartstadt
Cartwright
Cascade P(.
Cassikityn R
Castle Pt.
Castor .
Cat L. .
Cat Lake R.
Catalina
Catamarca
Cathcart
Cauvery R.
Cawnpore
Caxamarea
Cayenne
Ceara .
Ceara-merine
Cedar Lake
Cedarville
Ceeocuwena
Cengcani
Cengcu .
Cengu .
Centani
Centenary
Centuli, Lower
Cepani
Ceram or Serang
Ceres .
Ceru .
Ceuta
Chabua .
Chachla
Chaco .
Chad, Lake
Chaibasa
Chai-Chai
Chai-Kow
Chainat .
Chaiye .
Chakai .
Chakanga
Chakirta
Chakradharpur
Chalambi
Chaleur Bay
Chalisgaon
Chalra .
Chamba
Chambal R.
Chambalada
Cnambi
Chamboni
Champagne Castle
Chanaral
Chandernagore
Chandil
Cbandna
Chandod
Map No.
7
6
38
13
S
6
13
4
38
20
18
38
5
5
40
9
40
4
5
5
7
10
13
26
28
5
17
17
17
17
13
17
19
17
17
39
12
17
II
24
25
24
18
34
31
19
24
19
24
29
18
3
25
29
28
28
19
20
18
14
10
24
29
25
25
I, at.
47 N
60 N
18 S
36 S
13 N
31 S
49 N
50 N
29 S
31 s
49 N
17 S
9N
26 S
14 S
53 N
II N
49 N
49 N
44 S
I N
41 S
52 N
52 N
51 N
48 N
28 S
32 S
II N
26 N
6S
5N
3S
5S
53 N
30 S
31 s
31 s
31 s
31 s
32 s
20 s
31 s
30 s
4S
33 S
32 s
30 N
27 N
23 N
23 S
14 N
22 N
25 S
36 N
16 N
13 s
24 N
15 s
21 N
22 N
23 S
48 N
20 N
24 N
32 N
26 N
21 S
9N
23 S
29 S
28 S
22 N
22 S
25 N
22 N
Long.
S3W
134 w
146 E
63 W
70 W
24 E
98 W
113 W
27 E
22 E
loi W
145 E
2 E
30 E
140 E
103 W
75 W
90 W
99 W
168 E
58 W
176 E
III W
92 W
91 W
S3W
68 W
27 E
78 E
80 E
78 W
52 W
39 W
36 W
100 W
29 E
28 E
28 E
27 E
27 E
28 E
27 E
28 E
29 E
130 E
19 E
27 E
oW
95 E
69 E
58 W
13 E
85 E
33 E
136 E
100 E
30 E
86 E
31 E
92 E
85 E
35 E
66 W
75 E
84 E
76 E
76 E
35 E
oE
35 E
29 E
71 W
88 E
86 E
73 E
73 E
Place.
Chandpur
Chandpur
Chandrakona
Chang-Chia-Hai-Tzu 34
Changchin
Chang Dan .
Chang-heung .
Change Is.
Changhow
Changkiu
Changli
Changpingchow
Changre Ho. .
Changsacha .
Changseng
Changsha
Chang-song .
Chang-teh
Changweni .
Changyen
Channel
Chaochow
Chaochowfu .
Chaotung
Chaoyangfu
Chaoyiian
Chapelton
Chaplin
Chapman B.
Chapra .
Chara .
Charleston
Charlestown
Charleville
Charlottetown
Charter
Charters Towers
Chas
Chasoa .
Chatham
Chatham Junction
Chau, L.
Che Chekwa .
Chechenina .
Chedabucto B.
Cheefoo .
Che-ju .
Chekiang
Chelaro .
Chemulpo
Chenab R.
Chenan .
Cheng-Li
Chengning
Chengteh
Chengtu
Chentabum .
Chepepo
Cherrapunji .
Chester .
Cheukia-keo .
Cheviot .
Chiafunga's .
Chiba .
Chibababa
Chibanda
Cbibinga
Chibwon
Chicago
Chichow
Chicksan
Chieng Hung
Chieng Mai .
Chihli, Gulf of
Chikore
Chikurindi
Chikusi ,
3 No
Lat.
28
24 N
24
23 N
24
22 N
34
36 N
36
41 N
36
37 N
36
34 N
7
49 N
33
32 N
34
36 N
34
39 N
34
40 N
33
36 N
36
40 N
36
40 N
33
28 N
36
35 N
33
29 N
18
24 S
36
38 N
7
47 N
33
37 N
33
23 N
33
27 N
33
41 N
34
37 N
8
18 N
4
SON
12
34 S
24
25 N
20
4N
38
18 S
i5
27 S
38
26 S
3
46 N
19
18 S
38
20 S
29
23 N
21
15 S
3
47 N
3
47 N
33
32 N
21
14 S
19
16 S
3
45 S
33
37 N
36
33 N
33
29 N
25
25 N
36
37 N
28
32 N
33
23 N
34
36 N
33
38 N
33
40 N
33
30 N
32
12 N
19
14 S
24
25 N
3
44 N
33
34 N
40
43 S
21
II S
35
3SN
19
20 S
21
II s
19
nS
21
II S
2
43 N
34
38 N
36
37 N
31
21 N
31
19 N
33
38 N
19
20 S
19
13 s
21
14 s
Long.
78 E
90 E
87 E
116 E
127 E
127 E
126 E
54 W
120 E
117 E
119 E
116 E
114 E
128 E
125 E
113 E
126 E
III E
33 E
125 E
59 W
117 E
ii6E
104 E
120 E
120 E
77 W
107 W
18 E
85 E
6E
143 E
29 E
146 E
63 W
31 E
146 E
86 E
30 E
6s W
65 W
117 E
36 E
30 E
61 W
121 E
126 E
120 E
70 E
126 E
73 E
107 E
118 E
115 E
118 E
104 E
102 E
28 E
gi E
64 W
114 E
173 E
31 E
140 E
33 E
31 E
31 E
34 E
88 W
.15 E
127 E
100 E
99 E
119 E
32 E
30 E
34 E
io8
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Chilaw .
Chilcotin
Childers
ChiUagoe
Chilian .
ChilUanwala
ChiUowelo
Cliiloe Is.
Chilumbanger
C'hilwa, Lake
Chimborazo
Chimbwa
Chimoio
Chimwala
China Str.
Chinandenga
Chinchilla
Chincho Is.
Chin-Chou
Chinchowfu
Ching-kiang
Chingomanji
Chininga
Chinju .
Chinkiang
Chinkoko
Chinnampo
Chinniapura:^
Chins
Chintochi
Chinwanga
Chinwangtao
Chinwi .
Chiplun
Chirala .
Chiramba
Chirambo
Cbirewe .
Chironibo
Chironio
Chisagowi
Chisanga
Chisindo
Chisiri .
Chisuinulu
Chitala .
Chitaldroog
Chitarpur
Chitesi .
Chitindire
Chitor .
Chitorgarh
Chitral .
Chittagong
Chittar R.
Chittoor (Madras)
Chitua, Lake
Chiwanga
Chiwata
Chiweres
Chochow
Choiseul
Choisalil I.
Chokkampatti
Cholam
Cholchol
Chonan .
Chong-ju
Chong-ju
Chongpa
Chonju
Chopan .
Chopda .
Chor
Chosan .
Chota Nagpur
Chota Udaipur
Map No.
3°
6
38
38
10
28
21
10
21
19
19
39
38
10
36
34
33
21
19
36
74
21
36
27
31
34
36
2S
19
19
19
19
29
21
19
25
28
ss
24
27
26
21
19
34
41
41
27
24
10
36
36
36
33
36
28
25
25
36
23
2S
Lat.
7N
52 N
25 S
17 S
36 S
32 N
13 S
42 S
14 s
15 s
iS
16 s
19 s
14 s
10 s
12 N
26 N
14 S
37 N
41 N
32 N
12 S
17 S
35 N
24 N
iSN
38 N
9N
18 N
11 S
17 S
39 N
37 N
17 N
15 s
16 S
17 S
14 s
15 s
16 s
11 s
12 S
12 S
12 S
12 S
12 S
14 N
23 N
12 S
17 s
25 N
24 N
36 N
22 N
8N
13 N
iSS
17 S
10 s
13 s
39 N
6S
7S
9N
23 N
39 S
37 N
39 N
36 N
32 N
35 N
24 N
21 N
25 N
40 N
23 N
22 N
Long.
80 E
124 W
152 E
144 E
72 W
73 E
35 E
74 W
30 E
35 E
80 W
36 E
33 E
32 E
iSoE
87 E
150 E
77 W
127 E
120 E
120 E
35 E
30 E
128 E
103 E
30 W
125 E
78 E
94 E
34 E
35 E
119 E
127 E
73 E
34 E
34 E
34 E
30 E
30 E
35 E
34 E
35 E
35 E
32 E
34 E
31 E
76 E
85 E
35 E
33 E
75 E
74 E
73 E
91 E
77 E
79 E
35 E
35 E
39 E
34 E
116 E
156 E
157 E
77 E
93 E
74 W
127 E
125 E
127 E
104 E
127 E
82 E
75 E
7'E
121; E
8s E
74 E
Place.
Chotan .
Chowtsun
Chrissie, Lake
Christchurch .
Christianagram
Chiistiansborg
Chuaiyo .
Chuaka .
Chuapa R.
Chubut .
Chucheng
Chiichow Sung
Chu ki .
Chuksan
Chukutu ,
Chummoo
Chun-chon
Chungju
Chungking
Church Pt.
Chuzus .
Cibeni .
Ciciva .
Ciko
Clair .
Clan William
Clanwilliam
Claremont
Clar nee R.
Clarenville
Claresholni
Clarkabad
Clarksbury
Clarkson
Claudetown
Clearwater
Clermont
Cleveland
Cleveland
Clifford
Clifton .
Clinton .
Cloncurry
Closepet
Cloudy B.
Clumber
Cluny
Cobar .
Coblenz
Cobongo R.
Cochabamba
Cochin .
Cochrane
Cockpit Country
Coco Is.
Coega .
Cofimvaba
Cofimvaba Vill.
Coimbatore .
Coin de Mire (Mau-
ritius)
Coite
Coka Forest
Colabba
Colchester '
Coldwell
Coleman R.
Colenia .
Colenso
Coleridge
Coleridge, L.
Coleroon R.
Colesberg
Colesberg Br.
Colleston
Collie
CoUingwood
Map No
Lat.
25
25 N
34
37 N
. 18
26 S
40
43 S
27
8N
20
5N
21
14 s
21
15 s
II
oS
10
43 S
34
36 N
34
35 N
33
29 N
36
37 N
19
19 S
25
26 N
36
37 N
36
37 N
33
29 N
3
44N
19
16 s
17
31 s
17
31 s
17
32 s
4
52 N
5
50 N
12
32 s
12
33 S
40
42 S
7
48 N
6
i;o N
28
31 N
17
3'i
13
34 S
32
4N
13
30 S
38
22 s
38
27 s
38
19 s
13
31 s
13
32 s
40
46 s
38
20 s
26
12 N
39
10 s
13
33 S
22
20 s
37
31 s
4
52 N
II
10 S
10
16 S
26
9N
6
SI N
8
18 N
31
'14N
13
33 S
17
32 S
17
32 S
26
II N
17
25
13
s
38
10
14
4
40
5)
13
13
4
37
40
19 S
II S
31 s
18 N
33 S
48 N
15 S
23 S
28 s
49 N
43 S
II N
30 S
30 S
53 N
33 S
40 S
Long.
71 E
117 E
30 E
173 E
78 E
oW
30 E
30 E
20 E
65 W
119 E
118 E
120 E
127 E
31 E
72 E
127 E
128 E
106 E
65 W
30 E
28 E
28 E
28 E
104 W
99 W
18 E
18 E
173 E
54 W
114 W
74 E
28 E
24 E
114 E
27 E
147 E
153 E
147 E
27 E
26 E
169 E
140 E
77 E
148 E
26 E
57 E
146 E
108 W
10 E
66 W
76 E
114 W
77 W
93 E
25 E
27 E
27 E
77 E
57 E
39 W
28 E
73 E
25 E
86 W
142 E
58 W
29 E
no W
171 E
79 E
25 E
25 E
106 W
116 E
173 E
Place.
CoUingwood B,
Colombo
Colon .
Colonia .
Colosa .
Columbia (S. Africa)
Columbia (Diocese]
Combaconam
Comet .
Comet R.
Comilla .
Coramissie Poort
Comorin, C. .
Comoro
Comoro Is. .
Comox .
Compass Berg
Conceicao
Concepcion .
Conception Bay
Concordia
Conducia B. .
Conflict Group
Confut
Congo R.
Conjeeveram .
Conrad .
Constantia
Constantia .
Constantia Berg
Contai .
Ccnway
Cooch Behar
Cook Mt.
Cook Str.
Cooktown
Cooletoray
Coolgardie
Coomassie
Coondapoor
Coonoor
Coorg .
Copiabo
Copperfield
Coquimbo
Coral Sea
Cordalba
Cordoba
Cordova
Corea B.
Corea Strs.
Corentyne R.
Corfield
Corisso B.
Cornwallis
Coro
Coronel
Coronie
Corriaputty
Corrientes^ C
Corrientes, C,
Cosme .
Cotaram
Cote d'Or (Mauri-
tius) .
Cotta .
Cottonwood
Cowigban
Cqoqora
Cradle Mt. (T;
mania)
Cradock
Craik
Crapand
Creve Coeur
ritius)
Criquet B.
(Mau-
Map No
Lat.
39
9S
30
7N
8
9N
10
34 S
\ '3
32 S
a) 17
30 s
) 6
50 N
. 26
II N
38
23 S
38
24 S
24
23 N
13
29 S
26
8N
22
II S
22
II S
6
49 N
13
31 s
19
18 S
10
36 S
7
47 N
10
32 s
21
14 S
39
10 s
13
31 s
II
oS
26
12 N
6
60 N
13
29 S
12
34 S
12
34 S
24
21 N
13
31 s
24
26 N
40
43 S
40
40 S
38
15 s
27
8N
37
30 S
20
6N
25
13 N
26
11 N
26
12 N
10
27 S
38
22 s
10
30 s
38
11 s
38
25 S
10
31 s
10
31 s
36
39 N
36
34 N
9
2N
38
21 S
II
iN
3
45 N
10
12 N
10
37 S
9
5N
27
9N
10
38 S
18
24 S
10
27 S
• 27
8N
22
ig S
30
7N
6
53 N
6
48 N
■ 17
32 S
40
13
4
3
41 S
32 S
51 N
46 N
20 S
SiN
Long.
149 E
80 E
79 W
58 W
28 E
29 E
125 W
79 E
148 E
148 E
91 E
27 E
77 E
43 E
43 E
124 W
24 E
36 E
74 W
53 W
60 W
40 E
150 E
26 E
10 E
79 E
134 w
27 E
18 E
18 E
87 E
25 E
89 E
170 E
174 E
145 E
77 E
120 E
2W
74 E
76 E
75 E
70 W
147 E
71 W
145 E
152 E
66 W
65 W
124 E
130 E
57 W
143 E
9E
64 W
70 W
74 W
56 W
78 E
56 W
35 E
56 W
77 E
57 E
80 E
122 W
123 W
27 E
145 E
25 E
106 W
63 W
57 E
ssw
INDEX
109
Place.
Map No
. Lat.
Long.
Crocodile
. i8
.25 s
31 E
Crocodile R. .
18
24 S
27 E
Crooked R. .
4
54 N
103 W
Cross R.
20
5N
8E
Crow's Nest .
• 38
27 S
152 E
Croydon
• 38
18 S
142 E
Cuba .
8
22 N
80 W
Cucuta .
10
8N
74 W
Cuddalore
. 26
II N
79 E
Cuddapah
. 26
14 N
78 E
Culebra
8
18 N
6s W
Cullinan Sta. .
18
25 s
28 E
Culunca
17
31 s
28 E
Culungea
• 17
31 s
28 E
Culvei- .
S
49 N
95 W
Cumana
8
10 N
64 W
Cumberland .
2
55 N
102 W
Cumbum
. 26
15 N
79 E
Cumming
• 17'
30 S
29 E
Cundapur
• 25
14 N
74 E
Cunene R.
II
i3S
12 E
CunnamuUa .
• 38
28 S
145 E
Cupar .
4
50 N
104 W
Curazao Is. .
10
13 N
68 W
Curepio (Mauritius
) 22
20 S
57 E
Curloss, S. .
10
9N
72 W
Cutch, G. of .
• 2S
23 N
70 E
Cut Knife .
4
52 N
108 W
Cuyaba
10
15 s
55 W
Cuyuni R.
9
6N
59 W
Cyphergat
• 13
31 s
26 E
Cypress
4
SoN
108 W
Dacca .
24
23 N
90 E
Dagero .
S
49 N
95 W
Dahanu .
• 2S
20 N
72 E
Dahnavur
■ 27
8N
77 E
Dahomey
II
9N
£ E
Daka .
19
18 S
26 E
Dakala .
20
14 N
2E
Dakhla .
II
25 N
31 E
Dakor .
• 25
23 N
73 E
Dakota .
2
45 N
100 W
Dalami .
20
8N
12 E
Dalat .
• 32
2N
113 E
Dalavaipuram
• 27
8N
78 E
Dalby .
38
27 S
151 E
Dalgin .
9
6N
58 W
Dalhousie
3
48 N
66 W
Dalma .
29
22 N
86 E
Dalny .
34
39 N
121 E
Daltonganj .
24
^'^S
84 E
Daman .
25
20 N
72 E
Damara
39
10 S
148 E
Damas .
21
15 s
35 E
Dambeni
■ 17
31 s
29 E
Dambool
30
8N
81 E
Damietta
II
3N
3E
Dampier's Archip.
37
21 S
116 E
Dampier I. .
39
4S
147 E
Damra .
24
26 N
90 E
Damrana
17
31 s
28 E
Dams Laagte
12
3"^T
21 E
Damuda R. .
29
23 N
8s E
Dancing Pt. .
S
52 N
97 w
Dangaria
20
14 N
12 E
Daniel's Harbour
7
50 N
57 W
Dankar
28
32 N
78 E
Dannhauser .
16
28 S
30 E
Dapoli .
25
17 N
73 E
Darbeji .
25
27 N
68 E
Darbhanga .
24
26 N
86 E
Dar-es-Salaam
21
6S
39 E
Dar Fur
II
12 N
24 E
Dargle .
'4
29 S
30 E
Darjeeling
24
27 N
88 E
Darkton
16
26 S
31 E
Place. Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place. Map No
Lat.
Darroro
20
9N
8E
Dharmavaran
1 . 26
14 N
Darsi
. 26
iSN
79 E
Dharmsala
. 28
32 N
Dartmouth
3
44 N
63 W
Dharwar
• 25
15 N
Darwin .
5
49 N
96 W
Dhebar, L.
25
24 N
Das pur .
• 24
22 N
86 E
Dhing .
24
26 N
Datha .
• 25
21 N
72 E
Dholera .
■ 25
2^N
Daudnagar
. 24
25 N
84 E
Dholpur
. 28
26 N
Daunai .
• 39
10 S
149 E
Dhond .
25
18 N
Dauphin, La
ke . s
51 N
100 W
Dhone .
. 26
15 N
Dauphin
5
51 N
lOoW
Dhoraji .
• 25
27 N
Daura .
20
13 N
8 E
Dhrafa .
25
22 N
Davel .
18
26 S
29 E
Dhrangadhra
25
23 N
Dawa River
II
4N
40 E
Dhubri .
24
26 N
Dawson City
2
60 N
139 W
Dhulia
25
20 N
Dawson Rive
r . 38
25 S
150 E
Diabo
20
12 N
Daysland
6
SON
112W
Diamond Hr.
24
22 N
De Aar June.
• 13
30 s
24 E
Diamond iVlts
. 36
38 N
Dease House
6
58 N
128 W
Dibrugarh
24
27 N
Dease, Lake
6
58 N
129 W
Didsbury
6
SiN
Debba Hebe
20
10 N
II E
Diep River St
a. . 12
34 S
De Beer
. 16
26 S
31 E
Digboi .
24
27 N
Debera .
17
31 s
27 E
Digby .
3
44N
Debhata
■ 24
22 N
89 E
Digby Bason
3
45 N
Debiso .
20
6N
2W
Dikoa .
20
II N
Debur .
■ 2S
24 N
74 E
Dikova Distri
-t . 30
7N
Deception Ba
y • 39
7S
144 E
Dilato, L.
II
10 S
Dedalo .
• 17
30 S
29 E
Dillon Bay
. 41
i8S
Dedele .
■ 39
10 S
148 E
Dimapur
. 24
25 N
Dedun .
• 25
21 N
71 E
Dimbula Dist
riot . 30
7N
Deduru R.
. 30
7N
80 E
Dimlah .
24
26 N
Deepdale
. 14
29 S
29 E
Dinajpur
. 24
25 N
Deer Lake
7
49 N
57 W
Dindigul
. 26
10 N
Deesa .
• 25
24 N
72 E
Dindori .
25
20 N
Degilbo .
. . 38
25 S
152 E
Dingo .
38
23 S
Dehri .
. 24
24 N
85 E
Dirk Hartog ]
• 37
26 s
Deinzerhole
• 39
6S
146 E
Dill, Bombay
• 25
20 N
De Kruis
12
29 S
21 E
Diu, Mashona
land 19
15 s
De Kruis
12
31 s
21 E
Divari .
39
10 s
Delagoa Bay
. 18
25 S
32 E
Diwangiri
. 24
26 N
Delamuzi
■ 17
29 S
29 E
Dixcove
20
4N
Delft Islands
• 30
9N
79 E
Dobu Is.
• 39
9S
Delgado, Cap
e . 21
10 s
40 E
Dodanduwa
30
6N
Delhi .
. 28
28 N
77 E
Dogura
• 39
10 S
Deloraine {Ca
nada) 5
49 N
100 W
Dohad .
• 25
23 N
Deloraine (Ta
.smania) 40
41 S
146 E
Dohnavur
• 27
8N
Delsna .
• 39
8 S
146 E
Doisa
• 29
23 N
Denmark
3
45 N
63 W
Doko
20
5N
Dennison
5
48 N
85 w
Dolanner
• 33
40 N
D'Entrecastea
ux Is. 39
9S
151 E
Dolia .
• 25
22 N
Denu
20
SN
I E
Dolopinis
17
31 s
Deogar .
. 24
24 N
86 E
Dolores .
10
37 S
Deogarh
. 28
24 N
77 E
Domanuthia
. 18
25 s
Deogaria
. 24
26 N
94 E
Dominica
8
15 N
Deoyn .
• 25
25 N
73 E
Dondo .
II
10 S
Dera Dun
. 28
30 N
78 E
Dondra Head
• 30
6N
Dera Ghaza 1
Chan . 28
30 N
70 E
Donga .
20
7N
Dera Ismail !•
Chan . 28
31 N
70 E
Dongola, New
r . II
20 N
Derby .
. 16
26 S
30 E
Dongola, Old
II
20 N
Derby (Pretoi
ia) . 18
25 s
26 E
Dongurpur
• 25
23 N
Derwent
18
25 S
29 E
Donker Poort
• 13
30 S
Derwent R.
. 40
42 S
146 E
Donnybiaale
• 14
29 s
Desirade
8
16 N
60 W
Donovans Ko
P • 13
30 s
Detroit .
2
43 N
84 W
Doobyalla
. 40
41 s
Devarkonda
. 26
16 N
78 E
Doom R.
. 18
22 S
Devgarh
• 2S
16 N
73 E
Doranda
■ 29
23 N
Deviapatam
• 30
9N
79 E
Dordrecht
• 13
31 s
Devils' Peak
12
33 S
18 E
Doreh
39
I s
Dewetsdorp
• 15
29 S
26 E
Dori
20
14 N
De Wildt
. 18
25 s
28 E
Dorma .
. 29
23 N
Dewir .
. 28
25 N
73 E
Dornakal
. 26
17 N
Dexter .
5
49 N
90 W
Doro
20
7N
Dhanbad
. 29
2?N
86 E
Dorrokarri
19
20 S
Dhandhuka
• 25
22 N
72 E
Dou Dai
• 39
9S
Dhanera
• 25
24 N
72 E
Douglas Harh
our . 39
8S
Dhangain
■ 24
25 N
84 E
Drakensberg
■ 14
29 S
Dharampur, E
ombay 25
20 N
73 E
Drennah
• 13
32 s
Dharmapuri
. 26
12 N
78 E
Drie Fontein
16
27 s
Long.
77 E
75 E
74 E
74 E
92 E
72 E
77 E
74 E
77 E
70 E
70 E
71 E
89 E
74 E
o W
88 E
128 E
94 E
114 W
18 E
95 E
65 W
65 W
13 E
80 E
20 E
69 E
93 E
80 E
89 E
88 E
77 E
74 E
149 E
113 E
71 E
32 E
150 E
91 E
2 W
150 E
80 E
T50E
74 E
77 E
84 E
13 E
115 E
71 E
28 E
58 W
30 E
61 W
10 E
80 E
10 E
30 E
30 E
74 E
25 E
30 E
26 E
148 E
30 E
85 E
26 E
134 E
oE
85 E
80 E
loE
24 E
143 E
148 E
29 E
25 E
30 F
lib
CttURCHMAiST'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Dryden .
Dry Harbour
Dsoje
Duala .
Duaringa
Dubbo .
Dubrajpur
Duchi
Ducie C.
Duck, L.
Du Cop B.
Dudhai .
Dudhi .
Duff Is. .
Dufrost .
Duganden
Du Jacolet B
Dullstroom
Dulwad .
Dumar
Dumasi .
Dum Duma
Dundee .
Dundee Store
Dundugama
Dunedin
Dungarpur
Dunkwa
Dunmore
Danraven Mine
Dunsu ,
Dunvegan
Dura
Durban
Durbanville
Durgapur
Durge Strs.
Duru
D'Urville, C.
Dwarka
Dwingfu
Dyke Ackland B.
Dyrnent
Eabimet, L.
Eagle .
East Cape.
East London
Ebenezer
Ebeny Point
Ebuta .
Edaseval
Eddystone Is.
Edea .
Edenburg
Edmonton
Edward R.
Efoge .
Egbe
Egboni .
Egga
Eijmont, C.
Ehlamohlomo
Eidsvold
Einasheigh
Ekombola
Ekuan, L.
Ekulangeni
Ekvitaseni
Ekwan, R.
Ekwenden
Elands Berg
Elandshoek
Elands Laagte
Elands, R. .
Elbow .
Map No
. Lat.
S
49 N
8
i8N
20
6N
20
3N
• 38
23 S
• 37
32 s
• 24
23 N
20
13 N
• 39
10 S
4
53 N
22
20 s
. 28
24 N
. 28
24 N
• 41
10 S
5
49 N
■ 38
28 S
22
20 S
. 18
25 s
■ 25
16 N
• 29
23 N
17
31 s
■ 24
•27 N
• 14
28 S
17
30 S
• 30
7N
. 40
46 s
• 25
24 N
20
6N
4
50 N
• 19
19 S
2Q
14 N
6
56 N
20
II N
14
29 S
12
33 S
24
25 N
• 39
7S
29
23 N
• 39
I S
■ 25
22 N
• 13
32 s
39
gS
S
49 N
5
51 N
5
49 N
39
10 s
13
33 S
16
27 S
9
5N
17
30 S
27
9N
41
8S
20
3N
IS
29 S
4
S3N
38
14 S
20
6N
20
8N
20
8N
20
8 N
40
39 S
16
27 S
38
25 s
38
18 S
16
27 S
5
S3N
16
27 S
16
28 s
S
S3N
21
II S
i6
27 S
i8
25 S
14
28 s
18
25 S
4
51 N
Long.
93 W
77 W
oE
9E
149 E
148 E
87 E
12 E
150 E
106 W
57 E
78 E
82 E
167 E
97 W
152 E
57 E
30 E
74 E
85 E
29 E
95 E
30 E
29 E
80 E
170 E
74 E
I W
iioW
30 E
I E
117 W
II E
31 E
18 E
91 E
139 E
85 E
138 E
69 E
25 E
148 E
92 W
88 W
93 W
150 E
27 E
30 E
57 W
29 E
77 E
156 E
10 E
25 E
114 W
142 E
5E
5E
5E
6E
174 E
31 E
151 E
144 E
30 E
88 W
31 E
31 E
85 W
33 E
30 E
30 E
30 E
27 E
106 W
Place.
Map No
Lat.
El Fashr
II
10 N
Elim
. 18
23 S
Eliya .
• 30
6N
Elkhorn
4
50 N
Elliot .
• 17
31 s
Elliotdale
17
,32 s
20 N
EUora .
■ 25
Ellore .
. 26
17 N
Elmina .
20
5N
Elmsdale
3
45 N
El Obeid
II
10 N
El Orda
11
10 N
Eluculweni
17
31 s
Elujecweni
• 17
•31 s
Elunyaweni
• 17
31 s
Elupur .
• 27
9N
Elusizini
17
31 s
Emahlabatini
. 16
28 s
Emanghur .
• 25
26 N
Emayapurara
26
9N
Embotyl R. .
17
31 s
Embulwana .
14
28 s
Emerald
■ 38
23 s
Emerson
5
49 N
Emfundisweni
17
30 S
Emfundweni .
17
30 s
Emgwalaka .
17
31 s
Emjanyana .
17
31 s
Emkanz
17
31 s
Emkindini
16
28 s
Empangeni .
16
28 s
Empendhleni
14
29 s
Emseleni
17
31 s
Emtombeni ,
16
28 s
Emtsundwane
17
3'S
Eraukosini
. 16
27 S
Emu Park
■ 38
23 s
Emyezani, R.
16
26 s
Endeavour Str.
39
II s
Enderby
6
SoN
Endicott
18
26 S
Eneyuda.
9
5N
Enfumeni
16
28 s
Engabeni (S. Luke
s) 14
30 s
Engabo .
20
5N
Engcobo
• 17
31 s
English, R. .
S
50 N
Engwcmpis, R.
. 16
26 S
Engxogi ,
17
31 s
Enhlonhlweni
14
28 s
Enhlozane
16
26 s
Enkeldoorn .
• 19
19 s
EnkoUweni Mts.
17
30 s
Enkunzi .
14
28 s
Ennersdale
14
29 s
Enon
13
33 S
Ensenada
10
35 S
Ensikeni
17
30 S
Enslin .
13
29 s
Entafuta
17
31 s
Entafuta R. .
17
31 s
Entebbe
21
oS
Enterprise
19
17 S
Entombe
16
27 s
Entsimbini
17
31 s
Enyandu
14
28 s
Epiphany
17
30 s
Epira
9
5N
Epome .
20
6N
Equatoria
II
oN
Eral
27
8N
Eraoor .
30
8N
Erie, L. .
2
43 N
Erinpura
28
25 N
Eritrea .
II
10 N
Ermelo .
18
26 S
Ernakulam
26
9N
Long.
20 E
29 E
80 E
lOiW
27 E
28 E
75 E
8i E
I W
63 W
30 E
30 E
27 E
28 E
28 E
78
29
29
148
97 W
29 E
30 E
27 E
28 E
27 E
31 E
32 E
29 E
29 E
31 E
29 E
30 E
150 E
31 E
142 E
119 W
28 E
58 W
31 E
30 E
2 W
27 E
94 W
30 E
28 E
29 E
30 E
30 E
28 E
30 E
29 E
25 E
57 W
29 E
24 E
29 E
29 E
32 E
31 E
30 E
29 E
30 E
28 E
57 W
I E
30 E
78 E
81 E
80 W
73 E
30 E
30 E
76 E
Place.
Erode
Eromanga
Erromango
Erungalore
Esangwea
Esashi .
Eshowe .
Esihlengni
Esikobeni
Esinxoka
Esiqungwini
Esitoleni
Esk
Esmeraldas
Espiritu Santo
Essequibo R.
Estcourt
Esterhazy
Estimati
Estrevan
Etah
Etaivapuram
Etalaneni
Etawah .
Etembeni
Eton
Etyeni .
Eulo
Eupukari
Eureka City
Eurimbula
Evar or Kei Is,
Evaton .
Evesham
Exploits
Fachow
Faike .
Fairfield
Fairford House
Mission
Falcon .
Falkland Is.
Falmouth (J amaica)
Falmouth (Nova
Scotia)
False B.
False B.(Cape Colony)
Farafra .
Farewell, C.
Faridpur
Farview
Fashoda
Fatehpur
Fatehpur
Fathigarh
Fathpur
Fauresmith
Favafangane
Fayyum
Fazilka .
Fazokl .
Fearn Is.
Feihsien .
Feir
Fenchow
Fenerive
Fengsiang
Fergusson Is.
Fernando Po
Ferozepore
Ferry land
Fez
Fezzan .
Fianarantsoa
Fife
FifeB. .
and
R.
33
13
40
24
17
II
25
28
28
28
15
22
II
28
II
41
34
19
33
22
33
39
20
28
7
Long.
77 E
143 E
169 E
78 E
29 E
142 E
31 E
31 E
28 E
28 E
28 E
27 E
152 E
79 E
166 E
58 E
29 E
loiW
31 E
102 W
78 E
78 E
31 E
79 E
27 E
149 E
28 E
145 E
59 W
31 E
151 E
133 E
27 E
109 W
54 W
22 N III E
II N 8E
33 S 26 E
51 N 97 W
49 N 91 W
52 S 58 W
18 N 77 W
MapNc
. Lat.
. 26
II N
• 38
26 S
• 41
18 S
. 26
II N
17
30 S
• 35
45 N
. 16
28 S
. i6
28 S
• 17
31 s
• 17
.31 s
■ 17
31 s
• 17
31 s
38
27 s
10
I N
41
15 s
9
iN
14
29 S
4
50 N
16
29 S
4
49 N
28
27 N
27
9N
16
28 S
28
27 N
13
33 S
38
21 S
17
30 S
38
28 S
9
3N
18
25 s
38
24 s
39
5S
18
26 s
4
52 N
7
49 N
39
45 N
27 s
34 S
28 N
40 S
23 N
30 ,S
10 N
28 N
26 N
27 N
28 N
29 S
22 S
29 N
30 N
11 N
23 S
35 N
ISS
37 N
17 S
34 N
98
3N
31 N
47 N
35 N
25 N
22 S
98
10 s
64 w
32 E
18 E
28 E
173 E
89 E
28 E
31 E
75 E
80 E
79 E
77 E
25 E
47 E
30 E
73 E
34 E
172 E
118 E
30 E
III E
49 E
107 E
150 E
8 E
74 E
53 W
5W
iSE
47 E
32 E
149 E
INDEX
111
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Figig .
II
32 N
2W
Fove.iux Str. .
40
47 S
168 E
Gathwa .
. 2g
24 N
Fiji Islands .
41
l6S
178 E
Fox Land
2
65 N
75 W
Gatooma
19
18 S
Fika
20
II N
II E
Foxtrap
7
47 N
52 W
Gatrun .
II
20 N
Filingue
20
14 N
3E
Franceville .
11
2S
12 E
Gauhati .
24
26 N
Fingal School
17
31 s
27 E
Francis T ,ake
6
61 N
I2g W
Gautier Mts. .
39
2S
Fion
20
13 N
3W
Francistown .
ig
21 S
27 E
Gaya
24
24 N
Fish Hoek B.
12
34 S
18 E
Frankfort
IS
27 S
28 E
Gayndah
• 38
25 s
Fishing, L. .
S
SI N
88 W
Franklin Mt.
40
42 s
173 E
Gbebe .
20
7N
Fish River Rand
13
32 s
26 E
Fraserburg
12
31 s
21 E
Gebe .
20
II N
Fistolet B. .
7
51 N
55 W
Fraser R.
15
52 N
121 W
Geelvink B. .
39
3S
Fititi .
20
12 N
II E
Frasers .
. 16
26 S
31 E
Gelaria .
39
10 S
Fitzroy R.
38
23 s
149 E
Fray Bentos .
10
33 S
57 W
Genisdal
12
30 s
Flattery, C. .
38
15 s
145 E
Frederick Henry
Is. 3g
8S
138 E
Geo.ikhah
. 24
21 N
Fletcher, Mt.
17
30 s
28 E
Fredericton .
3
46 N
66 W
George .
12
33 S
Fletcherville .
13
30 s
28 E
Freels, Cape .
7
49 N
53 W
Georgenholtz
. 18
22 s
Flettenberg B.
12
34 S
23 E
Freetown
II
gN
12 W
Georgetown .
8
7N
Fleuxes Drift .
18
22 s
2gE
Frere, Mt. .
17
30 S
28 E
Georgeiown, Tasm. 40
41 s
Flinders Is. (Tas
Frere Town .
21
4S
39 E
George own, N. Z. 40
45 S
mania)
40
40 s
147 E
Friday Is.
• 38
10 S
142 E
Georgetown, B. G. g
6N
Floff .
18
26 S
28 E
Fromme R. .
12
34 S
18 E
Georgetown, N.S
3
46 N
Flores .
37
gS
120 E
Fuchiu .
35
34 N
133 E
Georgetown, Mai. Pen. 32
5N
Flower Cove .
7
51 N
56 W
Fuchow Ki .
• 33
27 N
116 E
Georgetown, Aus
.. 38
18 S
Fly R. .
39
7S
140 E
Fuchow King
■ 34
39 N
121 E
Georgia Strait
s
50 N
Fogo Is.
7
49 N
54 W
Fuh-kien
33
25 N
118 E
Geraldton
. 38
17 S
Fontesvilla
19
igS
34 E
Fuhning
• 33
27 N
120 E
Germiston
. 18
26 S
Foochow
33
26 N
iigE
Fuji Mt.
• 35
35 N
138 E
Gertrugsberg .
. 18
22 S
Forbes .
16
26 S
31 E
Fukuoka
■ 35
33 N
129 E
Gerufa .
19
igS
Forcados
20
SN
5E
Fukushima
■ 35
38 N
140 E
Geur R.
• 17
32 s
Forest Hall
12
33 S
23 E
Fukuyama
• 35
34 N
133 E
Geurki .
20
12 N
Foriz
9
6N
58 W
Fulan Kungo
• 19
14 S
33 E
Ggagalo
• 17
31 s
Fork River .
S
SI N
100 W
Fuljula . ' .
20
8N
2 W
Ggaka .
17
31 s
Formosa
• 33
23 N
121 E
Furaso .
20
6N
iW
Ggoggora
• 17
31 «
Formosa B. .
21
2S
40 E
Funchal
II
32 N
15 w
Ghadames
II
30 N
Forres .
4
50 N
logW
Fundy, B. of .
3
45 N
66 W
Ghaggar R. .
. 28
28 N
Fort
• 19
21 S
2g E
Furneaux Gro
Lip
Ghantwar
• 25
21 N
Fort Alexander
S
51 N
g7W
(Tasmania)
40
40 S
148 E
Ghat
II
50 N
Fort Amelia .
21
13 s
40 E
Fusan .
36
35 N
I2g E
Ghaziabad
. 28
28 N
Fort Beaufort
13
32 s
26 I-;
Futechpur
. 28
28 N
77 E
Gherdi .
25
17 N
Fort Brown .
13
33 S
26 E
Futuna .
• 41
igS
170 E
Gholwad
• 25
20 N
Fort Churchill
2
59 N
95 W
Fyfe
. 16
26 S
30 E
Giant's Castle
14
29 S
Fort Colville .
6
48 N
117 W
Fyzabad
. 28
27 N
82 E
Giddalur
. 26
15 N
Fort k la Corne
4
53 N
104 W
Gierku .
20
10 N
Fort Dauphin
22
25 s
47 E
Gabenxa
■ 17
3'S
28 E
Gifu
■ 35
35 N
Fort Elebi
• 19
22 S
28 E
Gabes .
II
30 N
10 E
Gilbert R.
• 38
17 S
Fort Evelyn .
. 16
28 S
31 E
Gabi R. .
20
10 N
gE
Gilberton
. 38
19 S
Fort Fordyce
13
32 s
25 E
Gad Hingtaj .
• 35
16 N
74 E
Gilbert Plains
S
SI N
Fort Fraser .
6
54 N
124 W
Gadag .
• 25
ISN
75 E
Gilletts
• 14
29 S
Fort George
6
54 N
123 W
Gadzema
• 19
18 S
30 E
Gimli .
5
51 N
Fort Hope .
S
51 N
88 W
Gafata ' .
20
II N
12 E
Ginginghlovu .
. 16
28 S
Fort Jackson
13
32 S
27 E
Gaika .
• 13
32 S
27 E
Gippsland
• 37
37 S
Fort Jameson
21
13 s
32 E
Galkisse .
• 30
7N
80 E
Gira K.
• 39
8S
Fort Johnston
• 19
148
35 E
Galla .
II
oN
30 E
Giri
20
gN
Fort Keppel .
32
3N
113 E
Galle
• 30
6N
80 E
Giridih .
• 24
24 N
Fort Liard .
6
59 N
121 W
Gallinas Pt. .
8
12 N
72 W
Giro
20
II N
Fort Mangoche
• 19
14 s
35 E
Gamane
20
4N
13 E
Gisborne
. 40
8S
Fort Manning
• 19
13 s
32 E
Gambia .
II
10 N
10 W
Gizola Is.
• 41
gS
Fort Marshall
16
28 s
30 E
Cameras
• 19
18 S
31 E
Glace B.
3
46 N
Fort Nottingham
• 14
2g S
2gE
Gampola
• 30
7N
80 E
Gladstone (Aust
-alia) 38
23 S
Fort Pelly
4
52 N
102 W
Gams
12
29 S
19 E
Gladstone (Cana
3a) 5
SON
Fort Pelly Banks
6
62 N
132 W
Gandevi .
• 25
21 N
73 E
Classen Pt. .
■ 13
34 S
Fort Piet Uys
16
27 s
30 E
Gando .
20
12 N
4E
Gleichen
4
SON
Fort St. Andrew (B
Gangapur
• 25
igN
75 E
Glen Almon.l
• 13
30 S
Guiana)
9
6N
57 W
Ganges R.
• 24
25 N
84 E
Glenboro'
5
49 N
Fort St. John
6
56 N
126 W
Gangle Daria .
II
oN
40 E
Glencoe
3
48 N
Fort Saskatchewan
6
53 N
113 W
Gangpur
• 2g
22 N
S4E
Glencoe June.
14
28 S
Fort Selkirk .
2
63 N
136 W
Gangra .
• 24
22 N
88 E
Glengarry
3
45 N
Fort Severn
5
56 N
8gW
Ganutia .
• 24
23 N
87 E
Glengarry
• 17
30 S
Fort Vermilion
6
58 N
116 W
Gari
20
8N
12E
Glengyle
• 17
30 S
Fort Warden
13
32 S
28 E
Gariep R.
II
20 S
toE
Glcnlynden .
• 13
32 s
Fort William
s
48 N
8gW
Garnet Spruit
• 15
2gS
28 E
Glenorchy
5
48 N
Fort YoUand .
16
28 S
31 E
Garnish .
7
47 N
55 W
Glenwood
7
49 N
Fortaleza
10
3S
39 W
Garrol .
5
49 N
ICK) W
Globe and Phoei
ix 19
igS
Fortune .
8
22 N
73 W
Garua .
20
gN
13 E
Glorioso Is. .
22
12 S
Fortune B. .
7
47 N
55 W
Garuga .
• 19
igS
26 E
Gnace .
5
49 N
Foule Pt.
22
17 s
49 E
Gascoyne R. .
• 37
25 S
115 E
Goa
■ 25
iSN
Foulwind, C. .
40
42 S
171 E
Gashaka
20
7N
II E
Goal para
• 24
26 N
Fourie, R.
13
2g S
26 E
Gasi
■ 19
17 S
32 E
Goalundo
• 24
23 N
Long.
83 E
30 E
10 E
gi E
139 E
85 E
151 E
6E
4E
136 E
149 E
18 E
88 E
22 E
30 E
58 W
147 E
171 E
S8W
62 W
100 E
143 E
125 W
146 E
28 E
30 E
26 E
28 E
gE
28 E
28 E
28 E
o E
71 E
70 E
10 E
77 E
75 E
73 E
2gE
79 E
7E
136 E
142 E
143 E
100 W
30 E
97 W
31 E
148 E
147 E
12 E
86 E
4E
178 E
157 E
59 W
151 E
gg W
25 E
112 W
27 E
ggW
67 W
30 E
62 W
2gE
29 E
26 E
92 W
54 W
29 E
47 E
91 W
74 E
90 E
8gE
tI2
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Map No. Lat.
Gobindpur
• 29
23 N
Godda .
• 24
24 N
Godhra .
• 25
23 N
Gofe .
20
9N
Goghla .
• 25
20 N
Gogo
• 2S
21 N
Gogra R.
. 28
28 N
Gogunda
■ 25
25 N
Gogwana
• 17
31 s
Gohana
. 28
28 N
Gojo
• 35
34 N
Gokak .
• 25
16 N
Golaghat
. 24
26 N
Golconda
. 26
17 N
Golden .
6
51 N
Golea .
II
30 N
Gombi .
20
II N
Gona
• 39
8S
Gonda .
. 28
27 N
Gondal
• 25
22 N
Gondar .
11
12 N
Gondu R.
• 27
9N
Gongome
20
7N
Gongula R .
20
II N
Goodenough Is. & I
5- 39
9S
Goodhope
18
23 s
Gooldvile
. 18
23 S
Goondiwindi .
38
28 S
Goose L.
5
54 N
Goose L.
4
51 N
Gooty
26
15 N
Gopani .
18
25 S
Gopeng .
32
4N
Gordon R.
40
42 S
Gore
40
46 S
Goree Is. & Port
II
12 N
Goropu .
39
9S
Gosalla .
25
18 N
Goschen
13
32 S
Goschen Straits
39
10 S
Goulburn
37
34 S
Gouriiz R.
12
34 S
Gouveia .
■ 19
18 S
Gower Is.
41
3S
Goyaz
10
16 S
Grace Hr.
7
47 N
Grafton
37
28 S
Graham Is.
6
54 N
Grahamstown
13
33 S
Grahamstown, N.Z
40
37 S
Grand Manan
3
45 N
Grand Pond
7
48 N
Grand Popo .
20
6N
Grand R're
3
45 N
Grandview
5
51 N
Grange Is. .
39
10 S
Granum
6
49 N
Granville Ebe.
39
9S
Graspan
13
29 S
Grass L.
5
54 N
Grave P.
7
47 N
Gravel .
5
48 N
Great Abac:) .
8
26 N
Great Bahama
8
26 N
Great Canada
II
28 N
Great Fish R.
13
33 S
Great Gandak R. .
24
26 N
Great Hartz R.
18
26 S
Great Kei
17
32 S
Great Lake (Tas-
mania)
40
42 S
Great Rann Des .
25
24 N
Great Riet
13
32 S
Great Salt R. .
II
33 S
Great Sandy Is. .
38
25 s
Great Slave L.
6
61 N
Great Stride .
6
52 N
Great Winterberg .
13
32 S
Long
86 E
87 E
74 E
I W
70 E
72 H,
81 E
74 E
29 E
76 E
135 E
74 E
94 E
78 E
117 W
oE
4E
148 E
82 E
71 E
38 E
78 E
II E
II E
150 E
29 E
29 E
150 E
94 W
107 W
77 E
25 E
loi E
145 E
169 E
8 W
149 E
73 E
27 E
150 E
149 E
21 E
34 E
160 E
50 E
53 W
150 E
133 W
26 E
175 E
66 W
57 W
2E
64 W
loi W
148 E
114 W
147 E
26 E
99 W
53 W
87 W
76 W
78 W
12 W
26 E
84 E
25 W
28 E
146 E
70 E
25 E
27 E
153 E
115 W
125 W
26 E
South
Is.
Place
Green Bay
Green Is
Greenbush.
Green Pt.
Green's Pond
Gregory R.
Grenada Is.
Grenada, Nic,
Grenadines
Grenfell .
Grenna .
Grenville C.
Grey R,
Greymouth
Greytown,
Africa
Grey town, N,
Greytown, Natal
Grim C.
Grindstone Is,
Griqua Town
Guacipati
Guadaicanar
Guadaloupe
Guaku .
Guanda .
Guaso Nyifo
Guatemala
Guayanavieja
Gunyaquil
Gubenxa
Gubio
Gudnlur .
Gudiyatam
Gudur .
Guedlinburg
Guiana .
Guidaruii R.
Guingua
Guirat .
Gujranwala
Gulbarga
Gulf Is. .
Gummi .
Gumsuri
Gunderi ,
Guneunhana
Gungululu
Gunjong
Guntakal
Gunti
Guntur .
Gurara .
GurdAspur
Gure
Gurgaon
Gurha
Gurr'amkonda
Guruwe .
Gusau .
Guti
Guysboroagh
Guzco
Gwada .
Gwai
Gwalior
Gwanda
Gwani .
Gwatalala
Gwazo . ■
Gwelo .
Gxididi .
Gxobani
Gxojana
Gympie .
Habe .
Habiganj
Map No.
7
38
38
40
40
13
-|0
14
40
3
15
10
41
8
19
10
13
20
27
26
26
18
8
9
13
28
28
26
41
25
18
17
24
25
29
26
II
28
20
28
25
26
17
19
28
19
20
19
21
19
17
17
17
38
Lat.
49 N
18 N
S3N
33 S
49 N
18 S
12 N
12 N
12 N
50 N
30 N
12 S
42 S
42 s
32 s
46 s
29 s
40 s
47 N
28 S
7N
9S
16 N
20 S
19 S
2S
14 N
8 N
2S
31 «
12 N
9N
13 N
14 N
22 S
8N
3N
33 S
32 N
32 N
17 N
10 S
12 N
ir N
14 N
24 S
31 s
25 N
15 N
23 N
16 N
20 N
32 N
13 N
28 N
25 N
13 N
15 s
12 N
5N
45 N
14 S
32 S
19 s
26 N
21 S
10 N
20 S
ISS
19 s
31 s
32 s
32 s
26 s
20 9 N
24 24 N
Long.
55 W
78 W
102 w
18 E
53 W
139 E
62 W
86 W
62 W
102 E
20 E
t43E
171 E
171 E
27 E
170 E
30 E
145 E
62 W
23 E
62 W
159 E
62 W
25 E
41 W
36 E
90 W
62 W
79 W
28 E
12 E
77 E
78 E
79 E
29 E
58 W
58 W
25 E
74 E
74 E
76 E
162 E
5E
12 E
76 E
34 E
28 E
93 E
77 E
85 E
80 E
oE
75 E
10 E
77 E
72 E
78 E
37 E
6E
9E
61 W
71 W
28 E
27 E
77 E
29 E
11 E
28 E
35 E
29 E
29 E
28 E
27 E
152 E
II E
91 E
Place.
Map No. Lat.
Long.
Hachinohe .
• 35
40 N
142 E
Hackney, Grahams-
town.
13
32 s
26 E
Hackney, Guiana
9
7N
58 W
Hadeijo
20
12 N
10 E
Hadendoa
II
10 N
30 E
Haenertsburg
. 18
24 s
29 E
Hagani R. .
. 26
14 N
76 E
Haicheng
• 34
41 N
122 E
Haichow
• 33
34 N
119 E
Haidarabad .
25
18 N
76 E
Haifong.
• 33
21 N
107 E
Haijanghsien .
■ 34
36 N
121 E
Hai-ju .
• 36
38 N
125 E
Hailai .
• 34
40 N
115 E
Hailakandi .
24
24 N
92 E
Hai-nan .
■ 76
19 N
iioE
Haitan Is.
33
25 N
120 E
Hajo
• 24
26 N
91 E
Hakodate
35
42 N
140 E
Hala .
. 28
25 N
67 E
Halbrite
4
49 N
103 W
Halcro .
4
53 N
106 W
Halesowen
13
32 s
25 E
Halfway Tree (Ja
maica)
8
18 N
76 W
Halifax Hr. .
3
44N
63 W
Halifax, N.S.
3
44N
63 W
Halifax, Queenslan
d 38
18 s
146 E
Hal-la-san
36
33 N
126 E
Hamada
79
35 N
132 E
Hamamatsu .
35
35 N
138 E
Hamans Kraal
18
25 s
28 E
Hambanlotte
30
6N
81 E
Hamburg
13
33 S
27 E
Hamheung
36
39 N
127 E
Hamiota
5
50 N
101 W
Hamirpur
28
26 N
80 E
Hampden
40
45 S
171 E
Hampolo
22
24 S
44 E
Hampton
3
45 N
65 W
Han, R.
36
37 N
127 E
Han, R.
33
33 N
109 E
Hanchung
33
33 N
107 E
Hange
17
32 s
27 E
Hankey
13
33 S
24 E
Hankow
33
31 N
115 E
Hanley .
4
51 N
106 W
Hanoi .
33
21 N
105 E
Hanover
13
31 s
24 E
Hanover Rd.
13
30 S
24 E
Hansi .
28
28 N
76 E
Hanyang
33
30 N
113 E
Haputale
30
7N
81 E
Harar .
II
9N
41 E
Harbour Buffer
7
47 N
54 W
Harding
14
30 S
29 E
Hardisly
4
52 N
iiiW
Hardwar
28
30 N
78 E
Hardy Pt. .
39
98
149 E
Hare Bay
7
51 N
55 W
Harewood
8
18 N
76 W
Hargrave
4
49 N
100 W
Harihar .
25
14 N
75 E
Harnai .
25
17 N
'73E
Harpanahalli .
25
14 N
75 E
Harrismith .
15
28 S
29 E
Hartebeest R.
12
30 S
21 E
Hartingsburg
18
24 S
28 E
Hartley .
19
i8S
30 E
Hartley Hill .
21
18 S
30 E
Hatia .
29
23 N
85 E
Hatong .
36
35 N
128 E
Hauraki
40
37 S
175 E
Hauraki, Gulf of .
40
36 S
175 E
Havannah Harbour
41
18 S
168 E
tiawke Bay .
40
39 S
177 E
Hawkesbury .
3
45 N
61 W
INDEX
11^
6
S
24
29
6
38
7
40
17
17
38
15
Place. Map No.
Hay ... 37
Hay River .
Haywood
Hazaribagh .
Hazaribagh Road
Hazelton
Headingly
Heart's Content
Heazleton
Hebehebana .
Hebehebe
Hebel .
Hebran .
Heidelberg, Cape
Colony . . 12
Heidelberg, Transvaal 18
Heilbron . . 15
Hekitiho Pah . 40
Helvetia . . 13
Hembo ... 5
Hemlock . . 18
Hench ... 33
Hengchow . 33
Hengrijar . 24
Henning . . 13
Henzada . . 31
Heongshan . . 33
Herald Pt. . . 21
Herb L. . . s
Herbert . . 4
Herberton . . 38
Herberts Dale . 12
Herman. . . 13
Hermitage . . 22
Hermitage Bay . 7
Heron Bay . . 5
Herring Neck . 7
Herschel . . 13
Hertzog . . 13
Hervey B. . 38
Herz Jesu . . 21
Hex R. . . 18
Hibango . . 20
Hibbs Point (Tas-
mania) . . 40
High River . . 4
Higher Briton . 7
Highflats . . 14
Highlands, Grahams-
town ... 13
Highlands, Natal . 14
HillR. . . s
Hillcrest . . 14
Hillsbrough Bay . 3
Hillside ... 18
Hilton Road . . 14
Hinchinbrook Is. . 38
Hindi ... 56
Hinganfu . 33
Hinghwa . . 33
Hinzouan . . 22
Hioge . . 39
Hiranpur . . 24
Hirosaki . 35
Hiroshima . . 35
Hissar ... 28
Hiwasa . • • 3S
Hlamankulu . . i3
Hlangomoya . .18
Hlatikulu . . 14
Hlobe ... 17
Ho ... 33
Hobart ... 37
Hodge . . . S
Hoefjyes B. . .12
Hoffnungshoh . 21
Hohenfriedeberg . 21
Lat.
33 S
59 N
49 N
24 N
24 N
SSN
21 S
47 N
41 S
32 s
32 s
29 s
28 s
34 S
26 S
27 s
41 s
29 s
48 N
2SS
27 N
23 N
27 N
31 s
17 N
22 N
17 S
S4N
SON
17 S
34 S
29 S
20 S
47 N
48 N
49 N
30 S
32 S
25 S
7S
2SS
9 N
42 S
50 N
47 N
30 S
33 S
29 S
S6N
29 S
46 N
2SS
29 s
18 s
27 N
32 N
25 N
12 S
10 S
24 N
40 N
34 N
28 N
33 N
25 S
26 S
29 S
32 S
36 N
42 .S
49 N
33 S
7S
4S
Long.
144 E
118 W
98 W
8s E
8s E
127 W
138 E
53 W
147 E
27 E
27 E
147 E
24 E
20 E
28 E
28 E
176 E
26 E
86 W
30 E
112 E
109 E
94 E
26 E
95 E
113 E
35 E
100 W
107 W
145 E
21 E
27 E
57 E
56 W
86 W
54 W
27 E
26 E
152 E
33 E
27 E
12 E
145 E
113 W
56 W
30 E
26 E
29 E
94 W
30 E
63 E
29 E
30 E
146 E
8s E
109 E
120 E
44 E
150 E
88 E
140 E
132 E
75 E
134 E
32 E
33 E
29 E
28 E
103 E
148 E
93 W
17 E
38 E
38 E
Place.
Hoihow .
Hoima .
Hokchiang
Hokenaap
Hokien .
Hokitiki
Hokkaido
Holat .
Hoi Fn .
Holland
Holnicote B.
Holy Trinity
Homweni
Honan
Honavar
Hondeblats R.
Honduras
Honduras, Gulf of
Honeynestkloof
Hong, R.
Hongi .
Hong-ju .
Hong-Kong
Hongtse, L.
Hood Pt.
Hoogly
Hoogly, R.
Hoopstad
Hopefield
Hopetown
Hopetown B.
Ho-ping
Hora
Horleng
Horn, C.
Horner .
Hornby Range
Horo
Horobetsu
Hosdruga
Hoshiarpur
Hoshio .
Hospet .
Hota(Kaffraria)
Houita .
Hout Bay
Houtkraal
Houw Hock
Howe, C.
Howick
Howrah
Hsiao-Hsin-Chuang
Hsing-min-ting
Hsino-Hsin .
Hsintai
Hsint-ai
Hsipaw .
Huamachuco
Huaraz
Hubli .
Huchang
Hudsco, Port & R.
Hudson Bay
Hudson Bay Jc.
Hughenden
Hula .
Hulafa .
Humansdorp
Humbe .
Humboldt
Hamulus
Hunan .
Hungerford
Hungund
Hunyani
Hunyuan
Huokleng
Map No.
33
33
12
33
40
35
13
18
5
39
17
18
33
25
13
13
33
25
36
33
33
39
24
24
IS
12
13
9
33
21
36
10
5
39
16
35
25
28
21
25
17
17
12
13
12
37
14
24
34
33
33
33
34
31
25
36
4
38
39
20
13
19
4
19
33
38
25
19
33
33
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map:No
Lat.
Long.
20 N
no E
Huon R.
40
43 S
147 E
^iN
31 E
Huron .
2
44 N
83 W
26 N
119 E
Hurunui R. .
40
43 S
173 E
31 s
18 E
Hussan .
26
13 N
76 E
37 N
116 E
Hwai R.
33
32 N
115 E
43 S
171 E
Hwaian .
33
33 N
119 E
43 N
143 E
Hwangchow .
33
30 N
115 E
32 s
27 E
Hwang-hai
33
30 N
124 E
24 S
27 E
Hwang- Ho .
33
43 N
120 E
49 N
98 W
Hwang-hsien .
34
37 N
120 E
8S
148 E
Hwang-Ju
36
38 N
126 E
30 S
29 E
Hwochow
33
37 N
III E
23 S
34 E
Hwuichaw
33
29 N
118 E
34 N
113 E
Hyde Park .
9
6N
58 W
14 N
74 E
Hyderabad, Deccar
26
17 N
78 E
30 S
24 E
Hyderabad (Lahori.
) 28
25 N
67 E
15 N
88 W
Hyogo .
35
34 N
135 E
16 N
87 W
29 S
24 E
Ibadan .
20
7N
4E
24 N
106 E
Ibanda .
21
4S
32 E
17 N
76 E
Ibeka .
17
32 s
28 E
36 N
126 E
Ibi
20
8N
9E
22 N
114 E
Ichagar .
29
23 N
86 E
33 N
118 E
Ichak
29
24 N
85 E
10 S
147 E
Ichaura .
9
5N
59 W
23 N
88 E
Ichowfu .
34
35 N
118 E
22 N
88 E
Idah
20
7N
7E
27 S
26 E
Idaiyangudi .
26
8N
77 E
33 S
18 E
Idaiyankulam
62
8N
77 E
29 S
24 E
Ideles .
n
22 N
.5E
6N
58 w
Idunda .
21
8S
34 E
24 N
IIS E
Idutywa .
17
32 s
28 E
II S
33 E
Idyangudi
27
8N
77 E
42 N
130 E
Ifafa R. .
14
30 S
30 E
56 s
67 W
Igan
30
2N
112 E
49 N
95 W
Iganga .
21
iN
33 E
9S
149 E
Igatpuri .
25
19 N
73 E
2SS
31 E
Igonda .
21
5S
32 E
42 N
141 E
Iguazu Falls .
lo
24 S
55 W
13 N
76 E
Ijan
20
7N
5E
31 N
76 W
Ijebbu Ode .
20
6N
4E
16 S
38 E
Ikawa .
21
gS
32 E
15 N
76 E
Ikom
20
SN
8E-
31 s
27 E
Ikomba .
21
9S
32 E
32 S
27 E
Ikombe .
21
gS
34 E
34 S
18 E
Ikoppa R.
22
17 S
47 E
30 S
24 E
Ikorodu .
20
6N
3E
34 S
19 E
Ikula .
21
7S
36 E
35 S
117 E
Ilesha .
20
7N
4E
29 S
30 E
Ilfracombe
38
23 S
144 E
22 N
88 E
Illele .
20
14 N
5E
38 N
IIS E
Illo
20
n N
+ £
42 N
121 E
Illorin
20
8N
4E
37 N
IIS E
lUovo R.
14
30 S
30 E
35 N
117 E
Imaichi .
35
35 N
132 E
36 N
118 E
Imbazane R.
14
27 S
29 E
2J N
97 E
Imbewula
13
32 s
28 E
7S
77 W
Imboban
18
22 s
34 E
9S
76 W
Iminimira
39
10 s
150 E
iSN
75 E
Imoshagh
II
22 N
5E
41 N
126 E
Iraoti .
9
7N
59 W
28 S
71 W
Impanda
19
20 S
32 E
60 N
85 W
Impendhla .
14
29 S
29 E
53 N
102 W
Imphal .
24
24 N
94 E
20 S
144 E
Imvusi Swamp
. 16
26 S
32 E
10 S
147 E
Imyani .
13
32 s
26 E
loN
3W
Inagua .
8
21 N
73 W
34 S
24 E
Incomati
18
25 S
32 E
18 S
33 E
Indawana
■ 17
29 S
29 E
52 N
loSW
Independencia
10
6S
35 W
22 S
31 E
Indi
• 25
17 N
76 E
27 N
112 E
Indore .
• 23
22 N
76 E
29 S
144 E
Indus R.
. 28
32 N
79 E
16 N
76 E
Indwana
• 17
31 s
27 E
17 s
30 E
Indwe .
■ 13
31 s
27E
39 N
114 E
Indwe R.
■ 17
31 s
27 E
27 N
120 E
Indwedwe
14
29 s
30 E
114
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Vlap No.
Lat.
Infelberg
1.3
31 s
Ingagane
14
27 S
Ingagane R. .
14
28 S
Ingalate R. .
18
22 s
Ing Chung .
33
25 N
Ingele Mts. .
14
30 S
Inglewood
38
28 s
Ingogo .
16
27 s
Ingram .
38
18 s
Inguana
18
23 s
Ingwangwane R.
14
30 s
Ingwavuma R.
16
27 s
Inhabirai
19
20 s
Inhambane .
18
25 S
Inhapallata .
18
24 s
Inharime
18
24 s
Inhlasatye
16
27 s
Inhlwati
i5
27 s
Inkoka I.
18
26 s
Inkoman Simba
18
22 S
Inland Sea .
35
34 N
Innisfail
15
52 N
Inould
19
21 S
In Salah
II
26 N
Insein .
31
17 N
Insukameni .
19
19 S
Insusi R.
16
28 s
Invahibe
22
15 s
Invercargill .
40
46 s
Inxu
13
31 s
Inyamandis .
19
19 s
Inyanga .
• 19
18 s
Inyantshishi .
. 18
22 S
Inyati .
• 19
19 s
Inyatsutsu
• 19
16 s
Ipoh .
• 32
4N
Ipolela .
• 14
29 s
Ipolela R.
14
29 s
Ipswich .
38
27 s
Ipwani .
21
4S
Iquique
10
20 s
Iquitos .
10
2S
Irachi
27
9N
Irene
i8
25 s
Iringa .
21
7S
Irrawadi
31
20 N
Irvine .
4
49 N
Isaacs R.
38
22 S
Isaha .
22
14 s
Isandhlwana .
16
28 s
Isbindi R. .
14
28 s
Ise
21
oS
Ishur
• 34
35 N
Isigidimi
• 13
30 S
Isipingo
• 14
30 s
Isisele .
• 17
30 s
Isisford .
• 38
24 s
Isita Mosheh's
• 17
30 s
Islamabad
33
33 N
Islamkote
• 2S
24 N
Islands, Bay of
7
49 N
Islands, Bay of
. 40
35 S
Island L.
5
53 N
Islay
4
53 N
Isle Madame .
3
45 N
Isle Royal
5
48 N
Itabira .
10
19 S
Itebbu
20
6N
Itki
• 29
23 N
Itobe .
20
7N
Itumba .
21
6S
Ituri R.
II
iN
Ituribisce
9
7N
Ivohibe .
22
23 S
Ixopo .
14
30 s
Izintwald
17
30 s
Long.
25 E
30 E
29 E
29 E
118 E
29 E
151 E
30 E
146 E
34 E
29 E
32 E
34 E
35 E
35 E
,.E
31 E
iE
lE
E
E
;W
;E
;E
E
351
32]
33 1
32 1
132 -
"5
35
2
96
29 E
31 E
50 E
168 E
28 E
32 E
33 E
33 E
28 E
32 E
loi E
29 E
29 E
152 E
35 W
70 W
72 W
77 E
28 E
33 E
95 E
iioW
148 E
50 E
30 E
30 E
35 E
118 E
26 E
30 E
30 E
144 E
28 E
75 E
70 E
58 W
174 E
94 W
iioW
60W
88 W
42 W
4E
85 E
6E
35 E
28 E
58 W
44E
30 E
29 E
Place.
Jack Fish
Jack Fish
Jack River
Jafarabad
Jaffna
Jagavirapuram
Jagersfontein .
Jagersfontein Rd.
Jaggayyapeta
Jaigarh .
Jaipur ,
Jaitpur .
Jalalpur .
Jalarpet
Jalaun .
Jalgaon .
Jalingo .
Jailor .
Jalna
Jalpaiguri
Jalrapatan
Jamaari
Jamaica
Jamalpur
Jamestown
Jamkhandi
Jamkhed
Jammalamadugu
Jammu .
Jamnagar
Jandiala
Jangipur
Janjira .
Jaochow
Jappen .
Jargo .
Jarod
Jashpur .
Jath
Jatoba .
Jaunpur .
Jaypur .
Jcizeiro .
Jebba
Jedcherla
Jedore .
Jelebu .
Jenas
Jenca
Jenkiu .
Jericho .
Jesselton
Jessore .
Jeur
Jeysulmere
Jhabua .
Jhang-Bar
Jhansi .
Jhelam .
Jhenida .
Jherria .
Jichaohsien
Jilore
Jimbo
Jind
Jintur
Jobat
Jodhpur
Johanna
Johannesburg
Johore .
Jojweni .
Jokea
Joliba R.
Jondaryan
Jonker .
Jorhat .
Map No.
5
4
5
25
30
27
15
Stn. 13
26
25
28
28
25
26
23
25
20
28
25
24
28
20
8
24
13
58
25
26
28
25
28
24
25
33
39
29
25
29
25
10
28
29
26
3
32
19
17
34
38
32
24
25
28
25
28
33
28
24
29
34
21
21
28
25
25
28
22
18
32
17
39
II
38
12
24
Lat.
48 N
53 N
54 N
20 N
10 N
9N
29 S
30 S
17 N
17 N
26 N
25 N
21 N
12 N
26 N
21 N
9 N
25 N
19 N
26 N
24 N
11 N
17 N
24 N
31 s
16 N
18 N
14 N
32 N
22 N
31 N
24 N
18 N
29 N
2S
23 N
22 N
22 N
16 N
9S
25 N
22 N
9S
9 N
16 N
45 N
2N
22 S
31 s
38 N
23 S
5 N
23 N
18 N
26 N
23 N
31 N
25 N
32 N
23 N
23 N
35 N
3S
3S
29 N
19 N
22 N
26 N
12 S
26 s
2N
31 s
8S
10 N
27 S
30 s
26 N
Long.
W
86
108
91
71
80
78
25
25
80
73
76
79
73 E
78 E
79 E
75 E
II E
73 E
76 E
88 E
76 E
10 E
77 W
90 E
26 E
75 E
75 E
78 E
75 E
70 E
75 E
88 E
72 E
117 E
136 E
86 E
73 E
84 E
75 E
38 W
82 E
85 E
41 W
4E
78 E
62 W
102 E
32 E
28 E
116 E
146 E
116 E
89 E
75 E
71 E
75 E
72 E
78 E
73 E
89 E
86 E
119 E
40 E
39 E
76 E
76 E
75 E
73 E
44E
28 E
103 E
27 E
146 E
19 W
151 E
20 E
94 E
Place.
Josana .
Josanne's
Jos6
Joubert's Kroon
Jowai
Jpapua .
Juan de Fuca Straits
Juani Is.
Juarez .
Juba R. .
Jubboogana .
Jujuy .
Julgaun .
Jumna R.
Junagarh
Junction Ferry
Jundan .
Junin
Junkseylon
Juvong .
Kaal Plaats .
Kaal Spuit .
Kaapmuiden .
Kabbir .
Kabe .
Kabulwebulwe
Kacha .
Kachabari
Kachia .
Kachins
Kadachapuram
Kadaiyanadai
Kadalui
Kadambur .
Kadi .
Kaduna R. .
Kaffa
Kafifir R.
Kafimbi
Kagera .
Kagherko
Kagoshima .
Kagunga
Kaha .
Kahal .
Kaiapoi
Kaichow Chi .
Kaietur Fall .
Kaifung
Kaikohe
Kaikoura
Kaikoura Mts.
Kaikwa .
Kailasapuram
Kailashahr .
Kaile .
Kailpatti
Kailung
Kaipinghsien.
Kaira .
Kaiserin Auguste
R.
Kaitaia .
Kaithal .
Kaiyama
Kaiyuhgu
Kajan R.
ICajang .
Kajuna .
Kala .
Kalabagh
Kalabas
Kalaigolo
Kalakad
Kalasapad
Kalgan .
Map No.
. 16
■ 17
18
24
25
10
25
28
25
17
38
10
32
32
17
13
18 -
20
20
19
20
29
20
31
27
27
27
27
25
20
II
13
79
21
40
28
40
34
9
33
40
40
40
33
27
24
39
27
28
34
25
39
40
28
20
19
32
32
21
21
28
13
39
27
26
33
Lat.
26 S
30 S
29 S
23 S
25 N
6S
48 N
8S
37 S
oN
21 N
24 S
20 N
26 N
21 N
31 S
24 S
34 S
7N
I N
30 S
29 S
25 s
9N
10 N
15 s
8 N
23 N
9N
24 N
8N
8N
9N
9N
23 N
10 N
oN
29 S
9S
oS
9N
31 N
4S
37 S
33 N
43 S
35 N
4N
35 N
35 S
42 S
42 s
23 N
8N
24 N
9S
9N
32 N
40 N
22 N
4S
35 S
29 N
5N
15 s
3N
3N
oS
8S
32 N
298
9S
8 N
15 N
40 N
Long.
31 E
29 E
65 W
30 E
92 E|
36 E
124 W
40 E
58 W
40 E
73Eji
65 W
71 E
80 E
70 E
28 E
142 E
59 W
98 E
103 E
29 E
26 E
31 E
9E
4E
26 E
6E
85 E
7E
94 E
77 E
78 E
77 E
77 E
72 E
7E
30 E
25 E
30 E
30 E
7E
130 E
30 E
178 E
72 E
173 E
115 E.
59 W
114 E
174 E
173 E
173 E
105 E
78 E
92 E
147 E
77 W
76 E
122 E
72 E
142 E
173 E
76 E
6E
26 E
116 E
loi E
31 E
31 E
71 E
24 E
147 E
77 E
79 li
115 E
Index
lis
Place.
Kalgoorlie
Kalka .
KalkB.
Kalk Butt
Kalkfontein
Kalkudah
Kallattikinaru
Kallikkudi
Kallowelly
Kallur Kot
Kalmunai
Kalna .
Kalof .
Kalol .
Kalomo
Kalpitiya
Kalu, R.
Kalutara
Kama, Algoma
Kama, Burma
Kama Kama
Kamastone .
Kambam
Kambane
Kamban's
Kambe .
Kambula
Kamerun
Kami R.
Kaminisikwia
Kamlekeni
Kamloops
Kampi Ka Kobi
Kampot
Kamsack
Kamndi
Kamuli .
Kana .
Kanazawa
Kanbalu
Kandes .
Kindi .
Kandi .
K andy .
Kanem .
Kangetnndi
Kanghwa
Kang-Kyei
Kang-neung
Kango .
Kangombe
Kangra .
Kanhar R.
Kaningow
Kanis
Kankanc'^ari
Kankanga
Kano .
Kanowit
Kinowna
Kanoya .
Kant Mts.
Kanyenda
Kanzalo
Kaoko Land
Kaomi .
Kao-Yu .
Kapako .
Kapenda
Kapit .
Kapityns
Kapsan .
Kapurthala
Kara Nor
Karachi .
Karaikkeni
Karamanayar R.
Map No.
37
2S
12
13
13
30
27
27
26
23
30
24
2S
2S
19
30
30
30
5
31
19
13
27
18
18
16
i6
II
19
S
21
6
21
32
4
27
21
20
35
31
18
24
20
30
II
19
36
36
36
21
19
28
29
32
19
20
20
20
32
37
3S
39
21
19
II
34
34
19
21
32
12
36
28
33
28
27
27
Lat.
30 S
31 N
34 S
30 S
30 s
8N
SN
9N
8 N
32 N
8 N
23 N
22 N
23 N
17 S
8N
7N
6N
49 N
19 N
20 S
32 s
9 N
24 S
24 s
28 s
27 s
oN
19 s
48 N
3S
SI N
oN
10 N
51 N
9N
I N
7N
36 N
23 N
22 N
23 N
11 N
7 N
10 N
20 S
37 N
41 N
37 N
12 S
15 s
32 N
23 N
6N
22 S
12 N
9N
11 N
2N
30 S
31 N
6S
II S
17 S
10 s
36 N
36 N
ISS
11 .s
2N
30 S
41 N
31 N
37 N
24 N
9N
8N
Long.
121
77
18
24
82
77
n
81
71
82
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
73.E
72 E
26 E
80 E
80 E
80 E
87 W
95 E
25 E
26 E
77 E
33 E
33 E
30 E
30 E
loE
27 E
89 W
40 E
120 W
35 E
103 E
I02 W
78 E
33 E
2 E
137 E
95 E
32 E
88 E
3E
81 E
10 E
32 E
126 E
126 E
129 E
35 E
32 E
76 E
83 E
116 E
26 E
I E
oW
8E
112 E
122 E
130 E
146 E
37 E
28 E
10 E
119 E
116 E
34 E
31 E
i[4E
19 E
128 E
74 E
98 E
66 E
77 E
78 E
Place.
Map No
Lat,
Karativo
30
7N
Karces Kroon
13
32 s
Kareclaagte .
13
29 s
Karegoa
25
18 N
Kareiga
13
33 S
Karens .
31
19 N
Kariba Gorge
19
i5S
Karikal .
26
10 N
Kariraama
20
12 N
Karimganj .
24
24 N
Karisalpatti .
27
8N
Karmata
25
18 N
Karnal .
28
29 N
Karnali R. .
28
28 N
Karo
39
10 S
Karon ga
21
10 S
Karumiia
38
17 S
Karunkulam .
27
8N
Karur .
26
II N
Karwar .
25
14 N
Karwi .
28
25 N
Kasama
21
10 S
Kasamba
21
13 s
Kasanya
19
16 s
Kasenga's
21
10 s
Kasimbo
21
14 s
Kassala
II
10 N
Kasungn
21
12 S
Kasungu
21
13 s
Katagum
20
10 N
Katagum
20
12 N
Katerere
19
17 S
Katha .
31
24 N
Kathi .
25
22 N
Katkop
12
30 S
Katpur .
25
21 N
Katras .
29
23 N
Katsena Allah
20
6N
Katsina
20
12 N
Kattregam .
30
6N
Katusi .
19
14 S
Kaura
20
12 N
Kavali
26
15 N
Kavigondo .
21
5S
Kavitondo
21
oS
Kawa .
20
12 N
Kawa-Kawa .
40
37 S
Kawai .
21
13 s
Kawar .
II
10 N
Kaiyataria Is.
39
8S
Kawembe
21
9S
Kawhia Hr. .
40
38 S
Kaw Samuie .
32
9N
Kaw Yai
32
7N
Kazaura
20
12 N
Kazemba
II
10 S
Keakaro B. .
39
10 S
Kebabo .
II
20 N
Kedah .
32
6N
Keego .
5
48 N
Keerweer
38
14 S
Keewatin
2
60 N
Keewatin
5
49 N
Keffi .
20
8N
Kegalle
30
7N
Kei or Evar Is.
39
5S
Kei R. .
13
32 S
Keiskama Hoek
13
32 S
Kelantan
32
5N
Kelany R.
30
7N
Kelliher.
4
StN
Kelowna
6
49 N
Kemendine .
31
16 N
Kemp Welch R.
39
9S
Kenaimapu .
9
5 N
Kenelm .
13
31 s
Keng Tung .
3>
21 N
Long.
82 E
25 E
26 E
74 E
25 E
97 E
29 E
79 E
3E
92 E
77 E
75 E
^E
[ E
?E
JE
[ E
?E
?E
tE
[ E
77
81
147
34
141
77
77
74
8i
30 E
34 E
36 E
31 E
32 E
30 E
33 E
33 E
9E
10 E
32 E
96 E
74 E
20 E
72 E
86 E
9E
7E
81 E
32 E
6E
80 E
30 E
34 E
■3E
178 E
32 E
10 E
151 E
31 E
175 E
100 E
100 E
8E
29 E
148 E
20 E
100 E
91 W
141 E
95 W
94 W
7E
80 E
13s w
28 E
27 E
102 E
80 E
103 W
119 W
96 E
147 E
58 W
28 E
loi E
Place
Kenhardt
Kenia Mt.
Kenmore
JC!ennedy Is.
Kenogami R.
Kenora .
Kensington
Kentani .
Kentville
Kenura R.
Keppel .
Keppel B.
Kerepuna
Keroli .
Kesariya
Keti
Keum-kang-san
Keum-san
Khairpur
Khammamett
Khanapur
Khanapur
Khandesh
Khandwa
Khanpur
Khari R.
Kharroh
Khartum
Khatu
Khed .
Kheri .
Kherwala
Kherwara
Khipra .
Khokarpar
Khotsong
Khulna .
Khutria
Kiakng .
Kiang R.
Kianghung
Kiaochow
Kiaochow B.
Kibonze
Kichelwe
Kichownan
Kichowpei
Kicking Horse Pass
Kienchang
Kienchang
Kienchang
Kienchow
Kieng-ju
Kiengseng
Kienning
Kienyang
Kifmangao
Kihngan
Ki-Jii .
Kikate .
Kikise .
Kikwama
Kilakarai
Kilanjuni
Kilemba
Kililioni
Kiliman
Kiliwa .
Kilkivan
Killarney
Killarney
Killerton, C.
Kiloa .
Kilwa .
Kilwa-Kisiwani
Kilwa-Kivinji
Kimberley
pNo
. Lat.
12
29 S
21
oS
4
49 N
41
8S
5
50 N
5
49 N
3
46 N
13
32 S
3
45 N
17
30 S
10
SiS
38
23 s
39
10 s
28
26 N
24
26 N
17
32 S
36
38 N
36
39 N
28
27 N
26
17 N
2S
17 N
25
ISN
25
21 N
25
21 N
28
28 N
25
25 N
28
27 N
II
10 N
15
27 S
25
19 N
28
27 N
25
24 N
23
23 N
28
26 N
25
26 N
17
30 S
24
22 N
29
23 N
33
24 N
33
32 N
33
22 N
34
36 N
34
36 N
II
oS
21
7S
34
37 N
34
40 N
6
51 N
34
41 N
33
27 N
33
41 N
33
34 N
36
36 N
36
41 N
33
27 N
33
27 N
21
7S
33
27 N
36
41 N
21
oS
21
oS
21
ss
62
9N
27
9N
II
oS
21
2S
21
4S
21
6S
38
26 S
5
49 N
38
23 S
39
8S
11
oS
II
oS
21
9S
21
8S
IS
23 S
Long.
21 E
37 E
loiW
168 E
8s W
94 W
63 W
28 E
64 E
29 E
60 W
150 E
147 E
76 E
85 E
28 E
128 E
126 E
69 E
80 E
74 E
74 E
75 E
76 E
70 E
75 E
70 E
30 E
23 E
74 E
81 E
73 E
73 E
69 E
70 E
28 E
89 E
83 E
n6E
106 E
loi E
119 E
120 E
20 E
39 E
115 E
117 E
117 W
119 E
116 E
121 E
no E
129 E
129 E
118 E
118 E
39 E
115 E
129 E
41 E
31 E
37 E
78 E
73 E
20 E
35 E
31 E
31 E
152 E
99 W
152 E
148 E
40 E
40 E
^9E
39 E
24 E
ii6
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place
Map No.
Lat.
Kimberley Goldfield 37
19 S
Kimenye
21
4S
Kimkumbi .
21
7S
Kinchow
• 34
39 N
Kincora
13
29 S
Kindersley
4
51 N
King Is.
. 40
40 S
King's Cove
7
48 N
Kingston
8
17 N
King William
s Town 13
32 S
Kingyang
• 33
36 N
Kin-hwa
• 33
29 N
Kinistino
4
52 N
Kinosota
5
50 N
Kinsha Ho. .
• 33
28 N
Kintampo
20
8N
Kionga
21
10 S
Kipopotwe
21
iS
Kirkee .
• 25
18 N
Kirkella
4
SON
Kirkuyu
21
iS
Kirtachi
20
12 N
Kirui Is.
21
II S
Kiruve
21
oS
Kisaki .
21
7S
Kishanganj
. 24
26 N
Kishorganj
• 24
24 N
Kishungarh
• 25
27 N
Kisi Is.
21
II S
Kislawar
28
33 N
Kismayu
II
oN
Kistna
. 26
16 N
Kistna R.
26
16 N
Kisukonse
21
7S
Kiswere
21
9S
Kitombo
22
22 S
Kitsum Kalu
m 6
S4N
Kiukiang
• 33
29 N
Kiung-chau-fi
J 33
20 N
Kivo, L.
21
2S
Klaarstroom
12
33 S
Klang .
• 32
3N
Klein Umzen
nvubu 17
30 S
Klein Vry Sta
lat . 16
26 S
Klerksdorp
. 18
26 S
Klip R.
. 14
28 S
Klipdam
. 18
23 s
Klippen Pt.
13
34 S
Klondike
S
49 N
Klondyke
2
64 N
Knapdaar
• 13
30 S
Knee, L.
5
SSN
Knutstoru Ml
• 39
9S
Knysna
12
34 S
Koba .
. 19
17 S
Kobe .
• 35
34 N
Kobong
. 32
iN
Kobongaba E
.. . 17
32 S
Kobrar .
■ 39
6S
Kochow
33
22 N
Kochs .
■ 17
31 s
Kod
. 26
14 N
Kodankulam
27
8N
Kodarma
• 29
24 N
Kodinar
• 25
20 N
Koel R. Nort
li . 29
24 N
Koal R. Soutl
1 . 29
22 N
Koffipkuil
13
29 S
Koflyfontein
■ IS
29 S
Kohat
. 28
33 N
Kohima
. 24
25 N
Koilkonda
. 26
17 N
Koilkuntla
. 26
15 N
Koisan .
. . 36
36 N
Koje .
• 36
3SN
Kokelay R.
. 30
9N
40 E
38 E
73 E
lOiW
37 E
2 E
29 E
29 E
37 E
88 E
90 E
7SE
29 E
76 E
43 E
77 E
79 E
35 E
39 E
43 E
128 W
115 E
no E
29 E
22 E
loi E
29 E
30 E
26 E
29. E
29 E
24 E
92 W
139 W
26 E
95 W
147 E
23 E
27 E
135 E
III E
28 E
134 E
III E
27 E
75 E
77 E
85 E
70 E
83 E
84 E
24 E
25 E
71 E
94 E
77 E
78 E
128 E
128 E
81 E
Place.
Kokohu .
Koko Nor L.
Koksfontein
Kokstad
Kolar
Kolberg
Kolhapur
Kollappatti
KoUasim
Kollur .
Kolu R. .
Kolukombi
Kolweni
Komarno
Komati Poort
Komati R.
Kombole
Komgha
Kompa .
Kona
Koncha .
Kondoa .
Kongarayarkurich:
Kong-ju
Kongwa
Konkobiri
Kontagora
Koonatucall
Kootenay, L.
Kopah .
Kopargaom
Koppal .
Koppig Enkel
Kordofan
Koree R.
Korjal .
Kornet .
Korogo .
Kororiky B.
Kororurika
Korosko
Kosai R.
Kosaka .
Kosal R.
Kosciusco
Koshe .
Kosi
Kosi, L.
Kosi R. .
Koster .
Kota Bharu
Kotah .
Kota-Kota
Kotana .
Kotar .
Kotarare
Kotchandpur
Kote
Kotgurh
Kot Kapura
Kotonga
Kotonkarifi
Kolonii .
Kotra
Kotri
Kottaipatti
Kottali .
Kottayam
Kotturu .
Koudie Kraal
Kouroulene
Kou-Tou
Koviluttu
Kowara .
Kowlong
Kowrah
Mt.
Map No.
40
33
13
17
26
13
25
27
21
25
30
19
16
5
18
16
21
13
20
20
20
21
27
36
21
20
20
27
6
32
2S
25
18
II
25
25
t3
20
22
40
29
37
18
21
16
16
18
32
28
21
17
27
21
24
25
28
28
21
20
20
25
28
27
27
26
2S
13
18
34
27
20
31
25
Lat.
35 s
37 N
30 S
30 S
13 N
29 S
16 N
9N
6S
13 N
6N
22 S"
27 S
50 N
25 S
25 S
8S
32 S
12 N
8 N
7N
4S
8N
36 N
6S
11 N
10 N
8 N
49 N
9N
19 N
iSN
27 S
10 N
23 N
18 N
30 S
10 N
17 S
35 S
20 N
oS
oN
22 N
35 S
23 S
iS
27 s
26 s
25 s
6N
25 N
13 s
32 s
8N
17 S
23 N
26 N
31 N
30 N
12 S
8N
6N
24 N
25 N
9N
8N
9N
14 N
30 S
23 S
36 N
8N
14 N
23 N
23 N
Long.
173 E
100 E
25 E
29 E
78 E
24 E
74 E
77 E
39 E
74 E
80 E
26 E
31 E
97 W
32 E
31 E
30 E
27 E
3E
13 E
12 E
35 E
77 E
127 E
36 E
2 E
SE
77 E
117 W
98 E
74 E
76 E
23 E
20 E
68 E
75 E
27 E
oW
43 E
174 E
30 E
10 E
32 E
87 E
149 E
35 E
40 E
32 E
32 E
26 E
102 E
76 E
34 E
28 E
77 W
33 E
89 E
68 E
77 E
75 E
30 E
6E
2E
73 E
67 E
77 E
77 E
76 E
76 E
26 E
30 E
117 E
77 E
4E
98 E
70 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Koyang .
36
37 N
Kpate .
20
7N
Kpiana .
21
9g
Kraalfontein .
• 13
30 S
Kraankui
• 13
29 S
Krach .
20
7N
Krantzkop
14
28 s
Kreuzburg .
18
23 s
Kribi .
20
3N
Krishnagar .
24
23 N
Krishnagarh .
28
27 N
Krishnagiri .
26
12 N
Kroonstad
IS
27 S
Krugersdorp .
18
26 S
Kruis Fontein
13
34 S
Kuala Kangsu
■ 32
4N
Kuala Kubu
32
3N
Kuala Lumpur
• 32
3N
Kuala Lypis .
32
4N
Kuande
20
10 N
Kuandi Kuandi
20
12 N
Kubli .
20
10 N
Kucheng
33
27 N
Kuching
32
iN
Kudal .
25
16 N
Kudankulam .
• 27
8N
Kudar .
32
7N
Kudchi .
25
16 N
Kudur .
26
13 N
Kuebung
17
30 S
Kufra .
II
20 N
Kujam .
12
29 S
Kuka .
II
10 N
Kukawa
20
12 N
Kulasegaranallur .
27
8N
Kulattur
27
9N
Kum R.
36
36 N
Kumaka
9 .
SN
Kumamoto .
35
32 N
Kumbukum R.
30
6N
Kumera
24
22 N
Kumgoui
21
6S
Kumusi R.
39
8S
Kunashiri
35
44N
Kundgol
25
iSN
Kundla .
25
21 N
Kimgchang .
33
34 N
Kungnung .
24
23 N
Kunlong
• 33
23 N
Kunnankulam
26
10 N
Kunnur
27
gN
Kunsan
36
36 N
Kuntaga
20
12 N
Kuntum
20
9N
Kunuku Mts.
9
3N
Kunwana
18
26 S
Kuobun
20
7N
Kupela .
20
12 N
Kupeni
20
9 N
Kurana
30
7N
Kurnool
26
15 N
Kuru .
21
iS
Kurukkalpatti
27
9N
Kuruman
15
27 s
Kurunegala .
30
7N
Kuruvikulam
27
9N
Kushiro
35
43 N
Kushtagi
25
ISN
Kushtia
. 24
23 N
Kusi .
• 33
31 N
Kutambangra
■ 41
8S
Kutawa .
4
SiN
Kutei R.
32
iN
Kuthing R. .
13
30 S
Kutsing
33
26 N
Kuttalum
27
8N
Long.
127 E
6E
34 E
25 E
24 E
oE
30 E
29 E
10 E
88 E
75 E
78 E
27 E
27 E
24 E
100 E
loi E
loi E
102 E
2 E
2E
4E
120 E
no E
73 E
77 E
116 E
74- E
76 E
28 E
10 E
19 E
10 E
13 E
78 W
78 E
126 E
57 W
130 E
81 E
91 E
39 E
148 E
145 E
75 E
71 E
losE
93 E
99 E
76 E
77 E
126 E
13 E
o,E
58 W
25 E
2 W
o W
3W
80 E
77 E
40 E
77 E
23 E
80 E
77 E
144 E
76 E
89 E
no E
157 E
104 W
117 E
2i E
104 E
77 E
INDEX
117
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Kuze .
17
32 s
27 E
Langenburg .
21
9S
Kwa R.
II
oS
10 E
Langevin
4
SON
Kwa Hindi .
21
iS
34 E
Langson
33
22 N
Kwa Kirunda
21
6S
3SE
Lanigan
4
SI N
Kwa Murgusia
21
ss
36 E
Lao K.iy .
33
22 N
Kwaaiman .
17
31 S
28 E
La Paz .
10
16 S
Kwakwa R. .
21
18 S
37 E
Lapoa .
39
10 s
Kwalla .
18
22 s
31 E
La Poele
7
47 N
Kwamagwaza
16
28 s
31 E
Larkhana
. 28
27 N
Kwancheng .
34
40 N
118 E
Las Animas .
10
28 S
Kwando
20
7N
oE
Lashburn
4
S3N
Kwando R. .
II
10 s
20 E
Lashio .
31
22 N
Kwangming .
33
42 N
120 E
Lathi .
• 25
21 N
Kwangning .
34
41 N
121 E
Laton .
• 32
3N
Kwango R. .
II
oS
10 E
Lau
20
9N
Kwangsi
33
25 N
iioE
Lauderdale .
21
16 S
Kwangsinfu .
33
28 N
118 E
Laura .
• 38
iSS
Kwanju .
36
3SN
126 E
Launoeston .
. 40
41 s
Kwanping
33
36 N
114 E
LaOling .
• 33
37 N
Kwato .
39
10 S
iSoE
Lava, Mt. .
22
17 S
Kwebulanas .
17
32 s
27 E
Laverton
37
28 S
Kweihwating
33
41 N
tI2 E
Lavora .
■ 39
10 S
Kweilin
33
2SN
iioE
Lawas .
32
SN
Kweite .
33
24 N
107 E
Lawding
9
SN
Kweiyang
33
27 N
106 E
Lawlers .
• 37
28 S
Kwisungu Is.
21
17 S
38 E
Leaba .
20
•9N
Kyaiklat
31
16 N
9SE
Lebenya
• 17
30 s
Kyaikto
31
17 N
97 E
Le Bihan Falls
• 13
29 s
Kyane Rock .
16
26S
31 E
Lebombo
19
22 S
Kyankin
31
19 N
94 E
Lebu
lO
37 S
Kyauk Pyu .
31
igN
93 E
Leduc .
4
53 N
Kyebi .
20
6N
oW
Leeuw Nek .
16
27 S
Kynuna
38
21 S
142 E
Leguan Is.
9
7N
Kyo-ha .
36
37 N
126 E
Leichhardt R.
■ 38
19 S
Kyonpyaw .
31
17 N
94 E
Lemana
. 18
23 s
Kyoto .
3S
3SN
13s E
Lenore .
5
50 N
Kyotong
36
37 N
126 E
Leo
Leopold II., L.
Leopoldville .
20
II
II
II N
oS
oS
Labisia .
21
13 s
30 E
Leper's Is.
41
isS
Labrador
2
SSN
65 W
Lepreaux
3
45 N
Labuan .
32
5N
USE
Leribe .
• IS
28 S
Labuk .
32
6N
117 E
Leslie .
. i3
26 s
Lac du Bonnet
5
50 N
96 W
Lesseyton
• 13
31 s
Lacombe
4
52 N
113 W
Letaba R.
. 18
23 s
Lac Seul
S
SON
92 W
Lethbridge
4
49 N
Lado
II
oN
30 E
Letpadan
• 31
18 N
Ladybrand .
15
29 S
28 E
Levern .
4
SoN
Lady Frere
13
31 s
27 E
Lewisport
7
49 N
Lady Grey
13
30 S
27 E
Leydsdorp
18
24 S
T.adysmith
14
28 s
29 E
Lialui .
II
10 s
Lagos .
20
6N
3E
Liangchow
• 33
38 N
Lagenburg .
4
SiN
loi W
Liangsiang
• 34
39 N
La Haue
3
44 N
64 W
Liao Ho
■ 33
41 N
Lahore .
28
31 N
74 E
Liaotung Gulf
• 33
40 N
Laichow
33
37 N
120 E
Liaoyang
■ 34
41 N
Laijang .
34
37 N
120 E
Liard R.
6
59 N
Laings Nek .
16
27 S
29 E
Liberia .
II
oN
Laiwu .
34
36 N
117 E
Libode .
• 17
31 s
Lakhimpur .
24
27 N
94 E
Libo R. .
II
10 s
Lakhpat
2S
24 N
69 E
Lichtenburg .
. 18
26 s
Laksham
24
23 N
91 E
Liengkong
• 33
2SN
Lalganj
24
2SN
8s E
Lifu
• 41
21 S
Lallatpur
28
24 N
78 E
Ligua .
10
35 S
Lamba .
25
26 N
74 E
Likiang .
■ 33
27 N
Larabayeque .
10
6S
80 W
Likomo I.
21
12 S
Lamberts Bay
12
32 S
18 E
Lima
10
12 S
Lamu .
11
oS
40 E
Limbang R. .
■ 32
5N
Lanatenje
19
17 S
34 E
Limbua .
20
12 N
Lancava
32
6N
99 E
Limchow
• 33
22 N
Lanchow
33
39 N
lOiE
Limkhera
• 25
23 N
Lanchow
74
36 N
104 E
Liraon .
8
10 N
Landman's Drift
16
28 S
30 E
Limpopo R. .
. 18
23 s
Lanfiera.
20
T2N
3W
Linan
33
23 N
Lange .
17
31 s
28 E
Linchow
• 33
24 N
Langebaan .
12
33 S
18 E
Linder .
It
20 N
Long.
34 E
III W
106 E
los W
105 E
67 W
150 E
58 W
67 E
71 W
109 W
97 E
71 E
100 E
11 E
35 E
144 E
147 E
117 E
46 E
123 E
150 E
iiSE
59 W
120 E
4E
28 E
28 E
32 E
74 W
113 W
31 E
58 W
140 E
29 E
loi W
2W
10 E
10 E
168 E
66 W
28 E
29 E
26 E
30 E
112W
95 E
108 W
55 W
30 E
20 E
102 E
116 E
122 E
121 E
122 E
128 W
oW
29 E
20 E
26 E
119 E
167 E
72 W
100 E
34 E
77 W
115 E
12 E
109 E
74 E
83 W
32 E
103 E
112 E
oE
Place,
Lindi
Linebank
Ling Cha
Lingsugur
Linja
Linko .
Linstead
Lintsingchow
Lion's Head
Liping .
Litang .
Little Andaman
Little Hr. Deep
Little Ingwang-
wane R.
Little Island
Little Tugela R.
Liu-Kou
Liverpool, N.S.
Livingstone, Canada
Livingstone, Rho
desia .
Livingstone Falls
Livingstonia .
Liwondi.
Lloyd Bay
Lloydminster .
Loango .
Loanhsien
Lobethal
Lobstick
Lockeport
Loeries Fontein
Logh .
Lohardaga .
Loikaw .
Loko
Lokoja .
Loktak, L.
Lolodorf
Lo Magondis
Lomami R.
Lomond Mt,
Lonauli .
Londa .
Londonderry,
Longhope
Long I. .
Long Is.
Long Is.
foundland)
Long Pt.
Longkwe R.
Long Reach
Loon, Algoma
Lopez G.
Lord Howe's Island
Lord Howe's Isles .
Los_Cacos
Los I. ,
Lotinghsien
Louisburg
Louisfontein
Louis Trichardt
Louisuide Archi
pelago
Louren90 Marques
Lovedale
Lower Tugela
Lower Umkomaas
Lower Umzimkulu
Lowther
Loyalty Islands
Luan . . ,
Luang Prahomg
Luanza .
Map No.
N.S
(NeW'
13
34
25
32
S
8
34
12
33
33
31
7
14
8
14
34
3
4
19
38
4
II
34
18
6
3
12
II
29
31
20
20
24
20
19
II
40
25
25
3
13
8
39
3
5
19
38
5
II
41
41
10
II
34
3
12
18
41
18
13
14
14
14
40
41
33
33
19
Lat.
10 S
32 S
35 N
16 N
I N
49 N
18 N
37 N
33 S
26 N
30 N
11 N
50 N
30 S
22 N
29 S
36 N
44N
52 N
18 S
oS
10 s
15 s
12 S
S3N
oS
37 N
24 S
53 N
44N
31 s
oN
23 N
19 N
8N
7N
24 N
3N
17 S
oS
42 S
18 N
15 N
45 N
32 S
23 N
ss
44N
52 N
18 S
23 S
48 N
oS
32 S
5S
30 S
oN
39 N
46 N
31 s
23 s
12 S
2SS
32 s
29 s
30 s
30 s
4SS
22 s
36 N
19 N
16 S
Long.
39 E
2SE
118 E
76 E
III E
90 W
77 W
116 E
18 E
109 E
100 E
92 E
56 W
29 E
73 W
29 E
116 E
64 W
102 w
26 E
10 E
34 E
35 E
143 E
iioE
10 E
118 E
29 E
iiSW
64 W
19 E
40 E
84 E
98 E
8E
6E
93 E
10 E
29 E
20 E
147 E
73 E
74 E
63 W
25 E
74 W
147 E
66 W
99 W
27 E
144 E
88 W
oE
159 E
160 E
66 W
10 W
119 E
60 W
18 E
29 E
1S2E
32 E
26 E
31 E
30 E
30 E
168 E
168 E
113 E
102 E
36 E
ii8
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Lubengeyo .
21
iS
29 E
Madha .
25
18 N
75 E
Maken^o
21
14 S
Lucea .
8
i8N
78 W
Madhipuia .
24
25 N
86 E
Maketu .
40
37 S
Lucinda Pt. .
• 38
18 S
146 E
Madhubani .
24
26 N
86 E
Makinak
s
SON
Lucknow
. 28
27 N
81 E
Madliupur
24
24 N
86 E
Makini .
39
3S
Luckow .
■ 33
29 N
106 E
Madodo
21
II S
39 E
Maklutsi
19
22 S
Ludhiana
. 28
31 N
76 E
Madpura
25
26 N
71 E
Makombes
19
17 S
Ludlow .
• 13
31 s
24 E
Madras .
26
13 N
80 E
Makondo
21
9S
Ludlow {New E
runs. ) 3
46 N
66 W
Madura
27
gN
78 E
Makonga
21
15 s
Luebo .
11
oS
20 E
Mafeking, Canada
4
52 N
loiW
Makosini
16
27 S
Lugengeni
21
8S
37 E
Mafeteng
IS
29 S
29 E
Makowe
. i6
27 S
Luia R. .
19
16 S
31 E
Mafia Is.
21
7S
39 E
Makua .
21
16S
Luichow
• 33
21 N
iioE
Mafube
17
30 s
28 E
Makuse R. .
21
17 S
Lujenda R. .
II
10 S
30 E
Magala .
21
3S
29 E
Makwababa
17
31 s
Lukuledi
21
10 S
38 E
Magalaqueen R.
18
23 s
28 E
Malabwi
21
14 s
Lull
21
13 s
40 E
Maganges
18
24 s
31 E
Malacca
32
2N
Lulu R. .
II
oS
20 E
Magani
19
18 s
32 E
Malacca Str. .
32
4N
Lumbo .
21
12 S
40 E
Magavara
39
10 s
150 E
Malahisi
18
24 s
Lumding
• 24
25 N
93 E
Magdala
II
10 N
30 E
Malai .
32
SN
Lumesule
21
10 S
37 E
Magdalen Is. .
3
47 N
61 W
Malaimbandi
22
21 S
Lumsden
4
i;oN
105 W
Magellan Strs.
10
52 S
69 W
Malaka .
21
13 s
Lumut .
32
■4N
100 E
Magersfontein
IS
28 S
25 E
Malali .
9
SN
Lunda .
II
10 S
20 E
Maghiana
28
31 N
72 E
Malandas
19
19 s
Lundi .
19
20 s
30 E
Magila .
21
5S
38 E
Malattar, R. .
27
gN
Lundi R.
19
21 S
32 E
Magomere Mis. Stn
21
iSS
35 1--
Malayta Is. .
41
gS
Lundu .
■ 32
I N
iioE
Magori .
25
23 N
73 E
Malcolm
37
29 s
Luneburg
. 16
27 s
30 E
Magula Is.
•39
10 S
150 E
Malegaom
• 25
20 N
Lunenburg .
3
44N
64 W
Magumeld .
18
24 s
33 E
Malepa
. 18
24 s
Lungchow
33
'23 N
109 E
Magumeri
20
12 N
12 E
Malindi
21
14 s
Lung Huatien
• 33
38 N
ii6E
Mahaica
9
6N
58 W
Malindi
21
2S
Lungngan
■ 33
32 N
104 E
Mahaica R. .
9
6N
57 W
Malitzi .
19
23 s
Luni
. 28
26 N
73 E
Mahaka .
40
39 S
177 E
Malkapur
• 25
20 N
Luni R. .
. 28
2SN
72 E
Mahamba
16
26 S
31 E
Mallankannar
27
gN
Lunsefwa R. .
19
15 s
29 E
Mahambehala
17
30 S
29 E
MallicoUo
41
16 S
Lurio Bay
21
13 s
40 E
Mahanoro
22
20 S
49 E
Malmesbury
12
33 S
Lusefa .
21
13 s
35 E
Maharpi
19
23 s
27 E
Malopa
■ 19
16 S
Lusik siki
17
31 s
29 E
Mahavilli R. .
• 30
7N
81 E
Malpeque
3
46 N
Luxeni
17
32 s
27 E
Mahebourg .
22
20 S
57 E
Malsobane .
18
24 S
Luzizi .
13
32 s
28 E
Mahela .
22
21 s
48 E
Maluba Lube
17
30 s
Lwan-ho
34
41 N
117 E
Maheshwar .
25
22 N
75 E
Malundo
21
16 s
Lwapchow .
• 34
39 N
119 E
Mahin .
20
6N
4E
Malvan .
• 25
16 N
Lydenburg
. 18
25 S
30 E
Mahlubini
17
32 s
27 E
Mamba, R. .
• 39
8S
Lyttelton
. 40
43 S
173 E
Mahlungulu
17
.31 s
28 E
Mamboia
21
6S
Lytton .
6
SoN
123 W
Mahom .
II
oN
20 E
Mambwe
21
gS
Mabone B.
3
44 N
64 W
Mameni
. 18
26 S
Mabola .
13
29 S
27 E
Mahonti .
18
22 S
32 E
Mampas
. 18
23 S
McAdam June.
3
45 N
67 W
Mahonzes
19
22 S
31 E
Mampuri
28
27 N
Mac Gregor .
S
49 N
98 W
Mahoo R.
9
3N
59 W
Mamusa
. 18
27 S
Machabel Grov
- 19
19 S
29 E
Mahrani
32
2N
103 E
Manaar Is. & T.
30
gN
Machadodorp
18
2SS
30 E
Mahrani
28
24 N
78 E
Manakora
22
16 S
Machacha
'3
29 S
28 E
Mahurangi
40
36 S
174 E
Manambatoo
22
24 s
Machako
II
oS
30 E
Maibana
19
22 S
27 E
Manarabovo .
22
25 s
Macheke
19
18 S
32 E
Maibi .
39
10 S
149 E
Mananjary .
22
22 S
Machenisa .
18
22 s
35 E
Maidstone
4
53 N
logW
Manaos
10
3S
Machi .
20
12 N
8E
Maidugari
20
II N
13 E
Manapadu
• 27
8N
Machinna
20
13 N
10 E
Maidzuru
35
35 N
135 E
Manarkadu
• 27
8N
Mackay .
• 38
21 S
149 E
Maifoni .
20
II N
13 E
Manbazar
29
23 N
Mackenzie, Alg
Dma 5
48 N
88 W
Maikonkeli .
20
gN
6E
Mandala
21
15 s
Mackenzie Rive
r . 2
6s N
iioW
Main
19
22 S
30 E
Mandalay
• 31
22 N
McKinlay
• 38
21 S
141 E
Main
13
3tS
28 E
Mandera
21
6S
Mac Laren Harl
30ur 39
gS
149 E
Main Drift
18
22 S
29 E
Mandeville .
8
18 N
Maclean
13
32 S
27 E
Maintirano
22
18 s
43 E
Mandigo
19
igS
Maclear
17
31 s
28 E
Maipu .
10
37 S
57 W
Mandilen
17
30 S
Maclear, C. .
21
14 S
35 E
Maitland
12
33 S
18 E
Mandingoes .
II
oN
Macleod
6
49 N
114 W
Maitland, N.S.
3
45 N
63 W
Mandozaka .
22
22 S
MacMillan
S
49 N
94 w
Majambo R. .
22
iss
46 E
Mandurda
• 25
21 N
Macquaries Hr.
. 40
42 S
145 E
Majaruka
21
8S ■
36 E
Mandvi .
■ 25
21 N
Macubene
■ 13
31 s
27 E
Majili R.
19
17 S
35 E
Mandvi .
■ 25
23 N
Madagascar .
II
20 S
45 E
Majuda .
18
25 s
32 E
Maneao .
• 39
gS
Madagiri, R.
• 27
8N
78 E
Makaia .
ig
ig S
34 E
Maneering .
• 15
27 S
Madaripur
■ 24
23 N
90 E
Maknloi .
21
12 S
40 E
Manfora
22
23 s
Madathupatti
• 27
8N
77 E
Makandi
19
13 s
36 E
Mangaldai
• 24
26 N
Madaya
• 31
22 N
96 E
Makanga
19
15 s
33 E
Mangolore .
. 26
12 N
Maddur .
26
12 N
77 E
Makanuanyi .
21
oN
33 E
Mangele
17
31 s
Madebing
fS
26 N
23 E
Makanyera .
19
15 s
36 E
Mangoche Pt.
21
14 S
Madeira Is, .
II
30 N
10 W
Makapaanaspoort
18
24 s
2g E
Mangoky R.
22
22 s
Madela
. 16
26 S
31 E
Makarrela
18
23 s
32 E
Mangora R. .
22
19 s
Madenya
21
7S
34 E
Makel .
19
21 S
35 E
Mangrol
■ ?5
21 N
Long.
31 E
176 E
99 W
137 E
28 E
33 E
34 E
.33 E
31 E
32 E
38 E
37 E
27 E
34 E
102 E
100 K
35 E
n8 E
45 E
36 E
58 W
33 E
78 E
161 E
121 E
74 E
30 E
35 E
40 E
29 E
76 E
78 E
167 E
18 E
36 E
63 W
32 E
28 E
.•>4 E
'73 E
148 E
37 E
32 E
33 E
27 E
78 E
25 E
80 E
47 E
47 E
46 E
48 E
60 W
78 E
77 E
86 E
35 E
96 E
38 E
77 W
.^3E
28 E
oW
47 E
70 E
73 E
69 E
149 E
24 E
45 E
92 E
75 E
28 E
35 E
44E
48 E
70 E
INDEX
119
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Mangwendi .
21
18 S
Mangwi
19
20 S
Manica .
18
24 S
Manifold, C. .
• 38
22 s
Manikarchar .
24
25 N
Manikcheri ,
24
22 N
Manikgan
24
23 N
Maning .
13
31 s
Manipori L.
40
45 S
Manipur
24
25 N
Manito L.
4
53 N
Manitoba L. .
5
SiN
Manitou
s
49 N
Maniyachi
27
8N
Manjakaze
. 18
24 S
Manje .
19
15 s
Mankulatn .
27
10 N
Manmad
25
20 N
Manmelgudi .
26
loN
Manarkota .
27
9N
Manning Pt.
17
30 S
Mano .
19
14 s
Manomby R.
22
16 s
Mansinam
39
iS
Manso .
20
5N
Mantanga
17
31 s
Mantotte
■ 30
9N
Manubie
17
32 s
Manunda's
17
30 s
Manville
4
S3N
Manyami
• 19
20 s
Manyema
II
oS
Manzana
17
31 s
Manzana R. .
. 18
24 s
Manzanilla .
8
20 N
Manzimdaga
• 17
31 s
Manzimdaka
17
31 s
Mapanda
19
19 s
Mapela .
18
24 s
Maple Creek .
4
50 N
Mapochan
. 18
26 s
Mapumulo .
14
29 s
Maputa R. .
. 18
26 s
Marabastad .
. 18
24 s
Maracabe
8
10 N
Maradi .
20
13 N
Maradu
20
12 N
Maragoli
21
oN
Maraio .
10
oS
Marais .
18
24 S
Maraisburg .
13
31 s
Maraisburg .
18
26 s
Marakas
21
I N
Marakuta
21
9S
Maramba
19
16 s
Marambitsy B.
22
iss
Marandava .
22
21 s
Marandellas .
19
18 s
Maranghadda
29
23 N
Marau .
41
10 s
Marchand
S
49 N
Mar del Plata
10
38 S
Mare
41
21 S
Mareeba
38
16 S
Margaree Hr.
3
46 N
Margas .
2S
ISN
Margherila .
24
27 N
Maria Hilf .
21
3S
Maria Is.
40
42 S
Mariamne Stn.
39
8S
Mariawa R. .
9
3N
Marie Galante
8
i5N
Mariguana
8
22 N
Markapur
26
iSN
Marlow .
13
32 s
Marola .
18
25 s
Marovoaya .
22
16 s
Long.
32 E
27 E
34 E
150 E
90 E
ciE
90 E
28 E
167 E
93 E
109 W
99 W
98 w
77 E
33 E
33 E
78 E
74 E
79 E
77 E
28 E
32 E
45 E
134 E
I W
29 E
80 E
28 E
29 E
III W
27 E
20 E
27 E
32 E
77 W
27 E
28 E
34 E
28 E
109 W
32 E
31 E
32 E
29 E
71 W
7E
6E
34 E
49 W
29 E
25 E
27 E
35 E
31 E
32 E
45 E
44 E
31 E
86 E
160 E
96 W
58 W
168 E
145 E
61 W
74 E
95 E
32 E
148 E
139 E
60 W
60 W
72 W
79 E
25 E
30 E
46 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Marranquene
18
25 S
Marromeo
19
18 S
Marshall
4
S3N
Martin .
5
49 N
Martinique .
8
14 N
Maruranui
21
3S
Marwar Jn. .
25
25 N
Mary R.
38
26 S
Maryborough
38
25 s
Masa .
21
iS
Masablano .
19
24 s
Masakaa's
17
30 s
Masanipo
36
35 N
Masardu
II
oN
Masasi .
21
10 S
Masea .
21
i5S
Maseru .
15
29 S
Mashed .
19
18 s
Mashonaland
11
20 S
Masibi .
19
22 s
Masindi .
21
I N
Masinga
18
23 S
Masitisi .
13
-SO S
Masouara R. .
9
SN
Massansani B.
21
19 S
Massaruni
9
6N
Massenga
II
10 N
Masset .
6
54 N
Massikessi
21
18 S
Massina
II
10 N
Massourak
II
10 N
Masuda .
• 35
34 N
Masulipatam .
. 26
16 N
Mataala, Mt. .
22
•13S
Matakong
18
23 s
Matala .
18
23 s
Matale .
30
7N
Matanana
41
10 s
Matara .
• 30
6N
Matate .
18
24 S
Matate .
21
12 s
Matatiela
17
30 s
Matatle's Vley.
19
21 S
Matebi .
18
22 S
Matelane
18
25 s
Matella .
. 18
25 s
Mathatha
13
29 s
Mathe .
21
2S
Matheran
25
19 N
Matheureux .
22
20 S
Matia .
19
16 s
Matibi .
19
21 S
Matibis
19
21 S
Matiti .
19
21 S
Matope .
21
15 s
Matopis .
19
17 s
Matoppo Terminus
19
20 s
Mator
15
27 s
Matrieng
13
2Q S
Matserak
22
2iS
Maistatra R. .
22
22 S
Matsue .
35
35 N
Matsuyama .
35
40 N
Matswanakaba
13
30 S
Matthew I. .
41
22 S
Matte Grosso
10
14 s
Matu
32
2N
Matua .
19
17 s
Matumbi
21
8S
Matya .
16
26 S
Maubin .
31
16 N
Mauritius
22
20 S
Maurnaud
■ 27
9N
Mavilikara
26
9N
Mavona
21
oS
Mavuji .
21
9S
Maware ,
39
4S
Long.
32 E
36 E
109 W
91 W
61 w
31 E
73 E
152 E
152 E
40 E
32 E
28 E
128 E
oW
38 E
34 E
29 E
36 E
30 E
29 E
31 E
35 E
27 E
60 W
34 E
58 W
10 E
131 W
33 E
oW
30 E
131 E
81 E
49 E
28 E
29 E
80 E
165 E
80 E
32 E
34 E
28 E
-2E
34 E
31 E
32 E
28 E
38 E
73 E
57 E
35 E
30 E
30 E
32 E
35 E
31 E
28 E
23 E
27 E
44 E
47 E
133 E
141 E
28 E
172 E
57 W
III E
28 E
39 E
31 E
96 E
57 W
78 E
76 E
coE
38 E
136 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Maxixi .
. 18
23 S
May Pen
8
17 N
Maya .
■ 35
34 N
Mayatta Is. .
22
13 s
Maymont
4
52 N
Maymyo
■ 31
22 N
Mayou I.
• 41
9S
Maytown
• 33
16 S
Mazaruni R. .
9
6N
Mazeppa B. .
• 17
32 s
Mazibi .
19
23 S
Mazimbagupao
21
17 s
Mazoe .
19
17 s
Mazoe R.
19
16 s
Mbabame
. 16
26 s
Mbako, Upper
• 17
31 s
Mbale .
21
3S
Mbalis .
■ 17
32 s
Mbange
■ 17
31 s
Mbarara
21
oS
Mbarra .
20
10 N
Mbekeni's
17
31 s
Mbidlana
17
31 s
Mbinja .
17
31 s
Mbizana
• 17
30 s
Mblanblani .
17
31 s
Mbokotwana
17
31 s
Mbulu
• 17
32 s
Mbulukweza .
• 17
32 s
Mbumbulwana
• 17
30 s
Mbuna .
21
12 S
Mbunga
21
3S
Mbutudi
20
10 N
Mbweni
21
6S
Mceula .
• 17
31 s
Mcucu .
17
32 s
Mdakana
• 17
32 s
Mecha .
II
ON
Mechenga
■ 19
19 S
Medan .
■ 32
3N
Medicine Hat
4
50 N
Medine .
II
10 N
Medingen
. 18
23 s
Meean-Meer .
. 28
31 N
Meerut .
. 28
29 N
Meherpur
• 24
23 N
Mehsana
• 25
23 N
Mehur .
. 28
27 N
Meihsien
• 33
34 N
Meiktila
31
21 N
Mekkaw
20
7N
Mekong R. .
■ 33
20 N
Melanesia
41
15 s
Melaseitheldi
27
8N
Melbourne
• 37
35 S
Melfort
4
■S2N
Melilo .
21
14 S
Melita .
4
49 N
Melkava
. 26
10 N
Mel moth
. 16
28 S
Melsetter
19
20 S
Melur .
27
10 N
Melville .
4
50 N
Melville C. .
• 38
14 S
Melville Is. .
37
II s
Memba B.
21
14 s
Mempakol
• 32
SN
Memphis B. ,
II
20 N
Me Nam
• 31
17 N
Menapi
• 39
9S
Mendoza
10
32 S
Mengnanapuran
1 . 27
8N
Mengtsz
• 33
23 N
Menoo .
21
oN
Mequinez
II
30 N
Mercara
. 26
12 N
Mercedes
10
34 S
Long.
35 E
77 W
134 E
45 E
107 W
97E
152 E
144 E
58 W
28 E
34 E
30 E
31 E
33 E
31 E
28 E
38 E
27 E
27 E
30 E
10 E
27 E
28 E
28 E
29 E
28 E
28 E
27 E
27 E
29 E
34 E
39 E
13 E
39 E
27 E
28 E
27 E
30 E
31 E
98 E
iioW
10 W
30 E
74 E
77 E
88 E
72 E
67 E
108 E
95 E
3E
102 E
165 E
78 E
144 E
104 W
30 E
loi W
76 E
31 E
32 E
78 E
102 W
144 E
130 E
40 E
115 E
30 E
100 E
149 E
69 W
77 E
104 E
32 E
oW
75 E
6s W
I20
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place. Map No.
Mercury Pt. . . 40
Merdang . . 32
Mergui ... 31
Mergui Arch, 31
Meridd ... 8
Merta Rd. .
Mervin .
Meshra er Beh
Mettumalai .
Mezada
Mfengchen
Mfini
Mfula .
Mgakama
Mganduli
Mgano .
Mgekesweni
Mgomanzi
Mgud
Mgumgco
Mgupos
Mgxabozweni
Mhlabisa
Mhlakalo
Mhlambve
Mhoba .
Mhowa .
Miani
Mianwali
Miao-Chia-Hai-Tzu
Michigan
Middelburg
Middelburg
Middel Post
Middle Drift
Middleton
Middleton, Algoma
Middleton, Nova
Scotia
Midillovo
Midnapore
Midnapur
Miencheo{Mienohow) 33
Mienchuhsien . 33
Miharaani
Mihintale . . 30
Mihomba . . 21
Mikolongo
Milada ... 20
Milani ... 28
Milavittan . . 27
Miles ... 38
Milestone . . 4
Milk River
Millayani . 27
Miller Pt.
Millertown . . 7
Millertown Jet. . 7
Milne Bay . . 39
Milton ... 3
Milyang . . 36
Mimbal ... 25
Mimminiska, L. s
Min, R. . . -33
Minas Bayou . . 3
Minbu ... 31
Mine Centre . . 5
Minenga . 19
Mingha ... 18
Mininga
Miniota ... 5
Minitonas . 5
Minnaria Tank . 30
Minnedosa . . 5
Minnesota
Minow Is.
Minyoka
Miola .
28
4
II
27
II
36
II
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
17
17
17
18
17
13
25
ZS
28
28
34
2
18
13
12
18
13
5
3
14
24
29
Lai.
36 S
I N
12 N
12 N
21 N
27 N
53 N
oN
9N
30 N
41 N
oS
32 S
31 s
31 s
29 s
31 s
32 s
10 s
32 s
30 s
32 s
26 s
31 s
32 s
22 N
21 N
32 N
32 N
36 N
45 N
25 S
31 s
31 s
22 S
32 s
48 N
45 N
30 S
22 N
22 N
32 N
31 N
3S
8 N
3S
16 S
11 S
25 N
8N
26 S
50 N
17 N
9N
34 S
49 N
48 N
10 S
44 N
36 N
17 N
SiN
26 N
45 N
20 N
48 N
16 S
23 S
4S
SON
52 N
8 N
SON
46 N
13 s
10 S
15 s
Long.
176 E
iioE
99 E
98 E
89 W
74 E
108 W
20 E
77 E
10 E
129 E
10 E
27 E
29 E
28 E
29 E
28 E
27 E
40 E
27 E
28 E
27 E,
32 E
28 E
28 E
73 E
71 E
73 E
71 E
116 E
85 W
29 E
24 E
20 E
29 E
25 E
86 W
64 W
30 E
87 E
87 E
104 E
104 E
34 E
80 E
32 E
34 E
33 E
67 E
78 E
150 E
104 W
77 W
77 E
18 E
56 W
56 W
iSoE
6s W
129 E
76 E
89 W
118 E
64 W
95 E
92 W
27 E
31 E
32 E
loiW
loiW
81 E
100 W
94 w
48 E
36 E
40 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Miquelon
7
46 N
56 w
Mira B. .
3
46 N
59 W
Miraj
■ 25
16 N
74 E
Mirani
• 38
21 S
148 E
Miri
• 25
19 N
75 E
Miri (Sarawak)
• 32
4N
114 E
Mirzapur
. 28
25 N
81 E
Misahole
20
6N
oE
Miscat .
■ 39
2S
130 E
Miscon Is.
3
48 N
64 W
Misikaba
• 17
31 s
29 E
Misozwe
21
ss
38 E
Mistatim
4
53 N
103 W
Mitchell
• 38
26 S
148 E
Mitchell R. .
• 38
iss
142 E
Mitchell R. Mis.
• 38
iSS
141 E
Mito
• 35
36 N
140 E
Mitsana .
21
oN
32 E
Mivigam
• 25
22 N
73 E
Miyazaki
35
32 N
131 E
Miyiln .
• 34
40 N
116 E
Mkewe .
2t
10 S
32 E
Mkoma .
21
14 s
33 E
Mkusi R.
16
27 s
31 E
Mkuzi .
21
sS
38 E
Mkwere .
21
ss
35 E
Mkwinti .
17
32 S
27 E
Mlebba .
• 19
17 s
31 E
Mluluka .
21
13 s
35 E
Mlunduis
17
32 s
28 E
Mncwasa
17
31 s
28 E
Mngemnye .
• 17
31 s
29 E
Moa Is. .
-,• 38
10 s
142 E
Moamba (E. (
Africa)
21
10 s
31 E
Moamba, Zululan
d 18
258
32 E
Moassu .
21
16 s
36 E
Moche .
21
14 s
30 E
Mo-Chuang .
• 34
35 N
118 E
Mooomoco Pt.
9
8N
59 W
Modasa .
■ 25
23 N
73 E
Modawa
• 39
10 S
150 E
Modder Fontein
12
32 S
18 E
Modderponrt
IS
28 s
27 E
Modder R. .
15
28 s
26 E
Modslu .
21
2S
37 E
Moehao C. .
■ 40
3<,S
175 E
Moesi .
21
10 s
37 E
Moffets .
17
31 s
27 E
Mogdisku
II
oN
40 E
Mogodor
II
30 N
oW
Mogok .
■ 31
23 N
97 E
Mogra Hat
. 24
22 N
88 E
Mohah .
22
16 S
46 E
Mohales Hoeck
IS
30 S
27 E
Mohangarh .
■ 25
27 N
71 E
Mohasi L.
21
iS
30 E
Mohilla .
22
12 S
44 E
Mojanga
22
iss
46 E
Moka .
22
20 s
57 E
Mokambo B.
21
iss
40 E
Mokaria
21
6S
30 E
Mokatani
19
22 S
27 E
Mok-Chon .
• 36
36 N
127 E
Mokokchung
• 24
26 N
94 E
Mokpo .
. 36
35 N
126 E
Mokuana
13
30 s
28 E
Mokumbi
18
24 s
34 E
Mokumbo
18
24 s
34 E
Mokwa .
20
9N
SE
Moliros .
21
8S
30 E
Molo
21
oS
35 E
Moloko .
19
18 S
32 E
Molote .
. 18
26 S
26 E
Molotta's Kaal
14
28 S
29 E
Molsen .
5
50 N
96 W
Molteno .
• 13
31 s
26 E
Mombasa
, 21
4S
39 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Mombetsu
• 35
45 N
Mombo .
21
4S
Mona R.
16
28 S
Monarch Reef
19
21 S
Moncton
3
46 N
Monda .
21
6S
Moneague
8
18 N
Monganui
40
34 S
Monghyr
24
25 N
Mongonu
20
12 N
Mong-sin
31
21 N
Monia R.
22
21 S
Monow .
21
9S
Montagu
12
33 S
Montana
2
45 N
Montego Bay
8
18 N
Monte Video
10
34 S
Montgomery .
28
31 N
Montizambert
5
48 N
Montreal
2
45 N
Montserrat .
8
18 N
Monywa
31
22 N
Monze .
19
16 S
Mooi River .
- 17
31 s
Mooivlei
18
26 s
Moore Town
8
18 N
Moose Fort .
2
52 N
Moose Jaw .
4
50 N
Moose L.
q
53 N
Moosomin
4
50 N
Moosonee
5
52 N
Mopani .
19
22 S
Mopeia .
19
17 S
Mopou
22
20 S
Moquequa
10
17 s
Mora
20
II N
Moradabad .
28
28 N
Morant Bay .
8
17 N
Morant Pi. .
8
17 N
Morantsetra .
22
iss
Moratuwa
30
6N
Morawhanna
9
8N
Morden.
5
49 N
Moresby Is. (B
Columbia) .
6
52 N
Moresby Is. (Brit
New Guinea)
39
10 S
Moreton B. .
38
27 S
Morgan .
37
33 S
Morgan C. .
13
32.S
Morija .
13
29 S
Morioka
35
39 N
Morne .
22
20 S
Mornington Is
38
16 S
Morope
10
68
Morricetown .
6
55 N
Morro de Megillon
;s 10
23 s
Morro Velho .
10
19 s
Mortimer
13
32 s
Moruca, R. .
9
7N
Morven
• 38
26 s
Morvi .
25
23 N
Mossamedes
II
10 s
Mossel B.
12
34 S
Mossy Pt.
5
53 N
Mota Is.
41
14 S
Motetsi .
18
23 s
Motihari
. 24
26 N
Motitu .
• IS
27 S
Motokos
. 19
17 S
Motomono .
19
16 s
Motsilana
. 18
26 S
Mouille Pt. .
12
33 S
Moukden
• 34
41 N
Moulmein
31
16 N
Mount Arthur
13
31 s
Mount Diablio
8
18 N
Mount dti Bar^boq
23
20 S
Long.
143 E
38 E
31 E
27 E
64 W
37 E
77 W
173 E
86 E
II E
101 E
46 E
33 E
20 E
iioW
78 W
55 W
73 E
85 W
75 W
65 W
95 E
27 E
28 E
29 E
76 W
82.W
105 W
100 W
101 w
85 w
27 E
35 E
57 E
71 W
13 E
78 E
76 W
76 W
49 E
80 E
58 W
98 W
131 W
iSoE
153 E
140 E
28 E
27 E
141 E
57 E
139 E
80 W
127 W
71 W
47 W
25 E
58 W
147 E
71 E
10 E
22 E
98 W
168 E
29 E
85 E
23 E
32 E
37 E
25 E
18 E
122 E
98 E
27 E
77 W
57 E
INDEX
Place.
Mount Elliot Min
ing Field .
Mount Magnet
Mount MoUoy
Mc'unt Morgan
Mount Stewart
Mourilyan
Mourilyon
Mowbray
Moyena .
Mozambique
Mozobi .
M passu .
Mpasu .
Mpemba
Mpenda .
Mpharane
Mphome
Mpimbi
Mpimbu's
Mpindweni
Mponda
Mpota .
Mpoza .
Mpozolo
Mrogoro
Mronya Mt.
Mrowi .
Mruli
Mriimbi
Msalata .
Mshiri .
Msoro .
Msumba
Msunga .
Msuva .
Mtaka .
Mtarika
Mtenguha
Mtom
M tonga .
Mtonja Mis
Mtonjeni
Mtoro .
Mtulemuhle
Altwaku
Muakerary
Mualia .
Muani .
Mubargaon
Mubi
Mucania
Muchena
Mudalur
Mudge Is.
Mudhol .
Mudittanendal
Mudsidsami .
Mudukuluttur
Muhamba's .
Muhammadpur
Muizenberg .
Mujangas
Muka
Mukawa
Mukobo
Mulativu
Multan .
Mumias .
Mumpava
Muncindi
Mundha
Munguna
Muogolong
Murchison R
Murhu .
Muritaro
Muroa .
Map No, Lat. Long.
38
37
38
38
37
38
39
12
13
21
i8
19
19
21
21
17
18
21
21
17
19
21
17
17
21
21
21
II
21
21
19
21
21
21
19
21
21
21
21
21
19
17
21
17
17
21
21
21
25
20
19
19
27
39
2.?
27
19
27
21
24
12
21
32
39
17
30
28
21
32
38
25
38
17
37
29
9
19
21 S
28 S
16 S
23 S
23 S
17 S
9S
33 S
30 S
ISS
23 s
16 s
16 s
12 S
14 s
30 s
23 s
15 s
6S
31 s
14 s
7S
31 s
32 s
7S
13 s
10 s
oN
7S
3S
14 s
13 s
12 S
17 s
12 S
11 s
12 S
7S
7S
13 s
32 s
ss
30 s
32 s
9S
13 s
2S
20 N
10 N
13 s
15 s
8 N
10 S
16 N
8 N
21 S
gN
3S
23 N
34 S
10 S
3N
9S
30 s
gN
30 N
oN
o
29 S
27 N
17 S
30 s
28 s
22 N
SN
17 S
141 E
117 E
145 E
150 E
133 E
146 E
150 E
18 E
27 E
40 E
34 E
36 E
35 E
31 E
35 E
28 E
jg E
35 E
31 E
28 E
34 E
30 E
28 E
z8 E
37 E
35 E
34 E
30 E
30 E
33 E
29 E
31 E
35 E
37 E
36 E
35 E
36 E
35 E
39 E
38 E
35 E
.7E
35 E
29 E
27 E
33 E
38 E
37 E
73 E
13 E
31 E
33 E
77 E
150 E
75 E
78 E
28 E
78 E
29 E
8g E
,iS E
39 E
112 E
149 E
29 E
81 E
71 E
34 E
log E
149 E
71 E
144 E
28 E
115 E
85 E
58 W
34 E
Place.
Murray R.
Murray R.
Muriee .
Murshidabad,
Murud .
Murzuk
Musan .
Musa R.
Mushe .
Musiguboyas
Mussoree
Musuniba
Muttaburra
Mutum Biu
Mutupellah
Mutupet
Mutyalapad
Muweha
Muzaffargarh
Muzaffarnagar
Muzaffarpur
Mvenyani
Mvenyani R.
Mvera. L.
Mwanza
Mwembe
Mwenza
Mwina ,
Mwiniwano
Mwiti
Myers .
Myittha .
Mynfontein Siding
Myolo, Lower
Myolo, Upper
Myongora's .
Mysore .
Mzaza .
Naauw Poort June.
Nababeep
Nabumale
Nadaiyaneri .
Nadia .
Nadiad .
Nadshahr
Nafada .
Nagalapuram
Nagano .
Nagar .
Nagar .
Nagasaki
Nagatatolla .
Nagercoil
Nagoya .
Nagpur .
Nahndeed
Naju
Naka ,
Nakawn
Naktung R. .
Nakusp .
Nalbari .
Naldrug
Nalgonda
Nallamalpuram
Nalloor .
Nallur .
Nalumnvady .
Nannahasha .
Namakia Mts.
Namama
Nambyar, R.
Namkam
Namma, R. .
Namoue
Namoondeooly
Nam-won
Map No
. Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map Nc
. Lat.
Long.
3
46 N
62 W|
Nam Yang .
• 36
37 N
126 E
37
33 S
142 E
Nanaimo
6
48 N
123 W
28
33 N
73 E
Nan an go
• 38
26 S
152 E
=4
24 N
88 E
Nanao .
■ 35
37 N
137 E
25
18 N
72 E
Nanchang
■ 33
28 N
115 E
II
20 N
10 E
Nandaon
25
20 N
74 E
36
42 N
129 E
Nandikotkur .
26
16 N
78 E
39
gS
148 E
Nando .
20
12 N
I E
20
5N
II E
Nandod .
25
22 N
73 E
19
20 S
32 E
Nandurbar
25
21 N
74 E
28
30 N
78 E
NTandyal
. 26
15 N
78 E
II
oS
20 E
Nanguneri
• 27
8N
77 E
38
22 S
144 E
Nanjangud
. 26
12 N
76 E
20
8N
II E
Nankang
33
29 N
USE
27
gN
78 E
Nanking
■ 33
32 N
118 E
30
10 N
79 E
Nannine
■ 37
27 S
iiSE
26
15 N
79 E
Nanning
• 33
24 N
109 E
21
13 s
38 E
Nanpihsien
■ 34
38 N
116 E
28
30 N
71 E
Nanton .
6
50 N
114 W
28
2gN
77 E
Nan-Wang-Chuang 34
35 N
118 E
24
26 N
85 E
Nanzizi .
21
16 S
37 E
17
30 S
29 E
Naperi .
20
gN
oE
17
30 S
29 E
Napier (Cape Town) 12
34 S
:oE
II
oS
20 E
Napier (New Zea-
21
2S
32 E
laiid)
. 40
39 S
177 E
21
13 s
36 E
Napinka
5
49 N
icoW
21
gS
32 E
Napu .
■ 19
13 s
37 E
22
2S
40 E
Naraiangaon .
25
igN
74 E
21
gS
33 E
Narayanganj .
24
23 N
goE
21
10 S
38 E
Narbada, R. .
■ 25
22 N
75 E
16
27 s
30 E
Naregal
• 25
ISN
75 E
31
21 N
96 E
Narisha
24
23 N
go E
13
30 s
23 E
Narp
• 35
34 N
136 E
• 17
31 s
28 E
Narowal
. 28
32 N
74 E
17
31 s
28 E
Narreenda
22
14 S
47 E
21
6S
34 E
Narr endale .
13
33 S
27 E
26
12 N
76 E
.Varukot
• 25
22 N
74 E
19
13 s
31 E
Narval .
. 24
23 N
8g E
Naseby .
4
52 N
107 W
13
31 s
24 E
Nasik .
• 25
20 N
74 E
12
29 s
17 E
Nasirabad
• 25
26 N
75 E
21
iN
34 E
Nassa .
21
2S
34 E
27
gN
77 E
Nassarawa
20
8N
7E
24
23 N
88 E
Nassau .
8
25 N
75 W
25
23 N
73 E
Natal (Diocese)
II
30 S
30 E
28
26 N
67 E
Natal (Brazil)
10
5S
35 W
20
II N
II E
Natal Spruit .
. 18
26 s
28 E
27
gN
78 E
Natanga
20
12 N
2E
35
36 N
138 E
Natolas
21
13 s
37 E
25
13 N
75 E
>^aushahro
25
27 N
68 E
26
13 N
75 E
Navanagar .
■ 25
22 N
70 E
35
32 N
129 E
Navsari .
• 25
21 N
73 E
19
ig S
25 E
NawaLshah .
• 25
26 N
68 E
26
SN
77 E
Nawada
24
24 N
8s E
35
35 N
136 E
Nawadi .
• 24
24 N
86 E
23
25 N
75 E
Nawaruma .
21
iss
37 E
25
25 N
73 E
Nawibandar .
• 25
21 N
6gE
36
35 N
126 E
Nazareth
. 26
8N
77 E
19
20 S
30 E
Nazira . .
• 24
27 N
94 E
32
8N
100 E
Nbadua
21
14 s
38 E
36
35 N
128 E
Ncele .
17
31 s
28 E
6
50 N
117 W
Ncolosi
17
31 s
28 E
24
26 N
gi E
Nconcolora .
17
32 s
27 E
25
17 N
76 E
Ncora .
17
31 s
27 E
26
16 N
79 E
Ncum bu
■ 17
31 s
28 E
27
8N
77 E
Ncuti
17
31 s
28 E
26
SN
81 E
Ndarala
• 17
30 s
29 E
27
8N
77 E
Ndejo
21
oN
32 E
27
8N
78 E
Ndoro .
21
oN
36 E
18
25 S
32 E
Ndoye .
21
II S
36 E
22
17 s
48 E
Ndula .
21
1 S
38 E
21
3S
33 E
Ndwandwe .
. 16
28 S
31 E
27
8N
77 E
Neepawa
5
50 N
99 W
31
23 N
97 E
Negapatam .
. 26
10 N
79 E
31
23 N
97 E
Negombo
• 30
7 N
60 E
20
5N
2W
Negrais, C.
• 31
16 N
94 E
30
7N
81 E
Negril .
8
18 N
78 W
36
35 N
127 E
Negro R,
10
oS
64 W
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
30
26
18
6
40
39
27
3S
41
38
17
25
24
17
36
8
33
21
17
9
II
41
39
41
14
Place. Map No.
Neikaza . 17
Neis Poort . 12
Nellore, Ceylon
Nellore, Madras
Nelspruit
Nelson .
Nelson .
Nelson C.
Nemmeni
Nemuro
Nepean I.
Nerang .
Nesizo .
Nespi
NeLrakona
Neulu, Lower
Neung-ju
Nevis
Newchwang
Newato .
New Amalti
New Amsterdam
New Antwerp
Ne.v Britain .
New Britain Is.
New Caledonia Is.
Newcastle (Natal).
Newcastle ( N. Bruns'k) 3
Newcastle ( New Zea-
land) ... 40
Newcastle (Australia) 37
Newcastle (Gra-
hamstown) . 13
Newdale . 5
New Denver . 6
.Newdigate . . 16
Newfoundland 2
New Germany . 3
New Glasgow. . 3
New Guinea . 39
New Halle . . 18
New Hanover, Is. . 39
New Hanover, Natal 14
New Harbour . 7
New Ireland . . 41
Newlands . . 12
New Norfolk 40
New Plymouth . 40
Newport . . 3
New Rose . . 3
New Westminster . 6
New York . . 2
Ngabaro R. . .17
Ngabisana . . 19
Ngadu ... 17
Ngalonkulus . 17
Ngalweni . 17
Ngamakwe . . 17
Ngamba
Ngamba
Ngambe
Ngami L.
Nganking . . 33
Ngao . . 21
Ngaunderi . . 11
Ngcengane . , 17
Ngcwangula . . 17
Ngedoa 17
Ngencu . . • '7
Nggunggu, Lower 17
Nggunggu, Upper 17
Nghai ... 17
Nglewa . . 20
Ngo ■ .
Ngodiloe . . 17
Ngodusweni . , 17
Ngofi .
Ngogwe
Ngolose, . . 17
Lat.
31 s
32 .S
10 N
14 N
25 S
49 N
41 s
9S
9N
43 N
29 S
28 S
31 ^S
16 N
25 N
32 S
35 N
17 N
40 N
10 S
30 S
6 N
oN
ss
ss
22 s
27 s
47 N
45 S
32 S
Long.
29 E
23 E
80 E
80 E
3'E
117 W
173 E
149 E
78 E
145 E
168 E
153 E
27 E
74 E
90 E
27 E
127 E
62 W
122 E
39 E
2Q E
57 W
10 E
150 E
150 E
i6sE
29 E
65 W
169 E
152 E
33 S
27 E
50 N
100 W
49 N
118 W
23 S
30 E
50 N
55 W
44N
64 W
45 N
62 W
10 S
150 E
25 S
28 E
2S
150 E
29 S
30 E
47 N
54 W
3S
153 E
33 S
18 E
42 S
147 E
39 S
174 E
45 N
65 W
45 N
64 W
49 N
123 W
41 N
75 W
32 S
28 E
20 S
24 E
31 S
28 E
31 s
28 E
30 S
28 E
3-S
27 E
9S
35 E
15 s
40 E
6N
II E
20 S
20 E
31 N
117 E
2S
40 E
oN
10 E
31 s
28 E
31 s
28 E
31 s
27 E
31 s
28 E
31 s
28 E
31 s
28 E
31 S
28 E
12 N
13 E
4N
9E
30 S
28 E
31 s
29 E
12 S
35 E
N
33 E
32 s
27 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Ngonyania's .
17
32 S
NgDronji
21
13 s
Nguruman
21
2S
Ngutu .
17
32 s
Ngqeleni
17
31 s
Ngw.idhla
16
27 s
Ngwemnyana
17
30 s
Ngwiliso's
17
31 s
Ngxaza, Lower
17
31 s
NgXutyana
17
32 s
Niagara
2
43 N
Niah
32
4N
Niamei .
20
13 N
Nianikolo
21
8S
Niamniam
II
oN
Nicaragua L.
8
II N
Nicholson
19
21 S
Nickeri
9
SN
Nickerie, R. .
9
SN
Nicola .
6
SoN
Niekerks
17
30 S
Nigel Mine
18
26 S
Niger R.
20
12 N
Nikki .
20
9N
Nikko .
35
36 N
Nikoma
21
oN
Nikungu
21
12 S
Nimbhira
28
24 N
Nimbi .
20
4N
Nina
41
19 S
Ninga .
5
49 N
Ningchow
33
36 N
Ninghia
33
38 N
Ningkiang .
33
32 N
Ningming
• 33
22 N
Ningpo .
33
30 N
Ningwu .
74
39 N
Ningyuan
33.
27 N
Ningyiianchow
• 34
40 N
Nipani .
25
16 N
Nipigon
5
49 N
Nipigon L. .
5
50 N
Niuma .
20
12 N
Nizampatam .
26
15 N
Njuya Nkata
21
II S
Njonbela
17
31 s
Nkoranza
20
7N
Nkupulweni
17
30 s
Noagaon
24
2.jN
Noaji .
17
31 s
Nobeoka
35
32 N
Noecundra .
38
27 S
Nogar Parkar
■ 25
24 N
Nogongweni
17
31 s
Nogoo R.
38
24 S
Nokomis
4
51 N
Nomadaraba
17
31 s
Nomalorre
21
12 s
Nombala
17
31 s
Nomoheya .
17
32 s
Nongoma
16
27 s
Noord Hock
12
34 S
Norfolk Is. .
41
29 S
Norman, Cape
7
SI N
Norman R. .
38
19 S
Normanby Is.
■ 39
10 s
Normanby R.
38
14 s
Normanton .
38
17 s
North Battleford
4
52 N
North China .
33
35 N
North Point .
3
47 N
North Queensland
• 37
20 S
North Saskatchew;
m 4
S3N
North Sydney
3
46 N
North Tokyo .
• 35
38 N
Northumberland S
tr. 3
46 N
Norton .
A
45 N
Norubi .
12
30 S
Nervals Pont Sta.
13
30 S
Long.
27 E
38 E
35 E
27 E
29 E
32 E
28 E
29 E
28 E
i8 E
77 W
114 E
2 E
31 E
20 E
86 W
29 E
56 W
56 W
120 W
29 E
28 E
3E
3E
139 E
31 E
39 E
74 E
6E
169 E
99 W
107 E
106 E
107 E
107 E
122 E
112 E
102 E
120 E
74 E
88 W
88 W
2W
80 E
34 E
29 E
I W
28 E
89 E
28 E
131 E
142 E
71 E
29 E
147 E
lOsW
27 E
40 E
:8 E
28 E
31 E
18 E
158 E
55 W
141 E
150 E
144 E
141 E
108 W
no E
64 W
145 E
109 W
60 W
140 E
63 W
65 W
18 E
25 E
Place.
Map No
. Lat.
Long.
Norway House
II
54 N
98 W
Nosibe .
22
13 s
48 E
Nosigangwana
• 17
31 s
28 E
Nosivalavo .
22
16 s
44 E
Notre Dame Bay
7
49 N
55 W
Nottan .
• 39
2S
132 E
Notupi .
• 39
3S
152 E
Nova Scotia .
2
45 N
55 w
Nowgong
• 24
26 N
Q2 E
Nquaru
■ 17
31 s
27 E
Nqudles
■ 17
32 s
27 E
Nququ .
• 17
31 s
27 E
Nqutyana
• 17
32 s
28 E
Nqxamagele .
• 17
32 s
27 E
Nsalla .
21
2S
33 E
Nshokolsa
19
21 s
25 E
Ntibane
17
31 s
28 E
Ntseshe
17
32 s
28 E
Ntshigo
• 17
31 s
28 E
Nuanetzi
• 19
21 S
30 E
Nuatsu
18
24 s
32 E
Nubia .
II
10 N
20 E
Nugata
• 35
38 N
139 E
Nukapu Is. .
• 41
10 s
166 E
Nulambe R. .
21
17 s
35 E
NuUur .
. 26
9N
77 E
Numan .
20
9N
12 E
Numazu
• 35
35 N
138 E
Nuso
17
3tS
28 E
Nuumi .
21
6S
36 E
Nuwara Elya
35
7N
81 E
Nvengaby B
22
16 S
50 E
Nxakalo
17
31 s
28 E
Nxanxadi
17
31 s
28 E
Nxaxa ,
■ 17
30 s
28 E
Nyakogwe .
18
23 s
35 E
Nyakwasi
21
16 s
34 E
Nyamarranque
. 18
24 s
34 E
Nyangala
21
7S
37 E
Nyangiwe
II
oS
20 E
Nyasa, Lake
19
13 s
34 E
Nyasaland
II
15 s
35 E
Nyasang
20
6N
13 E
Nyasoso
20
4N
9E
Nyelgsa
• 17
31 s
27 E
Nylstroom .
18
24 s
28 E
Nyosini
17
30 s
29 E
Nzungazi
21
iS
30 E
Oakhurst
12
34 S
22 E
Oaklake
5
49 N
loiW
Oamaru
. 40
45 S
171 E
Oat
8
24 N
75 W
Oatland
. 40
42 S
146 E
Obama .
• 35
35 N
135 E
Obihira
■ 35
43 N
143 E
Obock .
II
10 N
40 E
Obotsi .
20
6N
7E
Obree Mt.
• 39
9S
148 E
Observatory .
12
33 S
18 E
Obubra .
20
6N
8E
Obudu .
20
6N
9E
Obutu .
20
5N
oW
Odaki .
• 35
35 N
140 E
Odate .
35
40 N
140 E
Odawara
• 35
35 N
.139 E
Ode
20
6N
3E
Odendaal
13
30 s
26 E
Ogaki .
• 35
35 N
136 E
Ogbomosho .
20
8N
4E
Ogoja .
20
6N
8E
Ogowok
II
oS
10 E
Ogun R.
20
6N
3E
Ohehonge
40
41 S
176 E
Ohrigstad
. 18
24 S
30 E
Oita
• 35
33 N
131 E
Ojogbo .
20
6N
5E
Okarito .
. 40
43 S
170 E
Okaru .
. 40
36 S
174 E
INDEX
123
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Okanagan L.
6
50 N
Okayama
35
34 N
Okein .
39
9S
Okigwa .
20
5N
Okoba .
20
5N
Okuta .
20
9N
Okwoga
20
6N
Old Harbour
8
17 N
Olds .
4
SI N
Old Wives Lakes
4
50 N
O'Leary
3
46 N
Oiifant .
18
24 S
Olifants R. (Cape
Colony)
12
31 s
Olifants R. (Trans-
vaal) .
18
24 S
Olive .
13
30 s
Oliveberg
13
31 S
Olpad .
25
21 N
Olympia
17
47 N
Omdurman .
II
10 N
Ondo .
20
6N
Ongeluk's Nek
13
30 S
Ongole .
26
15 N
Onibe R.
22
20 S
Onin Mts.
39
3S
Onion Lake .
4
53 N
Onitsha
20
6N
Ono
3S
42 N
Ontario, Lake
2
45 N
Oodnadatta .
37
27 S
Ookiep .
12
29 N
Oontoo .
38
27 s
Ootacamund .
. 26
II N
OpeR. .
39
8S
Opopo .
20
4N
Opotiki .
40
38 S
Oran .
10
23 s
Orange Grove
■ 13
32 s
Orange River
IS
30 s
Orange River Stati
on 13
29 s
Orchha .
28
25 N
Orealla
9
5N
Orinoco R. .
9
8N
Oro
39
8S
Oruro .
10
17 S
Orurua .
40
35 S
Osaka .
35
34 N
Osborne
17
30 S
Oshogbo
20
7N
Osko .
5
49 N
Osnaburgh Ho.
S
■;i N
Osorno ,
10
41 S
Ostersund
5
49 N
Otaki .
40
41 S
Otbu C.
40
35 S
Otea Island
40
36 S
Oti R. .
20
9N
Oto.-
35
43 N
Otsi
35
43 N
Otsu
35
34 N
Ottapidaram .
27
8N
Ottawa .
2
43 N
Otyirabingue .
II
20 S
Oudtshoorn .
12
33 S
Ouepe .
10
39 S
Ouessant
39
10 S
Ouimet .
5
48 N
Oure .
39
8S
Ouro Preto
10
20 S
Outlook .
4
51 N
Ovalle
10
3'i
Ovambo
II
10 S
Ovary .
27
8N
Ov^en Stanley Ran{
;e 39
8S
Owerri .
20
5N
Owo
20
7N
Oxbow .
4
49 N
Long.
119W
134 E
149 E
7E
9E
3E
7E
77 W
113 W
107 W
64 W
29 E
18 E
31 E
25 E
25 E
73 E
123 W
30 E
4E
28 E'
80 E
48 E
133 E
iioW
6E
140 E
76 W
13s E
18 E
141 E
76 E
148 E
7E
177 E
64 W
26 E
28 E
24 E
78 E
57 W
60 W
148 E
67 W
173 E
13s E
29 E
4E
90 W
goW
72 W
94 W
17s E
173 E
17s E
oE
140 E
143 E
136 E
78 E
75 W
10 E
22 E
73 W
150 E
88 W
14S E
47 W
107 W
72 E
10 E
77 E
148 E
7E
5E
loiW
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place. Map No.
Lat.
O.xford L.
S
54 N
96 W
Pang-chwang
34
37 N
Oya
32
2N
112 E
Pangona
21
10 S
Oyama
• 3S
35 N
139 E
Panipat
28
29 N
Oyo
20
7N
4E
Panjnad R . .
Panki .
Pankipi .
28
21
19
29 N
14 S
14 S
Paama .
41
16 S
168 E
Pankudzi
19
14 S
Paardeburg
• IS
29 s
25 E
Pannaivilai .
27
8N
Paarl .
12
33 S
18 E
Pannayoor
27
9N
Paauw Pan .
13
30 S
24 E
Pannikulam .
27
9N
Pabalong
• 13
30 s
28 E
Pantalakudi .
27
9N
Pabna .
. 24
23 N
89 E
Panyam
20
9N
Pachambi
• 29
24 N
86 E
Paoning
33
31 N
Pachete
29
23 N
86 E
Paoting .
33
39 N
Pachia .
21
12 S
34 E
Paoting-fu
34
39 N
Pachora
25
20 N
75 E
Papar
32
SN
Pachow Chi
• 34
39 N
116 E
Paparoa Ra. .
40
42 S
Pachpadra .
. 28
26 N
72 E
Papawai
40
41 S
Pack Ox Nek
• 13
30 S
28 E
Pappankulam
27
9N
Packsham
31
II N
99 E
Papua, G. of .
39
8S
Padawai Tank
30
9N
81 E
Pard .
10
iS
Padrone C.
. 13
33 S
26 E
ParagonFs
10
40 S
Pagadi .
• 19
21 S
33 E
Paragua R. .
10
20 s
Pahang .
32
4N
102 E
Parahiba
10
6S
Paihia
40
35 S
174 E
Paraku .
20
9N
Paiho .
■ 34
41 N
116 E
Paramagudi .
27
9N
Paikchon
36
38 N
126 E
Parameta
39
10 s
Paithan
■ 25
19 N
75 E
Paranahyba .
10
3S
Paiwa .
• 39
9S
149 E
Parana R.
10
28 s
Pa-ju .
36
37 N
127 E
Parantij .
25
23 N
Paka .
• 32
I N
iioE
Parapadi
27
8N
Pakala .
. 26
13 N
79 E
Parapato
21
16 s
Pakhoi
. 33
22 N
109 E
Parasnath
29
24 N
Pakies .
17
30 S
29 E
Paraz
10
7S
Paklau .
• 32
8N
98 E
Parbati R. .
28
25 N
Pak-nam
• 32
13 N
100 E
Parengarenga
40
35 S
Pakshan
32
10 N
98 E
Paritdia .
19
15 s
Palachwe
19
22 S
27 E
Parman
39
9S
Palala R.
. 18
23 S
28 E
Parrsboro'
3
45 N
Palamau
. 24
23 N
84 E
Pairy .
5
49 N
Palamcottah .
. 26
8N
77 E
Parsa
24
25 N
Palana .
• 25
27 N
73 E
Partabgarh ,
25
24 N
Palasbari
•^4
26 N
91 E
Partabgarh .
28
26 N
Palhanpur
■ 25
24 N
72 E
Partabgarh .
24
26 N
Pali
28
26 N
73 E
Parys
15
27 s
Palk Strait .
• 30
10 N
79 E
Pascal .
4
52 N
Palkof
29
22 N
84 E
Pasco .
10
II s
Palla
19
23 S
26 E
Pasqua .
4
SON
Palladam
. 26
II N
77 E
Passandava
22
13 s
Pallai .
30
10 N
80 E
Pasuvanthanai
27
9N
Pallam .
. 26
9 N
76 E
Patau .
25
24 N
Palma .
II
20 N
10 W
Patani .
20
SN
Palm-rston .
37
12 S
130 E
Pataspur
24
22 N
Palmerstone .
. 40
40 S
17s E
Pataza R.
16
27 S
Palmerton
• 17
31 s
29 E
Pathri .
25
19 N
Palraerville .
• 38
16 S
144 E
Patiala .
28
30 N
Palniietti
13
30 S
27 E
Patiyu .
32
10 N
Palmyra Point
. 30
10 N
80 E
Patna .
24
25 N
Palmford
. 18
27 S
29 E
Patoni .
32
6N
Palo .
■ 32
2 N
III E
Patri
25
23 N
Palverayen
. 26
9N
80 E
Patriots Klip
13
30 S
Pama .
20
II N
I E
Pattaeoffe
30
10 N
Pamahom
18
24 S
31 E
Pattakulam .
27
9N
Pamangkat
• 32
I N
109 E
Patterson
13
33 S
Pambagora .
21
7S
34 E
Patteson P. .
• 41
14 S
Pampas
10
13 s
73 W
Patuakhali .
24
22 N
Pamplemousses
22
20 s
57 E
Pauking
33
27 N
Pan
18
25 s
29 E
Paul Pieters Dorp
16
27 S
Panadura
30
6N
80 E
Paumben Passage
30
9N
Panaivadali .
27
9N
77 E
Paupancolum
. 27
gN
Panaiyadipatti
• 27
9N
77 E
Pavanasam .
27
8N
Panakudi
27
8N
77 E
Pavur
. 27
8 N
Panama
8
8N
79 w
Paysandu
10
32 s
Panant .
. 32
13 N
loi E
Peace R.
6
56 N
Pandharpur .
• 25
17 N
74 E
Peach R.
38
'3^,
Pandietti
• 39
10 S
151 E
Pearl .
5
48 N
Pangal .
. 26
16 N
78 E
Pearston .
• 13
32 s
Pangani
II
oS
30 E
Peddle .
• 13
33 S
Long.
116 E
34 E
77 E
71 E
35 E
34 E
35 E
78 E
78 E
77 E
78 E
8 E
106 E
115 E
115 E
116 E
171 E
175 E
78 E
I4SE
48 W
62 W
57 W
35 W
2 E
78 E
150 E
42 W
59 W
73 E
77 E
40 E
86 E
77 W
76 E
173 E
33 E
148 E
64 W
93 W
85 E
75 K
81 E
93 E
27 E
108 W
76 W
105 W
48 E
77 E
72 E
6E
87 E
31 E
76 E
76 E
99 E
85 E
loi E
71 E
26 E
79 E
77 E
26 E
107 E
90 E
no E
30 E
79 E
78 E
77 E
77 E
57 W
121 V/
142 E
88 W
25 E
27 E
124
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place. Map No.
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place. Map Nc
. Lat.
Long.
Pedro Pt.
3°
10 N
80 E
Pingtu .
34
36 N
120 E
Port Darwin .
37
12S
130 E
Pedrotalagala Mt. .
3°
7N
81 E
Pingyang
33
36 N
III E
Port Davey
40
43 S
145 E
Pegu .
31
17 N
96 E
Pingyin .
33
36 N
116 E
Port Desire .
10
47 S
65 W
Pekan .
32
3N
103 E
Pingyuanhsien
34
37 N
116 E
Port d Esny .
22
20 S
57 E
Peking .
3
40 N
117 E
Pingyueh
33
27 N
107 E
Port Dickson
32
2N
loi E
Peldheburee .
32
12 N
99 E
Finite
■ 13
29 S
27 E
Port Douglas
38
16 S
145 E
Pelican Falls .
S
52 N
100 W
Pinnacle
38
21 S
148 E
Port Elizabeth
13
33 S
25 E
Pelican L.
4
50 N
io5W
Pioneer .
38
13 s
142 E
Port Essington
6
54 N
130 W
Pella (Cape Colony)
12
29 S
19 E
Pipiriki .
40
39 S
175 E
Port Florence
21
35 E
Pella (Pretoria) .
i8
25 S
26 E
Piquetberg
12
■XQ. S
18 E
Port Glasgow
39
10 S
149 E
Pemba B.
21
12 S
40 E
Piranhas
10
9S
37 W
Port Hamilton
36
3-4 N
127 E
Pemba Is.
21
ss
39 E
Pirara .
9
3N
59 W
Port Heral.l .
19
16 S
35 E
Pemoi .
20
8N
oW
Pirojpur
24
22 N
90 E
Port Hibbs .
40
42 s
145 E
Pemteno
21
10 S
38 E
Pitanguy
10
19 S
45 W
Port Kissinga
21
12 S
40 E
Penang
32
SN
100 E
Pitoa .
20
9N
13 E
Port Lazaref.
36
39 N
127 E
Penguin Pt.
21
11 S
40 E
Pitoria .
29
23 N
85 E
Port Louis .
22
20 S
57 E
Penhalonga
19
18 s
32 E
Pitou Riv. Noire
22
20 S
57 E
Port Maria .
8
18 N
76 W
Penhold
6
52 N
114 W
Pitsanuloke .
31
17 N
100 E
Port Mollendo
10
15 s
74 w
Pense .
4
50 N
105 W
Pitsing .
17
30 S
28 E
Port '/orant
8
17 N
76 W
Pehtecost
41
16 S
168 E
Pittsworth
38
27 S
151 E
Port Moresby
39
9S
147 E
Penticton
6
49 N
119 W
Pitupa .
40
39 S
175 E
Port Morien
3
46 N
59 W
Pentland
38
20 S
145 E
Piwandi
27
9N
78 E
Port Mulgrave
3
45 N
61 W
Penukonda .
26
14 N
77 E
Placentia
7
47 N
54 W
Port Newchwang .
34
41 N
122 E
Perankudi
27
8N
77 E
Placentia B. .
7
47 N
54 W
Port Nolloth .
12
29 S
17 E
Perie .
13
32 S
27 E
Placo
22
20 S
57 E
Port of France
41
22 S
167 E
Perim Is.
II
10 N
40 E
Plaine Magnier
22
20 S
57 E
Port of Spain
8
10 N
61 W
Pernambuco .
10
8S
35 W
Plaisance, Guiana
9
7N
58 W
Port Patteson
41
14 S
167 E
Perppulankulam .
27
8N
77 E
Plaisance, Mauritiu
s 22
20 s
.57 E
Port Pegasus
40
47 S
168 E
Perry Mt.
38
25 s
151 E
Plassey .
24
23 N
88 E
Port Pirie
37
32 s
138 E
Perth .
37
32 s
115 E
Platrand
18
27 S
29 E
Port Royal .
8
17 N
76 W
Perumanal .
27
8 N
77 E
Plava Pt.
9
8N
59 W
Port Said
II
30 N
30 E
Peshawar
28
33 N
71 E
Playford
37
14 S
■32 E
Port St. Johns
17
31 s
29 E
Petarbar
29
23 N
85 E
Plumas
5
roN
99 W
Port Shepstone
14
30 s
30 E
Pi't Riviere .
22
20 S
57 E
Plumstead Sta.
12
34 S
18 E
Port Simpson
6
54 N
130 W
PetrusviUe
13
30 s
24 E
Plumtree
19
20 S
27 E
Port Sweitenham .
32
2N
loi E
Petty Harbour
7
47 N
53 W
Pnom Penh .
32
II N
105 E
Port Waikato
40
37 S
175 E
Phalton .
25
18 N
74 E
Po'nt Riche .
7
50 N
57 W
Port Weld .
32
4N
100 E
Phatiyatola .
29
23 N
84 E
Pokharan
25
27 N
72 E
Portage la Prairie
5
50 N
98 W
Philip I.
41
29 s
168 E
Pokhuria
29
23 N
86 E
Porterville
12
32 s
18 E
Philip R.
39
7S
143 E
Pol
25
24 N
73 E
Portland
12
33 S
22 E
Philippolis
13
30 s
25 E
Polavaram
. 26
17 N
81 E
Porto Alegre .
10
30 S
51 w
Philipstown .
13
30 s
24 E
PoUanaruwa .
30
8N
81 E
Porto Nova
20
6N
2E
Phillips Hr.
39
gS
149 E
Polur .
26
12 N
79 E
Porto Rica
8
18 N
67 W
Phokeng
18
25 s
27 E
Polynesia
41
15 s
180 E
Porto Seguro
20
6N
lE
Phokwani
15
27 s
24 E
Pomeroy
14
28 S
30 E
Porus .
8
18 N
77 w
Pialba .
38
25 S
153 E
Pomerum R. .
9
7N
58 W
Posen
5
50 N
97 W
Picton .
40
41 s
174 E
Pomerun B. .
9
7N
58 W
Poshan .
34
36 N
117 E
Picton, N.S. .
3
45 N
62 W
Pondicherry
26
12 N
79 E
Post
19
21 S
27 E
Piecer Both
22
20 S
57 E
Pondoland .
14
30 S
29 E
Post R. .
22
20 S
57 E
Piechen .
34
37 N
118 E
Pongola R. (Trans
Post Relief .
13
32 s
26 E
Pieimuns, R.
40
41 S
145 E
vaal)
18
23 s
27 E
PotR. .
17
30 s
28 E
Pierson .
4
49 N
loi W
Pongola R. (Zulu
Potaro R.
9
4N
59 W
Pietermaritzburg .
14
29 S
30 E
land) .
. 16
27 S
31 E
Potchatstroom
II
20 S
20 E
Pie'ersburg .
18
23 S
29 E
Ponmunna .
27
8 N
77 E
Potchefstroom
18
26 s
27 E
Piet Retief
16
27 S
30 E
Ponnaiyar R
. 26
12 N
78 E
Potfontein
13
30 s
24 E
Pigs Peak
16
25 s
31 E
Ponneri .
. 26
13 N
80 E
Potgietersrust
18
24 s
29 E
Pike L. .
5
53 N
96 W
Ponoka .
4
52 N
113 W
Potoro .
9
5N
59 W
Pilands Herg
18
25 s
27 E
Pontianak
32
109 E
Pottalpatti .
27
9N
77 E
Pilcomayo R.
10
22 s
61 W
Poona .
• 25
18 N
74 E
Potzdam
13
32 s
27 E
Pile of Bones R.
4
50 N
104 W
Poonamalee .
. 26
13 N
80 E
Pouch Cove .
7
47 N
53 W
Pilgrims Rest
18
25 S
30 E
Poothoor
27
9N
78 E
Poudre d'Or .
22
20 S
57 E
Pilibbi .
28
28 N
79 E
Porbandar .
• 25
21 N
69 E
Poyang L.
33
28 N
116 E
Pillar. Cape .
40
43 S
148 E
Poplar Pt. .
5
coN
98 W
Prahsu .
20
SN
iW
Pilot Mound .
S
49 N
98 W
Porahat .
29
22 N
85 E
Prairie .
38
20 S
144 E
Pinchards Is.
7
49 N
53 W
Port Adams .
• 33
39 N
122 E
Prairie River .
4
53 N
102 W
Pinchow She .
33
35 N
108 E
Port Alfred .
13
33 S
26 E
Prakaspuram
27
8N
78 E
Pinchow Sung
34
37 N
117 E
Port Antonio
8
18 N
76 W
Prampram
20
SN
oE
Pinda .
19
17 s
35 E
Port Arthur .
33
38 N
122 E
Pratabgarh
28
24 N
74 E
Pind Dadan Khan
28
32 N
73 E
Port Arthur (Algor
na) 5
48 N
89 W
Pretoria
iS
25 s
28 E
Pine C.
7
46 N
53 W
Port Augusta
• 37
31 s
138 E
Prieska .
12
29 s
23 E
Pinehill .
38
23 s
147 E
Port au Prince
8
18 N
72 W
Prince Albert (Can-
Pine Lake
6
52 N
113 W
Port aux Basque
7
47 N
59 W
ada .
4
53 N
io6W
Pines, Is. of .
41
23 S
167 E
Port Beaufort
12
34 S
20 E
Prince Albert (S.
Pinetown
14
29 S
30 E
Port Bevan
• 39
7S
143 E
Africa)
12
33 S
22 E
Pingchuan
34
41 N
118 E
Port Blair .
31
II N
92 E
Prince Alfred's Ham-
Pingkuksien .
34
40 N
117 E
Port Chalmers
40
46 S
171 E
let .
12
33 S
19 E
Pingliang
33
35 N
106 E
Port Curtis .
• 38
24 S
151 E
Prince Rupert
6
54 N
130 W
Pinglo .
33
24 N
iioE
Port Dalrymple
. 40
41 s
147 E
Prince's Is. .
II
oN
oE
INDEX
125
Place. Map No
Princess Charlotte B. 38
Princeton
Prince of Wales Is,
(Brit. Columbia)
Prince of Wales Is,
(Queensland)
Priors .
Proddatur
Lat.
14 S
49 N
Long.
144 E
121 W
6 55 N 132 W
Prome .
Proserpine
Prospect
Prospect Mt.
Prot Hill
Providence C.
Provost .
Puchow .
Pudukkottai
Pudukotai
Pudur .
Puerto Barrios
Pukchen
Pulicat .
Puliyankudi
Pullampet
Pungchen
Pung Dok
Pungwe
Puno
Puong Yang ..
Puquios .
Purandhar
Purdy Is.
Puri
Purnea .
Purngarh
Purrakay
Purulia .
Pururu .
Purus R.
Putai .
Puthiamputhur
Puttalam
Pyapalli
Pycktong
Pyinmana
Pyong Taik
Qahazana
Qalambana
Qalha's Nek .
Qangu .
Qingeni .
Qora
Qora R.
Qota
Quamanea
Qu'Appelle .
Qu'App' He Ft.
Qu'Appelle R.
Quartier Militaire
Quatre Bornes
Qudeni Mts. .
Quebec .
Queen Charlotte Is,
Queens Kraal
Queensland N.
Queens Mercy
Queenstown (Brit
Guiana)
Queenstown (Gra
harastown) .
Queenstown (New
Zealand)
Quelpart Is.
Quembetshe's
Que-Que
Quesnel .
Quesnel L.
38
13
26
31
38
17
16
3
40
4
33
26
27
27
8
36
26
27
26
36
36
36
10
25
39
19
24
2.5
27
24
34
27
30
26
36
31
36
17
17
13
17
17
17
17
17
13
4
4
4
22
22
16
2
6
16
37
17
10 S
30 S
14 N
19 N
20 S
30 S
27 S
46 N
46 S
52 N
3SN
10 N
8N
9N
16 N
40 N
13 N
9 N
14 N
38 N
37 N
20 S
iSS
39 N
26 S
18 N
2 S
21 S
25 N
16 N
8 N
23 N
6S
5S
37 N
8 N
8 N
15 N
40 N
20 N
36 N
32 S
31 S
30 S
30 s
31 s
32 s
32 s
31 s
31 s
50 N
SoN
SoN
20 s
20 s
28 s
47 N
52 N
27 S
20 S
30 s
6N
13 31 s
40
36
17
19
6
6
45 S
33 N
29 .S
18 S
53 N
52 N
142 E
25 E
78 E
95 E
148 E
28 E
29 E
64 W
167 E
iioW
no E
78 E
78 E
78 E
89 W
128 E
80 E
77 E
79 E
124 E
126 E
34 E
70 W
126 E
70 W
74 E
146 E
28 E
87 E
73 E
77 E
85 E
34 E
63 W
117 E
78 E
80 E
78 E
125 E
96 E
127 E
28 E
28 E
27 E
28 E
29 E
28 E
28 E
28 E
27 E
104 W
103 W
102 W
57 E
57 E
30 E
70 W
131 W
32 E
140 E
28 E
58 W
26 E
169 E
126 E
29 E
29 E
122 W
121 w
Place.
Quilimane
Quilon .
Quirpon Is. .
Quito .
Quitta .
Quixera Mobim
Qumbu .
Quop
Qutb .
Qutsa .
Qutsa, Lower
Qutubeni
Rabai .
Raba's
Rabat .
Rabu .
Race, Cape
Radhapuram
Radisson
Raghanathpur
Raghavapuram
Raha .
Rahe
Raheng
Rahuri .
Rai Bareli
Raichur
Raiganj
Rainy River .
Rajahmundry
Rajakari
Rajapalaiyam
Rajapur
Rajgarh
Rajkot .
Rajosingamangalam
Rakal .
Raleigh
Rallavarani .
Ramah .
Ramainandro
Ramallakota
Rambukkana
Ramdurg
Ramea Is.
Ramee Is.
Rameswaram
Ramgarh
Ramnad
Ramnagar
Ramoutsa
Rampur
Rampur Boalia
Rampur Hat
Ramtoliya
Ranaghat
Ranchi .
Randfontein
Rangamati
Rangitiki R.
Rangitukia
Rangoon
Rangpur
Raniganj
Ranneivilie
Rano
Ranpur .
Rapid City
Rapri R.
Rathwell
Ratlam
Ratnagiri
Ratnapura
Ravensfell
Ravenswood
Ravenswood June
Map No.
Is.
26
7
17
32
28
17
17
17
17
II
20
7
26
4
29
26
24
29
31
25
28
26
24
5
26
27
26
25
28
25
27
21
5
26
13
22
26
30
25
7
31
30
29
27
28
18
28
24
24
29
24
24
18
24
40
40
31
24
24
26
20
25
5
28
5
25
25
30
13
38
38
Lat.
17 S
8 N
51 N
oS
5
5S
31 S
I N
28 N
32 S
32 S
31 s
3S
29 s
33 N
9N
46 N
8 N
52 N
23 N
17 N
26 N
23 N
17 N
19 N
26 N
16 N
25 N
48 N
17 N
9N
9N
16 N
24 N
22 N
9N
oS
49 N
13 N
29 S
19 S
15 N
7N
16 N
47 N
19 N
• 9N
23 N
9N
32 N
24 S
28 N
24 N
24 N
22 N
23 N
23 N
26 S
22 N
40 S
38 S
16 N
25 N
23 N
8 N
II N
27 N
50 N
27 N
49 N
23 N
17 N
6N
31 s
20 S
19 S
Long.
37 E
76 E
55 W
78 W
oE
40 W
28 E
iioE
77 E
27 E
27 E
27 E
39 E
29 E
7W
5E
53 W
77 E
107 W
86 E
80 E
92 E
85 E
100 E
74 E
81 E
77 E
88 E
94 W
81 E
77 E
77 E
73 E
76 E
71 E
78 E
31 E
91 W
80 E
24 E
46 E
78 E
80 E
75 E
57 W
93 E
79 E
85 E
78 E
73 E
25 E
79 E
88 E
87 E
85 E
88 E
85 E
27 E
92 E
175 E
178 E
96 E
89 E
87 E
78 E
8E
68 E
100 W
82 E
98 W
75 E
73 E
80 E
27 E
147 E
146 E
Place,
Ravi R.
Rawal Pindi .
Rawdon
Rawson
Rayadrug
Ray, Cape
Rayner .
Rayton ,
Recife .
Recife C.
Red Cliff
Red Deer
Red Deer R.
Red Deer R.
Red House
Red Indian L.
Red L. .
Reddershurg
Reed L.
Regina .
Rehoboth
Rejang .
Rejang R.
Remine .
Remport Mt.
Remport R.
Rennell I.
Resolution Ft
Ressano Garcia
Reston .
Resurrection
Retreat .
Revelstoke
Rew R. .
Rtwa R.
Rewari
Rhio
Rhodes Drift
Rhodesia
Ribe .
Rice L. .
Richards B.
Richelieu
Richibucto
Richmond,
Colony
Richmond, Natal
Richmond, Queens
land .
Riebeck
Rietfuntein
Rietfontein
Riet Vley
Riga
Rio Clare
Rio Cuarto
Rio de la Plata
Rio del Rey
Rio de Oro
Rio de Janiiiro
Rio Mouri
Rio Pardo
Risang .
Rivera .
Riverdale
Rivenna
Riversdale
Riverside
Riviire S^che
Robben I.
Robert B.
Robertson
Rock I.
Rockhampton
Rockingham B,
Rockstone
Rockvale
Rocky Pt.
Cape
Map No
Lat.
. 28
31 N
. 28
33 N
3
45 N
10
43 S
. 26
14 N
7
47 N
13
31 s
. 18
25 s
10
7S
• 13
34 S
9
2N
6
52 N
4
51 N
6
53 N
13
33 S
7
48 N
5
51 N
• 15
29 S
5
54 N
4
SoN
II
20 S
• 32
2N
■ 32
2N
. 40
42 s
22
20 s
22
20 s
41
nS
2
61 N
18
25 s
4
49 N
17
30 S
12
34 S
6
51 N
9
2N
9
3N
. 28
28 N
• 32
I N
. 18
22 S
II
10 S
21
3S
5
53 N
. 16
28 S
22
20 S
3
46 N
, V
do
13
14
31 s
29 S
38
20 S
13
33 S
13
3'f
13
30 S
12
33 S
4
50 N
10
21 S
10
33 S
10
35 S
20
4N
II
20 N
10
23 s
II
oN
10
30 S
32
2N
10
30 S
14
28 N
37
32 S
12
34 S
17
30 S
22
20 s
12
33 S
7
47 N
12
33 S
39
5S
38
23 S
38
18 s
9
SN
18
"^1
40
43 S
Long.
73 E
73 E
63 W
65 W
76 E
59 W
26 E
28 E
35 W
25 E
57 W
114 W
III W
102 w
25 E
56 W
94 W
26 E
100 W
105 W
10 E
III E
114 E
145 E
57 E
57 E
160 E
104 W
32 E
loi W
30 E
18 E
118 W
57 W
58 W
76 E
105 E
29 E
20 E
39 E
95 W
32 E
57 E
64 W
24 E
30 E
143 E
26 E
23 E
24 E
18 E
loi W
49 W
64 W
56 W
8E
10 W
44 W
10 E
53 W
103 E
C4W
29 E
145 E
21 E
29 E
57 E
18 E
53 W
19 E
148 E
150 E
146 E
58 W
31 E
14s E
126
CHURCHMAN*S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Map No
. Lat.
Long.
Rooky Pt. .
22
20 S
S7E
Rode .
• 17
30 S
29 E
Rogo
20
II N
7E
Rohtak
28
28 N
76 E
Rolabilis
17
30 S
29 E
Roland .
17
30 S
28 E
Rol Fontein .
. 16
26 S
29 E
Roma .
13
29 s
27 E
Roma
■ 38
26 s
148 E
Ron
• 25
ISN
75 E
Rondavel
13
31 s
27 E
Rondebosch .
12
33 S
18 E
Roodefontein .
12
32 S
21 E
Roode Kranz
13
32 S
25 E
Roodepoort .
. 18
26 S
27 E
Rooijantjesfontei
n . 18
26 S
26 E
Room .
• 39
3S
13s E
Roorkee
. 28
29 N
78 E
Roosenekal .
. 18
2SS
30 E
Roper R.
■ 37
14 s
13s E
Rorke's Drift
16
28 s
30 E
Rosario
10
33 S
60E
Rosebelle
22
20 S
57 E
Rosedale
■ 38
24 S
151 E
Rose Ft.
• 13
32 s
25 E
Rose Hill
22
20 N
57 E
Rosenfeld
5
49 N
9;W
Rosetta
14
29 S
29 E
Ross
. 18
25 s
31 E
Rossel Is.
41
11 s
155 E
Rossmore
S
48 N
90W
Rossport
5
48 N
87 W
Rothesay
3
45 N
6s W
Rotorua L. .
. 40
38 S
176 E
Rouleau
4
50 N
104 W
Rouxville
• IS
30 s
26 E
Rovuma R. .
21
II S
39 E
Roza
17
31 s
28 E
Rubiana
• 41
9S
159 E
Rudolf L. .
II
oN
30 E
Ruga Ruga
21
7S
33 E
Ruhanga
21
oS
30 E
Ruitji .
II
oS
30 E
Rukwa L.
21
SS
33 E
Rumanika's .
21
iS
30 E
Rumaruma
■ 39
10 S
150 E
Rungwa
21
7S
31 E
Rungwa
21
9S
33 E
Rupert's Land
2
S3N
100 W
Rupununi R. .
9
3N
59 W
Rusapi
iq
18 S
31 E
Russell .
4
51 N
102 W
Rustenburg
18
25 s
27 E
Rusthof .
18
27 s
29 E
Rutengani
21
9S
33 E
Ruviko .
• 19
18 s
35 E
Riizambo's .
19
16 s
32 E
Rye Bay
21
12 S
34 E
Siibanill.i
10
II N
75 W
Sabi R. .
■ 19
2. S
33 E
S.ible C.
3
43 N
65 w
Sabure
20
II N
oW
Sachego R.
5
54 N
92 W
Saokville
3
46 N
64 W
Sad^ya
■ 24
27 N
95 E
Sado
• 35
38 N
138 E
Sadra .
• 25
23 N
72 E
Saffi
II
30 N
oW
Saga .
■ 35
33 N
130 E
Sagaing
■ 31
22 N
96 E
Sagalla .
21
3S
38 E
Sagar .
25
14 N
74 E
Sagase .
21
5S
37 E
Saharanpur .
. 28
30 N
77 E
Sahibganj
• 24
24 N
8s E
Sahwan .
■ 25
26 N
68 E
Saiem .
• 13
33 S
26 E
Place. Map No.
Saigon ... 32
St. Aidai . . 19
St. Albans . 17
St. Ambrose . . 17
St. Andrew,' C. 22
St. Andrews (New-
Brunswick . . 3
St. Andrew (Zulu-
land) . . 16
St. Andrews (Kaf-
fraria) . . 17
St. Andrews (Kaf-
fraria) . . 17
St. Andrews (Kaf-
fraria) ... 17
St. Anne . . 5
St. Ann's . . 17
St. Ann's Bay . 8
St. Augustine (Mash-
onaland) . 19
St. Augustine
(Rorke's Drift) . 16
St. Augustine (Kaf-
fraria) .
St. Augustine Bay
(Madagascar) . 22
St. Augustine's
(Kaffraria) . . 17
St. Barnabas. 17
St. Barnabas. 17
St. Bartholomew . 17
St. Bartholomew 8
St. Bede . 17
St. Bede's . . 19
St. Columba's . 17
St. Cuthberts . 17
St. Cuthberts(Naial) 14
St. Cyprians 17
St. Davids . . 17
St. Eduardo 10
St. Faith's . . 17
St. Francis Bay . 13
St. Francis C. 13
St. George (Queens-
land) .
St. George (New-
foundland) . . 7
St. George (New
Brunswick) • . 3
St. George, C. . 7
St, George's Bay 7
St. George's L. . 7
St. Helena . 11
St. Helena Bay . 11
St. James . s
St, John(N.B.) 3
St. John . 8
St. John Bay. . 7
St. John River . 3
St. John's (Kaffraria) 17
St. John's ( Newfound-
land) . . 7
St. John's River . 17
St. Josd (Guatemala) 8
St. Jos^ (Costa Rica) 8
St. Joseph L. . . 5
St. Joseph's . . 13
St. Kitts 8
St. Lawrence. . 38
St. Lawrence Bay. 3
St. Lawrence R. . 2
St. Leonard Grand
Falls . . 3
St. Louis . . II
St. Luce Bay . . 22
St. Lucia . . 8
St. Lucia Bay 16
St. Lucia C. . .16
Lat.
10 N
20 S
31 s
30 S
16 s
45 N
29 S
32 s
31 s
30 s
49 N
30 S
18 N
18 S
28 S
17 30 S
23 S
30 S
31 s
31 s
30 S
17 N
30 S
20 s
30 s
31 s
30 s
31 s
31 S
22 s
30 s
34 S
34 S
38 28 S
48 N
45 N
48 N
48 N
48 N
10 S
30 S
49 N
45 N
18 N
50 N
46 N
32 S
47 N
31 s
14 N
9N
51 N
29 S
17 N
22 S
47 N
45 N
47 N
10 N
24 S
14 N
28 S
28 S
Long.
lOsE
28 E
27 E
28 E
44 E
67 W
31 E
27 E
29 E
29 E
96 W
28 E
77 w
32 E
30 E
28 E
43 E
28 E
29 E
29 E
29 E
62 W ,
29 E
28 E
28 E
28 E
30 E
27 E
29 E
42 W
29 E
25 E
24 E
148 E
58 E
66 W
59 W
58 W
57 W
oW
10 E
97 W
66 W
64 W
57 W
67 W
27 E
53 W
29 E
90 W
84 W
90 W
27 E
62 W
149 E
60 W
74 W
67 W
10 W
47 E
60 W
32 E
32 E
Place. Map No.
St. Lucia L. . .16
St. Lucia R. . 16
St. Luiz . . 10
St. Luke's . . 17
St. Luke's Engabeni 14
St. Luzia . . 10
St. Margaret B. . 3
St. Mark's (Kaffraria) 17
St. Mark's (Kaffraria) 17
St. Mark's (Kaffraria) 17
St. Martin (West
Indies) . . 8
St. Martin L. . s
St. Martin's (Kaf-
fraria ... 17
St. Martin's (N.B.) 3
St. MaryB. (N.Scotia) 3
St. Mary C. 22
St. Mary Is. . . 22
St. Mary's . . 17
St. Mary's . . 17
St. Mary's (Kaffraria) 17
St. Mary's (Kaf-
fraria) . . 17
St, Mary's (Tasmania) 40
St. Mary's B. (New-
foundland) .
St. Mary's Hill
St. Matthew's
St. Michael .
St. Michael's
St. Mcnica .
St. Paul de Loanda
St. Paul (Nova Scotia)
St. Paul's (Kaffraria)
St. Paul's (Kaffi aria)
St. Paul's (Kaffraria)
St. Paul's (Zulu-
land .
St. Peter
St. Peter (Grahams-
town)
St. Peter B .
St. Peter Is. (Lee-
ward Is. ) .
St. Peter's (Grahams-
town)
St. Peter's (Nova
7
16
17
13
17
II
3
17
17
17
16
3
13
3
Lat.
28 8
28 S
3S
30 S
30 S
19 S
44N
30 S
32 s
31 s
17 N
SiN
30 S
45 N
44 N
25 S
17 S
30 S
30 S
32 s
30 s
41 s
47 N
27 S
30 s
3S
29 s
30 s
oS
45 N
30 S
30 s
30 s
28 s
46 N
31 s
45 N
Long.
32 E
32 E
44W
29 E
30 E
44 W
64 W
28 E
27 E
29 E
63 W
97 W
29 E
6s W
66 W
45 E
SoE
29 E
29 E
27 E
29 E
148 E
54 W
32 E
29 E
32 E
27 E
28 E
10 E
62 W
30 E
28 E
28 E
31 E
62 W
27 E
60 W
8 18 N 64 W
13 32 S 27 E
Scotia)
3
45 N
60 W
St. Peter's (Kaffraria)
17
32 S
28 E
St. Peter's (Kaffraria)
17
31 S
29 E
St. Peter's (Kaffraria)
17
30 S
28 E
St. Philip's (Kaffraria)
17
30 s
28 E
St. Pierre
7
46 N
57 W
St. Roque C.
10
5S
35 W
St. Sebastian, C. .
iS
22 S
35 E
St. Stephen's (New
Brunswick)
3
45 N
67 W
St. Stephen's
17
32 S
27 E
St. Stephen's
17
30 S
28 E
St. Swithen's
17
32 S
27 E
St. Thomas (West
Indies)
8
18 N
6s W
St. Thomas (Kaf-
fraria)
17
32 S
27 E
St. Thom^ C.
10
22 S
41 W
St. Vincent .
8
13 N
61 W
St. Vincent (Zulu-
land .
16
28 S
30 E
St. Vincent C. (Ma-
dagascar)
22
22 S
43 E
Saitsing
34
37 N
116 E
S;ikai .
35
36 N
136 E
Sakai .
35
34 N
135 E
Sakata .
35
38 N
139 E
Sakete .
20
6N
2E
Sakini .
21
iS
37 E
Sakurai .
3S
34 N
136 E
INDEX
Jif
Place. Ma]
Salaga .
Salaya .
Saldanha B. .
Sale
Salem (Dutch Guiana)
Salem (Madras) .
Salisbury
Salmon Cove
Salt Lakes
Salt R. .
Salta .
Saltcoats
Salto .
Salt Pans
Salt Vley
Salungu
Salvador
Salvage
Salwin R.
Samaguting
Samarai
Samatan
Saraatave
Sambanas
Sambava
Sambhar, L.
Samchek
Samsu .
Samugaranapuram
Sanaga R.
San Christoval
Sancha Ho. .
Sanchor.
Sandalwood .
Sandgate
Sandhills
Sandia .
Sandoway
Sand Spruit .
Sandwich I. .
Sandwich I. .
Sandwich Point
Sandwip
Sandy C.
Sandy L.
Sandya
Sangesa
Sang-ju
Sangli .
Sangone B. .
Sang-pan
Sanguru
Sanguti R.
Sani
Sankaranaiynarkovil
Sankh, R.
Sankuru
Sanna .
San Salvador
Sansane Mango
Sanse .
Santa .
Santa Cruz
Santa Cruz
Santa F^
Santa Maria
Sta. Maria
Santhapuram
Santiago (Chili) .
Santiago da Cuba
Santiago (Argentine]
Santipur
Santos .
Sanyati, R.
Sao Paulo
Sapele .
Sapporo
Sara
pNo
Lat.
20
8N
25
22 N
12
33 S
37
37 S
9
5N
26
11 N
19
17 S
7
47 N
12
34 S
12
33 S
10
24 S
4
51 N
10
31 s
II
20 S
12
34 S
19
21 S
8
14 N
7
48 N
31
20 N
24
25 N
39
10 S
32
iN
19
18 S
16
27 .s
22
14 s
28
27 N
36
37 N
36
41 N
27
8N
20
3N
41
10 S
33
27 N
25
25 N
37
10 S
38
27 s
9
SN
21
14 s
31
18 N
16
27 s
41
18 s
39
2S
41
16 s
24
22 N
38
24 s
S
S3N
10
53 S
21
4S
36
36 N
2S
17 N
21
14 S
33
33 N
19
17 S
18
23 s
19
13 s
27
9N
29
22 N
II
oS
29
23 N
II
13 S
20
10 N
21
oS
10
gS
10
17 S
41
10 S
10
31 s
41
14 S
10
30 s
27
8N
10
33 S
8
20 N
10
26 S
24
23 N
10
24 S
19
17 S
10
23 S
20
5N
35
43 N
24
24 N
53 W
98 E
93 E
iSoE
109 E
34 E
32 E
50 E
75 E
129 E
127 E
77 E
II E
162 E
107 E
72 E
119 E
153 E
57 W
32 E
94 E
29 E
168 E
151 E
168 E
91 E
153 E
94 W
72 W
34 E
128 E
74 E
40 E
104 E
33 E
33 E
34 E
77 E
84 E
20 E
83 E
8 E
oE
35 E
78 W
62 W
166 E
62 W
167 E
55 W
77 E
71 W
75 W
64 W
88 E
46 W
29 E
46 W
6E
141 E
89 E
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Long.
Saraki .
20
9N
5E
Sarawak
32
2N
112 E
Sargodha
28
32 N
72 E
Saribas .
32
I N
III E
Sarmento
19
19 S
34 E
Sarota R.
25
24 N
72 E
Sasaram
24
24 N
85 E
Saskatchewan
2
55 N
105 W
Saskatchewan R.
4
53 N
104 W
Saskatoon
4
52 N
107 W
Satana .
25
20 N
74 E
Satankulam
27
8N
77 E
Satara .
25
17 N
74 E
Satchiyapuram
27
9N
77 E
Satlaj
28
30 N
73 E
Sattur
27
9N
77 E
Saturn .
32
6N
100 E
Satyamangalara .
26
II N
77 E
Saul .
18
25 s
28 E
Saul's Poort .
18
25 S
27 E
Saunshi .
25
15 N
75 E
Savage Cove .
7
51 N
56 W
Savakasi
26
9N
77 E
Savalu .
20
7N
2E
Savanna la Mar
8
18 N
78 W
Savanne
5
49 N
90W
Savantyadi .
25
16 N
74 E
Savanur
25
14 N
75 E
Savelugu
20
9N
iW
Sawee Bay
32
10 N
99 E
Sawi .
20
6N
2E
Sawyerpuram
27
8N
77 E
Saxby .
38
19 S
141 E
Say .
20
13 N
2E
Sayalakudi .
27
9N
78 E
Schombie
13
31 s
2SE
Schoonberg .
12
33 S
21 E
Schouten Is. .
39
3S
143 E
Schrieber
5
48 N
86 W
Scott
4
52 N
108 W
Scottsburg .
39
6S
147 E
Scratchley Mt.
39
8S
148 E
Sea Pt. .
12
33 S
18 E
Sebanane
19
19 S
26 E
Sebastian C.
22
12 S
49 E
Sebattik
32
4N
ii8 E
Sebayau
32
iN
III E
Seccondee
20
4N
iW
Secunderabad
. 26
17 N
78 E
Secundra
28
27 N
77 E
Sedra Gulf .
II
32 N
18 E
Seduan .
32
2N
112 E
Sefton .
5
51 N
100 W
Segah R.
32
2N
116 E
Segalang
32
2N
III E
Segu-Sikaro
II
10 N
oW
Sehwan .
28
26 N
67 E
Sekar
39
3S
132 E
Seketwayo
16
27 S
30 E
Sekodumase .
20
7N
I W
Sekwani
. 18
24 s
26 E
Selangor
32
3N
loi E
Selang Pathar
• 24
26 s
'94 E
Selaru.
39
8S
131 E
Selepen .
19
21 S
27 E
Selkirk
2
65 N
13s w
Selkirk .
5
50 N
97 w
Selkirk I.
5
53 N
99 W
Selukwe
19
19 S
29 E
Selvvyn .
38
21 s
140 E
Semunjan
• 32
I N
III E
Sena
19
17 S
34 E
Sendai .
35
39 N
141 E
Sendridi
20
8 N
10 E
Senegal R^ .
II
16 N
10 W
Senegambia .
II
15 N
10 W
Seneka .
IS
28 S
27 E
Sengappadei .
27
9N
78 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Sengara
32
7N
100 E
Sengottai
27
9N
77 E
Sennar
II
14 N
35 E
Seoul .
36
37 N
127 E
Seram .
26
17 N
77 E
Serampore
24
22 N
88 E
Serang .
39
4N
130 E
Seratok .
32
1 N
III E
Sereikela
29
22 N
86 E
Sereraban
32
3N
loi E
Serenje .
21
13 s
30 E
Serghkulam
27
8N
77 E
Serikei .
32
I N
III E
Serpentine L.
3
47 N
66 W
Servil .
26
15 N
78 E
Ses; Is.
21
oS
32 E
Sesheki .
19
17 S
25 E
Setagara
29
23 N
85 E
Setana
35
43 N
140 E
Settler .
4
52 N
112 W
Settur .
27
9N
77 E
Seval .
27
8N
77 E
Sevalpatti
27
9N
77 E
Seven Persons
4
49 N
III W
Severn Ft. .
2
56 N
89 W
Severn, L.
5
53 N
92 W
Severn R.
5
54 N
92 W
Seymour
6
51 N
119 W
Seymour (Grahams
-
town)
13
32 S
26 E
Shahalate
18
22 S
32 E
Shahapur
25
19 N
73 E
Shahapur
25
16 N
74 E
Shahbandar .
28
24 N
67 E
Shahgarh
28
27 N
69 E
Shahjahanpur
28
27 N
29 E
Shahpur
2J
32 N
72 E
Shahpura
23
25 N
75 E
Shaki
20
8 N
3E
Shakka .
II
10 N
20 E
Shalawe
21
iSS
38 E
Shamaduro
19
20 S
34 E
Shami
25
23 N
71 E
Shamo .
19
17 S
35 E
Shangani R. .
19
18 S
28 E
Shanghai
33
32 N
122 E
Shanhaikwan
34
40 N
119 E
Shanhsien
34
35 N
116 E
Shans .
31
21 N
93 E
Shantung
33
35 N
118 E
Shaohing
33
30 N
120 E
Shari R.
II
oN
10 E
Shashi .
19
21 S
27 E
Shashi R.
19
21 S
28 E
Shashis .
33
30 N
112 E
Shashun R. .
20
11 N
10 E
Shawbury
17
31 s
28 E
Sheba .
5
49 N
91 W
Shebo .
4
51 N
103 W
Shediao
3
45 N
64 W
Shekul .
■ 27
9N
78 E
Shelburne
3
44 N
65 W
Shellbrook .
4
53 N
107 W
Shenabawie .
9
4N
59 W
Shencottah .
• 27
9N
77 E
Shepherd
b
51 N
113 W
Shepherd Is. .
■ 41
17 S
168 E
Sherbrooke
3
45 N
61 W
Sherghati
■ 29
24 N
84 E
Sherpur .
• 24
25 N
90 E
Shiamel
19
21 S
34 E
Shibamba
19
15 s
28 E
Shibemba
II
10 S
10 E
Shibetcha
• 35
43 N
144 E
Shih-Kou-Shan
34
36 N
116 E
Shihtao .
33
37 N
122 E
Shih-tsuen
• 33
32 N
103 E
Shikarpur
■ 25
14 N
75 E
128
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Map No.
Lat.
Shikarpur
28
28 N
Shikewela
19
23 S
Shikoku .
35
33 N
Shikwalla
18
22 S
Shikweld
18
23 s
Shilauvane .
18
24 S
Shilemba
21
17 S
Shiliman
18
22 s
Shillong
24
25 N
Shiloh.Grahamstow
n 13
32 s
Shiloh.Mashonalan
d 19
19 s
Shimba Mt. .
21
4S
Shimbazo
18
23 s
Shimdvva
19
17 s
Shimogar
25
13 N
Shimonoseki .
35
34 N
Shinan .
33
30 N
Shingovo R. .
18
22 s
Shingwedsi R.
18
24 S
Shinto .
21
II S
Shippegan Is.
3
47 N
Shipurios
19
16 S
Shire R.
II
10 S
Shirora .
19
20 s
Shirwa L.
21
15 s
Shiuchow
33
25 N
Shiulung
33
22 N
Shizuoka
35
35 N
Shoal L. Town
5
50 N
Shoal R. Ho.
5
S3N
Shoalwater B,
■ 38
22 S
Sholapur
25
17 N
Shorkot .
28
31 N
Shortland
40
37 S
Shoylagudy
27
9N
Shringonda .
• 25
18 N
Shua R.
19
20 S
Shui-Li-Pu .
34
36 N
Shunking
33
31 N
Shunning
33
24 N
Shunleh
33
37 N
Shunyi .
34
40 N
Shuonga
19
17 S
Shuswap L. .
6
51 N
Shwebo .
68
23 N
Shwegyin
• 31
18 N
Siam Gulf .
• 32
II N
Sian
• 33
34 N
Siangyang
■ 33
32 N
Siar
• 39
ss
Sibayi L.
i5
27 S
Sibombo
18
22 S
Sibsigar
24
27 N
Sibu
32
2N
Sicuco
19
21 S
Sidbury .
• 13
33 S
Sidli
24
26 N
Sidney
5
49 N
S doi .
• 17
30 S
S'engchin
■ 35
40 N
Sieng-Tu
33
25 N
Sierra Leone .
II
oN
S.fuli .
18
22 S
Sigcau's Great Pla
ce 17
31 s
Signal Hill .
12
33 S
Sihlabeni
17
32 S
Sikanjane
. 18
22 S
Sikar .
25
28 N
Sikassiko
20
8N
Sikiang, R.
■ 33
23 N
Sikkira .
. 24
27 N
Silam
■ 32
5N
Silasua
• 39
10 s
Silchar .
■ 24
24 N
Siligury .
• 24
26 N
Silli
• 29
23 N
Silvalsamuthram
■ 27
BN
Simarau
21
2S
Long.
68 E
33 E
133 E
31 E
33 E
30 E
36 E
34 E
92 E
26 E
28 E
39 E
31 E
34 E
75 E
130 E
105 E
33 E
32 E
31 E
64 E
30 E
30 E
34 E
35 E
113 E
112 E
138 E
loi W
loi W
150 E
75 E
72 E
17s E
78 E
74 E
26 E
116 E
106 E
100 E
114 E
116 E
35 E
119 W
95 E
97 E
loi E
109 E
112 E
146 E
32 E
34 E
94 E
III E
34 E
26 E
90E
99 W
29 E
129 E
119 E
10 W
35 E
29 E
18 E
28 E
35 E
75 E
2W
iioE
88 E
118 E
150 E
92 E
88 E
85 E
77 E
35 E
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Simba .
• 19
22 S
33 E
Simbang
• 39
6S
148 E
Simla
. 28
31 N
77 E
Simons Bay .
12
34 S
18 E
Simonstown
12
34 S
18 E
Sinapa .
• 39
9S
149 E
Sinchen.
• 36
38 N
124 E
Sind R. .
. 28
25 N
77 E
SindiT .
II
10 N
oE
Sindgi
• 25
17 N
76 E
Sindhmur
• 25
15 N
76 E
Sindkheda
• 25
21 S
74 E
Sinfu .
• 33
31 N
104 E
Singapore
• 32
I N
103 E
Singket .
• 32
2N
97E
Singpur .
. 28
24 N
82 E
Singyi .
• 33
25 N
105 E
Sini
• 29
22 N
86 E
Sining .
• 33
36 N
102 E
Sinku R.
■ 15
39 S
28 E
Sinning .
• 33
23 N
108 E
Sintaihsien .
34
35N
117 E
Sintaluta
4
103 W
Sipango's
17
32 S
27 E
Sipifa
■ 17
31 s
27 E
Sippiparai
• 27
9N
77 E
Sipra
. 28
25 N
77 E
Sira
. 26
13 N
76 E
Sirguja .
29
23 N
84 E
Sir James Hall Is
• 36
37 N
124 E
Sirohi
25
25 N
73 E
Sirsa .
24
22 N
86 E
Sirsa
. 28
29 N
75 E
Sirsi
• 25
14 N
74 E
Sirtoko C.
• 35
45 N
145 E
Sirur
25
18 N
74 E
Sitanda
• 19
14 S
27 E
Sitapur .
28
27 N
80 E
Sitarampur .
29
23 N
86 E
Sitonga
■ 17
31 s
27 E
Sitoza's
17
31 s
28 E
Sittampatti
■ 27
10 N
78 E
Sittang, R.
• 31
18 N
97 E
Siugurugui .
19
21 S
33 E
Siuyen .
34
40 N
122 E
Siwa
II
30 N
25 E
Skeena, R.
6
55 N
128 W
Skeldon
9
5N
57 W
Slang R.
17
31 s
27 E
Sledmere
■ 13
32 s
27 E
Smaldeel
IS
28 s
26 E
Smithfield .
15
30 s
26 E
Smith Sound
7
48 N
53 W
Smitsdorp
18
24 S
29 E
Smoky R. Post
6
56 N
117 W
Snowflake
5
49 N
98 W
Snowshoe L. .
5
SI N
95 W
Soabala
22
16 S
45 E
Soahany
22
19 s
44 E
Sobarom
29
23 N
85 E
Sobat .
II
oN
30 E
Sobat, R.
II
oN
30 E
Sochi
21
iss
33 E
Socorro
10
6N
73 W
Soda Ch.
6
52 N
122 W
Sofala .
19
20 S
34 E
Sofia, R.
12
16 S
47 E
Sohna .
. 28
27 N
76 E
Sokna
II
20 N
10 E
Sokoto .
20
13 N
5E
Sokoto, R. .
20
13 N
4E
Solabari
24
26 N
92 E
Solomon Is. .
41
6S
160 E
Sombas .
• 32
I N
109 E
Somerset (Ca
pe
Colony
12
34 S
18 E
Somerset (Carpe
n-
taria)
• 38
10 S
142 E
Place. M
ap No
Lat.
Somerset (Ruperts-
land) .
5
49 N
Somerset (Tasmania)
40
41 S
Somerset East
13
32 s
Sonai .
25
19 N
Sonepat
28
29 N
Sone R.
29
24 N
Song .
32
2 N
Song Do
36
38 N
Songir .
25
21 N
Soochow
33
31 N
Soping .
33
40 N
Sorab .
25
14 N
Sorato Mts.
10
16 S
Sordwana B.
16
27 S
Souillac
22
20 S
Sounding L.
4
52 N
Souris .
3
46 N
Souris
5
49 N
South C.
33
21 N
South C.
40
43 S
South C.
39
10 S
Southampton Is. .
2
63 N
Southbarrow
14
30 S
South-East Is.
39
8S
Southern Cross
37
31 s
Southesk
4
50 N
Southeyville .
17
31 s
South Georgia Is.
10
54 S
South Natuna Is. .
32
3N
Southport
38
28 S
South Tokyo.
79
36 N
Sova C.
35
45 N
Spaldings
17
31 s
Spaniard's B.
7
47 N
Spanish Town
8
18 N
Spiloh .
13
29 S
Spionkop (Cape
Colony)
13
31 s
Spion Kop (Natal)
14
28 S
Spitskop
13
29 s
Spitz Kop
18
25 s
Springbok Fontein
12
29 s
Springbox
II
25 S
Springfield .
3
44 N
Springfontein
15
30 S
Springhill
3
45 N
Springs
18
26 S
Springsure
38
24 S
Springvale
17
31 s
Springvale, Natal .
14
30 s
Spring Vallei
13
32 s
Sprucewell
18
26 s
Sprucewood .
5
49 N
Srinagar
28
34 N
Srivilliputtur .
27
9N
Stabbert
18
23 S
Stakwe .
17
31 s
Stamford
38
21 S
Standerton
18
26 s
Stanford
12
34 S
Stanger
14
29 s
Stanhope
33
28 s
Stanley (Falkland Is.
10
51 s
Stanley (Tasmania)
40
40 s
Stanley F alls (Africa)
II
oS
Stanley Pool
II
oS
Starbuck
5
49 N
Star City
4
52 N
Star Park
41
14 S
Steel .
5
48 N
Stefani L.
II
oN
Stellarton
3
45 N
Stellenbosch
12
33 S
Stephenville
7
48 N
Sterkspruit
13
30 S
Sterkstroora .
13
31 s
Stewart Is. ,
41
8S
Long.
98 W
145 E
25 E
75 E
77 E
83 E
113 E
126 E
74 E
120 E
112 E
74 E
67 W
32 E
57 E
iioW
62 W
100 w
121 E
146 E
150 E
85 W
30 E
131 E
119 E
112 W
27 E
36 W
109 E
IS3E
138 E
142 E
28 E
53 W
76 W
27 E
24 E
29 E
25 E
31 E
17 E
10 E
64 W
25 E
64 W
28 E
148 E
28 E
30 E
26 E
29 E
88 W
75 E
77 E
29 E
27 E
143 E
29 E
19 E
31 E
152 E
59 W
145 E
25 E
iSE
97 W
104 W
168 E
86 W
35 E
62 W
19 E
58 W
27 E
26 E
164 E
INDEX
129
Place. Map No. Lat.
Stewart Is. (N.Z.) . 40 47 S
Steynsburg .
13
31 s
Stitkene R. .
6
56 N
Stonehenge .
17
29 S
Stonewall
5
50 N
Stormberg Junction
13
31 s
Stormel .
38
23 s
Stoughton
4
49 N
Strahan
40
42 S
Strasburg
4
SiN
Strathcona .
6
S3N
Strickland R.
39
7S
Stroma
4
52 N
Stroom
13
30 S
Stuarts Town
14
30 s
Student I.
41
II s
Stumpnose .
12
32 s
Sturgeon Falls
S
43 N
Stutterheim
13
32 S
Suai R.
32
3N
Suakim .
II
10 N
Suanhwa
33
40 N
Siianhwafu
34
40 N
Suau
39
10 S
Subarnarekha R. .
29
22 N
Subarnarekhi .
24
21 N
Suckling Mt.
39
9S
Sucre .
10
18 S
Sud Est C.
39
8S
Suez
II
20 N
Suffield .
4
SoN
Suifu
33
28 N
Snigam .
25
24 N
Suitingfu
33
31 N
Sukchen
36
39 N
Sukkur .
28
27 N
Sullivan L. .
4
53 N
Sultanpur (Lucknow
28
26 N
Summerside
3
46 N
Sumrahu
25
26 N
Sundarbans
24
22 N
Sunday Is.
39
9S
Sunday R.
14
28 S
Sundwana
17
31 s
Sung-Chia-Kuan-
Chuang
34
36 N
Sung-Kiang .
33
31 N
Sunthow
33
24 N
Supa
25
15 N
Superior, L.
2
47 N
Surandei ' .
27
8N
Surat (Bombay P.)
25
21 N
Surat (Brisbane)
38
27 S
Suri
24
23 N
Surma
20
II N
Suru
19
16 S
Susa
II
30 N
Sussex
3
4SN
Sutherland
12
32 s
Suviseshapuram
27
8N
Su-won .
36
37 N
Suyang .
33
28 N
Swan L.
5
52 N
Swan R.
37
31 s
Swan River
4
52 N
Swatow .
■33
23 N
Swellendam
12
34 S
Swift Current
4
SoN
Sydney (Cape Bre-
ton Is.)
3
46 N
Sydney, N.S.W. .
37
33 S
Sydney Mines
3
46 N
Sylhet .
24
2SN
Symbu .
21
8S
Syriam .
31
16 N
Szecheng
33
2SN
Szenan .
33
28 N
Szengen.
33
24 N
Szmau Esraok
33
22 N
Long.
168 E
25 E
130 W
29 E
97 W
26 E
150 E
102 W
i4SE
105 W
113 W
142 E
112 W
26 E
30 E
1S3E
17 E
92 W
27 E
114 E
30 E
iiSE
■ 115 E
150 E
87 E
87 E
149 E
65 W
148 E
30 E
in W
104 E
71 E
107 E
125 E
69 E
III W
82 E
63 W
70 E
89 E
150 E
30 E
28 E
117 E
121 E
III E
74 E
87 W
77 E
72 E
149 E
87 E
o W
31 E
10 E
65 W
20 E
77 E
127 E
losE
loi W
116 E
loi W
117 E
20 E
108 W
61 W
150 E
60 W
91 E
30 E
96 E
106 E
108 E
107 E
102 E
Place. Map No. Lat.
Taaiboschfn .
13
30 S
Tabankulu
17
30 b
Tabara .
II
OS
Tabase .
17
31 s
Tabase, Upper
17
31 s
Tabataba
41
6S
Table Bay .
12
33 S
Table Bay (Papua)
39
10 S
Table Cape
40
39 S
Table Mt.
12
33 S
Tabora .
21
4S
Tabor Mt.
16
28 S
Tachin .
32
13 N
Tachin R.
32
14 N
Tacna .
10
17 S
Tadpatri
26
14 N
Tadwala
25
18 N
Tafenk .
17
32 s
Tafileb .
II
30 N
Taghelel
20
14 N
Tahioku
33
25 N
Taian .
33
35 N
Taichow
33
28 N
Taichu .
33
23 N
Taidong R.
36
39 N
Tai-ho, L.
33
31 N
Taiku .
36
36 N
Tainan .
33
22 N
Taindankarai
27
8N
Tainton .
13
32 s
Taiping .
33
23 N
Taiping, MalayStates
32
5N
Taiserbo
II
20 N
Taiyuan
33
37 N
Tajul
2S
27 N
Takasaki
35
36 N
Takata .
35
37 N
Takaungu
21
3S
Takow
33
22 N
Takra
29
23 N
Taku .
33
39 N
Takuanchuang
33
35 N
Takutu R. .
9
3N
Talaikkattapuram
27
9N
Talaiyuttu
27
8N
Talap .
24
27 N
Talapani
29
23 N
Talcahuana
10
36 S
Talen .
17
32 s
Tali
33
25 N
Taloda
25
21 N
Tamale .
20
9N
Tamar .
29
23 N
Tamar R.
40
41 S
Tamarin B.
22
20 S
Tamarin R. .
22
20 S
Tamaringa's .
21
17 S
Tamata .
39
8S
Tamatave
22
18 N
Tambo .
38
25 s
Tambraparni R. .
27
8N
Tambura
II
oN
Tamingfu
34
36 N
Tamkala
20
12 N
Tammu
24
24 N
Tampin
32
2N
Tamsui.
33
25 N
Tana R.
II
oS
Tanah
39
28
Tandala
21
gS
Tan do
25
25 N
Tanesar .
28
30 N
Tanga
21
5S
Tangail .
24
24 N
Tangalle
30
6N
Tangan .
34
39 N
Tanganyika L.
21
6S
Tangasi
II
oN
Tangier
II
30 N
Long.
24 E
29 E
30 E
28 E
28 E
156 E
18 E
149 E
178 E
18 E
32 E
32 E
100 E
100 E
70 W
77 E
76 E
27 E
o W
8 E
122 E
117 E
120 E
121 E
126 E
120 E
128 E
121 E
77 E
28 E
107 E
100 E
20 E
112 E
69 E
139 E
138 E
39 E
121 E
85 E
117 E
115 E
60 W
78 E
77 E
95 E
83 E
74 W
28 E
100 E
74 E
iW
85 E
147 E
57 E
57 E
31 E
147 E
49 E
146 E
77 E
20 E
115 E
3E
94 E
103 E
122 E
40 E
140 E
34 E
69 E
77 E
39 E
90 E
81 E
116 E
30 E
20 E
oW I
Place.
MapNc
. Lat.
Taniyuttu
30
9N
Tanjambata
22
20 S
Tanjore
26
10 N
Tank .
28
32 N
Tanna .
20
12 N
Tanna .
41
19 S
Tanzo
22
16 S
Tao
II
20 N
Taochow
33
25 N
Tapah
• 32
4N
Tapkara
. 29
22 N
Tappatti
■ 27
9N
Tapti R.
23
20 N
Tapuselei
39
9S
Tarkastad
13
31 s
Tarn-T4ran
28
31 N
Taroom
• 38
25 s
Tarquah
20
5N
Taru .
17
31 s
Tarudant
II
30 N
Taruma
9
2N
Tasalima
20
8N
Tasmania
37
40 S
Tasman Bay .
40
41 S
Tasman Penin.
40
43 S
Tataparai Station
27
8N
Tatau .
32
3N
Tati
19
19 s
Tati
19
21 s
Tating .
• 33
29 N
Tatta
. 28
24 N
Tatum .
20
6N
Tatung .
• 33
40 N
Taungyi
21
20 N
Taupiri .
. 40
37 S
Taupo .
. 40
39 S
Taupo, Lake
40
39 S
Taupota
39
10 S
Tauranga
40
37 S
Taveta .
21
3S
Tavoy .
• 31
14 N
Tavoy Is.
31
13 N
Tawao
32
4N
Tawaree
II
20 N
Taytao Peninsula
10
46 s
Tchon-kour
33
32 N
Teakworth
18
26 S
Te Anau
40
45 S
Te Aute
40
40 S
Tebe
21
16 S
Tegina .
20
10 N
Tegucigalpa
8
14 N
Tehchow
34
37 N
Tekapo, L.
40
44S
Tekari .
24
25 N
Tekenika
to
55 S
Tekwen .
36
39 N
Telegraph Creek
6
57 N
Tele Jaune Cache
6
53 N
Telford .
5
49 N
Tellicherry .
26
II N
Telok Anson .
32
4N
Temaringa's .
19
17 S
Temple B. .
38
12 S
Temuco
10
38 s
Tenasserim
31
12 N
Tengchow-fu.
33
37 N
Tenge .
20
II N
Tengyuen
33
24 N
Tenimber Is. .
39
8S
Tenkasi .
27
8N
Tenke .
II
10 S
Tenmalai
27
9N
Tennyson
13
31 s
Tessawa
20
13 N
Testel Is.
39
10 S
Tete .
II
10 s
Tete, Mashonalanc
19
16 s
Tetuan .
II
30 N
Long.
80 E
48 E
79 E
70 E
2E
169 E
49 E
10 E
III E
loi E
85 E
78 E
70 E
147 E
26 E
75 E
149 E
2W
29 E
oW
56 W
2W
145 E
173 E
148 E
78 E
113 E
33 E
27 E
104 E
67 E
10 E
113 E
97 E
175 E
- 176 E
176 E
150 E
176 E
37 E
98 E
98 E
117 E
oE
75 W
98 E
29 E
168 E
177 E
33 E
6E
87 W
116 E
171 E
85 E
69 W
127 E
130 W
119 W
95 W
75 E
100 E
31 E
143 E
73 W
98 E
120 E
oW
98 E
131 E
77 E
20 E
77 E
26 E
8E
150 E
30 E
33 E
o W
ijo
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Tewara Head
40
36 S
17s E
Tewatin
• 38
26 S
153 E
Texas .
• 38
29 S
151 E
Teyaterjaneng
13
,29 s
27 E
Tezpur .
. 24
26 N
92 E
Thaba Bosigo
IS
29 S
27 E
Thaba Morena . 13
29 S
27 E
Thaba' nchu .
IS
29 S
26 E
Thaba Patchoa . i^
29 S
27 E
Thana .
• 25
19 N
73 E
Than Hoa
.33
21 N
105 E
Thargomindah 38
28 S
143 E
Tharrawaddy
31
18 N
95 E
Thaton .
31
17 N
97 E
Thayetmyo
• 31
19 N
95 E
Thazi .
■ 31
21 N
96 E
Thecumanagar . 27
8N
78 E
Thelesu R. .
16
26 S
30 E
Theopolis
13
33 S
26 E
Thlotse .
IS
28 S
28 E
Tbobal .
. 24
24 N
94 E
Thompsons
13
33 S
27 E
Thompson's
(Kaf-
fraria)
17
31 s
27 E
Thongwa
31
16 N
95 E
Thorngrove
13
32 S
25 E
Thornville
14
29 S
30 E
Thiimbura
21
17 s
33 E
Thunder, Cap
e 5
48 N
88 W
Thurayur
27
9N
77 E
Thursday Is.
38
10 S
142 E
Tiamguri
21
oS
37 E
Tianfu .
34
36 N
117 E
Tibati
20
6N
12 E
Tibeti
II
20 N
19 E
Tientsin .
33
39 N
117 E
Tierra del Fu
;go lO
S3S
69 W
Tigr^ .
II
ISN
39 E
Tikriganj
24
25 N
87 E
Tilley .
4
50 N
112 W
Tima Lake
II
10 N
35 E
Timakowa
39
ss
139 E
Timaru .
40
44S
171 E
Timbuktu
II
10 N
oW
Timijau, Mts.
9
2N
60 W
Timor Is.
37
10 S
124 E
Timoraka
39
ss
139 E
Timor Laut
37
7S
132 E
Tina, R.
17
31 s
29 E
Tinano, Mt.
17
30 s
28 E
Tinda .
13
30 s
28 E
Tmdivanam
26
12 N
79 E
Tingabaly, R
22
iss
50 E
Ting Chai-Ch
uang 34
36 s
118 E
Tingchow
34
38 N
lis E
Tingchow
33
26 N
115 E
Tingtas .
34
35 N
115 E
Tinjar R.
• 32
4N
114 E
Tinnevelly
27
8N
77 E
Tin-tin R.
36
38 N
127 E
Tinto .
20
5N
9E
Tiruchendur
27
8N
78 E
Ti-rukkoyilur
26
12 N
79 E
Tirukurunkud
i 27
8N
77 E
Tirumangalan
^ . 27
9N
78 E
Tirupati
26
13 N
79 E
Tirupuyanam
27
9N
78 E
Tirushuli
27
9N
78 E
Tiruttangal
27
9N
77 E
Tiruvadur
27
10 N
78 E
Tiruvagiri
27
8N
77 E
Tiruwella
26
9N
76 E
Tisirao
34
36 N
120 E
Titabar .
24
26 N
94 E
Titaochow
33
35 N
104 E
Tittuviley
27
8N
77 E
Toay .
10
36 S
65 W
Tobago Is. .
8
II N
60 W
Place,
Tocantino, R.
Tofield .
Togombo
Tokanga
Tokushima
Tokyo
Toleni .
Tollygunge .
Tombeau Bay
Tomi .
Tomioka
Tongaat
Tnngaat R.
Tongaland
Tongario Vol.
Tongchen
Tongkah
Tongo .
Tongzin
Tonti
Toovaula
To'twoomba .
Topchanchi
Topetora
Topsail .
Topura .
Tor Bay
Torbay
Torere
Toro
Toro .
Toronto
Torres Is.
Torres Strait .
Torricelli, Mts.
Tortola .
Torusan
Toto .
Touchwood Post .
Toungoo
Towns River .
Townsville .
Trabonjy
Tracadie
Trafalgar Mt.
Trail .
Traitor Bay
Tranquebar
Traynor
Treasury Is. .
Tregannu
Trelew .
Tres Arroyos.
Trichardts
Trichinopoly
Trichur
Trincomalee .
Trinidad
Trinity .
Trinity Bay .
Trinity Bay (Queens-
land) .
Tripoli .
Trivandrum
Trompsburg .
Trout L.
Trout L.
Trout L.
Trout Lake Mission
Truro
Truxillo
Tsakoma
Tsangchow .
Tsangshing .
Tsaochowfu
Tsaohsien
Tsehchow
Tsenan
Map No.
10
6
20
40
35
35
17
24
22
39
35
14
14
16
40
36
32
20
36
17
27
38
29
3°
7
39
3
3
40
21
13
2
41
38
39
8
32
10
4
31
12
38
22
3
39
6
39
25
4
41
32
18
26
26
30
8
7
7
38
II
26
13
5
5
3
8
18
34
34
34
34
33
18 '
Lat.
5S
53 N
10 N
38 S
34 N
36 N
32 S
22 N
20 S
6S
33 N
29 S
29 S
27 s
39 S
39 N
8N
11 N
37 N
30 S
8N
27 N
23 N
10 N
47 N
10 S
45 N
45 N
37 S
oN
31 s
45 N
13 s
10 N
3S
18 N
4N
37 S
51 N
19 N
33 S
19 S
16 S
47 N
gS
49 N
8S
10 N
52 N
7S
SN
43 S
38 S
26 S
10 N
10 N
8N
10 N
48 N
47 N
16 S
30 N
8 N
29 S
55 N
S3N
51 N
53 N
45 N
9N
23 S
38 N
23 N
35 N
35 N
35 N
22 S
Long.
49 W
112 W
3W
175 E
134 E
139 E
27 E
89 E
57 E
148 E
134 E
31 E
31 E
32 E
176 E
128 E
98 E
II E
126 E
29 E
77 E
152 E
86 E
80 E
52 W
150 E
61 W
61 W
177 E
30 E
28 E
70 W
166 W
142 E
141 E
64 W
115 E
73 W
103 W
97 E
20 E
146 E
47 E
6sW
148 E
117 W
148 E
79 E
108 W
155 E
103 E
6s E
60 W
29 E
78 E
76 E
81 E
60 W
S3W
54 W
146 E
10 E
76 E
25 E
97 W
92 W
93 W
91 W
63 W
70 W
30 E
116 E
113 E
USE
115 E
112 E
34 E
Place.
Tsfanihy
Tshapile
Tsilitwa
Tsimanampetsatsy.
L.
Tsimanandrafozana
Tsinan .
Tsinchow
Tsingchowfu
Tsinghsien
Tsingohow
Tsingtao
Tsining .
Tsitsana
Tsitsana, R.
Tsitung
Tsojana
Tsolo
Tsomo
Tsomo
Tsovo
Tsu
Tsugaru
Strait
Tsui-Chia-Chuang
Tsungming .
Tsunhwaohow
Tsunyi .
Tsurugaoka
Tsushima Is. .
Tuat
Tubau .
Tubetube
Tucopia
Tucuman
Tugela R.
Tugela R. (Little)
Tukoma
Tulagh
Tulear
Tulin .
Tumatumari .
Tumbura
Tumen R.
Tumkur
Tummo
Tumuc Humac
Mts.
Tundi
Tunga .
Tungchangfu
Tungchow
Tungchow Chi
Tungchwan Yan
Tunghi
Tungkwanghsien
Tungor .
Tungping
Tungting L. .
Tunis .
Tupacama R.
Tura .
Turaiyur
Turanga
Turks Is.
Turuku .
Tushihkow .
Tuticorin
Tuurbraak
Tweedale
Tweefontein .
Twelve Apostles
Twillingate
Two Waters .
Tyira .
Tyira, Lower.
Tyira, Upper.
Tylden .
Tyvan
Map No.
22
17
17
22
22
33
33
34
34
33
33
34
17
17
34
17
17
17
17
21
35
35
34
33
34
33
35
36
II
32
39
41
10
14
14
19
29
9
19
36
26
29
34
34
33
34
33
21
34
33
34
33
II
9
24
26
40
34
27
12
13
13
12
7
13
17
17
17
13
4
Lat.
25 S
31 s
30 S
24 s
19 s
37 N
35 N
36 N
38 N
37 N
36 N
35 N
30 S
30 S
37 N
32 S
31 s
31 s
32 s
3S
34 N
42 N
36 N
32 N
40 N
28 N
38 N
34 N
20 N
3N
10 S
12 S
26 s
28 s
29 s
15 s
33 I
23 s
23 N
5N
17 S
42 N
13 N
20 N
2N
24 N
36 N
39 N
35 N
39 N
26 N
10 S
37 N
22 N
35 N
28 N
30 N
7N
25 N
11 N
39 S
21 N
iS
41 N
8 N
34 S
31 s
31 s
33 S
49 N
33 S
31 s
31 s
31 s
31 s
SON
Long.
45 E
28 E
28 E
43 E
44 E
117 E
losE
118 E
117 E
118 E
121 E
116 E
28 E
28 E
117 E
27 E
28 E
27 E
27 E
38 E
136 E
140 E
117 E
121 E
118 E
104 E
139 E
129 E
oW
113 E
151 E
169 E
65 W
29 E
29 E
32 E
19 E
43 E
86 E
59 W
33 E
129 E
77 E
10 E
55 W
86 E
116 E
116 E
iioE
117 E
103 E
40 E
116 E
111 E
116 E
112 E
10 E
58 W
90E
78 E
178 E
72 W
36 E
116 E
78 E
20 E
24 E
25 E
18 E
54 W
24 E
28 E
28 E
28 E
26 E
103 W
INDEX
131
Place. M
ap No
Lat.
Long.
Place.
Map No
Lat.
Long.
Place. Map No
Lat.
Long.
Uani .
20
SN
3W
Umvoti R.
14
29 S
31 E
Vatorata
39
9S
147 E
Uarakauta .
39
9S
149 E
Umyalazi R. .
16
28 S
32 E
Vavoniya
30
gN
80 E
Uba
20
II N
13 E
Umyugone R.
16
28 S
30 E
Vegriville
4
53 N
iiiW
Ubangi R. .
II
oN
20 E
Umzimklava R.
17
31 y
29 E
Vellalanvilai
27
8N
78 E
Ubemiba
21
9S
32 E
Umzimkuku .
17
30 S
30 E
VellaLavella.
41
8S
157 E
Uberaba
10
19 S
48 W
Umzimkulu, Lower 14
30 S
30 E
Vellore .
26
13 N
79 E
Ubombo
16
27 S
32 E
Umzimkulu R.
14
30 S
29 E
Vembakottai .
27
gN
77 E
Ubombo Range .
16
27 s
32 E
Umzimpofu
16
26 S
31 E
Vembar .
27^
gN
78 E
Uchungwe .
21
8S
35 E
Umzimvubu .
17
30 S
29 E
Venezuela
10
8N
60 W
Udaipore
28
24 N
73 E
Umzimvubu R.
17
30 s
29 E
Vengurla
25
16 N
73 E
Udaipur
24
23 N
91 E
Umzinto
14
30 s
30 E
Ventenat C.
39
10 S
150 E
Udaipur
25
24 N
74 E
Umzinto R.
14
30 s
30 E
Veniersburg
15
28 S
27 E
Udayagiri
26
14 N
79 E
Una Mt.
40
42 s
172 E
Ventersdorp .
18
26 S
26 E
Udeni .
20
7N
8E
Unao
28
26 N
80 E
Venterskroon
18
26 S
27 E
Udepur .
24
21 N
86 E
Unde .
21
II S
35 E
Venters tad
13
30 s
26 E
Uen
41
20 S
166 E
Under berg
14
29 s
29 E
Veraval
25
21 S
70 E
Uganda
II
oN
30 E
Undi .
21
14 s
32 E
Vereeniging
18
26 S
28 E
Ugbo
20
6N
5E
Undup .
32
I N
no E
Vermaak
16
27 S
31 E
Ugie
17
31 s
28 E
Unfunjambili
16
28 s
31 E
Vermeio R. .
10
24 s
62 W
Uhaiya .
21
I S
31 E
Ungava Bay
2
60 N
67 W
Vermillion
5
49 N
g3W
Uhimba
21
2S
30 E
Ungwali
13
32 s
27 E
Vermillion
4
S3N
iioW
Uhoi
39
4S
152 E
Uniondale
12
33 S
22 E
Vernon .
6
50 N
iigW
Uhuna .
39
10 S
150 E
Unity .
4
52 N
108 W
Verzamel Bergen .
16
27 S
30 E
Uiaku
39
9S
149 E
Unkofski B.
36
36 N
129 E
VetR. .
15
28 S
26 E
Uitdraai
13
29 s
25 E
Unsang, C.
32
5N
119 E
Vetyu
17
31 s
28 E
Uitenhage
13
33 S
25 E
Unyamwezi .
II
oS
36 E
Vicenti .
19
18 s
35 E
Ujiji .
21
4S
30 E
Upper Tugela
14
28 S
29 E
Vichumbi
21
oS
2g E
Ukara. Isles .
21
iS
33 E
Uppodai R. .
27
9N
77 E
Victoria (Dis.)
33
23 N
no E
Ukkirankotei
27
8N
77 E
Upsalquitch R.
3
47 N
67 W
Victoria, B.C.
6
48 N
124 W
Ukweli .
21
13 s
37 E
Urambo
21
4S
32 E
Victoria, Cameroon
20
3N
gE
Ulsan .
36
36 N
129 E
Urandangi
■ 38
21 S
138 E
Victoria Falls
19
18 S
26 E
Ulundi .
16
28 S
31 E
Urguru .
21
5S
33 E
Victoria, Labuan .
32
5N
lis E
Umarkot
28
25 N
69 E
Uria .
39
10 S
150 E
Victoria Lake
7
48 s
56 W
Umba .
21
ss
37 E
Urigi .
21
2S
31 E
Victoria, Mashona-
Unibaleki
13
31 s
25 E
Uruguay R. .
10
27 s
56 W
land .
19
20 s
30 E
Umbanambi .
16
28 s
32 E
Urungu
21
2S
34 E
Victoria Mt. .
39
8S
148 E
Umbanjin
19
19 s
29 E
Usambara
21
iS
34 E
Victoria Nyanza
21
iS
33 E
Unibeges
16
27 s
31 E
Usambiro
21
3S
32 E
Victoria West
12
31 s
23 E
Umbeiosi R. .
16
26 s
31 E
Usenda .
21
4S
31 E
Victory Mt.
39
gS
i4QE
Umbolisa
16
26 s
31 E
Ushuaia
10
54 S
68 W
Viedma .
10
40 s
62 W
Umchungu
18
23 s
35 E
Usisya .
21
II s
34 E
Vierfontein .
15
27 S
26 E
Umduna R.
16
27 s
32 E
Usutu .
16
26 s
31 E
Vijapur .
25
23 N
72 E
Umfolosi R. .
16
28 s
32 E
Usutu R.
. 18
26 s
32 E
Vijayadurg
25
16 N
73 E
Umfolosi, Black, R.
16
28 s
31 E
Utenga .
21
iS
31 E
Vijavapati
27
gN
77 E
Umfolosi, White, R.
16
28 s
31 E
Utengule
21
9S
33 E
Vilatikulam .
27
gN
78 E
Umga, Lower
17
31 s
28 E
Utonga .
21
12 S
35 E
Villa Concepcion
10
23 S
57 W
Umgasi R.
17
31 s
29 E
Utrecht .
16
27 s
30 E
Villa Rica .
10
26 s
56 W
Umgeni
14
29 s
31 E
Uttamapalaiyani
27
9N
77 E
Villupuram .
26
II N
79 E
Umhlali R.
14
29 s
31 E
Uttangara
26
12 N
78 E
Vinjorai .
28
26 N
71 E
Umhlatuzana
16
28 s
31 E
Uttumalai
27
8N
77 E
Vinukonda .
26
16 N
79 E
Umhiatuzi R.
16
28 s
31 E
Uvulu
• 19
21 S
28 E
Viramgam
25
23 N
71 E
Umhloti R .
14
29 s
31 E
Uyeno
35
34 N
136 E
Viiavanallur .
27
8N
77 E
Umjika .
17
31 s
28 E
Virdel
25
21 N
74 E
Umjika, Lower
17
31 s
28 E
Vaal Kranz
• 14
28 S
29 E
Virden .
4
49 N
loi W
Umkomaas, Lower
14
30 s
30 E
Vaal R. .
IS
28 S
25 E
Virgin Gorda
8
18 N
64 W
Umkomanzi R.
14
30 s
30 E
Vacaos .
22
20 S
57 E
Virudupatti .
27
gN
77 E
Umkusi R.
16
27 s
32 E
Vadaktnkulam
■ 27
8N
77 E
Visapur .
25
18 N
74 E
Umlalazi
14
29 s
31 E
Vadakurai
27
9N
77 E
Viswem
24
24 N
94 E
Umlata .
13
33 S
27 E
Vageikulam .
27
9N
77 E
Vitjoen's Drift
18
27 S
28 E
Umlazi .
14
29 s
30 E
Vaijapur
• 25
20 N
74 E
Vitu
11
oS
40 E
Uinlazi R. .
14
29 s
31 E
Vaippar
• 27
9N
78 E
Vogel C.
39
gS
150 E
Umpamhinyoni R.
14
30 s
30 E
Vaippar R. .
• 27
9N
78 E
Vogelstruis Nek
13
32 s
26 E
Umsasas
19
I6-S
30 E
Valachenai
■ 30
8N
81 E
Vogel Vlei
17
30 S
2gE
Umsikaba R.
17
31 s
29 E
Valdezia
. 18
23 S
30 E
Vohemare
22
13 s
49 E
Umsinga
14
28 s
30 E
Valdivia
10
40 S
74 W
Vohimasina .
22
22 S
48 E
Umsuaze's
19
20 s
27 E
Valencia
8
10 N
67 W
Volksrust
14
27 s
2gE
UiDsunauzi R.
14
29 s
30 E
Valladolid
8
20 N
87 W
Volta R.
20
10 N
I W
Umsunduzi .
16
27 s
32 E
Valparaiso
TO
33 S
72 W
Vonda .
4
52 N
106 W
Umtali .
19
18 s
32 E
Valsch R.
15
27 S
26 E
Votoniandry
22
igS
49 E
Umtamvuna R.
17
31-'^
30 E
Vancouver I. ,
6
49 N
123 W
Vryheid
16
27 S
30 E
Umtata .
17
31 s
28 E
Van Diemen G.
37
T2S
132 E
Vulkan 1.
39
4N
14s E
Umtata R. .
17
31 s
29 E
Vandina
■ 38
26 S
153 E
Vurawara
39
10 S
149 E
Umtentu
17
31 s
28 E
Vangaindrano
22
22 S
47 E
Vurrasoor
27
gN
78 E
Umtentu R. .
17
31 s
29 E
Vanikoro
■ 41
II S
167 E
Umtsindewa .
16
26 s
31 E
Van Reenerf .
14
28 S
29 E
Wa . . .
20
10 N
2 W
Umtuli R.
16
26 s
30 E
Vanua Lava
• 41
T4S
167 E
Wabamum .
6
53 N
114 W
Umtwalumi R.
14
30 s
30 E
Varshanid
• 27
9N
77 E
Wabigoon .
S
49 N
g2W
Umtyelekwanas .
16
26 s
32 E
Vasudevanallur
■ 27
9N
77 E
Wabubu
39
gS
150 E
132
CHURCHMAN'S MISSIONARY ATLAS
Place.
Wadai
Wadan
Wsidelai
Wadena
Wadhwan
Wadi
Wadi .
Wady Haifa
Wahabu
Wahiguya
Wai
Waiapu
Waikari
Waikari Lake
Waimamaku
Waimate
Waini Pt.
Waini R.
Wainwright
Waipah
Waipawa
Wairgrapa .
Wairoa .
Waitara
Waitara R. .
Walthha
Wajanga Yoa
Wakamatsu
Wakapoa
Wakara
Wakatipu, L.
Wakayama
Wakefield .
Wakenaain
Wakimachi .
Wakkerstroom
Waku .
Walani .
Waldeck
Walfisch Bay
Walkara
Walkers
Wallace
Wallangarra
Wallaston Is.
Wallmansthal
Walpole Is.
Walsh .
Walumbale .
Walwale
Wamba
Wamira
Wandamma .
Wandenge .
Wandiwash .
Wanetzi R. .
Wanga
Wanga Bazar
Wangaeho R.
Wanganui R.
Wangaratta .
Wang-Chyang
Wangemansbwah
Wanigers
Wankie Coal Fields
Wansbeck
Wapela
War
Waraka
Waramuri
Waraputa
Ward Hunt Str. .
Warialav
Warman
Warmbath .
Warra
Warra .
Warrenton .
Map No. Lat.
31 13 N
II 20 N
II 3 N
4 52 N
25 23 N
26 17 N
20 13 N
II 22 N
20 II N
20 13 N
25 17 N
40 38 S
40 43 S
40 39 S
40 35 S
4° 35 S
9 8 N
9 7N
4 52 N
• 9 5N
40 40 S
40 41 S
• 40 39 S
40 39 S
40 39 S
40 43 S
40 19 N
• 35 37 N
9 7 N
• 39 4S
40 45 S
35 34 N
18 25 S
9 7 N
• 35 34 N
16 27 S
13 32 s
20 14 N
4 50 N
II 20 S
20 II N
17 29 S
3 45 N
38 29 N
10 56 S
18 25 S
41 23 S
4 49 N
20 10 N
20 TO N
21 5S
39 10 S
39 2S
21 I S
26 12 N
18 24 S
21 4 S
28 24 N
40 40 S
40 40 S
38 19 s
34 36 N
21 9 S
39 9S
19 18 S
17 29 S
4 50 N
11 23 N
40 43 S
9 7N
9 5N
39 9S
39 5S
4 52 N
18 24 S
20 10 N
38 26 S
15 28 S
Long.
20 E
II W
31 E
104 W
71 E
77 E
II E
31 E
2 W
2 W
74 E
178 E
173 E
177 E
173 E
174 E
59 W
59 W
III W
60 W
177 E
175 E
177 E
174 E
174 E
171 E
21 E
140 E
,59 W
137 E
169 E
135 E
29 E
59 W
134 E
30 E
27 E
2 E
108 W
10 E
3W
29 E
63 W
152 W
68 W
28 E
169 E
no W
2 W
T W
34 E
150 E
134 E
37 E
79 E
32 E
39 E
69 E
175 E
175 E
147 E
116 E
34 E
149 E
25 E
29 E
102 W
15 E
169 E
59 W
59 W
150 E
134 E
106 W
28 E
4E
151 E
24 E
Place.
Warrl .
Warwick
Wase
Washa .
Washbank Park
Washington
Washow R. .
Wassulu
Watadzu
Water Hen L.
Water Hen R.
Waterberg .
Waterloo
Waterval
Waterval
Watervau R.
Watlam
Watling
Wat reus
Waya
Wedau
Weenen
Weenisk, L. .
Weenisk, R. .
Wegdraai
Weihaiwei
Wei Ho
Weihsien
Weihsien Chi
Weipa .
Weir, R.
Weligama
Welkom
Welle Island.
Welle R.
Wellesley Is.
Welligammo Is.
Wellington, N.Z
Wellington
Colony)
Weme R.
Wenchow
Wenteng
Weppener
Werur
Wese
Westbourne
Westbury
West Calder .
Western China
Western Eq. Africa
West Lubo .
Weston .
Westport
West Pt.
Westwood
Wetaskiwin .
Weti .
Way burn
Weymouth .
Whale Rk.
Whanganui
Whangarei
Whangaroa
Whareponga
Whitbourne .
White Bay
Whitehorse
Whiteraouth .
AVhite River .
White Sand R.
Whitewood
Whitewood
Whittlesea
Wickham, C
Wida
Wide B.
Wiju
(Cape
Map No.
20
38
20
13
2
5
II
35
5
5
18
9
18
16
9
33
39
14
5
5
19
33
33
33
34
38
38
30
13
39
II
38
26
40
Lat.
5N
28 S
9N
13 N
31 s
46 N
51 N
10 N
35 N
52 N
52 N
24 S
5N
258
27 s
2N
22 N
24 N
51 N
6N
10 S
28 S
53 N
54 N
23 S
37 N
34 N
37 N
37 N
12 S
28 S
6N
30 S
9S
5N
16 S
9N
41 s
12 33 S
20 7 N
33 27 N
34 37 N
15 29 S
39 2S
20 8 N
5 50 N
40 41 S
4 49 N
33 3 ■ N
11 10 N
21 19 S
14 29 S
40 42 S
40 41 S
38 23 s
4 53 N
21 SS
4 49 N
3 44N
12 33 S
40 40 S
40 36 S
40 35 S
40 38 S
7 47 N
7 50 N
6 61 N
5 49 N
5 48 N
4 52 N
4 50 N
38 21 S
13 32 S
40 40 S
20 6 N
38 2SS
36 40 N
Long
5E
152 E
9E
9E
27 E
118 W
9? W
5 W
132 E
99 W
99 W
28 E
56 W
30 E
31 E
60 W
109 E
74 W
losW
I E
150 E
30 E
88 W
88 W
27 E
122 E
106 E
119 E
IIS E
141 E
150 E
80 E
25 E
150 E
20 E
139 E
80 E
175 E
18 E
2E
120 E
122 E
27 E
134 E
2E
98 W
147 E
104 W
105 E
10 E
36 E
30 E
172 E
145 E
150 E
114 W
39 E
103 W
65 w
18 E
175 E
174 E
174 E
178 E
53 W
56 w
134 w
95 W
85 W
102 W
102 w
144 E
26 E
145 E
2E
153 E
124 E
Place.
Wildchutsberg
Wildebeeste R.
Wildfontein
Wilgeriver
Wilkie .
Willoughby
Willow .
Willow Bunch
Willowdale
Willowmore .
Wilmot
Winburg
Windessi
Windhoek
Windhorah
Windsor
Windsor
Windsor June.
Windsor Pt.
Winnaba
Winnipeg
Winnipegosis
Winton (Aust.)
Winton(N.Z.)
Winzona
Wisaru .
Wisconsin
Wismar
Witbank June
Withersfield .
Wit Kop
Witteputs
Witte R.
Wiverville
Wi-won .
Wokatumu
Wokhi .
Wolf .
Wolfville
Wolmarais Stad
Wolseley
Wonderfontein
Wonju
Wonki .
Wonsan
Woodbine
Woodlands .
Woodlark Is.
Woodstock .
Woodstock .
Woolanmaroo
Woolgar .
Woolridge
Woonga
Wooroorooka
Wope .
Worcester
Worgla .
Wreningham
Wubio .
Wuchang
Wuching
Wuchou
Wuhu .
Wukari .
Wuntho
Wurnu
Wushek .
Wushishi
Wuting .
Wyandra
Wyldesdale .
Wynberg
Wynyard
Xabane '.
Xabane, Upper
Xayimpi
Map No. Lat.
13 31 s
17 31 S
13 31 s
18 25 S
4 52 N
13 30 s
18 27 S
4 51 N
17 32 S
12 33 s
3 45 N
15 28 S
39 2S
II 23 S
38 25 S
13 32 S
3 45 N
3 45 N
40 46 S
20 s N
5 49 N
5 52 N
38 22 S
40 45 S
21 o S
39 3S
2 43 N
9 5N
18 25 S
38 ?3S
13 31 s
13 29 S
13 30 s
5 49 N
35 41 N
40 39 S
24 26 N
S 48 N
3 45 N
18 27 S
4 50 N
18 25 S
36 37 N
20 7 N
35 39 N
18 258
5 50 N
39 9S
3 46 N
12 33 S
38 17 s
38 19 s
13 33 S
5 49 N
38 29 S
20 7 N
12 33 S
11 iN
19 18 S
20 3 N
33 30 N
34 39 N
33 23 N
33 31 N
20 7 N
31 24 N
20 13 N
20 14 N
20 9 N
33 37 N
38 27 S
16 258
12 34$
4 51 N
Long.
26 E
28 E
24 E
29 E
108 W
26 E
30 E
105 W
28 E
23 E
54 W
27 E
134 E
18 E
142 E
26 E
64 W
63 W
i^E
iW
97 W
100 W
143 E
168 E
39 E
135 E
90 W
58 W
29 E
147 E
25 E
24 E
27 E
97 W
126 E
175 E
94 E
88 W
64 W
27 E
102 W
30 E
128 E
2 W
127 E
26 E
97 W
152 E
67 W
18 E
146 E
143 E
27 E
91 W
145
oE
19 E
7E
30 E
12 E
iiSE
116 E
III E
118 E
9E
95 E
SE
10 E
6E
117 E
146 E
31 E
18 E
104 W
17 31 S 28 E
17 31 S 28 E
17 31 S 28 E
INDEX
133
Plage.
Map No
.■ Lat.
Loug.
Place.
Map No
. Lat.
Xolobe .
17
32 s
27 E
Yenan .
33
37 N
Xongoro, Upper
17
31 s
28 E
Yenan .
36
37 N
Xora R.
17
32 S
28 E
Yen Bay
33
22 N
Xugswala
17
31 s
28 E
Yenchow
33
35 N
Xume .
17
32 s
27 E
Yenchowfu
• 34
35 N
Xwili .
• 17
31 s
28 E
Yendi .
Yengpien
20
• 36
9N
40 N
Yadda R.
• 39
9S
147 E
Yenheung
• 36
39 N
Yadgiri
26
16 N
77 E
Yeni
20
13 N
Yako .
20
12 N
I W
Yenkingchow.
34
40 N
Yale
6
49 N
121 W
Yenping.
33
26 N
Yallapur
26
14 N
75 E
Yeola
■ 25
20 N
Yalo .
n
oN
10 E
Yeral .
27
8N
Yalu R. .
• 36
40 N
125 E
Yerkasse
20
7N
Yamato
35
34 N
136 E
Yerraneel
27
8N
Yambassi
20
4N
10 E
Yeulba .
38
26 S
Yambuya
II
oN
25 E
Yihsien .
34
35 N
Yamchow
■ 33
22 N
108 E
Yingchow
33
39 N
Yamen
• 33
42 N
120 E
Yingkow
33
40 N
Yaraethin
31
20 N
96 E
Yingkow
3+
41 N
Yamma Yamma
38
26 S
141 E
Ying-shaw
33
33 N
Yanago
3S
35 N
133 E
Yio
10
17 S
Yangandi
20
6N
13 E
Yo.
20
13 N
Yang-Chia-Ho
• 34
36 N
116 E
Yoju
36
37 N
Yangchow
33
33 N
119 E
Yoko .
20
5N
Yang-ju .
■ 36
37 N
127 E
Yokohama
35
35 N
Yangsin .
• 34
37 N
117 E
Yokote
35
39 N
Yang tse kiang
33
32 N
107 E
Yola .
20
9N
Yang-yang .
36
38 N
128 E
YoUahs
8
17 N
Yankee Doodle
19
20 S
29 E
Yongampo
• 36
40 N
Yannikkonendal
• 27
9N
77 E
Yonghai
36
37 N
Yanping
• 33
22 N
112 E
Yongin
. 36
37 N
Yargura
• 39
10 S
ICO E
York .
14
29 S
Yarmouth
3
44N
66 W
York C.
38
10 S
Yarrabah (Miss.)
• 38
17 s
146 E
Yurk Factory
2
58 N
Yashikira
20
9N
3E
York Pt.
7
52 N
Yatiyantota .
. 67
7N
80 E
Yorkton
4
51 N
Yatu I.
• 41
13 s
167 E
Ysabel Island.
• 41
8S
Yatua I.
41
13 s
167 E
Yuanchow Hun
33
27 N
Yavigimbas
21
3S
30 E
Yuankiang
33
20 N
Ychang .
• 33
30 N
III E
Yuawauri R. .
9
iN
Ye.
2S
15 N
97E
Yucatan .
8
20 N
Yebba .
20
13 N
oW
Yuenkiang
33
22 N
Yeji
20
8N
oW
Yuen, R.
S3
28 N
Yellapur
58
15 N
74 E
Yuhshan
33
28 N
Yellowhead Pass
6
53 N
118 W
Yukon .
2
60 N
Yellow R.
33
36 N
117 E
Yule Mts.- .
• 39
8S
Yellow Sea .
■ 33
30 N
124 E
Yulin .
33
38 N
Yelua .
20
8N
9E
Yun
33
24 N
Yelwa
20
II N
4E
Yunchenghsien
34
35 N
Yeiwa .
20
II N
BE
Yungchang .
■ 33
24 N
Yembe .
20
4N
12 E
Yungching
• 34
39 N
Long.
109 E
126 E
105 E
117 E
117 E
oE
126 E
127 E
3E
116 E
117 E
74 E
78 E
3W
77 E
149 E
118 E
113 E
123 E
122 E
117 E
71 E
13 E
127 E
12 E
139 E
140 E
12 E
76 W
124 E
129 E
127 E
30 E
142 E
90 W
56 W
102 W
159 E
109 E
100 E
58 W
90 W
104 E
III E
118 E
130 W
147 E
109 E
100 E
116 E
99 E
116 E
Place.
Yungchow
Yunglung
Yungning
Yungpingfu .
Yunnanfu
Yunyang
Zagwitzi
ZakR. .
Zambezi R. .
Zambot .
Zand Dr.
Zand R.
Zandspruit
Zanzibar
Zanzibar Is.
Zaria
Zasfron .
Zaurfontein
Za valla .
Zazagawa
Zealandia
Zebedela
Zeckoe .
Zeerust .
Zeila
Zibadlo .
Ziban
Zigon
ZiUmanton
Zimbane
Zinder .
Zitimbili
Zitzik
Zivani .
Ziwundwana .
Zombas .
Zonnebloem
Zoutpan
Zululand
Zumbo
Zungeru
Zurumi
Zuurberg
Zuurfontein
Zwaartberg
Zwagees Hoek
Zwart Kop
Zwartkops
Zwartruggens
Zweltendam Pt.
Map No. Lat.
33 26 N
33
33
34
33
33
26 N
27 N
39 N
25 N
33 N
17 32 S
12 31 S
19 isS
16 27 s
13 30 s
15 28 s
18 27 s
11 10 s
21 6S
20 II N
13 30 s
13 32 S
18 24 S
20 12 N
4 51 N
18 24 S
12 34 S
i8 25 S
11 10 N
17 31 S
20 14 N
31 i8 N
38 17 S
17 31 S
20 13 N
17 32 S
13 33 S
21 6S
17 32 S
21 14 S
12 33 S
18 22 S
11 20 s
21 isS
20 9 N
20 12 N
13 33 S
13 30 s
17 30 S
13 32 S
12 34 S
13 33 S
18 2SS
13 34 S
Long.
112 E
99 E
loi E
118 E
103 E
III E
27 E
21 E
32 E
31 E
26 E
27 E
29 E
30 E
39 E
7E
,27 E
25 E
34 E
4E
107 W
29 E
18 E
25 E
40 E
28 E
lE
95 E
144 E
28 E
9E
28 E
23 E
32 E
28 E
33 E
18 E
29 E
30 E
30 E
6E
6E
25 E
25 E
29 E
25 E
t8E
25 E
26 E
23 E
ABERDEEN : THE UNIVERSITY PRESS